You are on page 1of 318

1

Schneider Electric
Table of content
Introduction 3
Catalogue numbers 25
Alphabetical index 33
Description and characteristics 35
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600 devices 39
Distribution Functional Units y 630A 87
Motor Control Functional Units
y 630A Ue=415 V 105
Enclosures 185
Busbars 215
Mass consumption and spare parts 233
Okken Seismic 2G & 5G 241
Okken Marine 249
Handling & Packing 253
Technical Informations 259
Vocabulary and abbreviations 313
2
Schneider Electric
3
Schneider Electric
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
Okken 4
More than just OK 4
Okken IP54 version 6
Protecting the switchboards inside 6
Okken and corrosive atmospheres 7
To guarantee continuity of supply in harsh environments 7
Okken and internal arc 8
To protect your installation and secure its environment 8
Okken 2G & 5G 9
To secure your installation in seismic zones 9
Okken iMCC and MotorSys 10
Gaining reliability 10
Softwares & Documentation 11
Panorama 12
Equipments & Systems tender 12
Okken range of solutions 14
Plug-in and disconnectable feeders 16
Feeders in withdrawable drawers 18
Feeders on disconnectable mounting plates 20
Fields of applications 22
Feeders Service Index 23
Introduction
4
Schneider Electric
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
Introduction
0
5
8
0
6
0
H
D
r
>>Okken switchboard is designed for use in critical large-site
applications:
Oil&Gas: for on-shore extraction or off-shore platforms, refneries and
petrochemical plants,
mineral transformation: cement and glass plants,
metal industries: steel, aluminium and non-ferrous metal plants,
micro-electronics, pharmaceutical, water treatment, hospitals,
food and beverage.
b
b
b
b
b
Okken
More than just OK
Okken is a low voltage switchboard
designed for large industrial and tertiary
installations.
Okkens safety and high operational
dependability are essential for your
applications in critical processes, in
power distribution as well as for motor
control.
Okken is a type tested switchboard,
complying with IEC 60439-1 and
certifed by LOVAG and ASEFA.
Okken switchboards can be delivered
by Schneider Regional Equipments
Units, or by a network of licensed
panelbuilders, close to your plants.
>>Okken switchboard offers a wide range
of solutions adapted to the service level
required by the application:
withdrawable drawers for incoming devices or high
power feeders up to 6300A,
disconnectable for applications up to 630A giving
priority to extensibility vs. intervention time
plug-in when applications up to 630A require a
quick device swap without cable connection handling
withdrawable drawer for maximum service and
safety level for the operator and the process, and
minimum down-time
disconnectable on mounting plates for simple
and economical applications of low voltage feeders.
b
b
b
b
b
>>Okkens modular design allows building
switchboards for power distribution up to
6300A as well as for motor control centers with starter up to 250
kW.
Different type of feeders can be combined in the same cubicle:
Polyfast disconnectable feeders, for applications in power distribution,
economical yet with a high protection level against short-circuits risks upstream the
protection device.
Polyfast plug-in feeders will be preferred in electrical distribution application
where interventions must occur rapidly, while preventing short-circuit risks
upstream the protection device, and simplifying the client-side power connection.
withdrawable drawer feeders, for electrical distribution and motor control
requiring an optimum service level, allowing test functions, drawer and protection
device padlocking in safety position, drawer exchangeability.
They can be pre-fabricated outside the switchboard.
Okken offers different protection levels: IP31 / IP41 / IP54, to suit perfectly your
installations environment.
b
b
b
b
5
Schneider Electric
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
Introduction
1
D
D
4
0
5
4
5
2
D
D
4
0
5
4
5
5
>>Okken is a totally type-tested switchboard,
in accordance with IEC 60439-1, and certifed
by independant labs: LOVAG, ASEFA, CESI and
VIRLAB.

7 type-tests are carried out:
temperature-rise limit,
dielectric properties,
short-circuit withstand,
effectiveness of the protective circuit,
conformity of the clearance and creepage distances,
mechanical operation,
degree of protection.
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
Okken
More than just OK
>>Okken is a high safety, high dependability low voltage
switchboard, that can be carried out by our Regional
Equipments Units all over the world, and also by a network of
licensed partners, for a sake of proximity with our customers.

These partners, in more than 20 countries in Europe, Asia, Middle-East, North
and South America, have been chosen on grounds of their skills and experience
in large-site applications and critical processes. They are periodically trained and
audited by Schneider Electric.
Regional Equipment Units

Partners
6
Schneider Electric
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
New
D
D
4
0
5
4
2
9
e
a
u
2
6
5
3
9
3
M
D
P
D
4
0
5
0
6
4
Okken IP54 version
Protecting the switchboards inside
IP54 degree of protection - according to IEC standard 60529 - is
the answer when a distribution and motor control switchboards
operating environment is dusty and contains damp, in some
industrial and tertiary sites.
Functional units on disconnectable mounting plates, Polyfast and with circuit-
breakers above 630A keep the standard Okken appearance, with doors bolted with
a toggle control and, optionnaly, a lock.
Functional units in drawers receive different front faces, with an increased water-
and air-tightness.
Functional units can be combined as in standard solutions for distribution and
motor control feeders.
Okken IP54 protects the inside equipment of the switchboard, and
ensures your installation a longer lifetime.
And you dont have to worry any more about dust deposit and
moisture, causing short-circuits in the installation.
b
b
7
Schneider Electric
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
New
B
a
llo
n
_
a
n
t
i_
c
o
r
r
o
s
io
n
D
D
4
0
5
1
6
0
Okken and corrosive atmospheres
To guarantee the supply continuity
in harsh environments
Okken adapts to environmental requirements to guarantee
the performance of your installation and fawless availability of
electrical power
Your electrical equipment is protected and secured.
You optimise supply continuity of your electrical installation over a long period of
time, while also ensuring the proftability of your investment:
very limited production downtimes,
equipment reliability, safety of products tested,
extended lifetime of equipment,
limited number of maintenance operations,
limited short-circuit hazards due to deterioration of copper and coatings.
The Okken LV Anti-corrosive switchboard complies with standard IEC 721-3-3.
b
b
b
b
b
Whats your equipments environment ?
Categories
Conditions of use on a fxed workstation
(as per standard IEC 721-3-3)
3C1R
(maximum
value)
3C1L
(maximum
value)
3C1
(maximum
value)
3C2
Average
value
Maximum
value
> Sulphur dioxyde (mg/m
3
) 0,01 0,1 0,1 0,3 1
> Hydrogen sulphide (mg/m
3
) 0,0015 0,01 0,01 0,1 0,5
Places where atmosphere is strictly
monitored and regulated
(clean room category)
Places where atmosphere is permanently monitored
Places located in rural and urban areas where
industrial activities are few and where
traffc is moderate
Places located in urban areas with industrial
activities or considerable traffc
Okken
anti-corrosive
Okken
standard
A suitable treatment
Conductive parts receive a treatment corresponding to their use:
Fixed connections are tin-plated,
Plug-in and withdrawable connections receive a nickel-coating.
Nota : metallic and plastic parts of Okken switchboards are originally treated for
these environments.
b
b
8
Schneider Electric
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
New
1
2
Polyfast
1
1
2
B
a
llo
o
n
_
a
r
c
_
in
t
e
r
n
e
_
D
e
f
0
5
8
8
5
9
_
H
D
r
p
in
c
e
s
je
u
d
e
b
a
r
r
e
s
Okken and internal arc
To protect your installation
and secure its environment
Guarantee continuity of supply of electrical installations as well as
protection of people and equipment is a continuous challenge.
Okken switchboards are designed to prevent the risk of internal
arc, by the very nature of its components, and a complementary
shield to confne the fault.
A Schneider Electric innovation
The Okken Internal arc power switchboards are the result of Schneider Electric
R&D in the feld of electrical installation safety.
Continuity of supply is guaranteed by limited harmful effects of the internal arc in
the switchboard,
Easy maintenance allows rapid repair of the area where the arc was confned,
Switchboard technology guarantees safety of people and equipment during the
occurrence of the fault,
Compliance with co-ordination and cascading rules of the protection devices
installed in the switchboard contribute to safety.
Guaranteed safety
The Okken Internal arc power switchboards comply with the strictest international
rules.
They are tested in compliance with the standards IEC 61641 and AS 3439-1, the
aim of which is to determine the suitability of the switchboard to limit risks of injury
to people, resulting from an arc due to an internal fault.
b
b
b
b
3 levels of confnement
At switchboard level:
The Okken technology and the circuit-breakers correct coordination
guarantee protection of the operators, by a quick and selective shutdown.
At functional unit level, as per AS 3439-1 standard:
The fault generating an internal arc, often outside the functional unit, is
limited by the use of correctly rated circuit-breaker or fuse-switch protection
devices.
The partitioning prevents propagation of the arc in the column and allow to
re-operate rapidly when the functional unit has been replaced.
The use of Polyfast prevents any fault ocurring upstream the protection
device.
At column level, as per IEC 61641 standard:
Protection shields installed on the horizontal busbar prevent propagation of
the arc to the adjacent columns. They minimize the damages and allow a
rapid repair of the switchboard, with limited costs.
Partitioning the functional
units
Horizontal busbar shield
9
Schneider Electric
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
New
zone 4
zone 3
zone 2
zone 1
zone 0
B
a
llo
n

O
k
k
e
n

s

is
m
e

d
e
f
D
D
4
0
5
1
6
2
Okken 2G & 5G
Resistent to your environment
The new Okken 2G & 5G power switchboard tender is a development of the Okken
product range, which has already proved itself in thousands of facilities throughout
the world.
It is designed to cope with stress during earthquakes:
Strong mechanical resistance to tremors,
Little deformation of the switchboard,
Continuity of electricity service.
b
b
b
Switchboards little deformation during tremors ensure a continuous operation of
the feeders, without service interruption.
It allows a quick re-energizing of the installation, should the main power be
switched off.
Okken 5G passed the tests and complies with the requirements of the
EDF HN20E53 classifcation. It is designed to meet requirements laid down for
nuclear applications in seismic areas.
Other uses:
Okken 2G also meets the american standard IBC 2003, level foor and roof.
We are able to provide advice in the choice of the most appropriate version,
according to the seismic risks your installation is likely to face. Get in touch with our
sales representatives
To secure your installation
in seismic zones
Depending on the area in which the facility is located and the type of application,
Schneider Electric offers two levels of equipment:
Okken 2G will be used in areas with a seismic risk 2 to 4, as described in
AG2, AG3 and AG5 classifcations, as per international standards IEC 68-3-3 and
IEC 721-2-6.
Since our planet is in the move, Okken 2G & 5G have been
designed to ensure you a permanent continuity of service, even
during an earthquake.
10
Schneider Electric
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
Introduction
P
D
4
0
5
0
6
1
P
D
4
0
5
0
6
0
P
D
4
0
5
0
5
8
P
D
4
0
5
0
5
0
P
D
4
0
5
0
2
0
P
R
O
D
U
I
T
C
1
1
1
7
0
P
F
1
0
5
8
3
6
Okken iMCC and MotorSys
Gaining reliability
With MotorSys solutions, you get the most
process-ftted confguration, with an optimal
reliability level and the highest return on
investment.
MotorSys E@gle :
interoperability certifcates with the most common DCS,
high level motor protection: current, voltage power, earth
leakage, temperature sensor,
local logic,
fully redundant communication bus.
MotorSys Multifonction :
TeSys T motor protection relay,
high level motor protection: current, voltage power, earth
leakage, temperature sensor,
local logic,
easy and unexpensive Ethernet connection,
allows one of the highest number of feeders per column
on the market.
MotorSys Advanced :
TeSys U motor protection relay,
connectivity to PLCs,
simplifed yet intelligent motor protection based on
current.
MotorSys Classic :
TeSys D classical thermal
relay,
optional network connection.
b
v
v
v
v
b
v
v
v
v
v
b
v
v
v
b
v
v
11
Schneider Electric
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
Introduction
D
D
4
0
5
4
6
5
D
D
4
0
5
4
6
8
D
D
4
0
5
4
6
9
D
D
4
0
5
4
7
2
D
D
4
0
5
4
7
0
D
D
4
0
5
4
7
1
D
D
4
0
5
4
6
4
D
D
4
0
5
4
6
3
D
D
4
0
5
4
5
4
D
D
4
0
5
4
6
2
D
D
4
0
5
4
5
3
Softwares & Documentation
Multimedia presentations Target:
selling partners, customers
Description:
dynamic and customizable tool
virtual images and videos
presentation sequence
printing
b
b
b
b
b
Panelbuilders Tool
Target:
Schneider UER
partner panelbuilders
Description:
on a single bilingual FR/EN DVD, gathering of the
following tools:
Mounting Guide,
Connection Guide,
Busbar drawings collection,
AutoCAD vignettes library,
Test reports and Certifcates collection
a PDF version of this Catalogue
b
b
b
v
v
v
v
v
v
Ordering software: BILOMA
Target:
panelbuilders design offce
Description:
list of catalogue numbers
priced order form
bilingual FR/EN tool
b
b
b
b
Commercial tender software: ELODIE
Target:
salesmen
Description:
commercial and technical defnitions of the project
graphic confguration
costing
commercial proposal in Word format
management of proposals portfolio
b
b
b
b
b
b
Customer Guide: Okken GC
Target:
customers
Description:
switchboard standard maintenance informations
bilingual FR/EN tool
b
b
b
Okken Installation Guide
Target:
contractors
Description:
recommendations, from receiving the switchboard to
operating:
receiving, unpacking, fxing, connecting,
testing, operating.
b
b
v
v
The Okken system includes also a range of tools, designed to help
you being more effcient, during the switchboards whole lifetime.
12
Schneider Electric
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
Introduction
Okken
low voltage main
switchboard
Panorama
Equipments & Systems tender
Prisma Plus
subdistribution low voltage
switchboard
Medium voltage/low
voltage
transformator
MCset
medium voltage
switchboard
13
Schneider Electric
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
Introduction
Panorama
Equipment & Systems tender
Canalis
decentralised
distribution
Prisma Plus
subdistribution low voltage
switchboard
14
Schneider Electric
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
Introduction
M
C
C
Panorama
Okken range of solutions
115
1750 / 4000 A
NT16/NS1600
NW08-40
NT16/NS1600
NW08-40
-
-
Type of cubicle
In distribution busbar
Incomers
Feeders
y

6
3
0
A
>

6
3
0
A
230
4500 / 7300 A
NW40b/63b
NW40b/63b
-
-
D
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n
high power
incomers/feeders
cubicle
very high power
incomers/
feeders cubicle
15
Schneider Electric
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
Introduction
Panorama
Okken range of solutions
115-70
3200 / 1750 A
NT16/NS1600
NW08-32
NT16/NS1600
NW08-32
disconnectable mounting plate
disconnectable Polyfast y 630A
plug-in Polyfast y 630A
drawer y 630A
b
b
b
b
disconnectable mounting plate
y 37 kW
drawer y 250 kW
b
b
185
630 / 1500 A
-
J ean Mller
-
-
p.215
p.39
p.87
p.105
70
1000 / 2100 A
NT16/NS1600
NT16/NS1600
disconnectable mounting plate
disconnectable Polyfast y 630A
plug-in Polyfast y 630A
drawer y 630A
b
b
b
b
disconnectable mounting plate
y 37 kW
drawer y 250 kW
b
b
mixed
incomers/
feeders cubicle
incomers/
feeders cubicle
fuse-switch
feeders cubicle
16
Schneider Electric
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
Introduction
D
D
4
0
5
4
3
8
P
D
4
0
5
0
4
0
a
p
p
li_
g
a
la
x
y
_
r
e
s
e
a
u
Principle of
Polyfast plug-in and
disconnectable feeders:
Okken gives priority to
the ease of operation,
the availability and the
continuity of service of
the electrical equipment.
Continuity of service
Plug-in and disconnectable functional units on
Polyfast Okken, in distribution and motor control
applications, are designed to allow evolutions in the
feeders and the installations features, without having
to switch off the main power source:
Plug-in on Polyfast
Devices settings,
Changes in the columns or the switchboards confguration (addition or removal of distribution feeders)
Curative maintenance on a functional unit.
b
b
b
Plug-in and disconnectable
feeders
High availability
Plug-in and disconnectable distribution functional units on Polyfast Okken are
used in applications requiring the continuity of electrical supply in the switchboard:
hospitals,
Internet data centers,
telephone exchanges,
manufacturing plants or buildings, etc
b
b
b
b
17
Schneider Electric
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
Introduction
D
D
4
0
5
4
3
7
P
D
4
0
5
0
3
9
Security of plug-in and disconnectable
Polyfast Okken functional units in
distribution and motor control
Maintenance operations and gear evolutions
are performed safely, without switching off the
switchboards main power supply.
All connection points are covered and ensure
an IP2X protection degree for the maintenance
personnel,
A pre-tripping system prevent any on-load handling,
The principle of the Okken Polyfast plug-in and
disconnectable functional unit prevents the risks of
short-circuit upstream the protection device, thanks
to the partioning of the rigid power supply links in an
insulated block.
Optimising the investment
b
b
b
Disconnectable on Polyfast
When using Okken plug-in and disconnectable functional units, in distribution and motor control, there is no need to pre-equip
reserve slots, the need triggers the investment.
Implementation is simplifed by the prefabrication of the functional unit outside the switchboard,
Upstream power connection on the vertical busbar with plug-in and disconnectable IP2x clamps,
Connection of the downstream cables on terminals independant from the functional unit, for the plug-in solution and directly on the
devices outgoing pads for the disconnectable solution.
Reducing the maintenance costs
Okken plug-in and disconnectable functional units make live maintenance operations more easy.
Preventive maintenance can be performed on functional units temporarily switched off, without handling up- and downstream connections,
for the plug-in solution, and handling only the downstream for the disconnectable one.
Curative maintenance after a fault is simplifed.
Maintenance operations are limited to the Okken plug-in and disconnectable distribution functional units.
Clamps connecting the busbar with the Okken plug-in and disconnectable functional unit prevent risk of premature wear on grounds of
plug operations.
As plug on load is made impossible thanks to a system of pre-tripping, there cannot be any arc produced during the plug, and there is
therefore no damage caused to the contacts.
b
b
b
b
b
Plug-in and disconnectable
feeders
18
Schneider Electric
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
Introduction
P
D
4
0
5
0
4
2
D
D
4
0
5
4
3
9
6
4
7
9
6
Feeders in withdrawable drawers
Principle of feeders in
withdrawable drawers:
Okken gives the priority
to the safety, availability
and continuity of
service of the electrical
equipment.
Continuity of service
Okken functional units in withdrawable drawer,
in distribution and motor control applications, allow
the test, padlocking, and locking functionalities, as
well as evolutions in the feeders or the installations
confguration, without having to switch off the main
power supply:
no handling of the outgoing cable,
feeder can be padlocked in withdrawn
position, and drawer mechanical position
push-button can then be blocked in this position,
test position for checkings,
on-load settings possible, by deliberately swivelling open the drawer front face,
swaps and changes in the column or the switchboards confguration (adding or removing feeders),
preventive and curative maintenance on a functional unit,
all the feeders component are on the same support.
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
High availability
Okken functional units in withdrawable drawers are used in economical sectors
where the continuity of electrical supply in the switchboard is a major issue, to
ensure a suffcient safety for the site, the installations or the environment.
Oil&Gas facilities, cement works, paper mills, pharmaceuticals industry, micro-
electronics, food and beverage, etc...
port infrastructures and airports, hospitals, etc...
b
b
19
Schneider Electric
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
Introduction
0
4
1
0
2
3
Okken functional units in withdrawable drawers, safety in distribution and motor control applications
Feeders in withdrawable drawers
Optimizing the investment
Reducing maintenance costs
Withdrawable Okken functional units, for distribution 630A and motor control up to
250kW, make live maintenance operations more easy.
Preventive maintenance can be performed on functional units temporarily
switched off, without handling up- and downstream connections.
Curative maintenance after a fault is simplifed.
Clamps connecting the busbar with the Okken functional unit in withdrawable
drawers prevent risk of premature wear on grounds of plug operations.
As plug on load is made impossible thanks to a system of pre-tripping, there cannot
be any arc produced during the plug operations, and there is therefore no damage
caused to the contacts.
b
b
Maintenance operations and gear evolutions are performed safely, without
switching off the switchboards main power supply.
Incoming and outgoing connections are covered (form 2 to 4b) and ensure an
IP2x protection degree for the maintenance personnel.
The mechanical mismatching system is independant from the voltage and
prevents from unappropriate swaps:
different diagrams,
control devices rating incompatible with the motor power,
protection relays tuned differently.
A mechanical inter-locking system between the drawer position and the
protection device prevent any on-load handling. It may be completed with an
electrical switching system.
The swivelling front face, secured to the drawer, receives the circuit-breaker
command device, as well as the man/switchboard interface (push-button, leds,
measures), and can be opened with a tool in order to carry out a thermographic
check.
b
b
v
v
v
b
b
When using Okken functional units in withdrawable drawers, for distribution 630A
and motor control up to 250kW, there is no need to pre-equip reserve slots, the
need triggers the investment.
Implementation is simplifed by the prefabrication of the functional unit outside the
switchboard:
device mounting and connection devices fastened to the drawer moving part,
upstream power connection on the vertical busbar with removable IP2x clamps
in rear position,
Connection of the downstream cables on terminals independant from the
functional unit, from the switchboards front or rear,
Tests can be performed without turning on the power voltage,
Visible disconnected position, mechanical display indicating the drawer position.
b
v
v
b
b
b
20
Schneider Electric
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
Introduction
P
D
4
0
5
0
4
1
6
3
2
3
6
1
-
4
H
Feeders on disconnectable
mounting plates
Principle of the feeders
on disconnectable
mounting plates:
Okken gives priority to
the availability and the
continuity of service of
the motor feeders, in an
economical way.
Continuity of service
Okken functional units on disconnectable mounting
plates, in distribution and motor control, are designed
to allow evolutions in the feeders or the installations
confguration, without switching off the main power
supply:
Devices settings,
Changes in the column or the switchboards
confguration (adding or removing feeders),
Preventive or curative maintenance on functional
units.
b
b
b
High availability
Okken functional units on disconnectable mounting plates are used in
economical sectors where the continuity of electrical supply is a critical issue:
hospitals,
manufacturing plants and buildings, etc .
b
b
21
Schneider Electric
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
Introduction
P
D
3
9
1
1
6
1
P
D
3
9
1
1
0
2
Safety in Okken functional units on disconnectable mounting plates
Feeders on disconnectable
mounting plates
Maintenance operations and gear evolutions are performed safely, without
switching off the switchboards main power supply.
All the connection points are covered, thus ensuring an IP2x degree of protection
for the maintenance personnel,
An electrical pre-tripping system prevents any on-load handling,
Okken functional units on disconnectable mounting plates are made up of two
parts:
the fxed part, secured to the busbar, hosts the upstream supply clamps,
the moving part, sliding into the fxed one, receives the device installation and
the power supply connections, as well as the outgoing client cable connections.
b
b
b
v
v
Optimizing the investment
When using Okken functional units on disconnectable mounting
plates, there is no need to pre-equip reserve slots, the need triggers the
investment.
Implementation simplifed by the prefabrication of the functional unit
outside the switchboard,
Upstream power connection on the vertical busbar with plug-in IP2x
clamps,
Direct connection of the downstream cables on the device terminals.
b
b
b
Reducing maintenance costs
Okken functional units on disconnectable mounting plates make live
maintenance operations more easy.
Preventive maintenance can be performed on functional units temporarily
switched off, without handling upstream connections.
Curative maintenance after a fault is simplifed.
The only maintenance to be performed is on the Okken functional units:
Clamps connecting the busbar with the Okken functional unit on disconnectable
mounting plate prevent risk of premature wear on grounds of plug operations.
As plug on load is made impossible thanks to a system of pre-tripping, there
cannot be any arc produced during the plug operations, and there is therefore no
damage caused to the contacts.
b
b
b
b
22
Schneider Electric
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
Introduction
Fields of applications
Oil & Gas
Continuity of service and safety
In Oil&Gas industries, the installation is expected to minimize risks for the people
and the environment.
In Okken switchboards, the intelligence is present in the distribution and motor
control applications, to anticipate risks of faults critical to the environment.
Okken provides operational safety with adapted equipements limiting a
possible short-circuit to the functional unit (Polyfast), and confning the internal
arc to the column busbar (horizontal busbar screen).
Thanks to these components, repairing operations after a fault are limited to the
concerned area in the switchboard, and re-energizing occurs quickly following
an incident.
b
b
b
Mines and minerals
Water treatment
Environment and safety
Dust and gas produced by treatment and combustion in mine and mineral
industries are risk factors for a correct operation of electrical equipements in these
industries.
Okken IP54 version is designed to prevent these troubles, with conductive parts
receiving a specifc coating treatment, in order to limit the effects of the corrosion
caused by sulfured atmospheres.
IP54 joints provide enough air- and watertightness to avoid any dust deposit
inside the switchboards, which would be likely to cause internal short-circuits.
b
b
Continuity of service and environment
The quality expected in water treatment processes requires a total continuity of
service in the installations; the environmental nuisances and the costs induced by
production stops demand secured installations:
Protection against gas emitted during treatment phases (H
2
S), from pumping to
settling,
From the separation to the incineration operations,
Air treatment in scrubbling towers.
The Okken answer for this kind of particularly aggressive environment is a specifc
treatment applied on conductive parts, in order to limit the effects of corrosion and
the risks of thermal acceleration causing short-circuits and fres.
b
b
b
Marine
Sturdiness and safety
Electrical equipments installed in boats or barges must be very strong in order to
resist the mechanical stresses implied by their environment.
Vibrations and other environmental constraints have been taken in consideration
for designing the Okken Marine switchboard:
Excellent stability,
Safety of the operating personnel,
Components easily accessible,
Increased withstand to vibrations, in order to resist the frequencies existing on-
board.
b
b
b
b
23
Schneider Electric
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
Introduction

0
5
8
0
0
8
H
D
r
1
0
5
8
0
1
0
h
d
r
Feeders Service Index
Operation
Setting
Locking
Padlocking
Maintenance
Checking
Cleaning
Repairing
Evolution
Addition
Modifcation
Expansion
Shutting down the whole
switchboard
Not required
Wanted
Essential
Shutting down the whole
switchboard
Shutting down the whole
switchboard
The switchboard
must permit:
The applications
continuity of
service is:
Shutting down only the
concerned FU
Shutting down only
the concerned FU with
connections handling
Addition of a FU in
pre-equiped spare slots
Shutting down only the
concerned FU
Allows test position
Shutting down only the
concerned FU without
connections handling
Addition of a FU without
shutting down the
swwitchboard, free addition in
non-equiped spare slots
Example: Plug-in on Polyfast FU (SI =233)
Example: disconnectable on Polyfast FU (SI =223)
Shutting down the whole
switchboard
Shutting down the whole
switchboard
Shutting down the whole
switchboard
Shutting down only the
concerned FU
Shutting down only
the concerned FU with
connections handling
Addition of a FU in
pre-equiped spare slots
Shutting down only the
concerned FU
Allows test position
Shutting down only the
concerned FU without
connections handling
Addition of a FU without
shutting down the
swwitchboard, free
addition in non-equiped
spare slots


Operation Maintenance Evolution
Shutting down the whole
switchboard
Shutting down the whole
switchboard
Shutting down the whole
switchboard
Shutting down only the
concerned FU
Shutting down only
the concerned FU with
connections handling
Addition of a FU in
pre-equiped spare slots
Shutting down only the
concerned FU
Allows test position
Shutting down only the
concerned FU without
connections handling
Addition of a FU without
shutting down the
swwitchboard, free
addition in non-equiped
spare slots

Operation Maintenance Evolution

24
Schneider Electric
25
Schneider Electric
Catalogue numbers
Index
I
n
d
e
x
Catalogue numbers
Cat.no. Designation Pages
01000
01215 5 rectangular grommets 80, 194, 235
03000
03001 modular device rail 93
03002 adjustable modular device rail 93
06000
06617 adhesive drawing holder 215x215x20mm 234
07000
07081 6mm earth braid 85, 100, 178, 203, 235
07340 trunking blanking plate W1000 237
09000
09049 paint spray can (RAL7016) 234
87000
87000 2 frames H2350 D600 81, 193
87001 2 frames H2350 D400 193
87002 2 frames H2200 D600 81, 193
87003 2 frames H2200 D400 193
87004 1 plinth D600 81, 193
87005 1 plinth D400 81, 193
87007 4 cross-members W650 81, 193
87008 4 cross-members W450 193
87009 4 cross-members W350 193
87010 4 cross-members W250 193
87011 4 lifting lugs 205
87012 intermediate uprights H2350 RC 194
87013 intermediate uprights H2350 FC 194
87014 2 busbar end covers 82, 219, 220
87015 inter cubicle partition H2350 D600 80, 82, 198
87016 inter cubicle partition H2350 D400 82, 198
87017 inter cubicle partition H2200 D600 80, 82, 198
87018 inter cubicle partition H2200 D400 81, 82, 198
87020 device cubicle plate W650 - BB115 82, 194
87021 device cubicle plate W650 - BB70 194
87022 plate for lateral compartment W650 196
87023 plate for lateral compartment W450 196
87024 plate for lateral compartment W350 196
87025 plate for lateral compartment W250 196
87026 inter-columns partition complement D400 198
87027 inter-columns partition complement D600 80, 198
87028 5 recuttable door gasket holders 81M - IP4x 208, 21
87029 roof intermediate joint (50m) 205, 235
87030 roof W650 D1400 81, 204
87031 roof W650 D1200 204
87032 roof W650 D1000 204
87033 roof W650 D600 204
87034 roof W450 D1400 204
87035 roof W450 D1200 204
87036 roof W450 D1000 204
87037 roof W450 D600 204
87038 roof W350 D1400 204
87039 roof W350 D1200 204
87040 roof W350 D1000 204
87041 roof W350 D600 204
87042 roof W250 D1400 204
87043 roof W250 D1200 204
87044 roof W250 D1000 204
87045 roof W250 D600 204
87046 IP31 roof joint (50m) 205, 235
87047 rear panel H2350 W650 206, 207
87048 rear panel H2350 W450 206, 207
87049 rear panel H2350 W350 206, 207
87050 rear panel H2350 W250 206, 207
87051 rear panel H2200 W650 206, 207
87052 rear panel H2200 W450 206, 207
87053 rear panel H2200 W350 206, 207
87054 rear panel H2200 W250 206, 207
87055 4 ventilation grids IP31 W650 81, 206
87056 4 ventilation grids IP31 W450 206
87057 4 ventilation grids IP31 W350 206
87058 4 ventilation grids IP31 W250 206
87059 4 front plates IP41-54 W650 81, 207, 209
87060 4 front plates IP41-54 W450 207, 209
87061 4 front plates IP41-54 W350 207, 209
87062 4 front plates IP41-54 W250 207, 209
Cat.no. Designation Pages
87063 column cap W650 81, 205
87064 column cap W450 205
87065 column cap W350 205
87066 column cap W250 205
87067 2 column cap blanking plates 205
87070 1 side panel H2350 D600 NP 204
87071 1 side panel H2350 D400 NP 204
87072 1 side panel H2200 D600 NP 204
87073 1 side panel H2200 D400 NP 204
87074 NW40 door 19M NP - BB115 50-54, 56, 58
87075 NT/NS1600 door 19M NP - BB115 64-68, 70
87076 plain door 44M NP 200
87077 plain door 38M NP 200
87078 plain door 28M NP 200
87079 plain door 19M NP 200
87080 plain door 13M NP 200
87081 plain door 9M NP 200
87082 NT/NS door 18M NP - BB70 72, 76
87083 plain door 72M NP 200
87084 plain door 66M NP 200
87085 plain door 60M NP 200
87086 plain door 54M NP 200
87087 plain door 48M NP 200
87088 plain door 42M NP 200
87089 plain door 36M NP 200
87090 plain door 30M NP 200
87091 plain door 24M NP 200
87092 plain door 18M NP 72, 200
87093 plain door 12M NP 72, 74, 200
87094 plain door 6M NP 74, 200
87095 door for transparent plate 72M NP 201
87096 door for transparent plate 66M NP 201
87097 door for transparent plate 54M NP 201
87098 door for transparent plate 48M NP 201
87099 door for transparent plate 42M NP 201
87100 door for transparent plate 36M NP 201
87101 transparent plate 72M 201
87102 transparent plate 66M 201
87103 transparent plate 54M 201
87104 transparent plate 48M 201
87105 transparent plate 42M 201
87106 transparent plate 36M 201
87111 compartment door with lock on left H2350 W650 NP 81, 202, 206, 207
87112 compartment door with lock on left H2350 W450 NP 202
87113 compartment door with lock on left H2350 W350 NP 202
87114 compartment door with lock on left H2350 W250 NP 202
87115 compartment door with lock on left H2200 W650 NP 81, 202, 206, 207
87116 compartment door with lock on left H2200 W450 NP 202
87117 compartment door with lock on left H2200 W350 NP 202
87118 compartment door with lock on left H2200 W250 NP 202
87119 IP4x joint for doors/panels (50m) 207, 209
87120 IP41/54 10x4 mm fat joint (50m) 207, 209
87123 plain door 46M NP 200
87124 plain door 40M NP 200
87125 plain door 34M NP 200
87126 plain door 32M NP 200
87127 plain door 26M NP 200
87128 plain door 22M NP 200
87129 plain door 20M NP 200
87130 plain door 16M NP 200
87131 plain door 14M NP 200
87132 plain door 10M NP 200
87133 plain door 8M NP 74, 200
87134 NT/NS1600 door 30M SC NP - BB70 72, 76
87135 10 door and rear panel bottom brackets W250 85, 203, 235
87136 10 door and rear panel bottom brackets W350 85, 203, 235
87137 10 door and rear panel bottom brackets W450 85, 203, 235
87138 10 door and rear panel bottom brackets W650 85, 203, 235
87140 end section for 2 corners H2350 205
87141 end section for 2 corners H2200 205
87142 50 fxed hinges with pin 85, 201-202, 235
87143 200 panels and top grids supports 204, 206-207, 209, 235
87144 50 bottom grids supports 206-207, 209, 235
87145 20 insert supports with latch bolt 203, 234
87146 20 markable handles 203, 234
87147 50 internal label holders 198, 234
26
Schneider Electric
Catalogue numbers
Index
I
n
d
e
x

Catalogue numbers
Cat.no. Designation Pages
87150 200 door stops 206, 234
87151 10 operating inserts 8mm male square 203
87152 10 operating inserts 7mm male square 203
87153 10 operating inserts 9mm male triangle 203
87154 10 operating inserts 8mm male triangle 203
87155 10 operating inserts 7mm male triangle 203
87156 10 operating inserts 5mm double bar 203
87157 200 bottom door stoppers 206, 234
87160 intermediate uprights H2200 RC 194
87161 intermediate uprights H2200 FC 194
87162 bottom plate W650 D600 197
87163 bottom plate W650 D400 197
87164 bottom plate W450 D600 197
87165 bottom plate W450 D400 197
87166 bottom plate W350 D600 197
87167 bottom plate W350 D400 197
87168 bottom plate W250 D600 197
87169 bottom plate W250 D400 197
87170 20 cubicle uprights coupling kit 197, 235
87171 20 cross-members coupling kit 197, 235, 245
87173 4 supports for lateral compartment W350 101, 179
87174 4 supports for lateral compartment W450 101, 179
87175 4 supports for lateral compartment W650 101, 179
87176 4 cable tie bars D400 198
87177 4 cable tie bars D600 198
87178 lattice trunking for auxiliary wiring 198
87181 2000 M6 round captive nut 234
87182 1000 self threading screws M6x13 234
87183 500 self threading screws for Thermoset support 234
87184 200 socket head screws for frame plinth 234
87185 200 M10 square captive nut 234
87186 100 moving hinges for doors 234
87187 5 auxiliary bus duct 250V 4x32A H2350/2200 229
87188 100 anti-rotation brackets 82, 223, 225, 227, 235
87189 100 fat washers 11/38 82, 223, 225, 227, 235
87190 key for 8 mm male square insert 203
87191 key for 7 mm male square insert 203
87192 key for 9 mm male triangle insert 203
87193 key for 8 mm male triangle insert 203
87194 key for 7 mm male triangle insert 203
87195 key for 5 mm double bar insert 203
87196 500 self threading screws M4x8 234
87199 IP54 gasket kit 207, 209, 245
87200 2 frames for rear busbars D400 H2350 81, 193, 196
87201 2 frames for rear busbars D400 H2200 81, 193, 196
87202 4 cross-members W1150 81, 193
87203 cubicle uprights W1150 H2350 81, 202
87204 cubicle uprights W1150 H2200 81, 202
87205 device cubicle plate W1150 for front busbars 82, 195
87206 device cubicle plate W1150 for rear busbars 82, 195
87207 device cubicle plate W650 for rear busbars - BB115 82, 196
87208 device cubicle plate W650 for rear busbars - BB70 196
87209 10 cross-members for rear busbar device cubicle
plate D400
196
87214 top plate W1150 D1400 81, 204
87215 top plate W1150 D1000 204
87216 5x IP31 ventilation grids W1150 81, 206
87217 5x IP41-54 front plates W1150 81, 207, 209
87218 column cap W1150 81, 205
87219 front plate W1150 9M NP 81, 201
87220 NW40b-63 door 32M NP 60, 62, 81
87221 plain door W1150 40M NP 81, 201
87222 plain door W1150 34M NP 81, 201
87223 compartment door with lock on left H2350 W575 NP 81, 202
87224 compartment door with lock on left H2200 W575 NP 81, 202
87225 bottom plate W1150 D600 82, 197
87226 bottom plate W1150 D400 82, 197
87227 2 fanges for device cubicle W1150 H2350 81, 195
87228 2 fanges for device cubicle W1150 H2200 81, 195
87229 cross members for NW40b-63 installation kit D1000 60, 62, 81
87230 additional cross-members for NW40b-63 installation
kit D400
60, 62, 81
87231 installation kit for NW40b-63 60, 62, 81
87232 cover for NW40b-63 with rear and front busbars 60, 62, 81
87233 upstream and downstream connectors for 1 phase
NW40b-63
60, 62, 81
87234 rear and front busbar link cover for device cubicle
- BB115
221
Cat.no. Designation Pages
87235 rear and front busbar link cover for device cubicle
- BB70
221
87236 supports for NW40b-63 for bus coupler connection 82
87238 screws for 5 bars supports 80x10 NW 40b-63 82
87239 screws for 5 bars supports 100x10 NW 40b-63 60, 82
87240 screws for 5 bars supports 120x10 NW 40b-63 60, 82
87242 compartment door with lock on right H2350 W650
NP
202, 206, 207
87243 compartment door with lock on right H2350 W450
NP
202
87244 compartment door with lock on right H2350 W350
NP
202
87245 compartment door with lock on right H2350 W250
NP
202
87246 compartment door with lock on right H2200 W650
NP
202, 206, 207
87247 compartment door with lock on right H2200 W450
NP
202
87248 compartment door with lock on right H2200 W350
NP
202
87249 compartment door with lock on right H2200 W250
NP
202
87250 compartment door with lock on right H2350 W575
NP
202
87251 compartment door with lock on right H2200 W575
NP
202
87252 Door for fxed NT - TDC/BDC/SC 16M NP 74, 76
87253 Door for fxed NT - RC 18M NP 74, 76
87254 115/70 vertical busbar kit in cubicle H2350 RC 195
87255 115/70 vertical busbar kit in cubicle H2200 RC 195
87256 115/70 vertical busbar kit in cubicle H2350 FC 195
87257 115/70 vertical busbar kit in cubicle H2200 FC 195
87258 cover for NW40b-63 with front busbars 60, 62
87259 12 bolts for fshplates 2 and 3 bars/phase 235
87260 1 horizontal busbar support Icw 50kA 219
87261 1 horizontal busbar support Icw 100kA 82, 219, 220
87262 sliding fshplate for 4 horizontal bars/phase 82, 219, 220
87263 sliding fshpplate for 6 horizontal bars/phase 82, 219, 220
87264 12 bolts for fshplates 4 and 6 bars/phase 235
87265 connection support 630A 3P 96, 98, 138, 139, 142,
143, 151, 153, 161,
165, 171, 175, 237
87266 connection support 630A 4P 96, 98, 237
87267 sliding fshplates for 2 horizontal bars/phase 219
87268 sliding fshplates for 3 horizontal bars/phase 82, 219, 220
87269 3 cross-members for insulated support NS/NT,
NWy3200A - BB115
222, 223, 226, 227
87270 7 bar supports 40/50 - BB70 218, 221, 224, 225
87271 6 bar supports 80/100 - BB70 218, 224, 225, 226
87272 4 bottom supports - BB70 138, 151, 153, 161, 225
87273 2 fanges for cubicle H2350 - BB70 194
87274 2 fanges for cubicle H2200 - BB70 194
87275 12 IP20 grids - BB70 225
87276 rear cover - BB70 225
87277 1 double support for 115 V-BB 50-54, 56, 58, 60, 64-
68, 74, 78-80, 82, 84,
221-223, 226-227
87278 3 cross-member for NW4000A support 222, 223
87279 2 lateral fanges y 3200A H2350 - BB115 82, 194
87280 2 lateral fanges y 3200A H2200 - BB115 82, 194
87281 Fixed NT TDC/BDC 36M - BB70 74, 76
87282 F4 long cover NS/NT/NW 4000A RC - BB115 54, 56, 59, 68, 70
87283 F4 medium cover NS/NT/NW 4000A RC - BB115 54, 59, 68, 70
87284 Fixed NT SC 30M - BB70 74, 76
87285 F4 cover NW40 4000A TDC - BB115 56, 59
87286 auxiliary cable duct FC - BB115 194
87287 5 auxiliary cable ducts RC - BB115/230 194, 195
87288 TeSys T screw connector 157
87289 16 insulators of top supports 40/50 bars- BB70 225
87290 NW 4000A 19M installation 56, 58
87291 upstream and downstream connectors 1P NW4000A
TDC
58
87292 screws for 3 bars supports 2x120 superimposed
- BB115
56, 84
87294 upstream and downstream connectors 1P NW4000A
RC
56, 58
87295 installation accessories for bus coupler 2 NWy3200A
TDC/SC
78, 79
87296 installation accessories for bus coupler 2 NW 4000A 80
27
Schneider Electric
Catalogue numbers
Index
I
n
d
e
x
Catalogue numbers
Cat.no. Designation Pages
87297 installation accessories for bus coupler 2 NWy3200A
BDC-RC
78, 79
87299 F4 short cover NS/NT/NW y 3200A 4000A RC
- BB115
54, 59, 68, 70
87300 2 devices area partitions H2350/2200 - BB115 82, 194
87302 horizontal busbars inter-column screen 54, 56, 68, 80
87303 NT/NS1600 installation 19M 64-68, 70
87304 NW 3200A installation 19M 50-54, 58
87305 case cover 6M 59, 71
87306 case cover 9M 59, 71
87307 reserve cover 44M 59, 71, 82
87308 reserve cover 38M 59, 71, 82
87309 reserve cover 28M 59, 71, 82
87310 reserve cover 19M 59, 71
87311 reserve cover 13M 59, 71
87312 upstream and downstream connectors 1P NW1600A 50-53, 58
87313 upstream and downstream connectors 1P NW3200A 50-53, 58
87314 1 NS/NT crossing bar protection 72, 74
87315 bars insulator 0,6x5m 58, 70, 235
87316 installation kit for NT/NS BDC 30M - BB70 72, 76
87318 F4 long cover NS/NT/NW y 3200A RC - BB115 51, 59, 65, 70
87319 F4 medium cover NS/NT/NW y 3200A RC - BB115 51, 59, 65, 70
87320 F4 short cover NS/NT/NW y 3200A RC - BB115 51, 59, 65, 70
87321 rear cover NS/NT/NW TDC/BDC D>600mm - BBy
3200A
50, 54, 59, 64, 68, 70,
78, 79
87322 F4 short cover NS/NT/NW y 3200A SC - BB115 52, 59, 66, 70
87323 F4 medium cover NS/NT/NW y 3200A SC - BB115 52, 59, 66, 70
87324 F4 long cover NS/NT/NW y 3200A SC - BB115 52, 59, 66, 70
87325 1 double support for bars - BB70 52, 58, 66, 72, 74, 221
87326 installation kit for NT/NS SC 30M - BB70 72, 76
87327 F4 add. cover for NS/NT/NW y 3200 RC - BB115 51, 54, 59, 65, 68, 70
87328 installation kit for NT/NS TDC 30M - BB70 72, 76
87329 cover NS/NT/NW y 3200A TDC - BB115 50, 53-54, 59, 64, 66,
68, 70
87330 installation kit for NT/NS RC 18M - BB70 72, 76
87331 cover for NS/NT/NW y3200A BDC H2350 - BB115 53, 59, 67, 70
87332 F4 long cover NT/NS RC - BB70 72, 74, 76
87333 F4 medium cover NT/NS RC - BB70 72, 74, 76
87334 F4 short cover NT/NS RC - BB70 72, 74, 76
87335 F4 cover addition for NT/NS RC - BB70 72, 74, 76
87336 F4 medium cover NT/NS SC - BB70 72, 74, 76
87337 cross-member RC - BB70 72, 74
87338 short cover F4 NT/NS SC - BB70 72, 74, 76
87339 cover for NS/NT/NW y3200A BDC H2200 - BB115 59
87340 cross-member RC - BB115 50-54, 56, 64-68, 78-79
87341 reserve cover 32M 59, 71
87342 screws for 5 bars supports 100x10 - BB70 225
87343 screws for 5 bars supports 80x10 - BB70 225
87344 screws for 5 bars supports 50x10 - BB70 221, 225
87345 cross-member SC compartment W350mm - BB115 52, 66
87346 cross-member SC compartment W450mm - BB115 52, 66
87347 cross-member SC compartment W650mm - BB115 52, 66
87348 50 angle bracket support for PE 235
87349 2 angle brackets +4 insulator SC - BB115 52, 66
87350 5M fxed part for disconnectable or plug-in Polyfast
NS250 3P
95, 96
87351 6M fxed part for disconnectable or plug-in Polyfast
NS250 3P
95, 96
87352 insulating part for NT/NW D600 52, 53, 66, 67
87353 7M fxed part for disconnectable or plug-in Polyfast
NS250 4P
95, 96
87354 8M fxed part for disconnectable or plug-in Polyfast
NS630 3P
95, 96
87355 9M fxed part for disconnectable or plug-in Polyfast
NS630 4P
95, 96
87356 NS100/250 3P device Polyfast plug-in and drawer 97, 99
87357 NS100/250 4P device Polyfast plug-in and drawer 97, 99
87358 NS400/630 3P device Polyfast plug-in and drawer 97, 99, 162
87359 NS400/630 4P device Polyfast plug-in and drawer 97, 99
87360 NS100/250 3P device Polyfast disconnectable 95
87361 NS100/250 4P device Polyfast disconnectable 95
87362 NS400/630 3P device Polyfast disconnectable 95
87363 NS400/630 4P device Polyfast disconnectable 95
87364 upstream jaws 3P 250A 93-96, 98, 131, 133,
135, 137-138, 141-142,
145, 147, 149, 151,
153, 157, 159, 161,
165, 167, 169, 171, 175
Cat.no. Designation Pages
87365 upstream jaws 4P 250A 93-96, 98, 162
87366 upstream jaws 3P 630A 95, 96, 98, 138, 142,
151, 153, 161, 165,
171, 175
87367 upstream jaws 4P 630A 95, 96, 98
87368 downstream jaws 3P 250A 96, 98, 133, 135, 137,
138, 141, 142, 147,
149, 151, 153, 157,
159, 161, 165, 167,
169, 171, 175
87369 downstream jaws 4P 250A 96, 98
87370 downstream jaws 3P 630A 96, 98, 138, 142, 151,
153, 161, 165, 171, 175
87371 downstream jaws 4P 630A 96, 98
87372 connection support 250A 3P 96, 98, 133, 135, 137-
139, 141-143, 147, 149,
151, 153, 157, 159,
161-162, 165, 167, 169,
171, 175, 237
87373 connection support 250A 4P 96, 98, 237
87374 8 fxed part for 6-points auxiliary blocks 236
87375 10 covers 1 to 6M - BB70 77, 96, 101, 178
87376 drawer fxed part - 6M 250A 3P 98, 133, 135, 137, 138,
141-142, 147, 149, 151,
153, 157, 159, 161,
165, 167, 169, 171,
175, 177
87377 drawer fxed part - 8M 250A 4P 98
87379 drawer fxed part - 12M 630A 4P 98
87380 drawer moving part for Polyfast - 6M 250A 3P 99, 137, 139, 151, 153,
162, 171, 175, 177
87381 drawer moving part for Polyfast - 8M 250A 4P 99
87383 drawer moving part for Polyfast - 12M 630A 4P 99
87384 drawer position mechanism 94, 99, 131, 133, 135,
137, 139, 141, 143,
145, 147, 149, 151,
153, 157, 159, 162,
165, 167, 169, 171, 175
87387 Polyfast for NS250 3P drawer MCC 137, 139, 151, 153,
159, 162, 171
87388 fxed NT RC 18M - BB70 74, 76
87389 Polyfast for NS630 3P drawer MCC 139, 151, 153, 162, 171
87391 front face for drawer NS 250 3P - 6M NP 99
87392 front face for drawer NS 250 4P - 8M NP 99
87393 front face for drawer NS 630 3P - 12M NP 99
87394 front face for drawer NS 630 4P - 12M NP 99
87395 screws for 3 bars supports 2x100 superimposed
bars - BB115
56, 8
87396 screws for 5 bars supports 120x10 - BB115 56, 221, 223
87397 screws for 5 supports for 100x10 superimposed bars
- BB115
50-54, 56, 64-68, 72,
74, 78-80, 82
87398 screws for 5 supports for 80x10 superimposed bars
- BB115
50-54, 64-68, 72, 74,
78-79, 82, 223, 227
87399 screws for 5 supports for 50x10 superimposed bars
- BB115
50-54, 64-68, 72, 74
87400 2 drawer handles +release push-button 99, 133, 135, 137, 139,
141, 143, 147, 149,
151, 153, 157, 159,
162, 165, 167, 169,
171, 175
87401 FU horizontal partition 77, 98, 101, 178
87402 space front plate for drawer 6M NP 77, 98, 101, 178, 246
87403 space front plate for drawer 8M NP 77, 101, 178
87405 2M addition front plate NP 77, 98, 101, 178
87406 2 side plates for 4000A H2350 - BB115 194
87407 2 side plates for 4000A H2200 - BB115 194
87408 horizontal fshplate - BB115 82, 223, 227
87410 5 front face hinges for drawers u 12M 99, 133, 135, 137, 139,
141, 143, 147, 149,
151, 153, 157, 159,
162, 165, 167, 169,
171, 175
87411 drawer fxed part for 12M 630A 3P 98, 138, 142, 151, 153,
161, 165, 171, 175, 177
87412 50 -width drawer mismatching accessories 100, 177
87413 50 drawer mismatching accessories 100, 177
87414 drawer moving part for 12M 3P 630A Polyfast 99, 139, 151, 153, 162,
171, 175, 177
28
Schneider Electric
Catalogue numbers
Index
I
n
d
e
x

Catalogue numbers
Cat.no. Designation Pages
87415 6M moving part complement 133, 135, 137, 139,
141, 143, 149, 151,
153, 159, 162, 165,
167, 169, 171, 175, 177
87417 front face for drawer GV2/Integral 6M NP 133, 147, 157, 167
87418 front face for drawer NS80/250 6M NP 135, 137, 139, 149,
151, 153, 159, 162,
169, 171
87419 front face for drawer NS80/250 12M NP 135, 137, 139, 149,
151, 153, 159, 162,
169, 171
87423 18M Form 4 171
87424 6M fxed part complement for MCC drawer 133, 135, 137, 138,
141, 142, 149, 151,
153, 159, 161, 165,
167, 169, 171, 175, 177
87425 front face for drawer NS250 18M NP 139, 151, 153, 162, 171
87426 front face for drawer NS630 18M NP 139, 151, 153, 162, 171
87427 front face for drawer NS630 24M NP 139, 151, 153, 162
87428 Polyfast accessory NS250 disconnectable 95, 97
87429 Polyfast accessory NS630 disconnectable 95, 97
87430 drawer fxed part accessories 94, 98, 131, 133, 135,
137, 138, 141, 142,
145, 147, 149, 151,
153, 157, 159, 161,
165, 167, 169, 171, 175
87431 drawer moving part accessories 99, 133, 135, 137, 139,
141, 143, 147, 149,
151, 153, 157, 159,
162, 165, 167, 169,
171, 175
87433 plain front face for drawer 6M NP 99, 133, 135, 137, 139,
141, 143, 147, 149,
151, 153, 157, 159,
162, 165, 167, 169,
171, 175
87434 plain front face for drawer 8M NP 99
87436 plain front face for drawer 12M NP 99, 133, 135, 137, 139,
141, 143, 147, 149,
151, 153, 157, 159,
162, 165, 167, 169,
171, 175
87437 plain front face for drawer 18M NP 139, 151, 153, 162, 171
87438 plain front face for drawer 24M NP 139, 143, 151, 153,
162, 165, 171, 175
87439 front face for drawer NS250 24M NP 139, 151, 153, 162, 171
87440 -width drawer fxed part 3 and 6M 160A 3-4P 94, 131, 133, 135, 141,
145, 167, 169
87441 2 partitions for -width drawer 3M 131, 145
87442 -width drawer moving part 6M 94, 133, 135, 141,
167, 169
87443 -width drawer moving part 3M 131, 145
87444 plain front plate for -width drawer 6M NP 94, 133, 135, 141,
167, 169
87445 4x3P connector for -width drawer 94, 131, 133, 135, 141,
145, 167, 169
87448 front plate for -width drawer Ultima TeSys U 32A
3M NP
131, 145, 157
87449 front plate for -width drawer GV2/Integral 6M NP 133, 157, 167
87450 drawer moving part 6M 250A 3P 133, 135, 141, 143,
147, 149, 157, 159,
165, 167, 169
87451 drawer moving part 12M 630A 3P 143, 165
87452 24 fxed part for 6-points auxiliary blocks 94-96, 98, 131, 133,
135, 137, 138, 141,
142, 145, 147, 149,
151, 153, 157, 159,
161, 165, 167, 169,
171, 175
87453 24 moving part for 6-points auxiliary blocks 94-95, 97, 99, 131, 133,
135, 137, 139, 141,
143, 145, 147, 149,
151, 153, 157, 159,
162, 165, 167, 169,
171, 175
87454 10 drawer micro-switches 100, 123, 178
87455 front plate for -width drawer NS80 6M NP 135, 169
87456 4x4P connector for -width drawer 94
87457 mounting plate for LC1 D09-D80 contactor/ GV2/
NS80
133, 135, 141, 147,
149, 157, 159, 167,
169, 175
Cat.no. Designation Pages
87458 mounting plate for LC1 D115-D150 contactor 135, 137, 139, 149,
151, 153, 162, 169, 171
87459 mounting plate for LC1 F185-F225 contactor 139, 143, 151, 153,
162, 165, 171, 175
87460 mounting plate for LC1 F265-F500 contactor 139, 143, 151, 153,
162, 165, 171, 175
87461 mounting plate for fuse-switch GS1F 50A in -width
drawer
141, 175
87462 mounting plate for fuse-switch GS1 F/J 50-100A 141, 143, 165, 175
87463 mounting plate for fuse-switch GS1 K/L/N 125-250A 143, 165, 175
87464 mounting plate for fuse-switch GS1QQ 400A 143, 165
87466 3 drawer position micro-switches 100, 177
87467 drawer moving part 3M with TeSys T relay 157
87468 3M drawer fxed part 131, 133, 145, 147,
151, 153, 155, 157, 167
87469 3M drawer moving part 131, 133, 145, 147,
155, 167
87470 3M drawer front plate for Ultima NP 131, 133, 145, 147,
155, 167
87471 3M drawer front plate for Ultima +SCDD NP 145, 155
87472 3M drawer front plate NP 131, 133, 145, 147,
155, 157, 167
87473 space front plate for drawer 3M NP 77, 101, 178
87474 8 moving part for 6-points auxiliary blocks 236
87475 drawer fxed part 2 speed/star-delta 12M 250A 133, 135, 137, 138,
147, 149, 151, 153,
157, 159, 161, 167,
169, 171, 177
87476 fxing support for contactor 143, 157, 165
87477 drawer fxed part 2 speed/star-delta 18M 630A 138, 151, 153, 161,
171, 177
87478 drawer fxed part 2 speed/reserve starter 24M 630A 161, 177
87479 F4 kit for front connection - 14 or 17M 96, 98, 138, 151, 153,
161, 171, 179
87480 F4 kit for rear connection - 14 or 17M 96, 98, 138, 151, 153,
161, 171
87481 drawer moving part 2 speed/star-delta 12M 250A 133, 135, 147, 149,
157, 159, 167, 169
87482 drawer moving part for Polyfast 2 speed/star-delta
12M 250A
137, 139, 151, 153,
162, 171, 177
87483 fxing support for TeSysT 141, 157, 159, 162,
165, 178
87484 drawer moving part for Polyfast 2 speed/star-delta
18M 630A
139, 151, 153, 162,
171, 177
87485 drawer moving part for 2 contactors 2 speed/star-
delta 18M 630A
139, 151, 153, 162,
171, 177
87486 drawer moving part for Polyfast 2 speed/reverse
starter 24M 630A
162, 177
87490 mounting plate for LC1 D40-D80/LC1 F185-225
contactor
133, 135, 137, 139,
147, 149, 151, 153,
157, 159, 162, 167,
169, 171
87491 mounting plate for LC1 D115-D150 contactor 139, 151, 153, 162, 171
87492 mounting plate for 2 LC1 D115-D150 contactors
2 speed/star-delta
139, 151, 153, 162, 171
87493 mounting plate for 2 LC1 D115-D150 contactors
reverse starter
162
87494 mounting plate for LC1 F265-F500 contactor 139, 151, 153, 162, 171
87495 mounting plate for 2 LC1 F265-F500 contactors 139, 151, 153, 162, 171
87496 mounting plate for 2 LRD05 thermal relays 139, 151, 153, 162, 171
87500 2 handles +unlocking knob for -width drawer 6M 94, 133, 135, 141,
167, 169
87501 space front plate for -width drawer 6M NP 77, 101, 178
87502 2 handles +unlocking knob for -width drawer 3M 131, 133, 145, 147, 167
87504 -width drawer moving part accessories 94, 131, 133, 135, 141,
145, 167, 169
87510 10 72x72 MSI supports 100, 178
87511 10 blanking plates, 72x72 100, 178
87512 3P connector for drawer 94, 131, 133, 135, 141,
145, 167, 169
87513 4P connector for drawer 94
87515 12 insulating sleeves SC 250A 101, 179, 237
87516 12 insulating sleeves SC 630A 101, 179, 237
87517 10 horizontal partitions for F4 RC 101, 179
87518 10 horizontal partitions for F4 SC 101, 179
87519 rear plate for side compartment 101, 179, 196
87520 F4 kit for front connection - 5M 96
29
Schneider Electric
Catalogue numbers
Index
I
n
d
e
x
Catalogue numbers
Cat.no. Designation Pages
87521 F4 kit for front connection - 6M 96, 98, 133, 135, 137,
138, 141, 142, 147,
149, 151, 153, 157,
159, 161, 165, 167,
169, 171, 175
87522 F4 kit for front connection - 7M 96
87523 F4 kit for front connection - 8M 96, 98, 138, 142, 151,
153, 161, 165, 171, 175
87524 F4 kit for front connection - 9M 96
87525 downstream connection bracket, front connection,
for NS250 3P 5M
96
87526 downstream connection bracket, front connection,
for NS250 3P 6M
96, 98, 133, 135, 137-
138, 141, 142, 147,
149, 151, 153, 157,
159, 161, 165, 167,
169, 171, 175
87527 downstream connection bracket, front connection,
for NS250 4P 7M
96, 98
87528 downstream connection bracket, front connection,
for NS630 3P 8M
96, 98, 138, 142, 151,
153, 161, 165, 171, 175
87529 downstream connection bracket, front connection,
for NS630 4P 9M
96, 98
87530 rear plate for F4 H2350/2200 RC 101, 179
87531 downstream connection bracket, rear connection, for
250A 3P 5M
96
87532 downstream connection bracket, rear connection, for
250A 3P 6M
96, 98, 133, 135, 137,
138, 141, 142, 147,
149, 151, 153, 157,
159, 161, 165, 167,
169, 171, 175
87533 downstream connection bracket, rear connection, for
250A 4P 7M
96, 98
87534 downstream connection bracket, rear connection, for
630A 3P 8M
96, 98, 138, 142, 151,
153, 161, 165, 171, 175
87535 downstream connection bracket, rear connection, for
630A 4P 9M
96, 98
87536 F4 kit for rear connection 5M 96
87537 F4 kit for rear connection 6M 96, 98, 133, 135, 137-
138, 141-142, 147, 149,
151, 153, 157, 159,
161, 165, 167, 169,
171, 175
87538 F4 kit for rear connection 7M 96
87539 F4 kit for rear connection 8M 96, 98, 138, 142, 151,
153, 161, 165, 171, 175
87540 F4 kit for rear connection 9M 96
87541 F4 kit for rear connection 12M 96, 98, 133, 135, 137-
138, 141, 149, 151,
153, 161, 167, 169,
171, 175, 179
87543 3M drawer moving part with TeSys T relay IP54 157
87544 F4 kit for front connection 12M 96, 98, 133, 135, 137-
138, 141-142, 149, 151,
153, 161, 167, 169,
171, 175, 179
87545 IP54 3M -width door kit 131, 145
87546 IP54 3M door kit 131, 133, 145, 147,
155, 157, 167
87547 IP54 6M -width door kit 133, 135, 167, 169
87548 IP54 door kit 6M & 8M 99, 133, 135, 137, 139,
141, 143, 147, 149,
151, 153, 159, 162,
165, 167, 169, 171, 175
87549 IP54 6M door kit 12M to 24M 99, 133, 135, 137, 139,
141, 143, 147, 149,
151, 153, 157, 159,
162, 165, 167, 169,
171, 175
87550 3M drawer moving part 131, 133, 145, 147,
155, 167
87551 6M -width drawer moving part 133, 135, 167
87552 3M -width drawer moving part 131
87555 disconnectable mounting plate 2M 93
87556 disconnectable mounting plate 4M 93
87557 connector for disconnectable mounting plate 32A 3P 93
87558 connector for disconnectable mounting plate 64A 3P 93
87559 device cubicle plate W650 - BB185 195
87560 uprights for J ean Mller fuses 195
87561 bottom support - BB185 228
87562 fxed front frame for Jean Mller fuses NP 195
Cat.no. Designation Pages
87563 2 mounting rails for J ean Mller fuses 2M 103
87564 2 mounting rails for J ean Mller fuses 3M 103
87565 2 mounting rails for J ean Mller fuses 6M 103, 169
87567 additionnal screen for NT/NS1600 RC - BB70 238
87568 10 covers 1 to 6M - BB70 238
87569 uprights H2350/2200 for SC cubicle - BB70 237
87570 mounting plate support 6M 238
87571 mounting plate support 8M 238
87572 mounting plate support 10M 238
87575 horizontal partition - BB70 238
87576 mounting plate for 1 fxed NS250 3P 6M 238
87577 mounting plate for 1 fxed NS250 4P 8M 238
87578 mounting plate for 1 fxed NS630 3P 8M 238
87579 mounting plate for 1 fxed NS630 4P 10M 238
87580 mounting plate for 1 NS250 3P plug in on base 6M 179, 238
87581 mounting plate for 1 NS250 4P plug in on base 8M 238
87583 mounting plate for 1 NS630 3P plug in on base 8M 238
87584 mounting plate for 1 NS630 4P plug in on base 10M 238
87586 mounting plate for 2 fxed NS250 3P 6M 238
87587 mounting plate for 2 fxed NS250 4P 8M 238
87588 mounting plate for 2 NS250 3P plug in on base 6M 238
87589 mounting plate for 2 NS250 4P plug in on base 8M 238
87591 uprights H2350/2200 for RC cubicle - BB70 237
87593 F4 for RC/SC 6M 237
87594 F4 for RC/SC 8M 237
87595 F4 for RC/SC 10M 237
87598 upstream jaws & connecting pads 250A 3P 237
87599 upstream jaws & connecting pads 250A 4P 237
87600 upstream jaws & connecting pads 630A 3P 237
87601 upstream jaws & connecting pads 630A 4P 237
87606 door for 1 NS2503P with toggle/fxed or plug-in 6M
NP
239
87607 door for 1 NS2504P with toggle/fxed or plug-in 8M
NP
239
87608 door for 1 NS6303P with toggle/fxed or plug-in 8M
NP
239
87609 door for 1 NS6304P with toggle/fxed or plug-in
10M NP
239
87610 door for 2 NS2503P with toggle/fxed or plug-in 6M
NP
239
87611 door for 2 NS2504P with toggle/fxed or plug-in 8M
NP
239
87615 door for 1 NS2503P+vigi with toggle/fxed or plug-in
6M NP
239
87616 door for 1 NS2504P+vigi with toggle/fxed or plug-in
8M NP
239
87617 door for 1 NS6303P+vigi with toggle/fxed or plug-in
8M NP
239
87618 door for 1 NS6304P+vigi with toggle/fxed or plug-in
10M NP
239
87619 door for 1 NS2503P direct rotary handle/fxed or
plug-in 6M NP
239
87620 door for 1 NS2504P direct rotary handle/fxed or
plug-in 8M NP
239
87621 door for 1 NS6303P direct rotary handle/fxed or
plug-in 8M NP
239
87622 door for 1 NS6304P direct rotary handle/fxed or
plug-in 10M NP
239
87623 door for 2 NS2503P direct rotary handle/fxed or
plug-in 6M NP
239
87624 door for 2 NS2504P direct rotary handle/fxed or
plug-in 8M NP
239
87631 connector for disconnectable mounting plate 32A 4P 93
87632 connector for disconnectable mounting plate 64A 4P 93
87633 BB insulating tape (55m) 58, 70, 235
87634 tape for transparent plate (33m) 201, 234
87635 grease for electrical contact (1kg) 235
87636 grease for mechanical parts (1kg) 235
87638 paint spray can (RAL1000) 234
87639 plain front plate for -width drawer 3M NP 131, 145
87640 6 pads for connection support 250 A 133, 135, 137, 139,
141, 143, 147, 149,
151, 153, 157, 159,
162, 165, 167, 169, 171
87641 6 pads for connection support 630 A 139, 143, 151, 153,
162, 165, 171
87642 20 insulators H26 M8 56, 78, 79, 80, 235
87643 20 insulators H35 M10 235
87644 50 stickers Schneider Electric 234
30
Schneider Electric
Catalogue numbers
Index
I
n
d
e
x

Catalogue numbers
Cat.no. Designation Pages
87645 50 screws for NS250/630 screen 238
87646 10 tie suppors for fexible copper strip NS250 3P 235
87647 10 tie supports for fexible copper strip NS250 4P 235
87648 50 bushings 22mm 123, 235
87651 additionnal screen for NT/NS1600 FC - BB70 238
87653 100 water-proof washers 204, 234
87654 100 cross member grommets for IP41 208, 210, 235
87655 1000 M6 cage nuts for steel 1,5mm thickness 234
87656 10 earthing straps and clips 238
87657 50 stickers Merlin Gerin 234
87660 1 handle with 405 barrel 85, 100, 203
87661 1 handle with 455 barrel 85, 203
87662 1 handle with 421 barrel 85, 203
87664 1 handle with 2131 barrel 85, 203
87665 1 handle with 2132 barrel 85, 203
87666 1 handle without barrel 85, 100, 203
87670 upstream and downstram connectors for 1 phase
NW40b-63 (corrosive atmospheres)
62
87671 upstream and downstream connectors 1P NW4000A
TDC (corrosive atmospheres)
58
87672 upstream and downstream connectors 1P NW4000A
RC (corrosive atmospheres)
58
87673 upstream and downstream connectors 1P NW1600A
(corrosive atmospheres)
58
87674 upstream and downstream connectors 1P NW3200A
(corrosive atmospheres)
58
87675 connecting block for KT BBT 800/1600A 3P TDC
- BB115 (corrosive atmospheres)
83
87676 connecting block for KT BBT 800/1600A 4P TDC
- BB115 (corrosive atmospheres)
83
87677 connecting block for KT BBT 2000/2500A 3P TDC
- BB115 (corrosive atmospheres)
83
87678 connecting block for KT BBT 2000/2500A 4P TDC
- BB115 (corrosive atmospheres)
83
87679 connecting block for KT BBT 3200A 3P TDC - BB115
(corrosive atmospheres)
83
87680 connecting block for KT BBT 3200A 4P TDC - BB115
(corrosive atmospheres)
83
87681 connecting block for KT BBT 4000A 3P TDC - BB115
(corrosive atmospheres)
83
87682 connecting block for KT BBT 4000A 4P TDC - BB115
(corrosive atmospheres)
83
87683 connecting block for KT BBT 800/1600A 3P RC
- BB115 (corrosive atmospheres)
83
87684 connecting block for KT BBT 800/1600A 4P RC
- BB115 (corrosive atmospheres)
83
87685 connecting block for KT BBT 2000/2500A 3P RC
- BB115 (corrosive atmospheres)
83
87686 connecting block for KT BBT 2000/2500A 4P RC
- BB115 (corrosive atmospheres)
83
87687 connecting block for KT BBT 3200A 3P RC - BB115
(corrosive atmospheres)
83
87688 connecting block for KT BBT 3200A 4P RC - BB115
(corrosive atmospheres)
83
87689 connecting block for KT BBT 4000A 3P RC - BB115
(corrosive atmospheres)
83
87690 connecting block for KT BBT 4000A 4P RC - BB115
(corrosive atmospheres)
83
87692 sliding fshplates for 4 horizontal bars/phase
(corrosive atmospheres)
219, 220
87693 sliding fshplates for 6 horizontal bars/phase
(corrosive atmospheres)
219, 220
87694 sliding fshplates for 2 horizontal bars/phase
(corrosive atmospheres)
219
87695 sliding fshplates for 3 horizontal bars/phase
(corrosive atmospheres)
219, 220
87696 BB115/horizontal BB fshplate (corrosive
atmospheres)
223, 227
87700 rear roof complement W1150 251
87701 rear roof complement W650 251
87702 rear roof complement W450 251
87703 rear roof complement W350 251
87704 rear roof complement W250 251
87708 D600 Marine plinth 251
87709 D400 Marine plinth 251
87713 Marine 2M front plate for hand rail NP 251
87714 Marine hand rail 251
87715 Marine hand rail horizontal partioning 251
87716 door for transparent plate 32M NP 201
Cat.no. Designation Pages
87717 transparent plate 32M 201
87718 external lighting 220V 50/60Hz 204
87719 plain door for hand rail W1150 34M NP 251
87720 right hand side door stopper 251
87721 left hand side door stopper 227, 251
87722 2 crossing horizontal busbars screens 230
87723 covers for 2 crossing horizontal busbars screens 230
87725 7 supports for epoxy bar 40/50 - BB70 221, 225
87726 6 supports for epoxy bar 80/100 - BB70 225, 227
87727 1 double support for epoxy busbars - BB115 58, 78-80, 84, 221,
223, 227
87728 1 double support for epoxy busbars - BB70 58, 221
87740 Polyfast NS250 4P drawer MCC 99
87741 Polyfast NS530 4P drawer MCC 99
87742 Frame & cable duct support for E@gle 176
87743 F2 horizontal plate for colums without vertical
busbars
181
87745 6M door with ext. rotative handle for NS250 3P NP 95, 97
87746 7M door with ext. rotative handle for NS250 4P NP 95, 97
87747 8M door with ext. rotative handle for NS630 3P NP 95, 97
87748 9M door with ext. rotative handle for NS630 4P NP 95, 97
87749 12M door with ext. rotative handle for NS250 3P NP 97
87750 14M door with ext. rotative handle for NS250 4P or
NS630 3P NP
97
87751 14M door with ext. rotative handle for NS630 4P NP 97
87752 horizontal plate for plug-in or disconnectable
Polyfast
95, 97
87754 3M front plate TeSysU IP54 NP 131, 133, 145, 147,
155, 167
87755 plain 3M front plate IP54 NP 131, 133, 145, 147,
155, 157, 167
87757 6M front plate NS80 MCC/250 IP54 NP 99, 135, 137, 139, 149,
151, 153, 159, 162,
169, 171
87758 plain 6M front plate IP54 NP 99, 133, 135, 137, 139,
141, 143, 147, 149,
151, 153, 157, 159,
162, 165, 167, 169,
171, 175
87759 6M front plate GV2 IP54NP 133, 147, 157
87760 8M front plate NS250 4P IP54 NP 99
87761 plain 8M front plate IP54 NP 99
87762 12M front plate NS80/250 MCC IP54 NP 135, 137, 139, 149,
151, 153, 159, 162,
169, 171
87763 12M front plate NS630 3P IP54 NP 99
87764 12M front plate NS630 4P IP54 NP 99
87765 plain 12M front plate IP54 NP 99, 133, 135, 137, 139,
141, 143, 147, 149,
151, 153, 157, 159,
162, 165, 167, 169,
171, 175
87766 18M front plate NS250 MCC IP54 NP 139, 151, 153, 162, 171
87767 18M front plate NS630 MCC IP54 NP 139, 151, 153, 162, 171
87768 Plain 18M front plate IP54 NP 139, 151, 153, 162, 171
87769 24M front plate NS250 MCC IP54 NP 139, 151, 153, 162, 167
87770 24M front plate NS630 MCC IP54 NP 139, 151, 153, 162
87771 Plain 24M front plate IP54 NP 139, 143, 151, 153,
162, 165, 175
87772 6M -width drawer front plate NS80 MCC IP54 NP 135, 169
87773 6M -width drawer front plate GV2 MCC IP54 NP 133, 167
87774 Plain 6M -width drawer front plate IP54 NP 133, 135, 167, 169
87775 3M -width drawer front plate TeSysU IP54 NP 131, 145
87777 Plain 3M -width drawer front plate IP54 NP 131, 145
87779 20 striker fngers for NS250A 98
87780 20 strker fngers for NS630A 98
87782 mechanical lock for GV2 -width drawer 6M 133, 141, 167
87784 mechanical lock for NS80 -width drawer 6M 135, 169
87785 mechanical lock for GS1 <125A drawer 141, 143, 165, 175
87786 mechanical lock for GS1 >125A drawer 143, 165
87787 mechanical lock for GV2 drawer 133, 147, 157, 167
87788 mechanical lock for NS250 3P-NS80 drawer 99, 135, 137, 139, 149,
151, 153, 159, 162,
169, 171, 175
87789 mechanical lock for NS250 4P-630 3P drawer 99, 139, 151, 153, 162,
171, 175
87791 mechanical lock for NS630 4P drawer 99
87793 drawer moving part for Polyfast - 12M 250A 3P
reverse
177
31
Schneider Electric
Catalogue numbers
Index
I
n
d
e
x
Cat.no. Designation Pages
87794 drawer moving part for Polyfast - 18M 630A 3P
reverse
177
87797 drawer fxed part for Polyfast - 12M 250A 3P reverse 177
87798 drawer fxed part for Polyfast - 18M 630A 3P reverse 177
87800 installation kit for KT BBT 800/4000A TDC - BB115 84
87801 installation kit for KT BBT 800/3200A RC - BB115 84
87808 7 mm allen extended shaft (300 mm) for torque
wrench/KT connecting block
84, 235
87811 connecting block for KT BBT 800/1600A 3P TDC
- BB115
83
87812 connecting block for KT BBT 800/1600A 4P TDC
- BB115
83
87813 connecting block for KT BBT 2000/2500A 3P TDC
- BB115
83
87814 connecting block for KT BBT 2000/2500A 4P TDC
- BB115
83
87815 connecting block for KT BBT 3200A 3P TDC - BB115 83
87816 connecting block for KT BBT 3200A 4P TDC - BB115 83
87817 connecting block for KT BBT 4000A 3P TDC - BB115 83
87818 connecting block for KT BBT 4000A 4P TDC - BB115 83
87821 connecting block for KT BBT 800/1600A 3P RC
- BB115
83
87822 connecting block for KT BBT 800/1600A 4P RC
- BB115
83
87823 connecting block for KT BBT 2000/2500A 3P RC
- BB115
83
87824 connecting block for KT BBT 2000/2500A 4P RC
- BB115
83
87825 connecting block for KT BBT 3200A 3P RC - BB115 83
87826 connecting block for KT BBT 3200A 4P RC - BB115 83
87827 connecting block for KT BBT 4000A 3P RC - BB115 83
87828 connecting block for KT BBT 4000A 4P RC - BB115 83
87840 3P connector for drawer (corrosive atmospheres) 102, 180
87841 4P connector for drawer (corrosive atmospheres) 102, 180
87845 connector for disconnectable mounting plate 32A 3P
(corrosive atmospheres)
102, 122
87846 connector for disconnectable mounting plate 64A 3P
(corrosive atmospheres)
102, 122
87847 connector for disconnectable mounting plate 32A 4P
(corrosive atmospheres)
102, 122
87848 connector for disconnectable mounting plate 64A 4P
(corrosive atmospheres)
102, 122
87849 5 auxiliary bus duct 250V 4x32A H2350/2200
(corrosive atmospheres)
229
87850 upstream jaws 3P 250A (corrosive atmospheres) 102, 180
87851 upstream jaws 4P 250A (corrosive atmospheres) 102, 180
87852 upstream jaws 3P 630A (corrosive atmospheres) 102, 180
87853 upstream jaws 4P 630A (corrosive atmospheres) 102, 180
87854 downstream jaws 3P 250A (corrosive atmospheres) 102, 180
87855 downstream jaws 4P 250A (corrosive atmospheres) 102, 180
87856 downstream jaws 3P 630A (corrosive atmospheres) 102, 180
87857 downstream jaws 4P 630A (corrosive atmospheres) 102, 180
87858 upstream jaws & connecting pads 250A 3P
(corrosive atmospheres)
236
87859 upstream jaws & connecting pads 250A 4P
(corrosive atmospheres)
236
87860 upstream jaws & connecting pads 630A 3P
(corrosive atmospheres)
236
87861 upstream jaws & connecting pads 630A 4P
(corrosive atmospheres)
236
87865 NS100/250 3P device Polyfast for plug-in and
drawer (corrosive atmospheres)
102
87866 NS100/250 4P device Polyfast for plug-in and
drawer (corrosive atmospheres)
102
87867 NS400/630 3P device Polyfast for plug-in and
drawer (corrosive atmospheres)
102
87869 NS400/630 4P device Polyfast for plug-in and
drawer (corrosive atmospheres)
102
87870 NS100/250 3P device Polyfast for disconnectable
(corrosive atmospheres)
102
87871 NS100/250 4P device Polyfast for disconnectable
(corrosive atmospheres)
102
87872 NS400/630 3P device Polyfast for disconnectable
(corrosive atmospheres)
102
87873 NS400/630 4P device Polyfast for disconnectable
(corrosive atmospheres)
102
87874 Polyfast for NS250 3P drawer MCC (corrosive
atmospheres)
180
Cat.no. Designation Pages
87875 Polyfast for NS630 3P drawer MCC (corrosive
atmospheres)
180
87876 Polyfast NS250 4P drawer MCC (corrosive
atmospheres)
180
87877 Polyfast NS530 4P drawer MCC (corrosive
atmospheres)
180
87878 drawer fxed part 3M (corrosive atmospheres) 131, 133, 145, 147,
155, 167
87879 drawer moving part 3M (corrosive atmospheres) 131, 133, 145, 147,
155, 167
87880 4x3P connector for -width drawer (corrosive
atmospheres)
102, 180
87881 4x4P connector for -width drawer (corrosive
atmospheres)
102, 180
87885 earthquake kit for cubicle with BB70 246
87886 earthquake kit for cubicle with BB115 246
87887 RC complement for the earthquake kit 246
87889 13M front plate NP 246
87890 earthquake frame+plinth H2350 D600 245
87891 earthquake frame+plinth H2350 D400 245
87892 earthquake frame+plinth H2200 D600 245
87893 earthquake frame+plinth H2200 D400 245
87894 earthquake 150 M6x16 screws for kit BB70 & 115 245
87922 plain door 7M NP 200
87923 door for transparent plate 60M NP 201
87924 transparent plate 60M 201
88000
88031 Disconnectable mounting plate moving part, MCC
75mm
119
88032 Disconnectable mounting plate moving part, MCC
100mm
119
88033 Disconnectable mounting plate moving part, MCC
150mm
93, 119, 121
88034 Disconnectable mounting plate moving part, MCC
200mm
119, 121
88035 Disconnectable mounting plate moving part, MCC
300mm
119, 121
88051 Disconnectable mounting plate fxed part, MCC
75mm
119
88052 Disconnectable mounting plate fxed part, MCC
100mm
119
88053 Disconnectable mounting plate fxed part, MCC
150mm
93, 119, 121
88054 Disconnectable mounting plate fxed part, MCC
200mm
119, 121
88055 Disconnectable mounting plate fxed part, MCC
300mm
119, 121
88063 LCDD support 123
88066 Multi9 H50mm raiser 122
88400 LCDD for non-reversing motors 182
88401 LCDD for reversing motors 182
70000
705507 Set of 60 self-adhesive marks (0) 205, 234
705508 Set of 60 self-adhesive marks (1) 205, 234
705509 Set of 60 self-adhesive marks (2) 205, 234
705510 Set of 60 self-adhesive marks (3) 205, 234
705511 Set of 60 self-adhesive marks (4) 205, 234
705512 Set of 60 self-adhesive marks (5) 205, 234
705513 Set of 60 self-adhesive marks (6/9) 205, 234
705514 Set of 60 self-adhesive marks (7) 205, 234
705515 Set of 60 self-adhesive marks (8) 205, 234
AB***
AB1BD101 Set of 10x 10-poles male junction blocks 122
AB1BD102 Set of 10x 10-poles female junction blocks 122
AB1DV
10235U
Set of 10x 10-poles withdrawable female junction
blocks (fxed part)
122
AB1DVM
10235U
Set of 10x 10-poles withdrawable male junction
blocks (moving part)
122
Catalogue numbers
32
Schneider Electric
33
Schneider Electric
Index
I
n
d
e
x
A
Anti-corrosive p. 7, 102, 179, 219-226, 272
B
Bottom plate p. 197
Busbar p. 217
Busbar trunking p. 41, 83, 268
C
Cable entry p. 266
Column
SC p. 190
RC p. 189
Column cap p. 191, 205
Compact NS p. 49
Connection p. 41, 263-267, 268
Coupling p. 47, 78 81
Cubicle p. 14, 187, 194-195
coupling p. 14, 197
70 p. 14, 194
115 p. 14, 194
115/70 p. 14, 195
185 p. 14, 195
230 p. 14, 195
D
Derating p. 283
Disconnectable p. 16, 95
mounting plate p. 20, 88, 91, 93
Doors p. 191, 200, 202, 267
accessories p. 202, 203
Drawer p. 18, 89, 91, 115
accessories (PCC) p. 100-102
accessories (MCC) p. 177-179
F
Form 4 p. 59, 70, 76, 101, 179, 260, 263
Framework p. 193
dimensions p. 187, 211
Front face p. 98, 191, 124-129
G
Ground fastening p. 311
I
Incomer p. 40-45, 49
Internal arc p. 8, 230
IP 31/41/54 p. 6, 192, 199
L
Locks p. 203
M
Marine p. 22, 250
Masterpact NW/NT p. 49
MotorSys p. 10
Advanced p. 110-111 ,114
Classic p. 110-111 ,114
E@gle p. 110-111 ,114
Multifonction p. 110-111 ,114
Alphabetical index
P
Paint p. 36, 192, 309
Panelling p. 191
Panels p. 191, 204
Plinth p. 193, 211, 251
Plug-in p. 16, 90-91, 96
Polyfast p. 16, 91
Power feeder p. 49
R
Reserve p. 101, 178
Roof p. 204
S
Screws p. 234 307
Seismic p. 9, 242
2G p. 244
5G p. 246
Service Index p. 23, 48, 90, 112
34
Schneider Electric
35
Schneider Electric
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

c
h
a
r
a
c
t
e
r
i
s
t
i
c
s
Electrical and mechanical data 36
Switchboard 36
Contacts and Busbars 37
Description and characteristics
36
Schneider Electric
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

c
h
a
r
a
c
t
e
r
i
s
t
i
c
s
Description and
characteristics
D
D
4
0
5
1
0
9
O
k
k
e
n
Electrical and mechanical data
general data
applications distribution
motor control
SI (service index) 211 to 333
standard reference IEC 60439-1
IEC 60529
IEC 61641
IBC 2003 foor and roof, IEC 60721-2-6, CEI 68-3-3, EDF
HN20 E53
climatic resistance damp heat withstand as per IEC 60068-2-30
dry heat withstand as per IEC 60068-2-2
low temperature resistance as per IEC 60068-2-1
salt spray resistance as per IEC 60068-2-11
installation indoor
environment (EMC) type 2
mechanical data
cable entry top/bottom
access front/rear
IP 22/31/41/54
IK 10
arrival form 3b/4b
departure form 2b/3b/4a/4b
withdrawability FFF/WFD/WFW/WWW
dimensions
height 2200/2350mm
width 650/900/1000/1100/1150/1300mm
depth 600/1000/1200/1400mm
average weight per section 650 kg
coating epoxy/polyester powder (SP03) polymerised > 50
framework colour RAL7016
panelling colour RAL 1000
electrical data
rated insulation voltage (Ui) 1000 V
rated operational voltage (Ue) 690 V AC
rated frequency (F) 50/60 Hz
rated impulse voltage (Uimp) 12 kV
rated auxiliary circuit voltage 230 V AC max.
overvoltage category IV
pollution degree 3
main busbar rating 7300 A
distribution busbar rating 2100 A max
rated short-time current (lcw) 1s main busbar
(rated peak current lpk)
50/80/100/150 kA rms
(110/176/220/330 k)
rated short-time current (lcw) 1s distribution busbar
(rated peak current lpk)
50/80/100 kA rms
(110/176/220 k)
rated conditional short-circuit current (lcc) up to 150 kA
protection of persons against internal arcs
IEC 61641
100 kA rms 0,3 s
earthing system TT-IT-TNS-TNC
power incomer and feeder limits up to 6300 A
motor control feeder limits up to 250 kW 400 V
Switchboard
Only the equipments carried out complying with the
prescriptions of the switchboard standard IEC 64139-1
ensure the safety and the reliability of the installation.
37
Schneider Electric
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

c
h
a
r
a
c
t
e
r
i
s
t
i
c
s
Description and
characteristics
1
1
5
m
m
1
1
5
m
m
1
1
5
m
m
7
0

m
m
7
0

m
m
7
0

m
m
1
8
5
m
m
1
8
5
m
m
D
D
4
0
5
3
9
2
D
D
4
0
5
4
3
8
D
D
4
0
5
0
7
3D
D
4
0
5
0
7
5
D
D
4
0
5
0
7
6
D
D
4
0
5
1
0
0
D
D
4
0
5
1
0
1
D
D
4
0
5
1
0
4
D
D
4
0
5
1
0
3
D
D
4
0
5
1
0
2
D
D
4
0
5
0
7
7
D
D
4
0
5
0
7
8
D
D
4
0
5
0
7
9
Electrical and mechanical data
Contacts and Busbars
Clamps
rated insulation voltage (Ui) 1000 V
rated operation voltage (Ue) 690V AC
rated current (In) 32, 250 and 630 A
Withdrawable auxiliary blocks
rated insulation voltage (Ui) 500 V
rated operation voltage (Ue) 230 V AC
rated current (In) 10 A
signal maximum frequency a2 Mb/s (*)
equipment capacity drawers from 6 modules
3 modules drawers
Polyfast plug-in
Polyfast disconnectable
4 blocks (24 contacts)
2 blocks (12 contacts) +1 optional
2 blocks (12 contacts)
2 blocks (12 contacts)
(*) in accordance with the following communication buses:
- Modbus ST,
- Profbus DP (1,5 Mb)
- DeviceNet
- CanOpen
Horizontal busbar =main busbar
single busbar
up to 4000A
double busbar
up to 7300A
Vertical busbar =distribution busbar
230 busbar:
for very high power incomer cubicle b
115 vertical busbar:
for high power incomer/feeders
cubicle
b
115-70 vertical busbar:
for mixed incomer/feeders cubicle b
70 vertical busbar:
for feeders cubicle b
185 vertical busbar:
for fuse-switch feeders cubicle b
38
Schneider Electric
39
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Appareils NW/NT et NS1600
Incomers / Feeders 40
Presentation 49
Masterpact NW08-40 50
Selection tables 50
Catalogue numbers 58
Masterpact NW40b-63 60
Selection tables 60
Catalogue numbers 62
Masterpact NT/Compact NS1600 64
Withdrawable in 115 V-BB columns 64
Selection tables 64
Catalogue numbers 70
Withdrawable in 70 V-BB columns 72
Selection tables 72
Fixed in 70 V-BB columns 74
Selection tables 74
Withdrawable and fxed in 70 V-BB columns 76
Catalogue numbers 76
Coupling 78
Catalogue numbers 78
Connection via Canalis interface 83
Doors accessories 85
Masterpact NW/NT and Compact
NS800-1600 devices
40
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Presentation
Masterpact NW Masterpact NT Masterpact NW50
Incomers / Feeders
Choosing devices
Carrying out power incomers and distribution feeders is possible thanks to
Masterpact circuit-breakers, whose performances ensures correct operating in
main low voltage switchboards.
They are usually installed as incoming units.
Two types of Masterpact circuit-breakers are available and used in Okken
switchboards:
Masterpact NT: ultra-compact device, from 800 to 1600A,
Masterpact NW: device ranging from 800 to 6300A.
These circuit-breakers receive high-performance electronic and communicating trip
units.
b
b
Implementing in Okken switchboards
Advanced tests have been performed to implement these circuit-breakers in Okken
columns, from the top, the bottom or the rear, thus reducing the quantity of copper
needed, while ensuring short-circuit current withstand up to 150 kA rms/1sec.
Withdrawable or fxed Masterpact NT circuit-breakers are preferably installed
in columns type 70, but can also ft in columns type 115, depending upon the
association.
Withdrawable Masterpact NW circuit-breakers are installed and connected in
columns type 115 and 230, for power above 4000A.
These circuit-breakers customer-side connection is made by cables connected
to pads linked to those of the circuit-breaker or, can be optimized with prefabricated
busbar trunkings for power from 800 to 4000A.
Operating safely
The principle of fltered breaking in Masterpact circuit-breakers limits the
switchboards pollution and allows a reduced safety area.
Optionally, lockable insulating shutters protect the plug-in clamps and ensures an
IP20 protection; and the devices equipment can be completed with a whole range
of locking devices.
The association of several circuit-breakers with inter-locking systems allows
carrying out Normal-Replacement or Incoming-Coupling sets in a minimum
space.
Reducing the maintenance costs
As for all busbar links in Okken switchboards, the connection has a life-time
guarantee if carried out by the panelbuilder; no further tightening will be required
and the maintenance operations are cut to a simple regular cleaning of the device.
lateral connection for cables
fltered breaking
insulating shutters
0
5
6
4
7
3
N
0
5
6
4
7
7
N
0
5
6
4
7
2
N
0
5
9
2
7
8
0
5
6
4
4
4
N
E
5
8
8
7
5
41
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Presentation
Connection types and maximum capacity
Connection
type
Device
range
Number
of poles
Number of
circuit-breakers/
column
BBT V-BB type
RC
NT/NS08-16 3/4P from 1 to 4
p
70
NT/NS08-16 3/4P
from 1 to 3
p
115-1/115-2
NW08-16 3/4P
p
115-1/115-2
NW20-25 3/4P
p
115-1/115-2
NW32 3/4P
p
115-1/115-2
NW40 3/4P 1 (*)
p
115-3
NW40b-63 3/4P 1 - 230
TDC
NT/NS08-16 3/4P from 1 to 2 - 70
NT/NS08-16 3/4P
from 1 to 3
p
115-1/115-2
NW08-20 3/4P
p
115-1/115-2
NW25-32 3/4P
p
115-1/115-2
NW40 3/4P 1 (*)
p
115-3
BDC
NT/NS08-16 3/4P from 1 to 2 - 70
NT/NS08-16 3/4P
from 1 to 3
- 115-1/115-2
NW08-25 3/4P - 115-1/115-2
NW32 3/4P - 115-1/115-2
NW40b-63 3/4P 1 - 230
SC
NT/NS08-10 3/4P from 1 to 2 - 70
NT/NS08-16 3/4P
from 1 to 2
- 115-1
NW08-16 3/4P - 115-1
NW20-25 3P - 115-1
NW32 3/4P - 115-1
(*) 2 NW4000A can be installed in the same column, if they operate alternatly
Okken switchboards can be equipped with connections via Canalis KT busbar
trunkings.
Fishplating with the switchboard is made via a standard run component (straight
lenght, elbow,etc.) and a jointing unit (identical to those used between line
components). The trunking enters the switchboard via the top (roof).
Switchboard connections are available from 800 to 4000 A :
Type of
switchboard
Rating of
trunking (A)
Type of circuit-
breaker
Type of connection
Okken 800 to 4000 Masterpact NW Top direct and rear
Connections are tested and qualifed under normal operating conditions in
terms of temperature rising (Dq) and short-circuit currents (Isc).
The panelbuilder receives and connects the Canalis KT interface in the
workshop. The phase order at the interface output can be adapted if necessary
(this information must be forwarded to the panelbuilder).
The switchboard is then delivered to the site and the trunking can be rapidly
connected using a simple jointing unit with torque nuts to ensure the correct
tightening torque.
The prefabricated connections installed in the switchboard are designed to
operate without derating and can therefore operate at the rated circuit-breaker
current.
b
b
b
b
b
b
Incomers / Feeders
Connection via Canalis interface
TDC: top direct
connection
BDC: bottom direct
connection
SC: side connection
RC: rear connection
P
D
2
0
2
3
2
8
D
D
4
0
5
1
6
6
D
D
4
0
5
1
6
8
D
D
4
0
5
1
6
9
D
D
4
0
5
1
6
7
42
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Presentation
M
a
s
t
e
r
p
a
c
t

N
W
2
0
-
3
2
C
o
m
p
a
c
t

N
S
8
0
0
-
1
6
0
0

M
a
s
t
e
r
p
a
c
t

N
W
0
8
-
1
6
Panorama of device installation
configuration
NW08-40 and NT/NS08-16 devices can be installed as feeders or incomers.
In a column H2350 mm, at most 3 units can be installed, 2 in a column H2200
mm.
The devices position in the cubicle is imposed:
T : top of cubicle,
M : middle of cellule,
B : bottom of cubicle, only in H2350 mm.
Connection to the switchgears can be made using either cables or prefabricated
busbar trunkings (BBT):
by cables, they can only be made from the top or the bottom: TDC, BDC, SC,
RC,
by BBT, they can only be made from the top: TDC, RC.
Connection:
conductors outside the switchboard: always on the top pads of the
switchgears,
busbar: always on the bottom pads of the switchgears.
b
b
b
v
v
v
b
v
v
b
v
v
Columns with 115 V-BB
(dedicated to Masterpact NW08-32/NS u 800A)
Rear connections from the top or the bottom
L: long =600 mm
A: additionnal =800 mm
S: short=250 mm
M: medium=400 mm
column depth 1000 mm column depth 1200 mm column depth 1400 mm
direct connection
RC columns, 115-1 V-BB (3200A) / 115-2 (4000A), width 650 mm
T
T
T
T
T T
T T
Incomers / Feeders
D
D
4
0
5
2
6
0
D
D
4
0
5
2
6
1
D
D
4
0
5
2
6
2
D
D
4
0
5
2
6
5
D
D
4
0
5
2
7
5
D
D
4
0
5
2
7
4
D
D
4
0
5
2
6
4
D
D
4
0
5
2
6
3
43
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Presentation
M
a
s
t
e
r
p
a
c
t

N
W
2
0
-
3
2
M
a
s
t
e
r
p
a
c
t

N
W
0
8
-
1
6
M
a
s
t
e
r
p
a
c
t

N
W
4
0
column width 650+350/650 mm
column width 650 +450/650 mm
Panorama of device installation
configuration
Columns with 115-3 V-BB (4000A) (*)
column depth 600 mm column depth 1200 mm
SC columns, 115-1 V-BB (3200A), depth 600 mm
Rear connection from the top or the bottom
L: long =600 mm
direct connection
direct connection
(*) 2 NW4000A can be installed in the same column,
if they operate alternatly
T T T
T
T T T
T
Incomers / Feeders
D
D
4
0
5
2
6
8
D
D
4
0
5
2
6
7
D
D
4
0
5
2
6
6
D
D
4
0
5
2
3
9
D
D
4
0
5
3
5
6
D
D
4
0
5
3
5
4
D
D
4
0
5
3
5
5
D
D
4
0
5
2
6
8
D
D
4
0
5
2
7
9
D
D
4
0
5
3
0
0
44
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Presentation
M
a
s
t
e
r
p
a
c
t

N
T
0
8
-
1
6

/

C
o
m
p
a
c
t

N
S
0
8
-
1
6
M
a
s
t
e
r
p
a
c
t

N
T
0
8
-
1
6

/

C
o
m
p
a
c
t

N
S
0
8
-
1
6
Columns with 70 V-BB (2100A)
Possible combination with distribution or motor control feeders up to 630A.
The NT/NS08-16 devices are installed as feeders or incomers.
They can be used as source changeover or paSClel incomers, within the limits of
the V-BB performances.
Up to 4 NT/NS08-16 can be installed in RC in a H2350 mm cubicle.
Device position in the cubicle is free, but with a pitch of 6 modules, complying
with the installation room (18, 30 ou 36M).
A H2200 mm cubicle is considered as a H2350 mm one, with a device
installation zone reduced by 6M from the bottom.
In a 70 V-BB cubicle, the installation volume of a Masterpact NT depends upon
its installation and connection type (see the opposite table).
The connections to the devices are made only by cables.
They can be TDC, BDC, SC, RC and are combinable in the same cubicle.
Connection:
TDC: always on the top pads of the switchgears,
BDC, RC, SC: always on the bottom pads of the switchgears.
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
v
v
Device modularity
Withdrawable NT/NS Fixed NT
TDC 30M 36M
BDC 36M 36M
RC 18M 18M
SC 30M 30M
Panorama of device installation
configuration
column depth 1000 to 1200 mm column depth1400 mm
RC columns, 70 V-BB (2100A) - Confguration examples
SC columns, 70 V-BB (2100A) - Confguration examples
column width 650 +450/650 mm column width 650 +650 mm
Rear connections from the top or the bottom:
L: long=600 mm
A: additionnal=800 mm
S: short=250 mm
M: medium=400 mm
direct connection
direct connection
Incomers / Feeders
D
D
4
0
5
3
0
6
D
D
4
0
5
3
0
5
D
D
4
0
5
3
0
8
D
D
4
0
5
3
0
7
D
D
4
0
5
3
5
2
45
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Presentation
Panorama of device installation
configuration
Double H-BB
Single H-BB
Columns 230 (7300A) : Masterpact u 4000A
The column 230 receives a single NW40b-63 (unique position), in H2350 or 2200 mm.
The connection to the NW40b-63 is BDC or RC.
The column 230 is equipped with a double H-BB 7300A max (front+rear), but it can also
be installed in the middle of a switchboard, with a left and right repartition y 4000A on a single
H-BB.
b
b
b
Rear connection from the top or the bottom
A: Additionnal=800 mm
RC column width 1150 mm
M
a
s
t
e
r
p
a
c
t

N
W
4
0
b
-
6
3
direct connection
Incomers / Feeders
D
D
4
0
5
3
0
1
D
D
4
0
5
3
0
3
D
D
4
0
5
3
0
2
D
D
4
0
5
3
0
4
46
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Presentation
Source changeover switches
The diagrams below deals only with the installation of Masterpact NW08-32 and
NT08-16/Compact NS08-16 in cubicles with 115-1 and 115-2 V-BB.
According to the devices installation confgurations, the following diagrams can be
carried out:
The interlocking is made with cables.
The installation and connection components are identical to those for feeders/
incomers.
A W250 mm compartment to the right of the device cubicle is compulsory, to
provide access to the interlocking.
b
b
b
Type of mechanical interlocking Combinations
2 devices
Q1 Q2
0 0
0 1
1 0
3 devices: 2 Normal sources + 1 Replacement source
Q1 Q2 Q3
0 0 0
1 0 0
0 0 1
1 1 0
0 1 0
3 devices: 3 sources, a single device closed
Q1 Q2 Q3
0 0 0
1 0 0
0 1 0
0 0 1
Columns with 115 V-BB
General rules
D
D
4
0
5
2
3
2
D
D
4
0
5
2
7
6
D
D
4
0
5
2
7
7
D
D
4
0
5
3
5
3
D
D
4
0
5
3
8
1
D
D
4
0
5
3
8
1
47
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Presentation
M
a
s
t
e
r
p
a
c
t

N
W
4
0
b
-
6
3
M
a
s
t
e
r
p
a
c
t

N
W
4
0
M
a
s
t
e
r
p
a
c
t

N
W
0
8
-
3
2

/

N
T
0
8
-
1
6

C
o
m
p
a
c
t

N
S
0
8
-
1
6
General rules
In a 115 V-BB column:
The 2 incoming devices and the coupling device
must be of the same type:
3 NW
3 NT
3 NS.
The installation items to be ordered for the 3
devices are standard, but an insulating screen for the
coupling area has to be added.
Interlocking:
electrical interlocking is recomended
for mechanical interlocking, a W250 mm
compartment to the right of the device cubicle is
compulsory, as well as mechanical adaptation.
Contact your technical support.
In column 230:
Feeders and incoming devices are installed in
columns to the left or the right of the coupling column,
adjacent or not.
b
v
v
v
b
b
v
v
b
Coupling
Coupling TDC Top RC BDC Bottom RC
1
1
5

c
o
l
u
m
n
NW08-32/
NT/NS
D600 mm
2 columns
D600 mm +
D400/400+400 mm
2 columns
D600 mm
2 columns
D600 mm +
D400/400+400 mm
2 columns
NW40 D1000 mm
3 columns
D1200 mm
2 columns
- D1200 mm
2 columns
2
3
0

c
o
l
u
m
n
NW40b-63 - - D1400 mm
2 incoming col.
W650-1150 mm
+1 col. W1800 mm
(1150+650)
-
Coupling panorama in 115 V-BB columns (y4000 A)
TDC BDC Top RC Bottom RC
p.78 p.78 p.79 p.79
TDC Top RC Top RC
p.80 p.80 p.80.
Coupling panorama in column 230 (y 7300A)
p.81
D
D
4
0
5
2
3
6
D
D
4
0
5
2
7
0
D
D
4
0
5
2
7
2
D
D
4
0
5
2
7
1
D
D
4
0
5
2
7
3
D
D
4
0
5
2
6
9
D
D
4
0
5
2
7
8
D
D
4
0
5
2
3
7
48
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Presentation
2
3
1
2
3
1
Technical description
SI (Service Index)
Functional units Service Index
The Service Index expresses the operating continuity of the installation, taking
into consideration the differents steps in the life of a switchboard : operation,
maintenance, evolution.
The tables below show the Service Index of different Okken solutions.
Withdrawable
Fixed
Withdrawable FU: SI=332
Operation
Setting
Locking
Padlocking
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU, power and auxiliairies
Shutting down only the
concerned FU (auxiliary power
maintained)
Maintenance
Checking
Cleaning
Repairing
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU +
Re-installing requires connec-
tions handling
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU +
Re-installing do not require
connections handling
Evolution
Addition
Modifcation
Expansion
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Addition of a FU +
pre-defned and pre-equipped
spare slots
Addition of a FU
+
Free evolution
Operation
Setting
Locking
Padlocking
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU, power and auxiliairies
Shutting down only the
concerned FU (auxiliary power
maintained)
Maintenance
Checking
Cleaning
Repairing
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU +
Re-installing requires connec-
tions handling
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU +
Re-installing do not require
connections handling
Evolution
Addition
Modifcation
Expansion
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Addition of a FU +
pre-defned and pre-equipped
spare slots
Addition of a FU
+
Free evolution
Fixed FU: SI=211
N
W
2
0
0
R
P
B
1
0
0
7
6
7
-
4
8
49
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Presentation
Selection tables and configurations
device Masterpact NW Masterpact NW Masterpact NW Compact NT/NS Compact NT
rating 800 to 3200A 4000A 4000 to 6300A 800 to 1600A 800 to 1600A
SI 332 332 332 332 211
withdrawability
(according to
IEC60439-1)
WWW WWW WWW WWW FFF
form 3b/4b 4b 4b 3b/4b 3b/4b
type of vertical busbar 115-1 115-2 115-3 230 115-1 115-2 70 70
Busbar max rated
current (In)
3200A 4000A 4000A 7300A 3200A 4000A 2100A 2100A
type of device
connection
RC RC RC RC RC RC RC RC
TDC TDC TDC - TDC TDC TDC TDC
BDC BDC - BDC BDC BDC BDC BDC
SC - - - SC - SC SC
see page 51 page 54 page 56 page 60 page 65 page 68 page 72 page 74
Confgurations panorama
Device confguration
In columns with 115 V-BB:
Catalogue numbers to be ordered for NW08-40 :
switchgear: withdrawable device with chassis, without pads +insulating shutters with
interlocking +door frame (+transparent cover in IP41),
Okken catalogue numbers: specifc pads, top (insulated) and bottom pads.
Catalogue numbers to be ordered for NT/NS08-16 :
switchgear: withdrawable device with chassis +vertical rear connectors +insulating
shutters with interlocking +door frame (+transparent cover in IP41),
Okken catalogue numbers: specifc insulating sleeves for top pads.
In columns with 70 V-BB:
see the selection tables, page 72 and following.
b
v
v
b
v
v
v
Incomers / Feeders
50
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Selection tables
Masterpact NW08-32
RC columns with 115-1 V-BB
(3200A)
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(4)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
TDC NW08-16 19M 87304 NP 87074 3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87312
87312
3x 87277 2x 87340 - 87329+87321 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10580 GHQ10585 GHQ10575
P 87074MJ
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10581 GHQ10586 GHQ10576
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10582 GHQ10587 GHQ10577
NW20-32 19M 87304 NP 87074 3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87313
87313
3x 87277 2x 87340 - 87329+87321 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10583 GHQ10588 GHQ10578
P 87074MJ
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10584 GHQ10589 GHQ10579
(1) : doors accessories, see page 85 (2) : order the switchgear without connection pads (see page 49)
(*) see page Installation accessories for corrosive atmospheres specifc cat.no.s (3) : epoxy-coated busbar supports, replace 87277 with 87727 (4) : 1 cat.number = screws for 5 supports
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
connection length standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(4)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
RC NW08-16 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87312
87312
250 mm 87277 87340 - 87320 NW08-16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10480 GHQ10481 GHQ10479
400 mm 2x 87277 2x 87340 - 87319 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10487 GHQ10492 GHQ10482
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10488 GHQ10493 GHQ10483
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10489 GHQ10494 GHQ10484
600 mm 3x 87277 2x 87340 - 87318 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10502 GHQ10507 GHQ10497
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10503 GHQ10508 GHQ10498
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10504 GHQ10509 GHQ10499
800 mm 3x 87277 3x 87340 - 87319+87327 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10517 GHQ10522 GHQ10512
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10518 GHQ10523 GHQ10513
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10519 GHQ10524 GHQ10514
NW20-32 19M 87304 NP 87074 3P= 3x
4P= 4x
(*)
87313
87313
400 mm 2x 87277 2x 87340 - 87319 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10490 GHQ10495 GHQ10485
P 87074MJ NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10491 GHQ10496 GHQ10486
600 mm 3x 87277 2x 87340 - 87318 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10505 GHQ10510 GHQ10500
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10506 GHQ10511 GHQ10501
800 mm 3x 87277 3x 87340 - 87319+87327 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10520 GHQ10525 GHQ10515
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10521 GHQ10526 GHQ10516
T
T
51
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Selection tables
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(4)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
TDC NW08-16 19M 87304 NP 87074 3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87312
87312
3x 87277 2x 87340 - 87329+87321 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10580 GHQ10585 GHQ10575
P 87074MJ
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10581 GHQ10586 GHQ10576
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10582 GHQ10587 GHQ10577
NW20-32 19M 87304 NP 87074 3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87313
87313
3x 87277 2x 87340 - 87329+87321 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10583 GHQ10588 GHQ10578
P 87074MJ
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10584 GHQ10589 GHQ10579
(1) : doors accessories, see page 85 (2) : order the switchgear without connection pads (see page 49)
(*) see page Installation accessories for corrosive atmospheres specifc cat.no.s (3) : epoxy-coated busbar supports, replace 87277 with 87727 (4) : 1 cat.number = screws for 5 supports
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
connection length standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(4)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
RC NW08-16 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87312
87312
250 mm 87277 87340 - 87320 NW08-16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10480 GHQ10481 GHQ10479
400 mm 2x 87277 2x 87340 - 87319 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10487 GHQ10492 GHQ10482
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10488 GHQ10493 GHQ10483
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10489 GHQ10494 GHQ10484
600 mm 3x 87277 2x 87340 - 87318 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10502 GHQ10507 GHQ10497
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10503 GHQ10508 GHQ10498
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10504 GHQ10509 GHQ10499
800 mm 3x 87277 3x 87340 - 87319+87327 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10517 GHQ10522 GHQ10512
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10518 GHQ10523 GHQ10513
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10519 GHQ10524 GHQ10514
NW20-32 19M 87304 NP 87074 3P= 3x
4P= 4x
(*)
87313
87313
400 mm 2x 87277 2x 87340 - 87319 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10490 GHQ10495 GHQ10485
P 87074MJ NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10491 GHQ10496 GHQ10486
600 mm 3x 87277 2x 87340 - 87318 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10505 GHQ10510 GHQ10500
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10506 GHQ10511 GHQ10501
800 mm 3x 87277 3x 87340 - 87319+87327 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10520 GHQ10525 GHQ10515
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10521 GHQ10526 GHQ10516
Masterpact NW08-32
RC columns with 115-1 V-BB
(3200A)
52
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Selection tables
Masterpact NW08-32
SC columns with 115-1 V-BB
(3200A)
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
insulating
screen
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(4)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
TDC NW08-16 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87312
87312
3x 87277 2x 87340 87352 87329 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10580 GHQ10585 GHQ10575
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10581 GHQ10586 GHQ10576
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10582 GHQ10587 GHQ10577
NW20-32 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87313
87313
3x 87277 2x 87340 87352 87329 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10583 GHQ10588 GHQ10578
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10584 GHQ10589 GHQ10579
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
column width standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
insulators
+ screen
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(4)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
SC NW08-16 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
(*)
87312 650+350 mm 87277+ 3x 87325 2x 87345 +
87340
87349 +
87352
87322 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10635 - -
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10636 - -
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10637 - -
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87312
87312
650+450 mm 87277+ 3x 87325 2x 87346 +
87340
87349 +
87352
87323 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10641 GHQ10646 GHQ10638
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10642 GHQ10647 GHQ10639
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10643 GHQ10648 GHQ10640
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87312
87312
650+650 mm 4x 87277 2x 87347 +
87340
87349 +
87352
87324 NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 AAV12759 AAV12716 AAV12714
NW20-32 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
(*)
87313 650+450 mm 4x 87277 2x 87346 +
87340
87349 +
87352
87323 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10644 - -
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10645 - -
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87313
87313
650+650 mm 4x 87277 2x 87347 +
87340
87349 +
87352
87324 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10651 GHQ10653 GHQ10649
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10652 GHQ10654 GHQ10650
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
cubicle height standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
insulating
screen
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(4)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
BDC NW08-16 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87312
87312
2350 mm 3x 87277 2x 87340 87352 87331 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10610 GHQ10615 GHQ10605
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10611 GHQ10616 GHQ10606
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10612 GHQ10617 GHQ10607
2200 mm 3x 87277 2x 87340 87352 87331 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10676 GHQ10681 GHQ10671
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10677 GHQ10682 GHQ10672
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10678 GHQ10683 GHQ10673
NW20-32 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87313
87313
2350 mm 3x 87277 2x 87340 87352 87331 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10613 GHQ10618 GHQ10608
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10614 GHQ10619 GHQ10609
2200 mm 3x 87277 2x 87340 87352 87331 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10679 GHQ10684 GHQ10674
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10680 GHQ10685 GHQ10675
(1) : doors accessories, see page 85 (2) : order the switchgear without connection pads (see page 49)
(*) see page Installation accessories for corrosive atmospheres specifc cat.no.s (3) : epoxy-coated busbar supports, replace 87277 with 87727 (4) : 1 cat.number = screws for 5 supports
T
T
T
53
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Selection tables
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
insulating
screen
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(4)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
TDC NW08-16 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87312
87312
3x 87277 2x 87340 87352 87329 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10580 GHQ10585 GHQ10575
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10581 GHQ10586 GHQ10576
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10582 GHQ10587 GHQ10577
NW20-32 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87313
87313
3x 87277 2x 87340 87352 87329 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10583 GHQ10588 GHQ10578
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10584 GHQ10589 GHQ10579
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
column width standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
insulators
+ screen
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(4)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
SC NW08-16 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
(*)
87312 650+350 mm 87277+ 3x 87325 2x 87345 +
87340
87349 +
87352
87322 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10635 - -
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10636 - -
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10637 - -
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87312
87312
650+450 mm 87277+ 3x 87325 2x 87346 +
87340
87349 +
87352
87323 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10641 GHQ10646 GHQ10638
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10642 GHQ10647 GHQ10639
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10643 GHQ10648 GHQ10640
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87312
87312
650+650 mm 4x 87277 2x 87347 +
87340
87349 +
87352
87324 NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 AAV12759 AAV12716 AAV12714
NW20-32 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
(*)
87313 650+450 mm 4x 87277 2x 87346 +
87340
87349 +
87352
87323 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10644 - -
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10645 - -
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87313
87313
650+650 mm 4x 87277 2x 87347 +
87340
87349 +
87352
87324 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10651 GHQ10653 GHQ10649
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10652 GHQ10654 GHQ10650
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
cubicle height standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
insulating
screen
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(4)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
BDC NW08-16 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87312
87312
2350 mm 3x 87277 2x 87340 87352 87331 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10610 GHQ10615 GHQ10605
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10611 GHQ10616 GHQ10606
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10612 GHQ10617 GHQ10607
2200 mm 3x 87277 2x 87340 87352 87331 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10676 GHQ10681 GHQ10671
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10677 GHQ10682 GHQ10672
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10678 GHQ10683 GHQ10673
NW20-32 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87313
87313
2350 mm 3x 87277 2x 87340 87352 87331 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10613 GHQ10618 GHQ10608
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10614 GHQ10619 GHQ10609
2200 mm 3x 87277 2x 87340 87352 87331 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10679 GHQ10684 GHQ10674
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10680 GHQ10685 GHQ10675
Masterpact NW08-32
SC columns with 115-1 V-BB
(3200A)
(1) : doors accessories, see page 85 (2) : order the switchgear without connection pads (see page 49)
(*) see page Installation accessories for corrosive atmospheres specifc cat.no.s (3) : epoxy-coated busbar supports, replace 87277 with 87727 (4) : 1 cat.number = screws for 5 supports
54
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Selection tables
Masterpact NW08-32
RC columns with 115-2 V-BB
(4000A)
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
connection length standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(4)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
RC NW08-16 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87312
87312
250 mm 87277 87302 - 87299 NW08-16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10528 GHQ10529 GHQ10527
400 mm 2x 87277 87302+87340 - 87283 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10535 GHQ10540 GHQ10530
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10536 GHQ10541 GHQ10531
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10537 GHQ10542 GHQ10532
600 mm 3x 87277 87302+87340 - 87282 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10550 GHQ10555 GHQ10545
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10551 GHQ10556 GHQ10546
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10552 GHQ10557 GHQ10547
800 mm 3x 87277 87302+
2x 87340
- 87283+87327 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10565 GHQ10570 GHQ10560
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10566 GHQ10571 GHQ10561
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10567 GHQ10572 GHQ10562
NW20-32 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87313
87313
400 mm 2x 87277 87302+87340 - 87283 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10538 GHQ10543 GHQ10533
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10539 GHQ10544 GHQ10534
600 mm 3x 87277 87302+87340 - 87282 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10553 GHQ10558 GHQ10548
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10554 GHQ10559 GHQ10549
800 mm 3x 87277 87302 +
2x 87340
- 87283+87327 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10568 GHQ10573 GHQ10563
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10569 GHQ10574 GHQ10564
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(4)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
TDC NW08-16 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87312
87312
3x 87277 2x 87340 - 87329+87321 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10595 GHQ10600 GHQ10590
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10596 GHQ10601 GHQ10591
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10597 GHQ10602 GHQ10592
NW20-32 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87313
87313
3x 87277 2x 87340 - 87329+87321 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10598 GHQ10603 GHQ10593
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10599 GHQ10604 GHQ10594
(1) : doors accessories, see page 85 (2) : order the switchgear without connection pads (see page 49)
(*) see page Installation accessories for corrosive atmospheres specifc cat.no.s (3) : epoxy-coated busbar supports, replace 87277 with 87727 (4) : 1 cat.number = screws for 5 supports
T
T
55
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Selection tables
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
connection length standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(4)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
RC NW08-16 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87312
87312
250 mm 87277 87302 - 87299 NW08-16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10528 GHQ10529 GHQ10527
400 mm 2x 87277 87302+87340 - 87283 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10535 GHQ10540 GHQ10530
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10536 GHQ10541 GHQ10531
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10537 GHQ10542 GHQ10532
600 mm 3x 87277 87302+87340 - 87282 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10550 GHQ10555 GHQ10545
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10551 GHQ10556 GHQ10546
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10552 GHQ10557 GHQ10547
800 mm 3x 87277 87302+
2x 87340
- 87283+87327 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10565 GHQ10570 GHQ10560
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10566 GHQ10571 GHQ10561
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10567 GHQ10572 GHQ10562
NW20-32 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87313
87313
400 mm 2x 87277 87302+87340 - 87283 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10538 GHQ10543 GHQ10533
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10539 GHQ10544 GHQ10534
600 mm 3x 87277 87302+87340 - 87282 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10553 GHQ10558 GHQ10548
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10554 GHQ10559 GHQ10549
800 mm 3x 87277 87302 +
2x 87340
- 87283+87327 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10568 GHQ10573 GHQ10563
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10569 GHQ10574 GHQ10564
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(4)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
TDC NW08-16 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87312
87312
3x 87277 2x 87340 - 87329+87321 NW08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10595 GHQ10600 GHQ10590
NW12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10596 GHQ10601 GHQ10591
NW16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10597 GHQ10602 GHQ10592
NW20-32 19M 87304 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87313
87313
3x 87277 2x 87340 - 87329+87321 NW20-25 2 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10598 GHQ10603 GHQ10593
NW32 2 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10599 GHQ10604 GHQ10594
Masterpact NW08-32
RC columns with 115-2 V-BB
(4000A)
(1) : doors accessories, see page 85 (2) : order the switchgear without connection pads (see page 49)
(*) see page Installation accessories for corrosive atmospheres specifc cat.no.s (3) : epoxy-coated busbar supports, replace 87277 with 87727 (4) : 1 cat.number = screws for 5 supports
56
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Selection tables
Masterpact NW40
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
connection length standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
RC NW40 19M 87290 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87294
87294
600 mm
by cables
3x 87277 2x 87340 +
87302
- 87282 NW40 3 x 100x10 2x 87397 (4)
GHQ10704 GHQ10705 GHQ10703
2x 2x100x10 87395 (5)
600 mm
by BBT
3x 87277 2x 87340 +
87302
- - NW40 3 x 100x10 2x 87397 (4)
GHQ10737 GHQ10738 GHQ10736
2x 2x100x10 87395 (5)
RC columns with 115-3 V-BB
(4000A)
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
connection standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
TDC NW40 19M 87290 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87294
87294
BBT 3x 87277 2x 87340 3P=3 x 87642
4P=4 x 87642
87285 NW40
3 x 120x10 87396 (4) GHQ10707 GHQ10708 GHQ10706
2x 2x120x10 87292 (5) GHQ10707 GHQ10708 GHQ10706
(1): doors accessories, see page 85 (2): order the switchgear without connection pads (see page 49)
(*) see page Installation accessories for corrosive atmospheres specifc cat.no.s (3): epoxy-coated busbar supports, replace 87277 with 87727 (4): 1 cat.number = screws for 5 supports (5): 1 cat.number = screws for 3 supports
T
57
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Selection tables
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
connection length standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
RC NW40 19M 87290 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87294
87294
600 mm
by cables
3x 87277 2x 87340 +
87302
- 87282 NW40 3 x 100x10 2x 87397 (4)
GHQ10704 GHQ10705 GHQ10703
2x 2x100x10 87395 (5)
600 mm
by BBT
3x 87277 2x 87340 +
87302
- - NW40 3 x 100x10 2x 87397 (4)
GHQ10737 GHQ10738 GHQ10736
2x 2x100x10 87395 (5)
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
connection standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
TDC NW40 19M 87290 NP
P
87074
87074MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87294
87294
BBT 3x 87277 2x 87340 3P=3 x 87642
4P=4 x 87642
87285 NW40
3 x 120x10 87396 (4) GHQ10707 GHQ10708 GHQ10706
2x 2x120x10 87292 (5) GHQ10707 GHQ10708 GHQ10706
Masterpact NW40
RC columns with 115-3 V-BB
(4000A)
(1): doors accessories, see page 85 (2): order the switchgear without connection pads (see page 49)
(*) see page Installation accessories for corrosive atmospheres specifc cat.no.s (3): epoxy-coated busbar supports, replace 87277 with 87727 (4): 1 cat.number = screws for 5 supports (5): 1 cat.number = screws for 3 supports
58
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Catalogue numbers
87304
87313
87074
87315 87633
Connecting a Masterpact NW40
SC in 115 V-BB cubicle
87277
87325
Designation Cat.no.
Withdrawable NW08-40 installation kit 19M
NW08-32 87304
NW40 87290
Designation Cat.no.
NW08-40 1 pole top and bottom pads standard corrosive
atmosphere
1600A 87312 87673
3200A 87313 87674
4000A TDC 87291 87671
4000A RC 87294 87672
4000A pads are supplied with stainless steel screws. The bolts, which are not supplied, are
standard and in 8-8 quality steel.
b
Designation Cat.no.
NP P
Withdrawable NW08-40 door 19M 87074 87074MJ
order 2 fxed hinges per door, to be mounted on the frame (see Doors accessories, page
85).
b
Masterpact NW08-40
installation accessories
115 V-BB column
Designation Cat.no.
Pads additional insulation
Bar insulation (0,6 x 5 m) 87315
Adhesive tape (55 m roll) 87633
V-BB Insulating sleeve Additional
insulation
115-1 -
115-2
115-3 RC -
Designation Cat.no.
70 busbar double support bare bars 87325
epoxy-coated bars 87728
in 115-1, top pads comes with insulating sleeves
in 115-2, the sleeves are extended with an additional insulation which have to be shaped
(87315 +87633). The drawings are supplied with the bar drawings.
in 115-3 RC, the top pads and insulated with an additional insulation.
b
b
b
Device pads insulation
Designation Cat.no.
115 busbar double support bare bars 87277
epoxy-coated bars 87727
RC 115-2 RC 115-1 RC 115-3
D
D
4
0
5
2
5
2
D
D
4
0
5
2
4
2
D
D
4
0
5
2
5
4
D
D
4
0
5
2
8
1
D
D
4
0
5
1
1
1
D
D
4
0
5
3
4
7
D
D
4
0
5
3
4
4
D
D
4
0
5
3
4
6
D
D
4
0
5
3
4
5
59
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Catalogue numbers
9M
6M
87331
87306+87305
87307
Designation Cat.no.
F4 cover
115-1 TDC 87329
BDC M position 87331
T position in H2200 mm 87339
rear in TDC/BDC if D600 mm with screwed rear panel or
T position in H2200 mm
87321
SC short (W350 mm) 87322
medium (W450 mm) 87323
long (W650 mm) 87324
RC short (250 mm) 87320
medium (400 mm) 87319
long (600 mm) 87318
additional (800 mm) 87327
115-2 TDC, BDC, SC cf 115-1
RC short (250 mm) 87299
medium (400 mm) 87283
long (600 mm) 87282
additional (800 mm) 87327
115-3 TDC 87285
RC 87282
Case and space cover
Any device-free area in the switchboard must be ftted with a cover.
Install plain doors in front of the case and space covers, to be chosen in the Enclosures
chapter, page 200.
b
b
Designation Cat.no.
Case cover
9M 87306
6M 87305
9M cover: compulsory above a T position device
6M cover: compulsory above a M position device
b
b
Designation Cat.no.
Space cover
44M 87307
38M 87308
32M 87341
28M 87309
19M 87310
13M 87311
any free space in a H2350 or H2200 mm cubicle can be flled with one of the covers above. b
Masterpact NW08-40
installation accessories
115 V-BB column
D
D
4
0
5
2
8
2
D
D
4
0
5
2
5
7
D
D
4
0
5
2
5
9
60
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Selection tables
Masterpact NW40b-63
RC/SC cubicle with double H-BB (4000A <In y 7300A)
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
cubicle depth standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
device/H-BB
link cover
device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(4)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
RC unique NW40b-63 32M 87231 NP
P
87220
87220MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87233
87233
1400 mm (600+400+400) 18x 87277 87229 +
87230
87232
NW40b
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10722 GHQ10725 GHQ10723
NW50
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10716 GHQ10719 GHQ10717
NW63
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10710 GHQ10714 GHQ10712
BDC unique NW40b-63 32M 87231 NP
P
87220
87220MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87233
87233
1000 mm (600+400) 16x 87277 87229 87232
NW40b
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10721 GHQ10726 GHQ10724
NW50
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10715 GHQ10720 GHQ10718
NW63
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10709 GHQ10713 GHQ10711
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
cubicle depth standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
device/H-BB link
cover
device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(4)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
RC unique NW40b-63 32M 87231 NP
P
87220
87220MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87233
87233
1000 mm (600+400) ou
1400 mm (600+400+400)
16x 87277 87229 87258
NW40b
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10775 GHQ10777 GHQ10776
NW50
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10772 GHQ10774 GHQ10773
NW63
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10769 GHQ10771 GHQ10770
BDC unique NW40b-63 32M 87231 NP
P
87220
87220MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87233
87233
1000 mm (600+400) ou
1400 mm (600+400+400)
16x 87277 87229 87258
NW40b
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10775 GHQ10777 GHQ10776
NW50
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10772 GHQ10774 GHQ10773
NW63
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10769 GHQ10771 GHQ10770

RC/SC cubicle with a single H-BB (In y 4000A)
Columns 230
(1) : doors accessories, see page 85 (2): order the switchgear without connection pads (see page 49)
(*) see page Installation accessories for corrosive atmospheres specifc cat.no.s (3) : epoxy-coated busbar supports, replace 87277 with 87727 (4) : 1 cat.number = screws for 5 supports
61
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Selection tables
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
cubicle depth standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
device/H-BB
link cover
device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(4)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
RC unique NW40b-63 32M 87231 NP
P
87220
87220MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87233
87233
1400 mm (600+400+400) 18x 87277 87229 +
87230
87232
NW40b
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10722 GHQ10725 GHQ10723
NW50
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10716 GHQ10719 GHQ10717
NW63
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10710 GHQ10714 GHQ10712
BDC unique NW40b-63 32M 87231 NP
P
87220
87220MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87233
87233
1000 mm (600+400) 16x 87277 87229 87232
NW40b
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10721 GHQ10726 GHQ10724
NW50
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10715 GHQ10720 GHQ10718
NW63
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10709 GHQ10713 GHQ10711
Masterpact NW40b-63
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads
(2)
cubicle depth standard
busbar
supports
(3)
cross-
members
device/H-BB link
cover
device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(4)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
RC unique NW40b-63 32M 87231 NP
P
87220
87220MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87233
87233
1000 mm (600+400) ou
1400 mm (600+400+400)
16x 87277 87229 87258
NW40b
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10775 GHQ10777 GHQ10776
NW50
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10772 GHQ10774 GHQ10773
NW63
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10769 GHQ10771 GHQ10770
BDC unique NW40b-63 32M 87231 NP
P
87220
87220MJ
3P=3x
4P=4x
(*)
87233
87233
1000 mm (600+400) ou
1400 mm (600+400+400)
16x 87277 87229 87258
NW40b
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10775 GHQ10777 GHQ10776
NW50
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10772 GHQ10774 GHQ10773
NW63
100 x 10
120 x 10
2x 87239 +
2x 87240
GHQ10769 GHQ10771 GHQ10770

Columns 230
(1) : doors accessories, see page 85 (2): order the switchgear without connection pads (see page 49)
(*) see page Installation accessories for corrosive atmospheres specifc cat.no.s (3) : epoxy-coated busbar supports, replace 87277 with 87727 (4) : 1 cat.number = screws for 5 supports
62
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Catalogue numbers
87231
87233
87220
87229
87232
Masterpact NW40b-63
installation accessories
Designation Cat.no.
Withdrawable NW40b-63 installation kit 32M 87231
the catalogue number includes:
mounting plate +reinforcement +cover
horizontal and vertical separators
b
v
v
Designation Cat.no.
standard corrosive
atmosphere
NW40b-63 1 pole top and bottom pads 87233 87670
the catalogue number includes:
4 pads +spacers
16 inox M8x45 screws +washers for connection to the chassis
3 inox M10x100 screws for the upstream connection where crossing the CTs
b
v
v
v
Designation Cat.no.
NP P
Withdrawable NW40b-63 door 32M 87220 87220MJ
Designation Cat.no.
NW40b-63 cross-members
D1000 to 1400 mm 87229
D1400 mm additional cross-member 87230
Designation Cat.no.
Cover for NW40b-63 link with horizontal busbar
double horizontal busbar 87232
simple horizontal busbar 87258
Columns 230
D
D
4
0
5
2
8
3
D
D
4
0
5
2
8
5
D
D
4
0
5
2
8
6
D
D
4
0
5
2
8
8
D
D
4
0
5
2
8
9
63
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Notes
64
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Selection tables
Withdrawable Masterpact NT/
Compact NS
RC columns with 115-1 V-BB
(3200A)
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
support
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
TDC NT/NS08-16 19M 87303 NP
P
87075
87075MJ
verticals rear pads 3x 87277 2x 87340 - 87329+87321 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10377 GHQ10380 GHQ10374
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10378 GHQ10381 GHQ10375
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10379 GHQ10382 GHQ10376
(1) : doors accessories, see page 85 (2) : epoxy-coated busbar supports, replace 87277 with 87727 (3) : 1 cat.number =screws for 5 supports
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads connection length
NT
standard
busbar
support
(2)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws for
busbar
support
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
RC NT/NS08-16 19M 87303 NP
P
87075
87075MJ
verticals rear pads 250 mm 87277 87340 - 87320 NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10315 GHQ10316 GHQ10314
400 mm 2x 87277 2x 87340 - 87319 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10320 GHQ10323 GHQ10317
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10321 GHQ10324 GHQ10318
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10322 GHQ10325 GHQ10319
600 mm 3x 87277 2x 87340 - 87318 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10329 GHQ10332 GHQ10326
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10330 GHQ10333 GHQ10327
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10331 GHQ10334 GHQ10328
800 mm 3x 87277 3x 87340 - 87319+87327 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10338 GHQ10341 GHQ10335
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10339 GHQ10342 GHQ10336
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10340 GHQ10343 GHQ10337
T
T
65
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Selection tables
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
support
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
TDC NT/NS08-16 19M 87303 NP
P
87075
87075MJ
verticals rear pads 3x 87277 2x 87340 - 87329+87321 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10377 GHQ10380 GHQ10374
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10378 GHQ10381 GHQ10375
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10379 GHQ10382 GHQ10376
(1) : doors accessories, see page 85 (2) : epoxy-coated busbar supports, replace 87277 with 87727 (3) : 1 cat.number =screws for 5 supports
RC columns with 115-1 V-BB
(3200A)
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads connection length
NT
standard
busbar
support
(2)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws for
busbar
support
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
RC NT/NS08-16 19M 87303 NP
P
87075
87075MJ
verticals rear pads 250 mm 87277 87340 - 87320 NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10315 GHQ10316 GHQ10314
400 mm 2x 87277 2x 87340 - 87319 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10320 GHQ10323 GHQ10317
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10321 GHQ10324 GHQ10318
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10322 GHQ10325 GHQ10319
600 mm 3x 87277 2x 87340 - 87318 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10329 GHQ10332 GHQ10326
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10330 GHQ10333 GHQ10327
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10331 GHQ10334 GHQ10328
800 mm 3x 87277 3x 87340 - 87319+87327 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10338 GHQ10341 GHQ10335
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10339 GHQ10342 GHQ10336
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10340 GHQ10343 GHQ10337
Withdrawable Masterpact NT/
Compact NS
66
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Selection tables
SC columns with 115-1 V-BB
(3200A)
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads number
of
poles
standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
insulating
screen
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
TDC NT/NS08-16 19M 87303 NP
P
87075
87075MJ
rear vertical
pads
3/4P 3x 87277 2x 87340 87352 87329 NT/NS08-10 1 x50x10 87399 GHQ10377 GHQ10380 GHQ10374
NT/NS12 1 x80x10 87398 GHQ10378 GHQ10381 GHQ10375
NT/NS16 1 x100x10 87397 GHQ10379 GHQ10382 GHQ10376
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads column width number
of
poles
standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
insulators
+ screen
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
SC NT/NS08-16 19M 87303 NP
P
87075
87075MJ
rear vertical
pads
650+350 mm 3P 87277+ 3x 87325 2x 87345 +
87340
87349 +
87352
87322 NT/NS08-10 1 x50x10 87399 GHQ10428 - -
NT/NS12 1 x80x10 87398 GHQ10429 - -
NT/NS16 1 x100x10 87397 GHQ10430 - -
650+450 mm 3/4P 87277+ 3x 87325 2x 87346 +
87340
87349 +
87352
87323 NT/NS08-10 1 x50x10 87399 GHQ10434 GHQ10437 GHQ10431
NT/NS12 1 x80x10 87398 GHQ10435 GHQ10438 GHQ10432
NT/NS16 1 x100x10 87397 GHQ10436 GHQ10439 GHQ10433
650+650 mm 3/4P 4x 87277 2x 87347 +
87340
87349 +
87352
87324 NT/NS16 1 x100x10 87397 AAV12759 AAV12716 AAV12714
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads cubicle height number
of
poles
standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
BDC NT/NS08-16 19M 87303 NP
P
87075
87075MJ
rear vertical
pads
2350 mm 3/4P 3x 87277 2x 87340 87352 87331 NT/NS08-10 1 x50x10 87399 GHQ10395 GHQ10398 GHQ10392
NT/NS12 1 x80x10 87398 GHQ10396 GHQ10399 GHQ10393
NT/NS16 1 x100x10 87397 GHQ10397 GHQ10400 GHQ10394
2200 mm 3/4P 3x 87277 2x 87340 87352 87331 NT/NS08-10 1 x50x10 87399 GHQ10413 GHQ10416 GHQ10410
NT/NS12 1 x80x10 87398 GHQ10414 GHQ10417 GHQ10411
NT/NS16 1 x100x10 87397 GHQ10415 GHQ10418 GHQ10412
(1) : doors accessories, see page 85 (2) : epoxy-coated busbar supports, replace 87277 with 87727 et 87325 par 87728 (3) : 1 cat.number =screws for 5 supports
Withdrawable Masterpact NT/
Compact NS
T
T
67
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Selection tables
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads number
of
poles
standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
insulating
screen
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
TDC NT/NS08-16 19M 87303 NP
P
87075
87075MJ
rear vertical
pads
3/4P 3x 87277 2x 87340 87352 87329 NT/NS08-10 1 x50x10 87399 GHQ10377 GHQ10380 GHQ10374
NT/NS12 1 x80x10 87398 GHQ10378 GHQ10381 GHQ10375
NT/NS16 1 x100x10 87397 GHQ10379 GHQ10382 GHQ10376
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads column width number
of
poles
standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
insulators
+ screen
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
SC NT/NS08-16 19M 87303 NP
P
87075
87075MJ
rear vertical
pads
650+350 mm 3P 87277+ 3x 87325 2x 87345 +
87340
87349 +
87352
87322 NT/NS08-10 1 x50x10 87399 GHQ10428 - -
NT/NS12 1 x80x10 87398 GHQ10429 - -
NT/NS16 1 x100x10 87397 GHQ10430 - -
650+450 mm 3/4P 87277+ 3x 87325 2x 87346 +
87340
87349 +
87352
87323 NT/NS08-10 1 x50x10 87399 GHQ10434 GHQ10437 GHQ10431
NT/NS12 1 x80x10 87398 GHQ10435 GHQ10438 GHQ10432
NT/NS16 1 x100x10 87397 GHQ10436 GHQ10439 GHQ10433
650+650 mm 3/4P 4x 87277 2x 87347 +
87340
87349 +
87352
87324 NT/NS16 1 x100x10 87397 AAV12759 AAV12716 AAV12714
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads cubicle height number
of
poles
standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
BDC NT/NS08-16 19M 87303 NP
P
87075
87075MJ
rear vertical
pads
2350 mm 3/4P 3x 87277 2x 87340 87352 87331 NT/NS08-10 1 x50x10 87399 GHQ10395 GHQ10398 GHQ10392
NT/NS12 1 x80x10 87398 GHQ10396 GHQ10399 GHQ10393
NT/NS16 1 x100x10 87397 GHQ10397 GHQ10400 GHQ10394
2200 mm 3/4P 3x 87277 2x 87340 87352 87331 NT/NS08-10 1 x50x10 87399 GHQ10413 GHQ10416 GHQ10410
NT/NS12 1 x80x10 87398 GHQ10414 GHQ10417 GHQ10411
NT/NS16 1 x100x10 87397 GHQ10415 GHQ10418 GHQ10412
SC columns with 115-1 V-BB
(3200A)
(1) : doors accessories, see page 85 (2) : epoxy-coated busbar supports, replace 87277 with 87727 et 87325 par 87728 (3) : 1 cat.number =screws for 5 supports
Withdrawable Masterpact NT/
Compact NS
68
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Selection tables
RC columns with 115-2 V-BB
(4000A)
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads connection length
NT
standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
RC NT/NS08-16 19M 87303 NP
P
87075
87075MJ
rear vertical pads 250 mm 87277 87302 - 87299 NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10345 GHQ10346 GHQ10344
400 mm 2x 87277 87302+87340 - 87283 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10350 GHQ10353 GHQ10347
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10351 GHQ10354 GHQ10348
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10352 GHQ10355 GHQ10349
600 mm 3x 87277 87302+87340 - 87282 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10359 GHQ10362 GHQ10356
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10360 GHQ10363 GHQ10357
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10361 GHQ10364 GHQ10358
800 mm 3x 87277 87302+
2x87340
- 87283+87327 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10368 GHQ10371 GHQ10365
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10369 GHQ10372 GHQ10366
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10370 GHQ10373 GHQ10367
(1) : doors accessories, see page 85 (2) : epoxy-coated busbar supports, replace 87277 with 87727 (3) : 1 cat.number =screws for 5 supports
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
TDC NT/NS08-16 19M 87303 NP
P
87075
87075MJ
rear vertical pads 3x 87277 2x 87340 - 87329+87321 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10386 GHQ10389 GHQ10383
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10387 GHQ10390 GHQ10384
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10388 GHQ10391 GHQ10385
Withdrawable Masterpact NT/
Compact NS
T
T
69
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Selection tables
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads connection length
NT
standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
RC NT/NS08-16 19M 87303 NP
P
87075
87075MJ
rear vertical pads 250 mm 87277 87302 - 87299 NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10345 GHQ10346 GHQ10344
400 mm 2x 87277 87302+87340 - 87283 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10350 GHQ10353 GHQ10347
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10351 GHQ10354 GHQ10348
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10352 GHQ10355 GHQ10349
600 mm 3x 87277 87302+87340 - 87282 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10359 GHQ10362 GHQ10356
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10360 GHQ10363 GHQ10357
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10361 GHQ10364 GHQ10358
800 mm 3x 87277 87302+
2x87340
- 87283+87327 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10368 GHQ10371 GHQ10365
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10369 GHQ10372 GHQ10366
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10370 GHQ10373 GHQ10367
(1) : doors accessories, see page 85 (2) : epoxy-coated busbar supports, replace 87277 with 87727 (3) : 1 cat.number =screws for 5 supports
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device position device
range
device
modularity
installation door
(1)
pads standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
angle
brackets+
insulators
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
TDC NT/NS08-16 19M 87303 NP
P
87075
87075MJ
rear vertical pads 3x 87277 2x 87340 - 87329+87321 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10386 GHQ10389 GHQ10383
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10387 GHQ10390 GHQ10384
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10388 GHQ10391 GHQ10385
RC columns with 115-2 V-BB
(4000A)
Withdrawable Masterpact NT/
Compact NS
70
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Catalogue numbers
87303
87075
87331
87315 87633
Designation Cat.no.
Withdrawable NT/NS08-16 installation kit 19M 87303
Designation Cat.no.
NP P
Withdrawable NT/NS08-16 door 19M 87075 87075MJ
order 2 fxed hinges per door, to be mounted on the frame (see Doors accessories, page
85).
b
Designation Cat.no.
F4 cover
115-1 TDC 87329
BDC T position 87331
rear in TDC/BDC if D600 mm with screwed rear panel or
T position in H2200 mm
87321
SC short (W350 mm) 87322
medium (W450 mm) 87323
long (W650 mm) 87324
RC short (250 mm) 87320
medium (400 mm) 87319
long (600 mm) 87318
additional (800 mm) 87327
115-2 TDC 87329
RC short (250 mm) 87299
medium (400 mm) 87283
long (600 mm) 87282
additional (800 mm) 87327
115 V-BB column
Withdrawable Masterpact NT/
Compact NS installation accessories
Designation Cat.no.
Pads additional insulation
Bar insulation (0,6 x 5 m) 87315
Adhesive tape (55 m roll) 87633
Devices top pads are insulated with an additional insulation which has to be shaped (87315
+87633). The drawings are supplied with the bar drawings.
b
Device pads insulation
RC 115-1/115-2
D
D
4
0
5
2
5
5
D
D
4
0
5
2
5
6
D
D
4
0
5
2
8
2
D
D
4
0
5
2
8
1
D
D
4
0
5
1
1
1
D
D
4
0
5
3
4
8
71
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Catalogue numbers
9M
6M
87306+87305
87307
115 V-BB column
Case and space covers
Any device-free area in the switchboard must be ftted with a cover.
Install plain doors in front of the case and space covers, to be chosen in the Enclosures
chapter, page 200.
b
b
Designation Cat.no.
Case cover
9M 87306
6M 87305
9M cover: compulsory above a T position device
6M cover: compulsory above a M position device
b
b
Designation Cat.no.
Space cover
44M 87307
38M 87308
32M 87341
28M 87309
19M 87310
13M 87311
any free space in a H2350 or H2200 mm cubicle can be flled with one of the covers above. b
Withdrawable Masterpact NT/
Compact NS installation accessories
D
D
4
0
5
2
5
7
D
D
4
0
5
2
5
9
72
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Selection tables
Columns with 70 V-BB (y2100A)
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device range device
modularity
installation

door
(1)
additional door pads standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
TDC NT/NS08-16 30M 87328 18M NP
P
87082
87082MJ
12M NP
P
87093
87093MJ
top: front pads +vertical additional pads
bottom: rear vertical pads
3x 87325 - included in the
device installation
NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10462 - GHQ10460
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10462 - GHQ10460
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10463 - GHQ10461
BDC NT/NS08-16 36M 87316 18M NP
P
87082
87082MJ
18M NP
P
87092
87092MJ
top: rear vertical pads
bottom: front pads +vertical additional
pads
3x 87325 - included in the
device installation
NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10466 - GHQ10464
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10466 - GHQ10464
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10467 - GHQ10465
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device range device
modularity
installation

door
(1)
pads insulating
sleeve
connection length
NT
standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
RC NT/NS08-16 18M 87330 18M NP
P
87082
87082MJ
rear vertical
pads
3P: 3x 87314
4P: 4x 87314
250 mm 2x 87325 1x 87337 87334 NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10441 - GHQ10440
400 mm 3x 87325 2x 87337 87333 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10445 - GHQ10442
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10446 - GHQ10443
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10447 - GHQ10444
600 mm 4x 87325 2x 87337 87332 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10541 - GHQ10448
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10452 - GHQ10449
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10453 - GHQ10450
800 mm 4x 87325 3x 87337 87335 + 87333 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10457 - GHQ10454
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10458 - GHQ10455
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10459 - GHQ10456
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device range device
modularity
installation

door additional door pads column width

standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
SC NT/NS08-10 30M 87326 30M NP
P
87134
87134MJ
- front pads
+vertical
additional pads
650+450 mm 4x 87325 included in
the device
installation
87338 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10471 - GHQ10470
650+650 mm 4x 87325 included in
the device
installation
87336 or 87338 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10469 - GHQ10468
(1) : doors accessories, see page 85 (2) : epoxy-coated busbar supports, replace 87277 with 87727 (3) : 1 cat.number =screws for 5 supports
Withdrawable Masterpact NT/
Compact NS
73
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Selection tables
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device range device
modularity
installation

door
(1)
additional door pads standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
TDC NT/NS08-16 30M 87328 18M NP
P
87082
87082MJ
12M NP
P
87093
87093MJ
top: front pads +vertical additional pads
bottom: rear vertical pads
3x 87325 - included in the
device installation
NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10462 - GHQ10460
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10462 - GHQ10460
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10463 - GHQ10461
BDC NT/NS08-16 36M 87316 18M NP
P
87082
87082MJ
18M NP
P
87092
87092MJ
top: rear vertical pads
bottom: front pads +vertical additional
pads
3x 87325 - included in the
device installation
NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10466 - GHQ10464
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10466 - GHQ10464
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10467 - GHQ10465
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device range device
modularity
installation

door
(1)
pads insulating
sleeve
connection length
NT
standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
RC NT/NS08-16 18M 87330 18M NP
P
87082
87082MJ
rear vertical
pads
3P: 3x 87314
4P: 4x 87314
250 mm 2x 87325 1x 87337 87334 NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10441 - GHQ10440
400 mm 3x 87325 2x 87337 87333 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10445 - GHQ10442
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10446 - GHQ10443
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10447 - GHQ10444
600 mm 4x 87325 2x 87337 87332 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10541 - GHQ10448
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10452 - GHQ10449
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10453 - GHQ10450
800 mm 4x 87325 3x 87337 87335 + 87333 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10457 - GHQ10454
NT/NS12 1 x 80x10 87398 GHQ10458 - GHQ10455
NT/NS16 1 x 100x10 87397 GHQ10459 - GHQ10456
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device range device
modularity
installation

door additional door pads column width

standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
SC NT/NS08-10 30M 87326 30M NP
P
87134
87134MJ
- front pads
+vertical
additional pads
650+450 mm 4x 87325 included in
the device
installation
87338 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10471 - GHQ10470
650+650 mm 4x 87325 included in
the device
installation
87336 or 87338 NT/NS08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 GHQ10469 - GHQ10468
(1) : doors accessories, see page 85 (2) : epoxy-coated busbar supports, replace 87277 with 87727 (3) : 1 cat.number =screws for 5 supports
Columns with 70 V-BB (y2100A)
Withdrawable Masterpact NT/
Compact NS
74
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Selection tables
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device range device
modularity
installation





door
(1)
pads insulating
sleeve
connection length
NT
standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
F4 cover device
rating
bars cross-
section
screws
for
busbar
supports
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
RC NT08-16 18M 87388 18M NP
P
87253
87253MJ
rear vertical
pads
3P: 3x 87314
4P: 4x 87314
250 mm 2x 87325 1x 87337 87334 NT16 1 x 100x10 87397 AAV18508 - AAV18509
400 mm 3x 87325 2x 87337 87333 NT08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 AAV18548 - AAV18549
NT12 1 x 80x10 87398 AAV18979 - AAV18980
NT16 1 x 100x10 87397 AAV18528 - AAV18529
600 mm 4x 87325 2x 87337 87332 NT08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 AAV18970 - AAV18972
NT12 1 x 80x10 87398 AAV18981 - AAV18982
NT16 1 x 100x10 87397 AAV18531 - AAV18532
800 mm 4x 87325 3x 87337 87335 + 87333 NT08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 AAV18971 - AAV18974
NT12 1 x 80x10 87398 AAV18983 - AAV18984
NT16 1 x 100x10 87397 AAV18534 - AAV18535
(1) : doors accessories, see page 85 (2) : epoxy-coated busbar supports, replace 87277 with 87727 (3) : 1 cat.number =screws for 5 supports
Fixed Masterpact NT
Columns 70 V-BB
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device range device
modularity
installation





door
(1)
additional door pads standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
F4 cover device
rating
bars cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
TDC NT08-16 36M 87281 16M NP
P
87252
87252MJ
12M NP
P
87093
87093MJ
top: front pads +vertical
additional pads
bottom: rear vertical pads
4x 87325 included included in the
device installation
NT08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 AAV18537 - AAV18539
NT12 1 x 80x10 87398 AAV18545 - AAV18546
8M NP
P
87133
87133MJ NT16 1 x 100x10 87397 AAV18523 - AAV18524
BDC NT08-16 36M 87281 16M NP
P
87252
87252MJ
12M NP
P
87093
87093MJ
top: rear vertical pads
bottom: front pads +vertical
additional pads
4x 87277 included included in the
device installation
NT08-10 1 x50x10 87399 AAV18541 - AAV18544
8M NP
P
87133
87133MJ
NT12 1 x80x10 87398 AAV18976 - AAV18978
NT16 1 x100x10 87397 AAV18525 - AAV18526
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device range device
modularity
installation





door
(1)
additional door pads column width standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
SC NT08-10 30M 87284 16M NP
P
87252
87252MJ
8M NP
P
87133
87133MJ
rear vertical
pads +
additional
vertical pads
650+450 mm 5x 87325 - 87338 NT08-10 1 x50x10 87399 AAV18518 - AAV18521
6M NP
P
87094
87094MJ
650+650 mm 5x 87325 - 87338
or
87336
NT08-10 1 x50x10 87399 AAV18518 ou
AAV18519
- AAV18521
ou
AAV18522
75
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Selection tables
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device range device
modularity
installation





door
(1)
pads insulating
sleeve
connection length
NT
standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
F4 cover device
rating
bars cross-
section
screws
for
busbar
supports
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
RC NT08-16 18M 87388 18M NP
P
87253
87253MJ
rear vertical
pads
3P: 3x 87314
4P: 4x 87314
250 mm 2x 87325 1x 87337 87334 NT16 1 x 100x10 87397 AAV18508 - AAV18509
400 mm 3x 87325 2x 87337 87333 NT08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 AAV18548 - AAV18549
NT12 1 x 80x10 87398 AAV18979 - AAV18980
NT16 1 x 100x10 87397 AAV18528 - AAV18529
600 mm 4x 87325 2x 87337 87332 NT08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 AAV18970 - AAV18972
NT12 1 x 80x10 87398 AAV18981 - AAV18982
NT16 1 x 100x10 87397 AAV18531 - AAV18532
800 mm 4x 87325 3x 87337 87335 + 87333 NT08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 AAV18971 - AAV18974
NT12 1 x 80x10 87398 AAV18983 - AAV18984
NT16 1 x 100x10 87397 AAV18534 - AAV18535
(1) : doors accessories, see page 85 (2) : epoxy-coated busbar supports, replace 87277 with 87727 (3) : 1 cat.number =screws for 5 supports
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device range device
modularity
installation





door
(1)
additional door pads standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
F4 cover device
rating
bars cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
TDC NT08-16 36M 87281 16M NP
P
87252
87252MJ
12M NP
P
87093
87093MJ
top: front pads +vertical
additional pads
bottom: rear vertical pads
4x 87325 included included in the
device installation
NT08-10 1 x 50x10 87399 AAV18537 - AAV18539
NT12 1 x 80x10 87398 AAV18545 - AAV18546
8M NP
P
87133
87133MJ NT16 1 x 100x10 87397 AAV18523 - AAV18524
BDC NT08-16 36M 87281 16M NP
P
87252
87252MJ
12M NP
P
87093
87093MJ
top: rear vertical pads
bottom: front pads +vertical
additional pads
4x 87277 included included in the
device installation
NT08-10 1 x50x10 87399 AAV18541 - AAV18544
8M NP
P
87133
87133MJ
NT12 1 x80x10 87398 AAV18976 - AAV18978
NT16 1 x100x10 87397 AAV18525 - AAV18526
Device installation Connections and covers Busbar drawings
type of device
connection
device range device
modularity
installation





door
(1)
additional door pads column width standard
busbar
supports
(2)
cross-
members
F4 cover device
rating
bars
cross-
section
screws
for busbar
supports
(3)
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
(see Panelbuilder Guide)
SC NT08-10 30M 87284 16M NP
P
87252
87252MJ
8M NP
P
87133
87133MJ
rear vertical
pads +
additional
vertical pads
650+450 mm 5x 87325 - 87338 NT08-10 1 x50x10 87399 AAV18518 - AAV18521
6M NP
P
87094
87094MJ
650+650 mm 5x 87325 - 87338
or
87336
NT08-10 1 x50x10 87399 AAV18518 ou
AAV18519
- AAV18521
ou
AAV18522
Fixed Masterpact NT
Columns 70 V-BB
76
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Catalogue numbers
87316
87082
87333
87281
87252
87333
Withdrawable Masterpact NT/Compact
NS - Fixed Masterpact NT installation
accessories
Columns 70 V-BB
Designation Cat.no.
Withdrawable NT/NS08-16 installation kit
TDC : 30M (18 +12) 87328
BDC : 36M (18 +18) 87316
SC : 30M 87326
RC : 18M 87330
installation for TDC and BDC includes the F4 b
Designation Cat.no.
Withdrawable NT/NS08-16 door NP P
TDC, BDC, RC : 18M 87082 87082MJ
SC : 30M 87134 87134MJ
order 2 fxed hinges per door, to be mounted on the frame (see Doors accessories, page
85).
b
Designation Cat.no.
F4 cover
TDC
included in
installation
BDC
included in
installation
SC medium (W450 mm) 87338
long (W650 mm) 87336
RC short (250 mm) 87334
medium (400 mm) 87333
long (600 mm) 87332
additional (800 mm) 87335+87333
Designation Cat.no.
Fixed NT/NS1600 installation kit
RC (18M) 87388
TDC/BDC (36M) 87281
SC (30M) 87284
Designation Cat.no.
Fixed NT/NS1600 door NP P
16M - TDC/BDC/SC 87252 87252MJ
18M - RC 87253 87253MJ
order 2 fxed hinges per door, to be mounted on the frame (see Doors accessories, page
85).
b
Designation Cat.no.
Fixed NT/NS1600 F4 cover
SC medium (450 mm) 87338
long (650 mm) 87336
RC short (250 mm) 87334
medium (400 mm) 87333
long (600 mm) 87332
additional (800 mm) 87335
Withdrawable Masterpact NT/Compact NS
Fixed Masterpact NT
D
D
4
0
5
2
9
0
D
D
4
0
5
2
9
1
D
D
4
0
5
2
9
2
D
D
4
0
5
3
2
1
D
D
4
0
5
3
2
2
D
D
4
0
5
2
9
2
77
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Catalogue numbers
87401
87375
87405
87402
Case and space covers
Designation Cat.no.
FU horizontal partition 87401
in 70 V-BB, NT/NS installations must be closed at their top:
either by another NT/NS installation,
or by a plate +F2 at the top of the cubicle,
or by a FU horizontal partition (catalogue number above)
b
v
v
v
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 10 6M covers 87375
in 70 V-BB cubicle, covers must be installed in all the device-free zones. These covers are
dividable from 1 to 6M.
b
Designation Cat.no.
Space front plates NP P
2M 87405 87405MJ
3M 87473 87473MJ
6M 87402 87402MJ
6M half-width 87501 87501MJ
8M 87403 87403MJ
plain front plate supplied with supports
see IP54 complements in the Enclosures chapter, page 209
b
b
Withdrawable Masterpact NT/Compact
NS - Fixed Masterpact NT installation
accessories
Columns 70 V-BB
D
D
4
0
5
2
9
3
D
D
4
0
5
2
9
4
D
D
4
0
5
2
9
5
D
D
4
0
5
2
9
6
78
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Catalogue numbers
87295
87297
Coupling
115-1 columns (y3200A)
TDC
2 NW08-32, NT/NS08-16 incomers + coupling, D600 mm cubicle
Designation Cat.no.
Coupling kit 87295
Cross-member 87340
(order 2 cross-members per coupling)
115 busbar double support
bare bars 87277
epoxy-coated bars 87727
(order 5 supports per coupling)
Set of 20 H26 M8 insulators 87642
(8 insulators are necessary in 3P, 12 in 4P)
F4 cover 87321
(installed at the rear of the coupling device. useless in D600 mm with
screwed-on rear panel)
Screws for 5 100x10 busbar supports (4 items out of 5 are used) 87397
Screws for 5 80x10 busbar supports (1 item out of 5 is used) 87398
Busbar drawings
device rating cubicle
height
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
NW08-16 H2350 mm GHQ10657 GHQ10657 GHQ10658
H2200 mm GHQ10661 GHQ10661 GHQ10662
NW20-32 H2350 mm GHQ10655 GHQ10655 GHQ10656
H2200 mm GHQ10659 GHQ10659 GHQ10660
NT/NS08-16 H2350 mm GHQ10300 GHQ10300 GHQ10301
H2200 mm GHQ10302 GHQ10302 GHQ10303
BDC
2 NW08-32, NT/NS08-16 incomers + coupling, D600 mm cubicle
Designation Cat.no.
Coupling kit 87297
Cross-member 87340
(order 2 cross-members per coupling)
115 busbar double support
bare bars 87277
epoxy-coated bars 87727
(order 4 supports per coupling)
Set of 20 H26 M8 insulators 87642
(8 insulators are necessary in 3P, 12 in 4P)
F4 cover 87321
(installed at the rear of the coupling device. useless in D600 mm with
screwed-on rear panel)
Screws for 5 100x10 busbar supports (4 items out of 5 are used) 87397
Busbar drawings
device rating
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
NW08-16 GHQ10665 GHQ10665 GHQ10666
NW20-32 GHQ10663 GHQ10663 GHQ10664
NT/NS08-16 GHQ10304 GHQ10304 GHQ10305
confgurations are the same for H2350 and H2200 mm cubicles b
D
D
4
0
5
2
3
6
D
D
4
0
5
2
7
0
D
D
4
0
5
3
6
9
D
D
4
0
5
3
7
0
79
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Catalogue numbers
87295
87297
Coupling
115-1 columns (y3200A)
Top RC
2 NW08-32, NT/NS08-16 incomers + coupling, D>600 mm cubicle
Designation Cat.no.
Coupling kit 87295
Cross-member 87340
(order 2 cross-members per coupling)
115 busbar double support
bare bars 87277
epoxy-coated bars 87727
(order 5 supports per coupling)
Set of 20 H26 M8 insulators 87642
(8 insulators are necessary in 3P, 12 in 4P)
F4 cover 87321
(installed at the rear of the coupling device. useless in D600 mm with
screwed-on rear panel)
Screws for 5 100x10 busbar supports (4 items out of 5 are used) 87397
Screws for 5 80x10 busbar supports (1 item out of 5 is used) 87398
Busbar drawings
device rating cubicle
height
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
NW08-16 H2350 mm GHQ10657 GHQ10657 GHQ10658
H2200 mm GHQ10661 GHQ10661 GHQ10662
NW20-32 H2350 mm GHQ10655 GHQ10655 GHQ10656
H2200 mm GHQ10659 GHQ10659 GHQ10660
NT/NS08-16 H2350 mm GHQ10300 GHQ10300 GHQ10301
H2200 mm GHQ10302 GHQ10302 GHQ10303
Bottom RC
2 NW08-32, NT/NS08-16 incomers + coupling, D>600 mm cubicle
Designation Cat.no.
Coupling kit 87297
Cross-member 87340
(order 2 cross-members per coupling)
115 busbar double support
bare bars 87277
epoxy-coated bars 87727
(order 4 supports per coupling)
Set of 20 H26 M8 insulators 87642
(8 insulators are necessary in 3P, 12 in 4P)
F4 cover 87321
(installed at the rear of the coupling device. useless in D600 mm with
screwed-on rear panel)
Screws for 5 100x10 busbar supports (4 items out of 5 are used) 87397
Busbar drawings
device rating
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
NW08-16 GHQ10665 GHQ10665 GHQ10666
NW20-32 GHQ10663 GHQ10663 GHQ10664
NT/NS08-16 GHQ10304 GHQ10304 GHQ10305
confgurations are the same for H2350 and H2200 mm cubicles b
D
D
4
0
5
2
7
1
D
D
4
0
5
2
7
2
D
D
4
0
5
3
6
9
D
D
4
0
5
3
7
0
80
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Catalogue numbers
87296
Coupling
115-3 columns (4000A)
RC
Designation Cat.no.
Coupling kit
87296
Cross-member
87302
(order 1 cross-member per coupling)
115 busbar double support
bare bars
87277
epoxy-coated bars
87727
(order 3 supports per coupling)
Set of 20 H26 M8 insulators
87642
(6 insulators are necessary in 3P, 12 in 4P)
Complement for top RC by BBT (for the whole of the incoming cubicles)
H2350 mm column partition 87015
H2200 mm column partition 87017
partition complement 87027
set of 5 grommets 01215
(order 1 partition +1 partition complement +1 set of grommets)
Screws for 5 100x10 busbar supports (2 items out of 5 are used) 87397
Screws for 3 2x100x10 superimposed busbar supports (1 item out of 3
is used)
87395
2 NW40 incomers + coupling, D1200 mm cubicle
Busbar drawings
device rating
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
40 GHQ10701 GHQ10701 GHQ10702
TDC
2 NW40 incomers + coupling, D1000 mm cubicle
Designation Cat.no.
Coupling kit 87296
Cross-member 87302
(order 1 cross-member per coupling)
115 busbar double support
bare bars 87277
epoxy-coated bars 87727
(order 2 supports per coupling)
Set of 20 H26 M8 insulators 87642
(6 insulators are necessary in 3P, 12 in 4P)
Screws for 5 100x10 busbar supports (1 item out of 5 is used) 87397
Screws for 3 2x100x10 superimposed busbar supports (1 item out of 3
is used)
87395
Busbar drawings
device rating
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
40 GHQ10701 GHQ10701 GHQ10702
top RC bottom RC
D
D
4
0
5
2
7
3
D
D
4
0
5
2
6
9
D
D
4
0
5
2
7
8
D
D
4
0
5
3
7
1
D
D
4
0
5
3
7
1
81
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Catalogue numbers
Coupling
Particular case of the 7300A
switchboard
There are no specifc catalogue numbers for the 7300A coupling columns.
The tables below will give you the list of items needed to carry out the 4 possible
types of coupling columns.
The panelling catalogue numbers are those of unpainted elements. J ust add
MJ and you will obtain the painted versions number.
b
b
Cat.no. Designation H2350 mm H2200 mm
3P 4P 3P 4P
87000 Set of 2 D600 mm frames 2 2
87002 Set of 2 D600 mm frames 2 2
87200 Set of 2 D400 mm frames for rear H-BB 4 4
87201 Set of 2 D400 mm frames for rear H-BB 4 4
87202 Set of 4 W1150 mm cross-members 3 3 3 3
87007 Set of 4 W650 mm cross-members 3 3 3 3
87004 Set of 2 D600 mm plinths 2 2 2 2
87005 Set of 2 D400 mm plinths 4 4 4 4
87218 W1150 mm column cap 1 1 1 1
87063 W650 mm column cap 1 1 1 1
87219 9M W1150 mm front plate 1 1 1 1
87018 9M W650 mm plain door 1 1 1 1
87220 32M door for NW40b-63 1 1 1 1
87221 40M bottom plain door 1 1
87222 34M bottom plain door 1 1
87223 Door for rear compartment W1150 mm 1 1
87224 Door for rear compartment W1150 mm 1 1
87111 Door for rear compartment W650 mm 1 1
87115 Door for rear compartment W650 mm 1 1
87216 Set of 5 IP31 grids W1150 mm 1 1 1 1
87217 Set of 5 IP41 upper bands W650 mm 1 1 1 1
87055 Set of 4 IP31 grids 1 1 1 1
87059 Set of 4 IP41 front plates 1 1 1 1
87203 W1150 mm cubicle upright 1 1
87204 W1150 mm cubicle upright 1 1
87214 Roof D1400 mm W1150 mm 1 1 1 1
87030 Roof D1400 mm W650 mm 1 1 1 1
87233 1-pole top and bottom pads 3 4 3 4
87227 Set of 2 lateral fanges for W1150 mm device cubicles 1 1
87228 Set of 2 lateral fanges for W1150 mm device cubicles 1 1
87231 NW40b-63 installation kit 1 1 1 1
87229 D1000 mm NW40b-63 cross-member 1 1 1 1
87230 D400 mm NW40b-63 cross-member 1 1 1 1
87232 D400 mm NW40b-63 cover 1 1 1 1
D
D
4
0
5
2
3
7
82
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Catalogue numbers
Coupling
Particular case of the 7300A
switchboard
Miscellaneous
Locks , IP41 complements, marking elements, etc ... are not mentioned in the list
above.
They can be found in the Enclosures chapter, page 185
Busbar drawings
device rating
3P 3P+PEN 3P+N
NW40b GHQ10727 GHQ10729 GHQ10728
NW50 GHQ10730 GHQ10732 GHQ10731
NW63 GHQ10733 GHQ10735 GHQ10734
Busbar drawings
Cat.no. Designation H2350 mm H2200 mm
3P 4P 3P 4P
87205 W1150 mm plate for front H-BB 1 1 1 1
87020 W650 mm plate for front H-BB 1 1 1 1
87206 W1150 mm plate for rear H-BB 3 3 3 3
87207 W650 mm plate for rear H-BB 3 3 3 3
87236 Supports for NW40b-63 bus coupler connection 1 1 1 1
87261 Horizontal busbar supports 32 32 32 32
87277 Double support for V-BB 115 30 30 30 30
87014 Set of 2 H-BB end covers 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5
87240 Screws for 5 bar supports 120x10 (NW40b-63) 8 8 8 8
87239 Screws for 5 bar supports 100x10 (NW40b-63) 5 5 5 5
87238 Screws for 5 bar supports 80x10 (NW40b-63) 2 2 2 2
87397 Screws for 5 bar supports 100x10 (for 115 V-BB) 1 1 1 1
87398 Screws for 5 bar supports 80x10 (for 115 V-BB) 3 3 3 3
87408 H-BB/V-BB 3 bars/phase link 36 48 36 48
87268 Fishplate for 3 bars/phase H-BB 6 8 6 8
87262 Fishplate for 4 bars/phase H-BB 6 8 6 8
87263 Fishplate for 6 bars/phase H-BB 6 8 6 8
87279 Set of 2 115 V-BB lateral fanges 2 2
87280 Set of 2 115 V-BB lateral fanges 2 2
87300 Set of 2 115 switchgear zone partitions 1 1 1 1
87015 Inter-column partition D600 mm 1 1
87017 Inter-column partition D600 mm 1 1
87016 Inter-column partition D400 mm 2 2
87018 Inter-column partition D400 mm 2 2
87163 Bottom plate W650 mm D400 mm 2 2 2 2
87225 Bottom plate W1150 mm D600 mm 1 1 1 1
87226 Bottom plate W1150 mm D400 mm 2 2 2 2
87309 28M reserve cover 1 1 1 1
87307 44M reserve cover 1 1
87308 38M reserve cover 1 1
87188 Set of 100 anti-rotation plates for H-BB/V-BB link (*) 1 1 1 1
87189 Set of 100 11x38 washers (*) 1 1 1 1
(*) quantities for a coupling with 2 or 4 bars/phase coupling. To be doubled for a coupling with a 3 or 6 bars/phase H-BB
83
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Catalogue numbers
BBT interface y 4000A
Okken switchboards allows the connection of aluminium KT-type prefabricated
busbar trunkings (KT BBT), on fxed or withdrawable NW08-40/NT/NS08-16, in 115
V-BB, via an interface.
This interface is connected directly on the TDC and RC pads.
2 Okken catalogue numbers have to be ordered for every BBT connection :
1 KT BBT interface (electrical connection)
1 installation kit for BBT interface (mechanical support of the interface)
The installation kit is supplied with the 4000A RC interface.
The perfect match between the phase order of the device installed in the
switchboard and the one of the BBT is ensured by the panelbuilder.
A cut-out and drilling drawing template is supplied with the trunking and the
sealing kit (see Canalis Catalogue).
The panelbuilder must provide the contractor with the position drawing for the
template, as described in the Technical Informations chapter of this catalogue,
(page 269) and in the Okken Installation Guide.
b
b
v
v
b
b
b
b
Designation Cat.no.
BBT KT interface for Masterpact NW TDC 3P 4P
standard NW08-16 87811 87812
NW25 87813 87814
NW32 87815 87816
NW40 87817 87818
corrosive
atmospheres
NW08-16 87675 87676
NW25 87677 87678
NW32 87679 87680
NW40 87681 87682
Top Direct Connection (TDC)
Connection via Canalis interface
Rear Connection (RC)
Designation Cat.no.
BBT KT interface for Masterpact NW RC 3P 4P
standard NW08-16 87821 87822
NW25 87823 87824
NW32 87825 87826
NW40 87827 87828
corrosive
atmospheres
NW08-16 87683 87684
NW25 87685 87686
NW32 87687 87688
NW40 87689 87690
Designation Cat.no.
BBT KT interface for withdrawable Masterpact
NT/NS
3P 4P
TDC NT/NS08-16 87811 87812
RC NT/NS08-16 87821 87822
Top Direct Connection
(TDC)
Rear Connection (RC)
D
D
2
0
2
3
1
0
D
D
2
0
2
3
1
1
D
D
2
0
2
3
1
2
D
D
2
0
2
3
1
3
84
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Catalogue numbers
87277
Designation Cat.no.
Installation kit for BBT KT 3-4P interface
1600-4000A TDC 87800
1600-3200A RC 87801
4000A RC supplied with
the interface
Order 1 installation kit per BBT interface b
Designation Cat.no.
Double support for V-BB 115 bare bars 87277
epoxy-coated bars 87727
Designation Cat.no.
Screws for 3 superimposed 115 busbar supports 87292
for 2 superimposed 120x10 bars
1 item out of 3 is used for 1 support 115 for each 4000A RC BBT interface
the catalogue number includes threaded rods +spacers +bolts
b
b
b
Designation Cat.no.
Special tightening wrench bit 87808
for 2 superimposed 120x10 bars
This tool is essential to tighten the conversion modules on the junction blocks spreaders. It
is ftted on a torque wrench.
b
b
Connection via Canalis interface
Phase order
Sealing kit
The sealing kit must be ordered with the KT trunking. The size of the trunking
determines that of the sealing kit.
The kit includes a drilling and cut-out drawing for the switchboard roof.
Using the dedicated interface, it is possible to change the phase order if it is
different between the trunking and the switchboard.
D
D
4
0
5
1
9
1
a
D
D
2
1
0
7
7
2
D
D
2
0
2
3
1
4
85
Schneider Electric
N
W
/
N
T
/
N
S
1
6
0
0

d
e
v
i
c
e
s
Masterpact NW/NT and
Compact NS800-1600
devices
Catalogue numbers
87142
87660 87666
87138
07081
Doors accessories
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 50 fxed hinges 87142
used to fasten doors on the framework (supplied with axis and circlips) :
2 hinges for doors from 6 to 48 modules
3 hinges for doors from 54 to 72 modules
4 hinges for the front doors of cubicles 230
b
v
v
v
Door hinges
Designation Cat.no.
Handle with latch bolt with 405 barrel 87660
with 455 barrel 87661
with 421 barrel 87662
with 2131 barrel 87664
with 2132 barrel 87665
without barrel 87666
each door closing point receives a handle with a barrel or/and an operating insert
number of closing points to equip:
1 for doors from 6 to 24 modules,
2 for doors from 26 to 48 modules,
3 for doors from 54 to 72 modules,
3 for compartment and rear doors.
b
b
v
v
v
v
Handles and locks
Doors and front plate complements
Designation Cat.no.
Door and rear panel bottom brackets W250
mm
W350
mm
W450
mm
W650
mm
Set of 10 (1) 87135 87136 87137 87138
6 mm earth braid (2)
07081
(1): Fix 1 bracket on the framework, at the bottom of each door and front plate (except facing a
device mounting plate or a case separator)
(2): Install on each door or front face receiving electrical devices
IP >31
For panelling elements, including doors, see chapter Enclosures, page 185.
Switchgears, order catalogue numbers according to the IP (degree of protection).
b
b
D
D
4
0
5
1
1
2
D
D
4
0
5
1
1
6
D
D
4
0
5
1
4
5
D
D
3
8
1
2
0
6
3
D
D
4
0
5
1
2
2
86
Schneider Electric
87
Schneider Electric
PCC functional units
y 630A
P
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Technical description 88
Types of functional units 88
SI (Service Index) 90
Panorama of configurations 91
C60 93
Mounting plate 93
6M half-width drawer 94
Compact NS100/630 95
Disconnectable on Polyfast 95
Plug-in on Polyfast 96
IP31/41/54 drawer 98
Drawers and Polyfast accessories 100
Corrosive atmospheres 102
SASIL 103
Distribution Functional Units
y 630A
Units Fonctionnelles PCC y 630A
88
Schneider Electric
PCC functional units
y 630A
P
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Presentation
P
D
3
9
1
1
6
1
0
5
8
0
0
8
H
D
r
1
0
5
8
0
1
0
h
d
r
P
D
4
0
5
0
3
7
P
D
4
0
5
0
3
8
Technical description
Types of functional units
Disconnectable solutions offer an economic alternative to plug-in solutions, if the
skills of maintenance personnel and operating requirements allow intervention on
downstream connections.
Same characteristics as for the plug-in Polyfast FU, except from the upstream
clamps, the upstream cables connecting directly to the device upstream terminals.
b
b
Disconnectable Polyfast FU (SI =223)
The functional unit is made up of a fxed part, installable and removable with
power on (*), equipped with double upstream and downstream plug-in clamps and
with a Polyfast moving interface, supporting the fxed circuit-breaker.
Ergonomic handles simplify gripping of the moving part.
The downstream connections are made in the fxed part on connection bars in
the side or rear compartment, and the auxiliaries on sliding withdrawable auxiliary
blocks.
b
b
b
Plug-in Polyfast FU (SI =233)
FUs on disconnectable mounting plates are used in small distribution (C60).
This solution, for front connection, optimises cost and installation capacity while
giving priority to interchangeability and fexibility of live reconfguration (*).
It requires intervention on downstream connections on extraction.
This FU consists of a fxed part, that can be installed and removed with power
on (*), equipped with upstream double plug-in clamps and of a moving part
supporting the fxed devices.
The downstream cables are connected to the device terminals and the
auxiliaries to connectors.
The operating mechanisms are accessible behind the door.
b
b
b
b
b
Disconnectable mounting plate FU (SI =223)
Polyfast FU
This solution offers, for distribution, the highest possible level of fexibility and
safety:
free addition and reconfguration,
easy modifcation of rating,
non-propagation of arc inside the FU,
draw-out and pull-in safety,
cabling of power and auxiliaries circuits outside the switchboard,
easy gripping.
b
v
v
v
v
v
v
Circuit-breakers operating mechanisms and installation
Operating mechanisms (toggle or motor control) accessible behind the door.
Form 2
b
b
Extended rotary handle, accessible through individual door,
Horizontal partition between each FU (form 3 to 4).
b
b
(*) live work must be carried out by authorised personnel
89
Schneider Electric
PCC functional units
y 630A
P
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Presentation
P
D
4
0
5
0
4
3
0
5
8
0
0
5
h
d
r
0
5
8
0
0
1
h
d
r
Withdrawable FU in drawer (SI =333)
Technical description
Types of functional units
The drawer is used to make up a FU consisting of several mechanically attached
devices, that can assume the plug-in / test / draw-out / withdrawn positions,
allowing the padlocking procedures and incorporating the man/switchboard
interface elements on the front panel.
In distribution, the need to indicate and control on the front panel of the FU and
the necessity to padlock are the main choice criteria for this solution.
The fxed part is installed and removed with power on and supports the upstream
and downstream plug-in clamps.
The moving part supports the switchgear by means of an interface or a mounting
plate. It is guided in its movement and positioning, and ball bearings minimise the
operating effort.
The plug-in / test / draw-out positions are mechanically marked by an indexing
device associated with a mechanical indicator on the front panel.
The front panel of the drawer gives priority to ergonomics and intuition of
operations by the arrangement of the locking facilities and operating mechanisms.
Access to the inside of the drawer may be necessary during operation, to make
settings or carry out a thermographic check. A deliberate opening by swivelling the
front panel is possible using a tool.
Operating safety is guaranteed by a mechanical device disabling working when
the protection device is closed (for drawers equipped with Compact NS100 to
NS630).
An IP 2X degree of protection is maintained in the test and draw-out positions.
Locking is possible in all positions by a padlock (3 padlocks not supplied), as is
also padlocking of empty compartments.
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
J ean Mller disconnectable fuse-switch FU (SI =223)
Protection of distribution feeders by horizontal fuse-switch 160A (size 00) to
630A (size 3) in front connection, satisfes the habits of certain countries.
Okken allows functional, tested integration of such units, complying with the
specifcations of the fuse-switch manufacturer in order to guarantee the heat loss
level required.
All the accessories equipping these devices can be implemented.
The downstream connections are made on terminals built into the device.
Access to fuses is interlocked with the switch.
b
b
b
b
b
(*) live work must be carried out by authorised personnel
90
Schneider Electric
PCC functional units
y 630A
P
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Presentation
P
D
3
9
1
1
6
1
0
5
8
0
0
8
H
D
r
1
0
5
8
0
1
0
h
d
r
0
5
8
0
0
5
h
d
r
0
5
8
0
0
1
h
d
r
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
Technical description
SI (Service Index)
Functional units Service Index
The Service Index expresses the operating continuity of the installation, taking
into consideration the differents steps in the life of a switchboard : operation,
maintenance, evolution.
The tables below show the Service Index of different Okken solutions.
Disconnectable mounting plate
Disconnectable on Polyfast
Plug-in on Polyfast
Withdrawable in drawer
Disconnectable mounting plate FU: SI=223
Plug-in on Polyfast FU: SI=233
Disconnectable on Polyfast FU: SI=223
Withdrawable FU in drawer: SI=333
Operation
Setting
Locking
Padlocking
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU, power and auxiliaries
Shutting down only the
concerned FU (auxiliary power
maintained)
Maintenance
Checking
Cleaning
Repairing
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU +
Re-installing requires connec-
tions handling
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU +
Re-installing do not require
connections handling
Evolution
Addition
Modifcation
Expansion
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Addition of a FU +
pre-defned and pre-equipped
spare slots
Addition of a FU
+
Free evolution
Operation
Setting
Locking
Padlocking
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU, power and auxiliaries
Shutting down only the
concerned FU (auxiliary power
maintained)
Maintenance
Checking
Cleaning
Repairing
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU +
Re-installing requires connec-
tions handling
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU +
Re-installing do not require
connections handling
Evolution
Addition
Modifcation
Expansion
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Addition of a FU +
pre-defned and pre-equipped
spare slots
Addition of a FU
+
Free evolution
Operation
Setting
Locking
Padlocking
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU, power and auxiliaries
Shutting down only the
concerned FU (auxiliary power
maintained)
Maintenance
Checking
Cleaning
Repairing
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU +
Re-installing requires connec-
tions handling
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU +
Re-installing do not require
connections handling
Evolution
Addition
Modifcation
Expansion
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Addition of a FU +
pre-defned and pre-equipped
spare slots
Addition of a FU
+
Free evolution
Operation
Setting
Locking
Padlocking
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU, power and auxiliaries
Shutting down only the
concerned FU (auxiliary power
maintained)
Maintenance
Checking
Cleaning
Repairing
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU +
Re-installing requires connec-
tions handling
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU +
Re-installing do not require
connections handling
Evolution
Addition
Modifcation
Expansion
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Addition of a FU +
pre-defned and pre-equipped
spare slots
Addition of a FU
+
Free evolution
91
Schneider Electric
PCC functional units
y 630A
P
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Presentation
device C60 NS100/630 SASIL
SI 223 333 223 233 333 223
technology mounting
plate
drawer Polyfast drawer Jean Mller
mounting
plate
disconnectable plug-in
withdrawability
(according to IEC60439-1)
WFD WWW WFW WWW WWW WFD
form 2b 3b/4b 3b 4a 3b 4b 3b/4b 3b/4b
type of vertical busbar 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 185
max 2100A max 2100A max 2100A max 2100A max 2100A max 2100A max 2100A max 1500A
type of device
connection
SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC
RC RC RC RC
front face common
door
individual
front face
common
door
individual
door
common
door
individual
door
individual front
face
individual front
face
toggle control
p p p
rotary handle
p p p p
motor control handle
p p p
Vigi block
p p
residual current relay
p p p p p
confguration to be
ordered
basic NS100/630:
front-connected fxed
device (from which the
upstream cages are
removed)
upstream short terminal
shield
downstream long terminal
shield
pre-tripping striker
b
v
v
v
v
basic NS100/630:
front-connected fxed
device (from which the
upstream cages are
removed)
up- and downstream
short terminal shiedls
pre-tripping striker
b
v
v
v
basic
NS100/630:
front-
connected fxed
device
without
terminal shields
pre-tripping
striker
b
v
v
v
see page 93 page 94 page 95 page 96 page 98 page 103
Panorama of configurations
number and
type of CTs
modularity
3P 4P
C60 Mounting plate H50 mm 2M 2M
H100 mm 4M 4M
H150 mm 6M 6M
-width drawer 6M 6 M
NS100-630 Disconnectable
Polyfast
NS100-250 5/6M 7M
NS400-630 8M 9M
Plug-in Polyfast NS100-250 0 CT 5M 7M
1 to 3 CT - 2P 6M 7M
3 CT - 2G 12M 14M
NS400-630 0 CT 8M 9M
1 to 3 CT - 2P 8M 9M
3 CT - 2G 14M 14M
Drawer NS100-250 0 CT 6M 8M
1 to 3 CT - 2P 6M 8M
3 CT - 2G 12M 14M
NS400-630 0 CT 12M 12M
1 to 3 CT - 2P 12M 12M
3 CT - 2G 14M 14M
Modularity
92
Schneider Electric
Notes
P
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
93
Schneider Electric
PCC functional units
y 630A
P
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
D
D
3
8
2
6
8
8
P
D
4
0
5
0
3
9
D
D
4
0
5
3
2
4
ZE
FC
MA
FA
FC
FA
MA
MR
C60
height modules mounting
plate
MA
+
FA
number
of poles
upstream
clamps
FC
connector
ZE
32A 64A
50 mm 2M 87555 3P 87364 87557 -
4P 87365 87631
100 mm 4M 87556 3P 87364 87557 87558
4P 87365 87631 87632
Type of cubicle:
SC
Control circuit supply from the busbar:
the mounting plate allows an easy and safe control circuit powering from the vertical
busbar (without any intervention on the busbar)
Switchgear:
on-rail or screwed devices
distribution terminal blocks supports for power circuits
for auxiliary circuits: disconnectable connector recommended
CTs installation:
in the lateral compartment
Front face:
grouped feeders behind a plain or transparent door.
Modularity :
Add 1M above the disconnectable mounting plate when it is installed right:
under a H-BB plate,
under a drawer.
Add 1M under the disconnectable mounting plate when it is installed right:
at the bottom of the cubicle,
above a horizontal partition (87401 for NT/NS08-16 and drawer).
b
v
b
v
b
v
v
v
b
v
b
v
b
v
v
b
v
v
Mounting plate
height modules number
of poles
fxed part
FA
+
FC
moving part
MA
modular rail
MR
fxed adjustable
150 mm 6M 3P 88053 88033 03001 03002
Installation rules
2M & 4M disconnectable mounting plate
6M disconnectable mounting plate
94
Schneider Electric
PCC functional units
y 630A
P
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
D
D
4
0
5
3
2
6
FC
FA
FF
FK
FB
MB
MA
MK
MF
PA
PB
C60
6M half-width drawer
number
of poles
Fixed part
a
u
x
i
l
i
a
r
y

b
l
o
c
k
s


(
1

t
o

4

u
n
i
t
s
)

(
1
)
Moving part Front face
F
i
x
e
d

p
a
r
t
a
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
u
p
s
t
r
e
a
m

c
l
a
m
p
s
d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n

b
l
o
c
k
M
o
v
i
n
g

p
a
r
t
a
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
connector
MK
a
u
x
i
l
i
a
r
y

b
l
o
c
k
s


(
1

t
o

4

u
n
i
t
s
)


(
1
)
d
r
a
w
e
r

m
e
c
h
a
n
i
s
m
Plain front plate
F
r
o
n
t

f
a
c
e

a
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
FA FB FC FK FF MA MB
32A 64A
MF PA PB
2P-3P 87440 87430 87364 87445 87452 87442 87504 87512 2x 87512 87453 87384 NP
P
87444
87444MJ
87500
4P 87440 87430 87365 87456 87452 87442 87504 87513 2x 87513 87453 87384 NP
P
87444
87444MJ
87500
(1) 87452 and 87453 =sets of 24 units
(2) further details about the IP: see chapter Enclosures, page 199
Drawer accessories, see page 100
Position and connection:
horizontal device
SC and RC on pads
Compulsory device for preventing on-load drawer operation:
tripping by micro-switch on operating signal
CTs installation:
in the connection compartment (non-functionalised installation)
C60 front plate:
to be drilled for toggle control, according to drawing (refer to Panelbuilder Guide, section
Mounting Guide)
b
v
v
b
v
b
v
b
v
type of device drawing nr.
C60 2/3/4P 04691500
C60 Vigi 2/3/4P 04691502
Drawers layout drawings
Installation rules
IP31/41 (2)
95
Schneider Electric
PCC functional units
y 630A
P
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
D
D
4
0
5
3
2
8
P
D
4
0
5
0
3
9
P
D
4
0
5
0
4
0
FC
FA
FF
MA
MF
MB
PA
PC
Grouped feeders behind
transparent door
Feeders behind individual
doors
Compact NS100/630
Disconnectable on Polyfast
n
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

p
o
l
e
s
m
o
d
u
l
e
s
Fixed part Moving part optional individual doors
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n

c
a
p
a
c
i
t
y
F
i
x
e
d

p
a
r
t
u
p
s
t
r
e
a
m

c
l
a
m
p
s
a
u
x
i
l
i
a
r
y

b
l
o
c
k
s

(
1

t
o

4

u
n
i
t
s
)

(
1
)
P
o
l
y
f
a
s
t
a
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
a
u
x
i
l
i
a
r
y

b
l
o
c
k
s
(
1

t
o

4

u
n
i
t
s
)
(
1
)
doors (1) Horiz.
partition
NP P
FA FC FF MA MB MF
N
S
1
0
0
-
2
5
0
3P 5M 87350 87364 87452 87360 87428 87453 - - - (3)
6M 87351 87364 87452 87360 87428 87453 87745 87745MJ 87752 (3)
4P 7M 87353 87365 87452 87361 87428 87453 87746 87746MJ 87752 (3)
N
S
4
0
0
-
6
3
0
3P 8M 87354 87366 87452 87362 87429 87453 87747 87747MJ 87752 (3)
4P 9M 87355 87367 87452 87363 87429 87453 87748 87748MJ 87752 (3)
(1) 87452 and 87453 =sets of 24 units
(2) further details about the IP: see chapter Enclosures, page 199
(3) see Compact devices catalogue
Drawer accessories, see page 100
Type of cubicle:
SC
Cables connection:
directly on the devices terminal blocks
CTs installation:
in the lateral compartment (non-functionalised installation)
Front face:
grouped feeders behind plain or transparent door (see chapter Enclosures, page 200)
or feeders behind individual doors (see table below)
IP31/41/54: depending on IP level of doors and device commands
6, 7, 8, 9M-installation: no restrictions
5M-installation:
In order to facilitate the mounting of a disconnectable NS100/630 on Polyfast, a 5M-installation
cannot be carried out directly:
under a H-BB top plate,
under and above a drawer,
under and above a NT/NS08-16 installation
Deratings: see chapter Technical informations.
b
v
b
v
b
v
b
v
v
b
b
b
v
v
v
b
Installation rules
PA PC
IP31/41/54 (2)
96
Schneider Electric
PCC functional units
y 630A
P
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
D
D
4
0
5
3
2
9
D
D
4
0
5
3
3
0
FE
FK
FH
ZA
MA
MB
MF
FC
FD
FA
FF
Compact NS100/630
Plug-in on Polyfast
n
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

p
o
l
e
s
n
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

C
T
s
F
U

+

F
4

m
o
d
u
l
a
r
i
t
y
Form 4 (1) Fixed part
c
o
m
p
l
e
m
e
n
t
a
r
y


c
o
v
e
r

(
3
)
FK
F
i
x
e
d

p
a
r
t
u
p
s
t
r
e
a
m

c
l
a
m
p
s
d
o
w
n
s
t
r
e
a
m

c
l
a
m
p
s
a
u
x
i
l
i
a
r
y

b
l
o
c
k
s

(
1

t
o

4

u
n
i
t
s
)

(
2
)
outgoing bushings
support
o
u
t
g
o
i
n
g

b
u
s
h
i
n
g
s
FH
SC RC FA FC FD FF
SC RC
ZA FE
N
S
1
0
0
-
2
5
0
3P 0 5M 87520 87536 87350 87364 87368 87452 87525 87531 2x 87372 -
1 to 3 - 2P 6M 87521 87537 87351 87364 87368 87452 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
3 - 2G 12M 87544 87541 87351 87364 87368 87452 87526 87532 2x 87372 1u x 87375
4P 0 /
1 to 3 - 2P
7M 87522 87538 87353 87365 87369 87452 87527 87533 2x 87373 -
3 - 2G 14M 87479 87480 87353 87365 87369 87452 87527 87533 2x 87373 2u x 87375
N
S
4
0
0
-
6
3
0
3P 0 /
1 to 3 - 2P
8M 87523 87539 87354 87366 87370 87452 87528 87534 2x 87265 -
3 - 2G 14M 87479 87480 87354 87366 87370 87452 87528 87534 2x 87265 1u x 87375
4P 0 /
1 to 3 - 2P
9M 87524 87540 87355 87367 87371 87452 87529 87535 2x 87266 -
3 - 2G 14M 87479 87480 87355 87367 87371 87452 87529 87535 2x 87266 1u x 87375
(1) optional: F4 complements are necessary to install these items, see page 101
(2) 87452 =set of 24 units
(3) 87375=set of 10 units
Drawers accessories, see page 100
Type of cubicle:
SC and RC
Connection:
by cables on the copper pads fxed in the outgoing bushings
CTs installation:
on the connection pads on the fxed part
Front face :
grouped feeders behind plain or transparent door (see chapter Enclosures, page 200)
or feeders behind individual doors (see table below)
IP31/41/54: depending on IP level of doors and device commands
Modularity :
The plug-in feeders modularity depends upon 3 criteria :
device: NS100/250 or NS400/630,
number of poles: 3 or 4P
cables cross-section and CTs to be installed in F4 boxes.
Mentioned CTs are of RS brand (type 2P or 2G).
Implementing CTs of others brands is an option that have to be considered by the panelbuilder
only.
Distinctive features for the 5M-installation:
In order to facilitate the mounting of a plug-in NS100/630 on Polyfast, a 5M-installation cannot
be carried out directly:
under a H-BB top plate,
under and above a drawer,
under and above a NT/NS08-16 installation
Connection cables cross-section: see chapter Technical nformations.
Deratings: see chapter Technical informations.
b
v
b
v
b
v
b
v
v
b
b
v
v
v
b
b
v
v
v
b
b
Installation rules
Fixed part IP31/41/54
97
Schneider Electric
PCC functional units
y 630A
P
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
P
D
4
0
5
0
4
0
Compact NS100/630
Plug-in on Polyfast
number
of poles
Moving part
modularity
Moving part Optional individual doors
P
o
l
y
f
a
s
t
a
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
a
u
x
i
l
i
a
r
y

b
l
o
c
k
s
(
1

t
o

4

u
n
i
t
s
)

(
2
)
doors Horiz.
partitioning
NP P
MA MB MF
N
S
1
0
0
-
2
5
0
3P 5M 87356 87428 87453 - - -
6M 87356 87428 87453 87745 87745MJ 87752
12M 87356 87428 87453 87749 87749MJ 87752
4P 7M 87357 87428 87453 87746 87746MJ 87752
14M 87357 87428 87453 87750 87750MJ 87752
N
S
4
0
0
-
6
3
0
3P 8M 87358 87429 87453 87747 87747MJ 87752
14M 87358 87429 87453 87750 87750MJ 87752
4P 9M 87359 87429 87453 87748 87748MJ 87752
14M 87359 87429 87453 87751 87751MJ 87752
(2) 87453 =set of 24 units
Drawers accessories, see page 100
Upstream links drawings
RC SC
F4 box sleeve
NS100-250 3P Polyfast - drawer GHQ11033 GHQ11035 GHQ11037
4P Polyfast - drawer GHQ11032 GHQ11034 GHQ11036
NS400-630 3P Polyfast - drawer GHQ11027 GHQ11029 GHQ11031
4P Polyfast - drawer GHQ11026 GHQ11028 GHQ11030
Moving part IP31/41/54
98
Schneider Electric
PCC functional units
y 630A
P
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
D
D
4
0
5
3
3
1
D
D
4
0
5
3
3
2
D
D
4
0
5
3
3
3
FI
FB
ZA
FK
FH
FC
FD
FA
FF
MP
MA
MF
PB
PA
MB
FE
MD
Compact NS100/630
IP31/41/54 drawer
Type of cubicle:
SC and RC
Connection:
by cables on the copper pads fxed in the outgoing bushings
Devices for preventing on-load drawer operation:
compulsory: drawer mechanical locking
optional: tripping by micro-switch on operating signal (O-C 16A-250V / 10A-400V)
pre-tripping striker fnger
CTs installation
on the connection pads on the fxed part
Optional elements:
Fixed part: horizontal partition, to close the top of a drawer +complementary cover for
reserve (see Drawers accessories, page 177)
Moving part: complementary hinges for front faces u12M (cf. the opposite Moving part
table)
Modularity:
The modularity of feeders in drawers depends upon 3 criteria :
device: NS100/250 or NS400/630,
number of poles: 3 or 4P
CTs: presence and type of CT on the fxed parts connections
Mentioned CTs are of RS brand (type 2P or 2G).
Implementing CTs of others brands is an option that have to be considered by the panelbuilder
only.
Connection cables cross-section: see chapter Technical informations.
Deratings: see chapter Technical informations.
b
v
b
v
b
v
v
v
b
v
b
v
v
b
v
v
v
b
b
b
n
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

p
o
l
e
s
n
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

C
T

s
F
U

+

F
4

m
o
d
u
l
a
r
i
t
y
Form 4 (1) Fixed part
complementary
cover
(3)
FK
F
i
x
e
d

p
a
r
t
u
p
s
t
r
e
a
m

c
l
a
m
p
s
d
o
w
n
s
t
r
e
a
m

c
l
a
m
p
s
a
u
x
i
l
i
a
r
y

b
l
o
c
k
s
(
1

t
o

4

u
n
i
t
s
)


(
2
)
a
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
s
t
r
i
k
e
r

f
n
g
e
r
outgoing
bushings
support
FH
o
u
t
g
o
i
n
g

b
u
s
h
i
n
g
s
SC RC SC RC
FA FC FD FF FB FI ZA FE
N
S
1
0
0
-
2
5
0
3P 0 /
1 to 3
- 2P
6M 87521 87537 87376 87364 87368 87452 87430 87779 87526 87532 87372 -
3 - 2G 12M 87544 87541 87376 87364 87368 87452 87430 87779 87526 87532 87372 87402/MJ +
1u x 87375 +87401
4P 0 /
1 to 3
- 2P
8M 87523 87539 87377 87365 87369 87452 87430 87779 87527 87533 87373 -
3 - 2G 14M 87479 87480 87377 87365 87369 87452 87430 87779 87527 87533 87373 87402/MJ +
1u x 87375 +87401
N
S
4
0
0
-
6
3
0
3P 0 /
1 to 3
- 2P
12M 87544 87541 87411 87366 87370 87452 87430 87780 87528 87534 87265 -
3 - 2G 14M 87479 87480 87411 87366 87370 87452 87430 87780 87528 87534 87265 87405/MJ +
1u x 87375 +87401
4P 0 /
1 to 3
- 2P
12M 87544 87541 87379 87367 87371 87452 87430 87780 87529 87535 87266 -
3 - 2G 14M 87479 87480 87379 87367 87371 87452 87430 87780 87529 87535 87266 87405/MJ +
1u x 87375 +87401
Installation rules
IP31/41/54 fxed part
99
Schneider Electric
PCC functional units
y 630A
P
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
Compact NS100/630
IP31/41/54 drawer
n
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

p
o
l
e
s
m
o
d
u
l
e
s
Moving part Drawer front face
M
o
v
i
n
g

p
a
r
t
a
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
a
u
x
i
l
i
a
r
y

b
l
o
c
k
s

(
1

t
o

4

u
n
i
t
s
)

(
2
)Polyfast
MP
d
r
a
w
e
r

m
e
c
h
a
n
i
s
m
l
o
c
k
i
n
g
rotary handle motor mechanism
a
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
f
r
o
n
t

f
a
c
e

h
i
n
g
e
s
PA
N
S

a
l
o
n
e
N
S

+

c
o
n
t
a
c
t
o
r
NP P NP P
MA MB MF PB
N
S
1
0
0
-
2
5
0
3P 6M 87380 87431 87453 87356 - 87384 87788 87391 87391MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
4P 8M 87381 87431 87453 87357 87740 87384 87789 87392 87392MJ 87434 87434MJ 87400 -
N
S
4
0
0
-
6
3
0
3P 12M 87414 87431 87453 87358 - 87384 87789 87393 87393MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400 87410
4P 12M 87383 87431 87453 87359 87741 87384 87791 87394 87394MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400 87410
IP31/41 moving part(1)
n
u
m
b
e
r

o
f

p
o
l
e
s
m
o
d
u
l
e
s
Moving part Drawer front face
M
o
v
i
n
g

p
a
r
t
a
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
a
u
x
i
l
i
a
r
y

b
l
o
c
k
s

(
1

t
o

4

u
n
i
t
s
)


(
2
)
Polyfast
MP
d
r
a
w
e
r

m
e
c
h
a
n
i
s
m
l
o
c
k
i
n
g
rotary handle motor mechanism
a
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
f
r
o
n
t

f
a
c
e

h
i
n
g
e
s
PA
N
S

a
l
o
n
e
N
S


+

c
o
n
t
a
c
t
o
r

NP P NP P
MA MB MF PB
N
S
1
0
0
-
2
5
0
3P 6M 87380 87431 87453 87356 - 87384 87788 87757 87757MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548 -
4P 8M 87381 87431 87453 87357 87740 87384 87789 87760 87760MJ 87761 87761MJ 87548 -
N
S
4
0
0
-
6
3
0
3P 12M 87414 87431 87453 87358 - 87384 87789 87763 87763MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549 -
4P 12M 87383 87431 87453 87359 87741 87384 87791 87764 87764MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549 -
(1) for IP41/54, 0,75 m of joint 87120 is used for each drawer (see page 207)
(2) 87453 =set of 24 units
Drawers accessories, see page 100
IP54 moving part (1)
Upstream links drawings
RC SC
F4 box sleeve
NS100-250 3P Polyfast - drawer GHQ11033 GHQ11035 GHQ11037
4P Polyfast - drawer GHQ11032 GHQ11034 GHQ11036
NS400-630 3P Polyfast - drawer GHQ11027 GHQ11029 GHQ11031
4P Polyfast - drawer GHQ11026 GHQ11028 GHQ11030
Drawer layout drawing
Drawing nr.
NS100-250 04691526
NS400-630 04691542
MD
MD
100
Schneider Electric
PCC functional units
y 630A
P
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
D
D
3
8
1
2
0
6
3
D
D
4
0
5
1
1
6
D
D
4
0
5
1
4
5
D
D
4
0
5
3
3
4
D
D
4
0
5
3
3
5
D
D
4
0
5
3
3
6
D
D
4
0
5
3
3
7
D
D
4
0
5
3
3
8
D
D
4
0
5
3
3
9
07081
87454
87660 87666
87413
87412
87466
87510
87511
Optional elements for drawer fxed parts
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 50 drawers mismatching accessories, to prevent risks of drawer
inversion (6 per drawer : 3 on FP, 3 on MP)
for drawers 6M and above b
87413
for drawers 3M and -width 6M b
87412
Set of 3 micro-switches for drawer position signal (drawers 6M, 3M and
-width 6M)
87466
optional : 0 to 3 per drawer
to indicate the positions draw-in / test / withdrawn
b
b
Optional elements for drawer moving parts
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 10 micro-switches for drawer operating signal 87454
1 or 2 per drawer, activated by the front plate reset push-button b
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 10 supports for MSI 72x72 mm 87510
1 support includes:
5 x16 mm pre-drillings
1 x22 mm pre-drilling
5 marking locations
b
v
v
v
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 10 blanking plates for MSI 72x72 mm 87511
1 blanking plate includes:
1 centered 48x48 mm pre-drilling
1 de-centered 48x48 mm pre-drilling +1 x16 mm pre-drilling
the 72x72 marking units are directly ftted on the front plate
b
v
v
b
Drawers and Polyfast accessories
Designation Cat.no.
6 mm earth braid 07081
Install on each door or front face receiving electrical devices b
Door accessories
Designation Cat.no.
Handle with latch bolt with 405 barrel 87660
without barrel 87666
order 1 handle per door
All the door accessories are listed in the chapter Enclosures, page 200.
b
101
Schneider Electric
PCC functional units
y 630A
P
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
D
D
4
0
5
2
9
3
D
D
4
0
5
2
9
4
D
D
4
0
5
2
9
5
D
D
4
0
5
3
6
0
D
D
4
0
5
3
6
1
D
D
4
0
5
3
3
1
87375
87402
87401
87515
A=1x 87519
B=n x 87518
C=1x 87173
horizontal
partition (87518)
F4 box
(ex: 87521)
Case and space covers
Designation Cat.no.
Reserve front plates NP P
2M 87405 87405MJ
3M 87473 87473MJ
6M 87402 87402MJ
6M -width 87501 87501MJ
8M 87403 87403MJ
plain front plate, supplied with supports
see IP54 complements in chapter Enclosures, page 209
b
b
F4 boxes complements / column
Designation Cat.no.
SC (A) rear plate H2350/2200 mm W250 mm 87519
(B) set of 10 horizontal partitions 87518
(C) set of 4 supports for lateral compartment W650 mm 87175
W450 mm 87174
W350 mm 87173
horizontal partition (87518): required quantity=number of FUs +1 b
Designation Cat.no.
RC lateral plate H2350/2200 mm 87530
set of 10 horizontal partitions 87517
horizontal partition (87517): required quantity=number of FUs +1 b
Drawers and Polyfast accessories
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 12 insulating sleeves for Cu/Al cable 250A - cable 120 mm 87515
630A - cable 240 mm 87516
F4 sleeves complements
Designation Cat.no.
FUs horizontal partition 87401
to partition the FU zone from the reserve area in the cubicle b
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 10 6M covers 87375
102
Schneider Electric
PCC functional units
y 630A
P
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
D
D
4
0
5
4
3
3
D
D
4
0
5
3
6
2
D
D
4
0
5
3
6
3
D
D
4
0
5
3
6
4
D
D
4
0
5
3
6
5
D
D
4
0
5
3
6
6
D
D
4
0
5
3
6
7
FC FD
MP
ZE
FK
MK
87851 87855
87881
87841
87866
87845
Corrosive atmospheres
Designation Cat.no.
Anti-corrosive downstream clamps 3P 4P
250A 87854 87855
630A 87856 87857
Designation Cat.no.
Anti-corrosive Polyfast 3P 4P
plug-in and drawer NS100-250 87865 87866
NS400-630 87867 87869
disconnectable NS100-250 87870 87871
NS400-630 87872 87873
Designation Cat.no.
Anti-corrosive upstream clamps 3P 4P
250A 87850 87851
630A 87852 87853
Designation Cat.no.
Anti-corrosive distribution block for -width drawer 3P 4P
87880 87881
Designation Cat.no.
32A anti-corrosive connector for drawer moving part 3P 4P
87840 87841
These specifc catalogue numbers replace their standard matching catalogue numbers.
Designation Cat.no.
Anti-corrosive connector for disconnectable mounting
plate
3P 4P
32A 87845 87847
64A 87846 87848
103
Schneider Electric
PCC functional units
y 630A
P
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
0
5
8
0
0
1
h
d
r
D
D
4
0
5
3
6
8
87563
SASIL
J ean Mller disconnectable
mounting plate
Installation rules
Type of cubicle:
SC
Connection:
by cables on device built-in pads
Order fromv J ean Mller catalogue the following items:
SASIL00/1/2/3 fuse-switch
3P collector busbar supports
set of collector busbar fxing plates
set of covering part fxing rails
covering busbar parts
IP2x covering connection terminals parts
space compartment caps
ventilation compartment caps
F4b insulating sleeves
Cubicle installation capacity:
53M with 3 V-BB supports (Icw : 40kA)
52M with 4 V-BB supports (Icw : 50kA)
50M with 6 V-BB supports (Icw : 80kA)
Compulsory element:
guide rail

b
v
b
v
b
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
b
v
v
v
b
v
number of devices modularity
Disconnectable J M fuse-switch
SASIL00 - 160A 1 2
SASIL1 - 250A 1 3
SASIL2 - 400A 1 6
SASIL3 - 630A 1 6
Ventilation unit or space front plate
1 2
1 3
1 6
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 2 guide rails for SASIL J M fuse-switch 2M 87563
3M 87564
6M 87565
Order 1 catalogue number per fuse-switch
These rails allow to install directly the fuse-switch and a front plate for empty compartment
(space or ventilation)
Space front plate: 2, 3 or 6M
Ventilation front plate: 3 or 6M
b
b
b
b
104
Schneider Electric
105
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Units Fonctionnelles MCC y 630A Ue=415 V
Presentation 106
Choice criteria 106
Coordination 108
Control architectures 109
MotorSys in Okken switchboards 110
Okken solutions 113
Description 113
Panorama 114
Motor control solutions 114
Disconnectable mounting plates 116
Presentation 116
TeSys U 117
GV2/NS80 118
GS1 120
Accessories 122
Drawers 124
Presentation 124
Classic drawers 130
TeSys U 130
GV2 132
NS80 134
Motor Control Functional Units
y 630A Ue=415 V
NS100 136
NS100-630 138
GS1 141
Advanced Drawers 144
TeSys U 144
GV2 146
NS80 148
NS100-630 150
Multifunction drawers 155
TeSys U 155
GV2 156
NS80 158
NS100-630 160
NS160-630 162
GS1 164
E@gle Drawers 166
GV2 166
NS80 168
NS100-630 170
GS1 174
Accessories 176
Drawer accessories 177
Logic controller 181
LCDD unit 182
106
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Presentation
D
D
4
0
5
3
1
8
D
D
4
0
5
3
4
0
Choice criteria
Operational voltage
Motor protection
Protecting the motors to extend their lifetime
Overheating in electrical motors is caused by copper and ferro-magnetic losses:
the current I is proportional to the motors load. Copper losses are proportional
to I (stator and rotor).
hysteresis cycles in ferro-magnetic materials and the induced Foucault
currents cause overheating, which is in particular proportional to frequency.
The consequence of abnormal overheatings is a reduced isolation capacity
of the materials, thus leading to a signifcant shortening of the motor lifetime, as
shown in the opposite diagram.
In continuous or semi-continuous processes, availability is a major issue. It is
therefore decisive to observe accurately the operating conditions of the motors.
Motor protection relays are the components dedicated to this task. They provide
various levels of accuracy and functionalities, in order to meet the expectations of
the process manager.
b
v
v
b
b
b
Supervising fnely the motors to improve process availability
An electrical motor transforms electrical energy in mechanical energy.
When the voltage, current and frequency change, the speed and torque of the
motor change too. And conversely, any changes in charge have a direct impact on
the electrical parameters.
Electromechanical thermal relays protect the motor against overloads.
Electronical relays protect the motor against overloads, on the basis of very
sophisticated and highly accurate thermal patterns.
These relays are able to make out several cases of motor overload,
and to transmit the information, thus allowing the operator to have a better
understanding of the true nature of the problem,
These relays report for many complementary parameters, providing useful
informations to the operator, therefore giving him the opportunity to avoid motor
stops, or to re-start quickly if a stop has occurred.
Examples:
motor under-load can be the signal of a pump cavitation,
phase inversion can be the indication of a maintenance error, that should be
hard to diagnose without that sign.
b
b
b
v
v
v
-
-
Presentation
Networks operational voltage is a decisive parameter in the choice of motor
protection.
Indeed, the operational voltage will have an impact on the devices performances
and the installation constraints.
For instance, the voltage will infuence:
the breaking performances,
the safety areas.
b
b
In addition to the motor power and the starter type (direct, reverse, star-delta,
2-speed ...), 4 main criteria have to be taken into account when choosing a motor
starter:
the operational voltage,
the type of thermal protection, electro-mechanical or electronical,
the type of magnetic protection, according to the switchboards Icc,
the type of installation, according to the required avalability level.
b
b
b
b
107
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Presentation
LC1D
LC1F
GS1F
GS1J
GS1L
GS1N
GS1QQ
C60
TeSys U
GV2
NS80
NS100
NS160
NS250
NS400
NS630
MIU
LRD
MIU E@gle
TeSys U
TeSys T
D
D
4
0
5
3
4
2
D
D
4
0
5
3
9
0
Choice criteria
Presentation
Magnetic protection: circuit-breakers and fuses
Schneider Electric have chosen to put forward circuit-breakers each time it is
possible, as they have advantages in terms of maintenance and capacity of quick
re-operating.
The advantages of magnetic circuit breakers over fuses are listed below:
universal solution that can be exported to all countries, unlike the fuses, which
standards are not coordinated,
reduced dimensions,
limited temperature rise,
faster maintenance,
no risk of over-rating the fuse cartridge (causing the motor destruction) or under-
rating (untimely tripping).
b
b
b
b
b
In addition to the observation of currents, the electronical relays can monitor
the voltage, and consequently the power and the power factor. They can also
watch the leakage currents and measure the actual coil temperature whenever it
has a built-in sensor.
All these informations give an additional level of anticipation and shrewdness to
help coping with problems.
Finally, electronical relays can take on information-processing functions, like
state and faults statistics. They are also able to suggest logical solutions, and to
react in a process-specifc way.
v
v
Relay
Power supply
and network
Feeder
Okken: a combination for control motor starter
108
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Presentation
D
D
3
8
3
4
2
8
D
D
3
8
3
4
2
9
D
D
3
8
3
4
3
0
Coordination
Coordination, what is it about ?
A "motor feeder" can be made up of 1, 2, or 3 different devices. They have to be
coordinated in a way they ensure an optimal operation of the installation.
Aims of coordination
In case of a fault, the coordinations purposes are:
to protect of the people and the equipment,
to permit continuity of service,
to reduce maintenance costs (manpower and replacement equipment).
Types of coordination as per IEC 60947-4-1
Type 1 coordination: basic solution
no continuity of service,
important maintenance costs in case of a fault (manpower and equipment).
Type 2 coordination: solution ensuring continuity of service
reduced machine shutdown time,
reduced cost of replacement equipment.
Total coordination, as per IEC 60947-6-2:
no damage nor resetting of devices following a fault,
installation immediate return to operation.
b
b
b
b
v
v
b
v
v
b
v
v
Schneiders choice as regards coordination
For applications in Okken high availability switchboard, Schneider Electric has
accepted:
type 2 or total coordination on grounds of:
a low cost for repairing the equipment,
a reduced machine shutdown time,
and dismissed:
type 1 coordination and non-coordoned feeders because of:
an expensive return to operation,
a long machine shutdown time.
All coordination tables to be found in this Catalogue deals exclusively with feeders
in type 2 or total coordination.
b
b
b
b
Type 1 coordination
Type 2 coordination
Total coordination
Presentation
109
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Presentation
P
D
3
9
1
1
0
3
D
D
3
8
3
2
5
4
D
D
3
8
3
2
5
5
D
D
3
8
3
2
5
7
Local-control and indication unit for a single motor feeder.
LEDs indicate feeder status and signal any operating faults (thermal, overload,
etc.)
a three-position switch can turn off PLC control for local control:
for example, to test the settings of the feeders if the system is being
expanded,
to carry out no-load tests following maintenance,
etc.
It is mounted on a bracket secured to the disconnectable mounting plate.
A removable, transparent cover is clipped to the front. It protects the labels and
enhances the design.
The unit is supplied with labels already marked on one side and blank on the other
to identify faults.
Note: can also be used for electrical-distribution feeders with Compact NS devices
b
b
v
v
v
LCDD unit
Control architectures
Circuit breaker-contactor combination TeSys U
Advantages
easy installation:
easy to order: 1 power base +1 protection (control unit)
easy to install: only one device must be wired, reduced installation times
easy to set: locally via the LCD and keypad built into the control unit or
remotely
compact: the functional unit occupies little space in the switchboard
(2 modules of 25 mm for disconnectable mounting plate)
continuity of service:
total coordination between protection devices
protection functions modifed by simply changing the control unit
manual or automatic reset following a thermal fault
upgradeability: modular design. Functional modules (communication and
protection) can be easily changed at any time without having to rewire the entire
assembly.
Applications
manufacturing and continuous and semi-continuous processes.
b
v
-
-
-
-
v
-
-
-
v
b
v
1-component motor feeder
3-component motor feeder
Magnetic circuit-breaker + contactor + thermal protection
Advantages
wide choice of solutions
suitable for all types of diagrams
manual or automatic reset following a thermal fault
2 starting classes (10 and 20)
type 2 coordination
Applications
manufacturing and continuous and semi-continuous processes.
Switch-disconnector fuse + contactor + thermal protection
Advantages
wide choice of solutions
suitable for all types of diagrams
manual or automatic reset following a thermal fault
2 starting classes (10 and 20)
type 2 coordination.
Applications
all types of machines
manufacturing and continuous and semi-continuous processes.
Advantages of magnetic circuit breakers over fuses:
universal solution that can be exported to all countries,
reduced dimensions,
limited temperature-rise,
faster maintenance.
b
v
v
v
v
v
b
v
b
v
v
v
v
v
b
v
v
b
b
b
b
A 2-components solution is possible for basic motor control applications with a
magneto-thermal circuit-breaker.
Presentation
110
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Presentation
LRD
LUB LUTM
LTMR LTME
E@gle
P
F
1
0
5
8
3
6
L
U
B
3
2
_
3
4
C
O
N
T
T
E
S
Y
P
D
4
0
5
0
2
0
1
1
1
7
0
P
F
1
0
6
6
0
5
lo
g
o
_
t
e
s
y
s
T
_
o
v
a
l
MotorSys: a range of MCC and iMCC solutions
Defnitions:
MCC: Motor Control Center
iMCC: intelligent MCC, or more generally equipped with communicating
electronic relays.
The range of homogeneous and coherent solutions offered by Schneider Electric
simplifes the choice of MCC and iMCC architectures.
MotorSys E@gle, for highly critical processes.
Based upon E@gle relays, and installed in Okken exclusively in drawers, the iMCC
E@gle solutions meet the requirements of the high availability iMCC architecture.
Fully integrated in Okken switchboards, the E@gle system includes:
communications electronic relays,
measurement interfaces associated with the relays,
a bus-based internal communication network,
a communication interface: usually an automat or a gateway,
power supplies.
Each functional unit has an associated relay.
MotorSys Multifunction, for the most demanding processes.
MotorSys Multifunction combines 2 types of motor starters:
Simple starters up to 15kW, benefts from the compacity and simplicity of the
Tesys U all-in-one, with a Multifunction protection (LUCM)
Stronger power starters, or more complex ones, will be equipped with the TesysT
relay, providing measurement of the leakage currents or temperature, local logic
processing capacities and, optionnaly, measurement of voltages and currents.
MotorSys Multifunction works with an installation in Okken withdrawable drawers.
MotorSys Advanced, to reduce investments costs.
MotorSys Advanced combines 2 types of motor starters:
Simple starters up to 15kW, benefts from the compacity and the simplicity of the
TeSys U all-in-one, with an Advanced protection (LUCB, LUCC or LUCD) and,
optionnally a Multifunction protection (LUCM).
Stronger power starters, or more complex ones, will receive the TeSysU
controller (LUTM), also equipped with an Advanced protection (LUCB, LUCC or
LUCD) and, optionnaly, a Multifunction protection (LUCM).
MotorSys Advanced is fully optimised for an installation on Okken disconnectable
mounting plates.
MotorSys Classic, a classical solution based upon TeSys D relays
MotorSys Classic can optionally receive informations about the starters state by
a bus-transmission
using the input-output devices of the Advantys range.
MotorSys Classic fts on Okken disconnectable mounting plates or in Okken
drawers.
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
Presentation
MotorSys in Okken switchboards
111
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Presentation
Presentation
MotorSys in Okken switchboards
MotorSys Classic MotorSys Advanced MotorSys Multifunction MotorSys
E@gle
ANSI /
IEEE
similar
protections
Protections TeSys D TeSys U
Standard
TeSys U
Advanced
TeSys U
Multifunction
TeSys U
Multifunction
TeSys T TeSys T +
Extension
Module
E@gle
Thermal overload 51
Current phase
imbalance
46
Current phase loss 46
Overcurrent 50/51
Ground current accuracy 30%
Ir min (1)
accuracy 30%
Ir min (1)
accuracy 30%
Ir min (1)
accuracy 30%
Ir min (1)
accuracy 30%
Ir min (1)
accuracy
0,1 A (2)
50G/51G
Long start (stall) 48
J am (locked rotor) 51LR
Undercurrent 37
Current phase reversal 46
Motor temperature
sensor
4..20mA
input (3)
38/49T
Rapid cycle lockout 86
Load shedding ext voltage
(4)
34
Voltage phase
imbalance
47
Voltage phase loss 47
Voltage phase reversal 47
Undervoltage 27
Overvoltage 59
Underpower 37
Overpower 32P
Under power factor 55
Over power factor 55
Bus redundance
(1) sum of the 3 CTs phases (3) requires an external RTD to 4..20mA converter
(2) with external ground CT (4) can be done with a single voltage relay (LR3...) delivering a digital information to several
TeSys U
MotorSys Classic MotorSys Advanced MotorSys Multifunction MotorSys
E@gle
Measurements TeSys D TeSys U
Standard
TeSys U
Advanced
TeSys U
Multifunction
TeSys U
Multifunction
TeSys T TeSys T +
Extension
Module
E@gle
Line currents
Ground current
Average current
Current phase imbalance
Thermal capacity level
Motor temperature sensor
Frequency
Line-to-line voltage
Line voltage imbalance
Average voltage
Active power
Reactive power
Power factor
Active power consumption
Reactive power
consumption

Protection functions
Measurement functions
112
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Presentation
2
3
1
P
D
3
9
1
1
1
2
P
D
4
0
5
0
0
4
2
3
1
Functional units service index
The Service Index expresses the operating continuity of the installation, taking
into consideration the differents steps in the life of a switchboard: operation,
maintenance, evolution.
The tables below show the Service Index of different Okken solutions.
Disconnectable on mounting plate
Withdrawable in drawer
Disconnectable FU on mounting plate: SI=223
Withdrawable FU in drawer: SI=333
Presentation
Choice criteria
Operation
Setting
Locking
Padlocking
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU, power and auxiliaries
Shutting down only the
concerned FU (auxiliary power
maintained)
Maintenance
Checking
Cleaning
Repairing
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU +
Re-installing requires connec-
tions handling
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU +
Re-installing do not require
connections handling
Evolution
Addition
Modifcation
Expansion
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Addition of a FU +
pre-defned and pre-equipped
spare slots
Addition of a FU
+
Free evolution
Operation
Setting
Locking
Padlocking
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU, power and auxiliaries
Shutting down only the
concerned FU (auxiliary power
maintained)
Maintenance
Checking
Cleaning
Repairing
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU +
Re-installing requires connec-
tions handling
Shutting down only the concer-
ned FU +
Re-installing do not require
connections handling
Evolution
Addition
Modifcation
Expansion
Shutting down
the whole switchboard
Addition of a FU +
pre-defned and pre-equipped
spare slots
Addition of a FU
+
Free evolution
113
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Presentation
P
D
3
9
1
1
1
2
P
D
4
0
5
0
0
4
P
D
4
0
5
0
4
1
P
D
4
0
5
0
4
2
a
Okken solutions
Disconnectable FU on mounting plate
The disconnectable mounting plate is used for low rating motor feeders, up to
15KW in 415V.
This solution, for front connection, optimises cost and installation capacity while
giving priority to interchangeability and fexibility of live reconfguration (*).
It requires intervention on downstream connections on extraction.
The FU consists of a fxed part, that can be installed and removed with power
on (*), equipped with upstream double plug-in clamps and of a moving part
supporting the devices, of fxed type.
The downstream cables are connected to the device terminals and the auxiliaries
to connectors.
The operating mechanisms are accessible behind the door.
(*) live work must be carried out by authorised personnel
Withdrawable FU in drawer
The withdrawable drawer is used in a huge range of motor ratings, from 0,37 to
250KW in 415V.
It is used to make up a FU consisting of several mechanically attached devices,
that can assume the plug-in / test / draw-out / withdrawn positions, allowing the
padlocking procedures and incorporating the man/switchboard interface elements
on the front panel.
These functions are particularly important in motor control.
The fxed part can be installed and removed with power on (*) and supports the
upstream and downstream plug-in clamps.
The moving part supports the switchgear by means of an interface or a mounting
plate. It is guided in its movement and positioning, and ball bearings minimise the
operating effort.
The plug-in / test / draw-out positions are mechanically marked by an indexing
device associated with a mechanical indicator on the front panel.
The front panel of the drawer gives priority to ergonomics and intuition of
operations by the arrangement of the locking facilities and operating mechanisms.
Access to the inside of the drawer may be necessary during operation, to make
settings or carry out a thermographic check. A deliberate opening by swivelling the
front panel is possible using a tool.
Operating safety is guaranteed by a mechanical device disabling working when
the protection device is closed
An IP2X degree of protection is maintained in the test and draw-out
positions.
Locking is possible in all positions by a padlock (3 padlocks not supplied), as is
also padlocking of empty compartments.
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
Description
114
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Presentation
P
D
3
9
1
1
1
2
P
D
4
0
5
0
0
4
P
D
4
0
5
0
6
1
P
D
4
0
5
0
6
7
P
D
4
0
5
0
5
9
Panorama
Motor control solutions
Disconnectable FU on mounting plate
Withdrawable FU in drawer
LUCA
LRD
LRD
Classic disconnectable
GS1 p.120
NS100-630
NS80 p.118
GV p.118
TeSys U p.117
LUCB
LUTM+LUCB
LUTM+LUCB
kW 0,37 15 32 37
Advanced disconnectable
GS1 p.120
NS100-630
NS80 p.118
GV p.118
TeSys U p.117
LUCM
LTMR
LTMR
LTMR
LUCA
LRD
LRD
Classic drawer
GS1
p.141
NS100630
p.136
NS80
p.134
GV
p.132
TeSys U
p.130
LRD+TI
LUCB
LUTM+LUCB
LUTM+LUCB
Advanced drawer
GS1
NS100-630
p.150
NS80
p.148
GV
p.146
TeSys U
p.144
LUTM+LUCB
Multifonction drawer
GS1
p.164
NS100-630
p.160
NS80
p.158
GV
p.156
TeSys U
p.155
E@gle
E@gle
kW 0,37 15 32 37 110 220 250
E@gle drawer
GS1
p.174
NS100-630
p.166
NS80
p.168
GV
p.166
TeSys U
E@gle
Schneider Electric recommended
solutions
possible solutions in Okken
switchboards
115
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Presentation
device TeSys U GV2/3 NS80 NS100/630 GS1
SI
223 333 223 333 223 333 - 333 223 333
technology
disconn.
mounting
plate
drawer disconn.
mounting
plate
drawer disconn.
mounting
plate
drawer disconn.
mounting
plate
drawer disconn.
mounting
plate
drawer
withdrawability
(according to
IEC60439-1)
WFD WWW WFD WWW WFD WWW
-
WWW WFD WWW
form
2b 3b/4b 2b 3b/4b 2b 3b/4b - 3b/4b 2b 3b/4b
type of vertical
busbar
70 70 70 70 70 70
-
70 70 70
max 2100A max
2100A
max 2100A max
2100A
max 2100A max
2100A
-
max
2100A
max 2100A max
2100A
types of device
connection
SC SC SC SC SC SC - SC SC SC
RC RC RC - RC RC
front face
common
door
individual
front face
common
door
individual
front face
common
door
individual
front face
-
individual
front face
common
door
individual
front face
toggle control p p p p
rotary handle p p p p p
device
confguration to
order
basic device basic device
+
padlockable
external
control
basic device basic device
+
padlockable
external
control
front-
connected
fxed device
with long
terminal
shields
+toggle
control
front-
connected
fxed device
without
terminal
shields
+extended
rotary
handle
-
front-
connected
fxed device
without
terminal
shields
+extended
rotary
handle
see table below
see p.117 p.130,
144,
155,
p.118 p.132,
p.146,
166
p.118 p.134,
148,
168
- p.136,
150,
170
p.120 p.141,
174
Confguration to order
Device on disconnectable mounting plate in drawer
GS1 F
GS1 J
device for lateral right inside control
+lateral right inside handle
device for lateral right outside control
+outside frontal handle
GS1 K
GS1 L
GS1 N
GS1 QQ
-
basic device
+outside frontal control handle
Panorama
Motor control solutions
116
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Presentation
MA
FA
FA
MA
MA
FA
D
D
3
8
2
6
9
5
D
D
3
8
3
0
1
3
D
D
3
8
2
8
5
0
Disconnectable mounting plates
Presentation
2 to 12M disconnectable mounting plates
used to install 1, 2 or 3-component feeders or motor starters according to the following modularity tables,
designed for motor feeders up to 37 kW in 415 V AC, optimises cost and installation.
b
b
3 power supply incomers up to 64 A b 1 to 2 disconnectable 10-points auxiliary blocks b
the disconnectable mounting plates moving part is delivered with connection pad on the upstream clamps, control circuit pre-breaking
micro-switch, DIN rail support for clipped devices
b
disconnectable 10-points auxiliary blocks b terminal support raiser b
anti-corrosive 32 A or 64 A connector b
fxed part delivered with upstream clamps and batch of fxing screws b
Description
Compulsory items to order
Characteristics
Fixed Part
Moving Part
from 50 mm for TeSys U to 300 mm for NS80 (see modularity table) b
Modularity
Optional elements
common door in front of several disconnectable mounting plates (see chapter Enclosures, page 185) b
Front face
117
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
MA
FA
P
D
3
9
1
1
0
1
D
D
3
8
2
6
9
4
D
D
3
8
2
6
9
5
Disconnectable mounting plates
Installation rules
Selection of the TeSys U device
P
max
(kW)
I
max
(A)
Device selection
for switchboard IP31 y 40 for switchboard IP54 y 45
IP31 y 50
Power
base
+
Protection Power
base
+
Protection
Classic Advanced Classic Advanced
0.09 0.36 LUB-12BL
LUCAX6BL LUCBX6BL
LUB-12BL
LUCAX6BL LUCBX6BL
0.37 1 LUB-12BL
LUCA1XBL LUCB1XBL
LUB-12BL
LUCA1XBL LUCB1XBL
1.5 3.5 LUB-12BL
LUCA05BL LUCB05BL
LUB-12BL
LUCA05BL LUCB05BL
5.5 11 LUB-12BL
LUCA12BL LUCB12BL
LUB-12BL
LUCA12BL LUCB12BL
7.5 14.8 LUB-32BL
LUCA18BL LUCB18BL
LUB-32BL
LUCA18BL LUCB18BL
11 21 LUB-32BL
LUCA32BL LUCB32BL
LUB-32BL
LUCA32BL LUCB32BL
15 28.5 LUB-32BL
LUCA32BL LUCB32BL
Note: Device catalogue numbers correspond to a 24 V DC control voltage. For other control
voltages, see the Telemecanique catalogue.
more functions available if LUCB replaced with LUCM
b
b
Selection of the mounting plate
Device Installation
Possible
installation
of a
LUALB1
limiter
Nr of
25 mm
modules
(1)
Mounting plate
Fixed
Part
Moving
Part
DOL
LUB-12/32BL (base)
+LUCBL (protection)
oui 2 88060 88030
Reversing
LUB-12/32BL (base)
+LUCBL (protection)
+LU2MB0BL (reversing block)
+LU9MR1C (pre-wiring connector)
+LU9M1 (plug-in terminal blocks)
oui 2 88050 88030

(1) available capacity in the cubicle: 72 modules.
TeSys U
Type of cubicle:
SC
Control circuit supply from busbar:
the disconnectable mounting plate allows easily and safely to perform a control circuit
supply on the vertical busbar (without handling the busbar)
Switchgear:
on rail or screwed
distribution terminal blocks support for power circuits
for auxiliary circuits: disconnectable contactor recommended
Installating CTs :
in the lateral compartment
front face:
feeders grouped behind a plain or transparent door.
Modularity :
Add 1M above the disconnectable mounting plate when it is installed right:
under a horizontal busbar plate,
under a drawer.
Add 1M under the disconnectable mounting plate when it is installed right:
at the bottom of the cubicle,
above a horizontal partition (87401 for NT16/NS1600 and drawer).
b
v
b
v
b
v
v
v
b
v
b
v
b
v
v
b
v
v
MA FA
118
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
P
D
3
9
1
1
0
2
D
D
3
8
2
6
9
6
Disconnectable mounting plates
Installation rules
Selection of device combinations
The table below can be used to select the circuit breaker +contactor +thermal protection
combination as a function of the:
the power rating of the motor
the switchboard degree of protection
the ambient temperature around the switchboard in C.
b
b
b
Example (

) :
motor 22 kW, switchboard Icw 70 kA rms/1 s
switchboard degree of protection: IP31
ambient temperature around the switchboard: 40C
thermal protection with TeSys U controller
Order:
1 NS80HMA circuit-breaker
1 LC D80 contactor
1 TeSys U controller + 3 LUTC0501 current transformers.
b
b
b
b
P max
(kW)
I max
(A)
Icw max
(kA rms/1s)
Circuit-
breaker
+
Contactor
+
Thermal protection
Classic Advanced
without
limiter
with
LA9LB920
limiter
Degree of protection/external temp. Relay (thermal) (1) or TeSys U controller
IP31y40

IP31/45
IP31/50
IP41y40
IP54y40

IP41/45
IP54/45
controller + current
transformers
0.37 1 130 GV2 L05 LC D09
V
LRD 05
0.55 1.5 130 GV2 L06 LC D09
V
LRD 06
0.75 2 130 GV2 L07 LC D09
V
LRD 07
1.1 2.5 130 GV2 L08 LC D09
V
LRD 08
1.5 3.5 130 GV2 L08 LC D09
V
LRD 08 (2) 16451
2.2 5 130 GV2 L10 LC D09
V
LRD 10 (2) 16451
3 6.5 130 GV2 L14 LC D09
V
LC D18 LRD 12 (2) 16452
4 8.4 130 GV2 L14 LC D18
V
LRD 14 (2) 16452
5.5 11 130 GV2 L16 LC D25
V
LRD 16 (2) LUTC0301
7.5 14.8 50 130 GV2 L20 LC D25
V
LRD 21 (2) LUTC0301
9 18.1 50 130 GV2 L22 LC D32
V
LRD 22 (2) LUTC0301
11 21 50 130 GV2 L22 LC D40
V
LRD 3322 (2) LUTC0301
15 28.5 50 130 GV2 L22 LC D40
V
LC D50 LRD 3353 (2) LUTC0301
18.5 35 70 NS80HMA LC D50
V
LRD 3355
22 42 70 NS80HMA LC D50 LC D65
V
LRD 3357
30 57 70 NS80HMA LC D65 LC D80 LRD 3359
LC D115 LRD 05+LAD7B10 +(3)
37 69 70 NS80HMA LC D80 LRD 3363
LC D115
V
LRD 05+LAD7B10 +(4)
18,5 35 70 NS80HMA LC D80
V
(2) LUTC0501
22 42 70 NS80HMA LC D80
V
(2) LUTC0501
30 67 70 NS80HMA LC D80
V
LC D115 (2) LUTC1001
37 69 70 NS80HMA LC D80 LC D115
V
(2) LUTC1001
(1) For point-to-point wiring or bus +input/output modules
(2) LUTM10BL (base) +LUCT1BL (control unit)
+LULC032 (Modbus communication module)
1: DOL (non-reversing)
star/delta, Dahlander, 2 speed
2: Reversing

GV2/NS80
(3) current transformer S-75
(4) current transformer S-100
11: 3CT mounting, short start
12: 3CT mounting, long start
13: 2CT mounting, short start
14: 2CT mounting, long start
Type of cubicle:
SC
Switchgear:
on rail or screwed
distribution terminal blocks support for power circuits
for auxiliary circuits: disconnectable contactor recommended
Installating CTs :
in the lateral compartment
front face:
feeders grouped behind a plain or transparent door.
Modularity :
Add 1M above the disconnectable mounting plate when it is installed right:
under a horizontal busbar plate,
under a drawer.
Add 1M under the disconnectable mounting plate when it is installed right:
at the bottom of the cubicle,
above a horizontal partition (87401 for NT16/NS1600 and drawer).
b
v
b
v
v
v
b
v
b
v
b
v
v
b
v
v
119
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
FA
MA
D
D
3
8
3
0
1
3
D
D
3
8
2
7
0
2
D
D
3
8
2
7
0
3
D
D
3
8
2
7
0
4
D
D
3
8
2
6
9
9
D
D
3
8
2
7
0
0
D
D
3
8
2
7
0
1
Disconnectable mounting plates
Selection of the mounting plate
For a combination of devices (circuit breaker +contactor) indicated above, the table below
indicates the catalogue number of a disconnectable mounting plate (fxed and moving parts)
and the height occupied in the switchboard.
Selection takes into account the following parameters:
the type of diagram (DOL, reversing, 2 speed, star-delta, Dalhander)
the presence or absence of a LA9LB920 limiter
the control architecture
point-to-point wiring
bus +input/output module
bus +TeSys U controller.
b
b
b
v
v
v
Example (

) (cont.):
circuit-breaker combination: NS80HMA + LC2-D80 contactor
type of diagram: reversing
control architecture: bus + TeSys U controller
Order disconnectable mounting plate 88054 (fxed part) + 88034 (moving part)
It occupies 8 vertical 25 mm modules.
b
b
b
Circuit breaker-contactor combination Control architecture Installation
Nr of
modules
(25
mm)(1)
Mounting plate
With
LA9LB920
limiter
Point to point Bus +I/O modules Bus +TeSys U
controller
Fixed
Part
Moving
Part
DOL
GV2 L+LC1-D09 D32 3 88051 88031
4 88052 88032
6 88053 88033
GV2 L+LC1-D40 to D50 6 88053 88033
NS80HMA +LC1-D50 to D65 6 88053 88033
NS80HMA +LC1-D80 6 88053 88033
NS80HMA +LC1-D115 8 88054 88034
Reversing
GV2 L +LC2-D09 to D32 4 88052 88032
6 88053 88033
GV2 L +LC2-D40 to D50 8 88054 88034
NS80HMA +LC2-D50 to D65 8 88054 88034
NS80HMA +LC2-D80 8 88054 88034
NS80HMA +LC2-D115 12 88055 88035
2-speed
GV2 L +2LC1-D09 to D32 4 88052 88032
6 88053 88033
8 88054 88034
GV2 L +2LC1-D40 to D50 8 88054 88034
NS80HMA +2LC1-D50 to D65 8 88054 88034
NS80HMA +2LC1-D80 to D115 12 88055 88035
Star-Delta
GV2 L +3LC1-D09 to D32 8 88054 88034
GV2 L +3LC1-D40 to D50 12 88055 88035
NS80HMA +3LC1-D50 to D65 12 88055 88035
NS80HMA +3LC1-D80 12 88055 88035
Dahlander
GV2 L +3LC1-D09 to D32 8 88054 88034
GV2 L +3LC1-D40 to D50 12 88055 88035
NS80HMA +3LC1-D50 to D65 12 88055 88035
NS80HMA +3LC1-D80 12 88055 88035
(1) available capacity in the cubicle: 72 modules

with or without limiter possible combination not available
without limiter
with limiter
FA MA
GV2/NS80
120
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
D
D
3
8
2
7
0
5
Disconnectable mounting plates
GS1
Selection of device combination
The table below can be used to select the fuse +contactor +thermal protection combination as
a function of:
the power rating of the motor
the switchboard degree of protection
the ambient temperature around the switchboard in C.
b
b
b
Example (

) :
motor 22 kW,
switchboard degree of protection: IP31
ambient temperature around the switchboard: 50C
thermal protection TeSys U controller
Order:
1 GS1-J 50 A fuse-switch disconnector
1 LC D80 contactor
1 TeSys U controller + 3 LUTC0501 current transformers.
b
b
b
b
P max
(kW)
I max
(A)
Icw max
(kA
rms/1s)
Fuse-sw.
disconn.
Fuse
+
Contactor
+
Thermal protection
Classic Advanced
Degree of protection/external temp. Relay (thermal) (1) or TeSys U controller
IP31y40 IP54y40
IP31/50
IP54/45
controller + current
transformers
0.37 1 100 GS1 F 14x51 2 A LC D09
V
LRD 06
0.55 1.5 100 GS1 F 14x51 2 A LC D09
V
LRD 06
0.75 2 100 GS1 F 14x51 4 A LC D09
V
LRD 07
1.1 2.5 100 GS1 F 14x51 4 A LC D09
V
LRD 08
1.5 3.5 100 GS1 F 14x51 4 A LC D09
V
LRD 08 (2) 16451
2.2 5 100 GS1 F 14x51 6 A LC D09
V
LRD 10 (2) 16451
3 6.5 100 GS1 F 14x51 8 A LC D09
V
LC D18 LRD 12 (2) 16452
4 8.4 100 GS1 F 14x51 10 A LC D18
V
LRD 14 (2) 16452
5.5 11 100 GS1 F 14x51 16 A LC D25
V
LRD 16 (2) LUTC0301
7.5 14.8 100 GS1 F 14x51 16 A LC D25
V
LRD 21 (2) LUTC0301
9 18.1 100 GS1 F 14x51 25 A LC D40
V
LRD 3322 (2) LUTC0301
11 21 100 GS1 F 14x51 25 A LC D40
V
LRD 3322 (2) LUTC0301
15 28.5 100 GS1 F 14x51 32 A LC D40
V
LC D50 LRD 3353
18.5 35 100 GS1 F 14x51 40 A LC D50
V
LC D65 LRD 3355
22 42 100 GS1 J 22x58 50 A LC D50 LC D65
V
LRD 3357
30 57 100 GS1 J 22x58 80 A LC D65 LC D80 LRD 3361
100 LC D115 LRD 05+LAD7B10 +(3)
37 69 100 GS1 J 22x58 100 A LC D80 LRD 3363
100 LC D115
V
LRD 05+LAD7B10 +(4)
15 28.5 100 GS1 F 14x51 32 A LC D80
V
(2) LUTC0301
18,5 35 100 GS1 F 14x51 40 A LC D80
V
(2) LUTC0501
22 42 100 GS1 J 22x58 50 A LC D80
V
(2) LUTC0501
30 67 100 GS1 J 22x58 80 A LC D80
V
LC D115 (2) LUTC1001
37 69 100 GS1 J 22x58 100 A LC D80 LC D115
V
(2) LUTC1001
(1) for point-to-point wiring or bus +input/output modules.
(2) LUTM10BL (base) +LUCT1BL (control unit)
+LULC032 (Modbus communication module)

1: DOL (non reversing)
star/delta, Dahlander, 2 speed
2: Reversing
(3) Current transformer S-75
(4) Current transformer S-100
11: 3CT mounting, short start
12: 3CT mounting, long start
13: 2CT mounting, short start
14: 2CT mounting, long start
Installation rules
Type of cubicle:
SC
Switchgear:
on rail or screwed
distribution terminal blocks support for power circuits
for auxiliary circuits: disconnectable contactor recommended
Installating CTs :
in the lateral compartment
front face:
feeders grouped behind a plain or transparent door.
Modularity :
Add 1M above the disconnectable mounting plate when it is installed right:
under a horizontal busbar plate,
under a drawer.
Add 1M under the disconnectable mounting plate when it is installed right:
at the bottom of the cubicle,
above a horizontal partition (87401 for NT16/NS1600 and drawer).
b
v
b
v
v
v
b
v
b
v
b
v
v
b
v
v
121
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
FA
MA

D
D
3
8
2
8
5
0
D
D
3
8
2
7
1
1
D
D
3
8
2
7
1
2
D
D
3
8
2
7
6
7
D
D
3
8
2
7
0
8
D
D
3
8
2
7
0
9
D
D
3
8
2
7
1
0
Disconnectable mounting plates
Selection of the mounting plate
For a combination of devices (fuse +contactor) indicated above, the table below indicates the
catalogue number of a disconnectable mounting plate (fxed and moving parts) and the height
occupied in the switchboard.
Selection takes into account the following parameters:
the type of diagram (DOL, reversing, 2 speed, star-delta, Dalhander)
the control architecture:
point-to-point wiring
bus +input/output module
bus +TeSys U controller.
b
b
v
v
v
Example (

) (cont.):
combination of GS1-J + LC2-D80
type of diagram: reversing
control architecture: bus + TeSys U controller
Order disconnectable mounting plate 88055 (fxed part) + 88035 (moving part)
It occupies 12 vertical 25 mm modules.
b
b
b
Circuit breaker-contactor combination Control architecture Installation
Nr of
modules
(25 mm)
(1)
Mounting plate
Point to point Bus +I/O modules Bus +TeSys U
controller
Fixed
Part
Moving
Part
DOL
GS1 F +LC1-D09 to D80 6 88053 88033
GS1 J +LC1-D50 to D115 12 88055 88035
Reversing
GS1 F +LC2-D09 to D25 6 88053 88033
GS1 F +LC2-D40 to D65 8 88054 88034
GS1 F +LC2-D80 8 88054 88034
GS1 J +LC2-D50 to D115 12 88055 88035
2-speed
GS1 F +2LC1-D09 to D25 6 88053 88033
8 88054 88034
GS1 F +2LC1-D40 to D65 8 88054 88034
12 88055 88035
GS1 J +2LC1-D80 12 88055 88035
GS1 J +2LC1-D50 to D80 12 88055 88035
GS1 J +2LC1-D115 12 88055 88035
Star-Delta
GS1 F +3LC1-D09 to D25 8 88054 88034
GS1 F +3LC1-D40 to D65 12 88055 88035
GS1 F +3LC1-D80 12 88055 88035
GS1 J +3LC1-D50 to D65 12 88055 88035
GS1 J +3LC1-D80 12 88055 88035
Dahlander
GS1 F +3LC1-D09 to D25 8 88054 88034
GS1 F +3LC1-D40 to D65 12 88055 88035
GS1 F +3LC1-D80 12 88055 88035
GS1 J +3LC1-D50 to D65 12 88055 88035
GS1 J +3LC1-D80 12 88055 88035
(1) available capacity in the cubicle: 72 modules
possible combination not available
FA MA
GS1
122
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
ZE 87845
D
D
3
8
2
6
9
0
D
D
3
8
2
6
9
2
D
D
3
8
2
6
8
9
D
D
3
8
2
6
9
1
D
D
3
8
2
9
8
0
D
D
3
8
2
7
2
2
D
D
3
8
2
7
2
3
D
D
4
0
5
3
6
7
Disconnectable mounting plates
Accessories
Auxiliary connection blocks
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 10 10-pole female connector (fxed part) AB1DV10235U
Set of 10 10-pole male plug-in connector (moving part) AB1DVM10235U
Clipped onto modular rail
Screwed to disconnectable mounting plate
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 10 10-pole male connector AB1BD101
Set of 10 10-pole female connector AB1BD102
Wieland
Fixed Part: type WFK 1.5 E / 8113/35
Moving Part: type 8113 BFK.
Note: not sold by Schneider Electric
Multi 9 raiser
Designation Cat.no.
Multi 9 raiser, H=50 mm 88066
Designation Cat.no.
Anti-corrosive connector for mounting plate 3P 4P
32A 87845 87847
64A 87846 87848
Disconnectable mounting plate connector
123
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
D
D
3
8
2
7
1
9
D
D
3
8
2
7
2
0
D
D
3
8
2
7
1
3
D
D
3
8
2
7
1
4
D
D
3
8
2
7
1
8
D
D
3
8
2
7
1
7
Grommets
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 50 grommets, 22 mm, for sheet metal 1 to 2,5 mm thick 87648
Disconnectable mounting plates
Accessories
LCDD support
Designation Cat.no.
LCDD support (galvanised sheet metal) 88063
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 10 micro-switches 87454
Micro-switch
124
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
FC
FF
FK
FA MF
FB
MA
MD
PB
PA
MC
MK
FL
MB
D
D
4
0
5
4
1
0
Drawers
Presentation
MCC 6M -width and 3M -width drawers
used to install 1, 2 or 3-component feeders according to the following modularity tables
these drawers, originally designed for distribution feeders, allow carrying out low power motor feeders.
b
b
Description
3 power supply incomers 32 A b from 1 to 2 6-points auxiliary blocks in 3M -width drawer b
3 power supply outgoers 32 A b from 1 to 4 6-points auxiliary blocks in 6M -width drawer b
Compulsory items to order
drawer moving part b mounting plate for incoming device, contactor, thermal relay b
drawer moving part accessories b moving part for 6-points auxiliary blocks b
connector b drawer mechanism b
functionalised for NS80, GV2, TeSys U LUB rotary control b front face handles +reset push-button b
for other devices, plain front faces to be cut out b
horizontal separators, for 3M -width drawers b 3 micro-switches drawer operating signal (6A-250V) b
drawer mismatch avoiding device, to prevent risks of drawer
inversion
b horizontal partition, to close the top of a drawer b
distribution block and other anti-corrosive parts, see page 180 b
6M -width drawer: 3M -width drawer:
compulsory : b compulsory: tripping by micro-switch b
NS80, GV2, GS1: drawer mechanical locking v
TeSys U: tripping by micro-switch v
optional: b
NS80, GV2, GS1: tripping by micro-switch v
AC coil
contactors
LC1 D09 to 32 LC1 D40/50
without aux.
block
with aux.
block
without aux.
block
with aux.
block
with GS1 - - -
with NS80 - -
with GV2 - 6
M

-
w
i
d
t
h
DC coil
contactors
LC1 D09 to 32 LC1 D40/50
without aux.
block
with aux.
block
without aux.
block
with aux.
block
with GS1 - - -
with NS80 - - -
with GV2 - -
drawer fxed part b distribution block b
drawer fxed part accessories b fxed part for 6-points auxiliary blocks b
upstream clamps b
Characteristics
Fixed Part
Moving Part
Front face
Device for preventing operation when drawer is closed
Modularity
Optional elements
3
M

-
w
i
d
t
h
LUB12
125
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
FA
MA
PB
PA
D
D
4
0
5
4
1
1
Drawers
Presentation
MCC 3M drawers
used to install 1, 2 or 3-component feeders according to the following modularity tables
These drawers, designed for low power motor feeders, optimise installation in Okken columns.
b
b
3 power supply incomers with 250 A clamps b from 1 to 3 6-points auxiliary blocks b
3 power supply outgoers 32 A b
moving part, delivered with up/downstream connections, positioning mechanism, 2x 6-points auxiliary blocks, micro-switch operating
signal (pre-breaking), moving part accessories
b
functionalised for TeSys U and TeSys U+LCDD or TeSys T rotary control
for GV2, plain front face to be cut out
front face delivered with locking mechanism and hinges, handles +reset push-button
b
b
b
1 6-points auxiliary block b 3 micro-switches drawer operating signal (6A-250V) b
drawer mismatch avoiding device, to prevent risks of drawer
inversion
b horizontal partition, to close the top of a drawer b
anti-corrosive parts, see page 180 b
compulsory : b
GV2, TeSys U, TeSys T: tripping by micro-switch on operating signal v
fxed part, delivered with upstream clamps, connectors and upstream cables , 2x 6-points auxiliary blocks, fxed part accessories b
Description
Compulsory items to order
Characteristics
Fixed Part
Moving Part
Front face
Device for preventing operation when drawer is closed
TeSys U and GV2 limiter blocks are fttable in the drawer b
Modularity
Optional elements
126
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
FC
FH
FA
F4
MA
MD
PB
PA FF
FB
FD
MF
MC
ZA
MB
D
D
4
0
5
4
1
3
Modularity
Drawers
Presentation
MCC 6M to 24M drawers for GV, NS80 and GS1
These drawers, also known as versatile, are used to install 1, 2 or 3-component feeders according to the following modularity tables
They are available in 4 dimensions: 6, 12, 18, 24 modules
b
b
3 power supply incomers 250A or 630A b from 1 to 4 6-points auxiliary blocks b
3 power supply outgoers 250A or 630A b possible to install up to 8 auxiliary blocks (see Drawer
accessories)
b
drawer moving part b moving part for 6-points auxiliary blocks b
drawer moving part accessories b drawer mechanism b
outgoing bushings and bushing pads b mounting plate for incoming device, contactor, thermal relay (7,5
or 15mm-width DIN rail, not supplied)
b
functionalised for NS80 and GV2 extended rotary control b front face handles +reset push-button b
for other devices, plain front faces to be cut out b
complementary hinges for front faces u 12M b
drawer mismatch avoiding device, to prevent risks of drawer
inversion
b horizontal partition, to close the top of a drawer b
3 micro-switches drawer operating signal (6A-250V) b anti-corrosive parts,see page 180 b
compulsory : optional:
NS80, GV2, GS1: drawer mechanical locking b NS80, GV2, GS1: tripping by micro-switch on operating signal b
drawer fxed part b outgoing bushings and outgoing bushing support b
drawer fxed part accessories b fxed part for 6-points auxiliary blocks b
upstream and downstream clamps b
The MCCs drawers modularity depends on 3 criteria :
devices: refer to the following Selection of device combination tables
CTs: whether there are CTs on the fxed part connection and their type
maximum connection: number and type of lugs (Cu or Al bimetal) on 250A (1x 20x5), or 630A (1x 40x5) copper pads
The modularity indicated in the following tables takes into consideration F4 boxes, same size as, or smaller than the drawer
For large-size F4 boxes, see Drawer accessories
b
v
v
v
b
b
Description
Compulsory items to order
Optional elements
Characteristics
Fixed Part
Moving Part
Front face
Device for preventing operation when drawer is closed
127
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
FC
FH
FA
F4
MA
MD
PB
PA
FF
FB
FD
MF
MC
ZA
MB
D
D
4
0
5
4
1
2
Drawers
Presentation
MCC 6M to 24M drawers for NS100/630
These drawers, also known as Polyfast, are dedicated to host the installation of 1, 2 or 3-component feedes, according to the following
modularity tables
They are available in 4 dimensions: 6, 12, 18, 24 modules
b
b
Description
3 power supply incomers 250A or 630A b from 1 to 4 6-points auxiliary blocks b
3 power supply outgoers 250A or 630A b possible to install up to 8 auxiliary blocks (see Drawer
accessories)
b
drawer moving part (supplied with thermal relay support) b Polyfast and mounting plate for contactor, thermal relay (7,5 or
15mm-width DIN rail, not supplied)
b
drawer moving part accessories b
moving part for 6-points auxiliary blocks b drawer mechanism b
functionalised for NS100/630 extended rotary control b front face handles +reset push-button b
complementary hinges for front faces u 12M b
drawer mismatch avoiding device, to prevent risks of drawer
inversion
b horizontal partition, to close the top of a drawer b
3 micro-switches drawer operating signal (6A-250V) b anti-corrosive parts, see page 180 b
compulsory : optional:
NS100/630: drawer mechanical locking b NS100/630: tripping by micro-switch on operating signal b
drawer fxed part b outgoing bushings and outgoing bushing support b
drawer fxed part accessories b fxed part for 6-points auxiliary blocks b
upstream and downstream clamps b
Compulsory items to order
Optional elements
Modularity
Characteristics
Fixed Part
Moving Part
Front face
Device for preventing operation when drawer is closed
The MCCs drawers modularity depends on 3 criteria :
devices: refer to the following Selection of device combination tables
CTs: whether there are CTs on the fxed part connection and their type
maximum connection: number and type of lugs (Cu or Al bimetal) on 250A (1x 20x5), or 630A (1x 40x5) copper pads
The modularity indicated in the following tables takes into consideration F4 boxes, same size as, or smaller than the drawer
For large-size F4 boxes, see Drawer accessories
b
v
v
v
b
b
128
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
FC
FH
FA
F4
MA
MD
PA
FF
FB
FD
MF
MC
ZA
PB
MB
D
D
4
0
5
4
1
5
Drawers
Presentation
MCC 12M to 24M Hexa drawers for GV and NS80
These drawers, also known as versatile Hexa, are used to install feeders requiring 6 power supply outgoers
They are available in 4 dimensions: 6, 12, 18, 24 modules
They are designed for 2-speed, Star-Delta and Dahlander diagrams
b
b
b
Description
3 power supply incomers 250A or 630A b from 1 to 4 6-points auxiliary blocks b
6 power supply outgoers 250A or 630A b possible to install up to 8 auxiliary blocks (see Drawer
accessories)
b
Characteristics
drawer moving part b moving part for 6-points auxiliary blocks b
drawer moving part accessories b drawer mechanism b
outgoing bushings and bushing pads b mounting plate for incoming device, contactor, thermal relay (7,5
or 15mm-width DIN rail, not supplied)
b
functionalised for NS80 and GV2 extended rotary control b front face handles +reset push-button b
for other devices, plain front faces to be cut out b
complementary hinges for front faces u 12M b
drawer mismatch avoiding device, to prevent risks of drawer
inversion
b horizontal partition, to close the top of a drawer b
3 micro-switches drawer operating signal (6A-250V) b anti-corrosive parts, see page 180 b
compulsory : optional:
NS80, GV2: drawer mechanical locking b NS80,GV2: tripping by micro-switch on operating signal b
drawer fxed part b outgoing bushings and outgoing bushing support b
drawer fxed part accessories b fxed part for 6-points auxiliary blocks b
upstream and downstream clamps b
Compulsory items to order
Optional elements
Modularity
Fixed Part
Moving Part
Front face
Device for preventing operation when drawer is closed
The MCCs drawers modularity depends on 3 criteria :
devices: refer to the following Selection of device combination tables
CTs: whether there are CTs on the fxed part connection and their type
maximum connection: number and type of lugs (Cu or Al bimetal) on 250A (1x 20x5), or 630A (1x 40x5) copper pads
The modularity indicated in the following tables takes into consideration F4 boxes, same size as, or smaller than the drawer
For large-size F4 boxes, see Drawer accessories
b
v
v
v
b
b
129
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
FC
FH
FA
F4
MA
MD
PA
FF
FB
FD
MF
MC
ZA
PB
MB
D
D
4
0
5
4
1
4
Drawers
Presentation
MCC 12M to 24M Hexa for NS100/630
These drawers, also known as Polyfast Hexa, are used to install feeders requiring 6 power supply outgoers
They are available in 4 dimensions: 6, 12, 18, 24 modules
They are designed for 2-speed, Star-Delta and Dahlander diagrams
b
b
b
3 power supply incomers 250A or 630A b from 1 to 4 6-points auxiliary blocks b
6 power supply outgoers 250A or 630A b possible to install up to 8 auxiliary blocks (see Drawer
accessories)
b
Description
Characteristics
drawer moving part (supplied with thermal relay support) b Polyfast and mounting plate for contactor, thermal relay (7,5 or
15mm-width DIN rail, not supplied)
b
drawer moving part accessories b
moving part for 6-points auxiliary blocks b drawer mechanism b
functionalised for NS100/630 rotary control b front face handles +reset push-button b
complementary hinges for front faces u 12M b
drawer mismatch avoiding device, to prevent risks of drawer
inversion
b horizontal partition, to close the top of a drawer b
3 micro-switches drawer operating signal (6A-250V) b anti-corrosive parts, see page 180 b
compulsory : optional:
NS100/630: drawer mechanical locking b NS100/630: tripping by micro-switch on operating signal b
drawer fxed part b outgoing bushings and outgoing bushing support b
drawer fxed part accessories b fxed part for 6-points auxiliary blocks b
upstream and downstream clamps b
The MCCs drawers modularity depends on 3 criteria :
devices: refer to the following Selection of device combination tables
CTs: whether there are CTs on the fxed part connection and their type
maximum connection: number and type of lugs (Cu or Al bimetal) on 250A (1x 20x5), or 630A (1x 40x5) copper pads
The modularity indicated in the following tables takes into consideration F4 boxes, same size as, or smaller than the drawer
For large-size F4 boxes, see Drawer accessories
b
v
v
v
b
b
Compulsory items to order
Optional elements
Modularity
Fixed Part
Moving Part
Front face
Device for preventing operation when drawer is closed
130
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers

D
D
3
8
2
6
9
4
Classic drawers
TeSys U
P max
(kW)
I max
(A)
Icw max (kA rms/1s) Base + Contactor Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
without
limiter
with LUA LB
limiter
IP31/35

IP31y45

IP31/50
IP41y45
IP54y45
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
0,37 1 50 130 LUB 12 LUCA1X
V
0,55 1,5 50 130 LUB 12 LUCA05
V
0,75 2 50 130 LUB 12 LUCA05
V
1,1 2,5 50 130 LUB 12 LUCA05
V
1,5 3,5 50 130 LUB 12 LUCA05
V
2,2 5 50 130 LUB 12 LUCA12
V
3 6,5 50 130 LUB 12 LUCA12
V
4 8,4 50 130 LUB 12 LUCA12
V
5,5 11 50 130 LUB 12 LUCA12
V
7,5 14,8 50 130 LUB 32 LUCA18
V
9 18,1 50 130 LUB 32 LUCA32
V
11 21 50 130 LUB 32 LUCA32
V
15 28,5 50 130 LUB 32 LUCA32
Selection of device combination
3M
Example (

) :
motor 1,5 kW, switchboard Icw 50 kA rms/1 s
switchboard degree of protection IP31
ambient temperature around the switchboard: 35C
Order:
1 LUB 12 power base
1 LUCA05 contactor
b
b
b
The table below can be used to select the power base and the control unit combination as a
function of:
the power rating of the motor
the switchboard degree of protection
the ambient temperature around the switchboard in C.
Depending on the chosen motor type diagram, youll be able to deduct the modularity of this
combination.
In the opposite table, this modularity will be the input data to pick up the catalogue numbers
needed, both for the fxed and for the moving part.
And fnally, the last table (Drawings and possibilities) shows the possible installations in
Okken switchboards and provides you the drawing number of the most common confgurations.
b
b
b
131
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
Classic drawers
TeSys U
Fixed Part
FP FP complement upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
distribution
block
aux. blocks FP accessories outgoing bushing support outgoing
bushings
SC RC
I
P
3
1

/

4
1

/

5
4

(
1
)
3M -W 87440 87441 87364 - 87445 87452 2x 87430 - - -
3M 87468 - - - - - - - - -
3M anti-
corrosive
87878 - - - - - - - - -
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
Moving Part Drawer front face
MP MP
compl.
MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connections
mecha-
nism
locking incoming
device
mount.
plate
contactor
mount.
plate
therm.
relay
mount.
plate
Functionalised
front face
Plain front face front face
acces-
sories
front face
hinge
NP P NP P
I
P
3
1

/

4
1
3M -W 87443 - 87504 87453 87512 87384 - - - - 87448 87448MJ 87639 87639MJ 87502 -
3M 87469 - - - - - - - - - 87470 87470MJ 87472 87472MJ 87502 -
3M anti-
corrosive
87879 - - - - - - - - - 87470 87470MJ 87472 87472MJ 87502 -
I
P
5
4
3M -W 87552 - 87504 87453 87512 87384 - - - - 87775 87775MJ 87777 87777MJ 87545
3M 87550 - - - - - - - - - 87774 87774MJ 87775 87775MJ 87546
3M anti-
corrosive
87550 - - - - - - - - - 87774 87774MJ 87775 87775MJ 87546
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
3
M

-
W
IP31/35 max 9 kW
GHQ80658 GHQ80658 GHQ80658 GHQ80658
IP31/45 max 7,5 kW
GHQ80658 GHQ80658 GHQ80658 GHQ80658
IP31/50 max 4 kW
GHQ80658 GHQ80658 GHQ80658 GHQ80658
GHQ80527 GHQ80527 GHQ80527 GHQ80527
Drawings and possibilities
PA
MB MC MD
PA
MF
PB
MA
ZA FC FF FH FD FA FK FB FL
MK
132
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers

D
D
3
8
2
6
9
6
GV2
P max
(kW)
I max
(A)
Icw max
(kA rms/1s)
Circuit-
breaker
+ Contactor
+
Thermal relay Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
without
limiter
with
LA9LB920
limiter
IP31y50
IP41y40
IP54y40
IP41/45
IP54/45
direct AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
0,37 1 130 GV2 L05 LC1 D09
V
LRD 05
0,55 1,5 130 GV2 L06 LC1 D09
V
LRD 06
0,75 2 130 GV2 L07 LC1 D09
V
LRD 07
1,1 2,5 130 GV2 L08 LC1 D09
V
LRD 08
1,5 3,5 130 GV2 L08 LC1 D09
V
LRD 08
2,2 5 130 GV2 L10 LC1 D09
V
LRD 10
3 6,5 130 GV2 L14 LC1 D09 LRD 12
3 6,5 130 GV2 L14 LC1 D18 LRD 12
4 8,4 130 GV2 L14 LC1 D18
V
LRD 14
5,5 11 130 GV2 L16 LC1 D25
V
LRD 16
7,5 14,8 50 130 GV2 L20 LC1 D25
V
LRD 21
9 18,1 50 130 GV2 L22 LC1 D32
V
LRD 22
11 21 50 130 GV2 L22 LC1 D40
V
LRD3322
15 28,5 50 130 GV2 L32 LC1 D40 LRD3353
15 28,5 50 130 GV2 L32 LC1 D50 LRD3353
P max
(kW)
I max
(A)
Icw max
(kA rms/1s)
Circuit-
breaker
+ Contactor
+
Thermal relay Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
without
limiter
with
LA9LB920
limiter
IP31y50
IP41y40
IP54y40
IP41/45
IP54/45
on CT AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
0,37 1 130
GV2 L05 LC1 D09 V LRD 05 +S-1.5
0,55 1,5 130
GV2 L06 LC1 D09 V LRD 05 +S-2
0,75 2 130
GV2 L07 LC1 D09 V LRD 05 +S-2.5
1,1 2,5 130
GV2 L08 LC1 D09 V LRD 05 +S-3
1,5 3,5 130
GV2 L08 LC1 D09 V LRD 05 +S-5
2,2 5 130
GV2 L10 LC1 D09 V LRD 05 +S-6
3 6,5 130
GV2 L14 LC1 D09 LRD 05 +S-10
3 6,5 130
GV2 L14 LC1 D18 LRD 05 +S-10
4 8,4 130
GV2 L14 LC1 D18 V LRD 05 +S-12.5
5,5 11 130
GV2 L16 LC1 D25 V LRD 05 +S-16
7,5 14,8 50 130
GV2 L20 LC1 D25 V LRD 05 +S-20
9 18,1 50 130
GV2 L22 LC1 D32 V LRD 05 +S-24
11 21 50 130
GV2 L22 LC1 D40 V LRD 05 +S-30
15 28,5 50 130
GV2 L32 LC1 D40 LRD 05 +S-40
15 28,5 50 130
GV2 L32 LC1 D50 LRD 05 +S-40
Example (

) :
motor 1,5 kW, switchboard
Icw 80 kA rms/1 s
switchboard degree of protection
IP31
ambient temperature around the
switchboard: 45C
Order:
1 GV2 L08 circuit-breaker
1 LC1 D09 contactor
1 LRD 08 thermal relay
b
b
b
Selection of device combination
3M
12M
6M
12M
hexa
6M
12M
hexa
12M
Classic Drawers
Selection of device combination
The tables below can be used to select the circuit-breaker +contactor +thermal relay
combination as a function of:
the power rating of the motor
the switchboard degree of protection
the ambient temperature around the switchboard in C.
Depending on the chosen motor type diagram, youll be able to deduct the modularity of this
combination.
In the opposite table, this modularity will be the input data to pick up the catalogue numbers
needed, for the fxed and the moving part.
And fnally, the last table (Drawings and possibilities) shows the possible installations in
Okken switchboards and provides you the drawing number of the most common confgurations.
b
b
b
133
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
Form 4 Fixed Part
SC RC FP FP
complement
upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
distribution
block
aux. blocks FP acces-
sories
outgoing bushing support outgoing
bushings
SC RC
I
P
3
1

/

4
1

/

5
4

(
1
)
6M -W (2) - - 87440 - 87364 - 87445 87452 2x 87430 - - -
3M - - 87468 - - - - - - - - -
3M anti-
corrosive
- -
87878 - - - - - -
- - -
6M 87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 - 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M 87544 87541 87376 87424 87364 87368 - 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M
Hexa
2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 - 87364 2x 87368 - 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer (2) this confguration allows the installation of 2 MP of -W 6M drawers
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
6
M

-
W
GV2L +LC1 D09/18 4 691 504 4 691 578 4 691 638
GV2L +LC1 D25/32 4 691 506 4 691 579
GV2L +LC1 D40 4 691 510
3
M
GV2L +LC1 D09/18 GHQ80526 GHQ80526
GV2L +LC1 D25/32 GHQ80526 GHQ80526
6
M
GV2L +LC1 D09/18 4 691 516 4 691 584
GV2L +LC1 D25/32 4 691 518 4 691 586
GV2L +LC1 D40 4 691 520 4 691 588
GV2L +LC1 D50 4 691 521 4 691 589
1
2
M
GV2L +LC1 D40
GV2L +LC1 D50
1
2
M

H
e
x
aGV2L +LC1 D09/18
GV2L +LC1 D25/32
GV2L +LC1 D40/50
GV2 P combinations and modularities identical to those of GV2 L
Classic Drawers
Moving Part Drawer front face
MP MP
compl.
MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connections
(1)
mechanism locking incoming
device
mount.
plate
contactor
mount.
plate
Functionalised front
face
Plain front face front
face
acces-
sories
front face
hinge
(2) NP P NP P
I
P
3
1

/

4
1
6M -W 87442 - 87504 87453 87512 87384 87782 rail rail 87449 87449MJ 87444 87444MJ 87500 -
3M 87469 - - - - - - - - - - 87472 87472MJ - -
3M anti-
corrosive
87879 - - - - - - - - 87470 87470MJ 87472 87472MJ 87502 -
6M 87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87787 87457 87417 87417MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
12M 87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87787 87457 - - 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
12M Hexa 87481 - 87431 87453
3x 87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87787 87457 87490 - - 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
I
P
5
4
6M -W 87551 - 87504 87453 87512 87384 87782 rail rail 87773 87773MJ 87774 87774MJ 87547
3M 87550 - - - - - - - - - - 87755 87755MJ 87546
3M anti-
corrosive
87550 - - - - - - - - 87754 87754MJ 87755 87755MJ 87546
6M 87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87787 87457 87759 87759MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
12M 87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87787 87457 - - 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Hexa 87481 - 87431 87453
3x 87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87787 87457 87490 - - 87765 87765MJ 87549
(1) 87372 = set of 3 units, 87640 = set of 6 units (2) 87410 = set of 5 units
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
Drawings and possibilities
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
GV2
ZA FC FF FH FD FA
PA MB MC MD PA MF PB MA
FK FB F4
For specifc anti-corrosive catalogue numbers, see page 180
134
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers

D
D
3
8
2
6
9
6
Classic Drawers
NS80
P
max
(kW)
I max
(A)
Icw
max (kA
rms/1s)
Circuit-
breaker
+ Contactor + Thermal
relay
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
IP31y40

IP31/45

IP31/50
IP41/35
IP54/35
IP41y45
IP54y45
direct AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
0,37 1 70 NS80HMA2,5 LC1 D09
V LRD 06
0,55 1,5 70 NS80HMA2,5 LC1 D09
V LRD 07
0,75 2 70 NS80HMA2,5 LC1 D09
V LRD 07
1,1 2,5 70 NS80HMA6,3 LC1 D18
V LRD 08
1,5 3,5 70 NS80HMA6,3 LC1 D18
V LRD 08
2,2 5 70 NS80HMA6,3 LC1 D25
V LRD 10
3 6,5 70 NS80HMA12,5 LC1 D32
V LRD 12
4 8,4 70 NS80HMA12,5 LC1 D32
V LRD 14
5,5 11 70 NS80HMA12,5 LC1 D32
V LRD 16
7,5 14,8 70 NS80HMA25 LC1 D32
V LRD 21
9 18,1 70 NS80HMA25 LC1 D40
V LRD 3322
11 21 70 NS80HMA25 LC1 D40
V LRD 3322
15 28,5 70 NS80HMA50 LC1 D40
V LRD 3322
15 28,5 70 NS80HMA50 LC1 D50
LRD 3353
18,5 35 70 NS80HMA50 LC1 D50
V LRD 3355
22 42 70 NS80HMA50 LC1 D50
V LRD 3357
22 42 70 NS80HMA50 LC1 D65
V LRD 3357
30 57 70 NS80HMA80 LC1 D65
LRD 3359
30 57 70 NS80HMA80 LC1 D80
V LRD 3359
use NS100 combination
37 69 70 NS80HMA80 LC1 D80
LRD 3363
P
max
(kW)
I
max
(A)
Icw
max
(kA
rms/
1s)
Circuit-
breaker
+ Contactor + Thermal relay
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
IP31y40

IP31/45

IP31/50
IP41y40
IP54y40
IP41/45
IP54/45
on CT AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
0,37 1 70 NS80HMA2,5 LC1 D40
V
LRD 05 +S-1.5
0,55 1,5 70 NS80HMA2,5 LC1 D40
V
LRD 05 +S-2
0,75 2 70 NS80HMA2,5 LC1 D40
V
LRD 05 +S-2.5
1,1 2,5 70 NS80HMA6,3 LC1 D40
V
LRD 05 +S-3
1,5 3,5 70 NS80HMA6,3 LC1 D40
V
LRD 05 +S-5
2,2 5 70 NS80HMA6,3 LC1 D40
V
LRD 05 +S-6
3 6,5 70 NS80HMA12,5 LC1 D40
V
LRD 05 +S-10
4 8,4 70 NS80HMA12,5 LC1 D40
V
LRD 05 +S-12.5
5,5 11 70 NS80HMA12,5 LC1 D40
V
LRD 05 +S-16
7,5 14,8 70 NS80HMA25 LC1 D40
V
LRD 05 +S-20
9 18,1 70 NS80HMA25 LC1 D40
V
LRD 05 +S-24
11 21 70 NS80HMA25 LC1 D40
V
LRD 05 +S-30
15 28,5 70 NS80HMA50 LC1 D80
V
LRD 05 +S-40
use NS100 combination
18,5 35 70 NS80HMA50 LC1 D80
V
LRD 05 +S-50
22 42 70 NS80HMA50 LC1 D80
V
LRD 05 +S-60
30 57 70 NS80HMA80 LC1 D80
V
LRD 05 +S-75
30 57 70 NS80HMA80 LC1 D115 LRD 05 +S-75
37 69 70 NS80HMA80 LC1 D80 LRD 05 +S-100
37 69 70 NS80HMA80 LC1 D115 LRD 05 +S-100
Selection of device combination
Example (

) :
motor 2,2 kW, switchboard Icw
60 kA rms/1 s
switchboard degree of protection IP41
ambient temperature around the
switchboard: 35C
Order:
1 NS80HMA6,3 circuit-breaker
1 LC1 D25 contactor
1 LRD 10 thermal relay
b
b
b
6M
12M
hexa
12M
6M
12M
hexa
12M
Selection of device combination
The tables below can be used to select the circuit-breaker +contactor +thermal relay
combination as a function of:
the power rating of the motor
the switchboard degree of protection
the ambient temperature around the switchboard in C.
Depending on the chosen motor type diagram, youll be able to deduct the modularity of this
combination.
In the opposite table, this modularity will be the input data to pick up the catalogue numbers
needed, for the fxed and the moving part.
And fnally, the last table (Drawings and possibilities) shows the possible installations in
Okken switchboards and provides you the drawing number of the most common confgurations.
b
b
b
135
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
NS80
Moving Part Drawer front face
MP MP
compl.
MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connections
(1)
mechanism locking incoming
device
mount.
plate
contactor
mount.
plate
Functionalised front
face
Plain front face front
face
acces-
sories
front face
hinge (2)
NP P NP P
I
P
3
1

/

4
1
6M -W 87442 - 87504 87453 87512 87384 87784 rail rail 87455 87455MJ 87444 87444MJ 87500 -
6M LC1D80
87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87788 87457 87418 87418MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
6M
LC1D115
87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87788 87457 87458 87418 87418MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
12M
87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87788 87457 87490 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400 1u x 87410
12M Hexa
LC1D32
87481 - 87431 87453
3x 87372 +
9u x 87640
87384 87788 87457 87457 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400 1u x 87410
12M Hexa
LC1D65
87481 - 87431 87453
3x 87372 +
9u x 87640
87384 87788 87457 87490 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400 1u x 87410
I
P
5
4
6M -W 87551 - 87504 87453 87512 87384 87784 rail rail 87772 87772MJ 87774 87774MJ 87547
6M LC1D80
87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87788 87457 87757 87757MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
6M
LC1D115
87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87788 87457 87458 87757 87757MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
12M
87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87788 87457 87490 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Hexa
LC1D32
87481 - 87431 87453
3x 87372 +
9u x 87640
87384 87788 87457 87457 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Hexa
LC1D65
87481 - 87431 87453
3x 87372 +
9u x 87640
87384 87788 87457 87490 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
(1) 87372 = set of 3 units, 87640 = set of 6 units (2) 87410 = set of 5 units
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
6M -W NS80 +LC1 D09/18 4 691 508 4 691 580
4 691 639 NS80 +LC1 D25/32 4 691 509 4 691 581
NS80 +LC1 D40 4 691 510
6M NS80 +LC1 D09/18 4 691 516 4 691 584
NS80 +LC1 D25/32 4 691 518 4 691 586
NS80 +LC1 D40/65 4 691 521 4 691 589
NS80 +LC1 D80 4 691 524 4 691 592
12M NS80 +LC1 D40/65
4 691 640
NS80 +LC1 D80
12M Hexa NS80 +LC1 D09/18 4 691 645
NS80 +LC1 D25/32 4 691 645
NS80 +LC1 D40/65 4 691 656 4 691 646 4 691 651
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
6M -W NS80 +LC1 D40 4 691 510
6M NS80 +LC1 D40 4 691 520 4 691 588
NS80 +LC1 D80 4 691 523 4 691 591
NS80 +LC1 D115 4 691 691 4 691 691
12M NS80 +LC1 D40
12M Hexa NS80 +LC1 D40
Form 4 Fixed Part
SC RC FP FP
complement
upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
distribution
block
aux.
blocks
FP acces-
sories
outgoing bushing
support
outgoing
bushings
SC RC
I
P
3
1

/

4
1

/

5
4

(
1
)6M -W (2)
- - 87440 - 87364 - 87445 87452 2x 87430 - - -
6M LC1D80 87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 - 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
6M LC1D115
87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 - 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M
87544 87541 87376 87424 87364 87368 - 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M Hexa LC1D32 2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 - 87364 2x 87368 - 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372
12M Hexa LC1D65 2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 - 87364 2x 87368 - 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer (2) this confguration allows the installation of 2 MP of -W 6M drawers
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
Drawings and possibilities
Classic Drawers
ZA FC FF FH FD FA
PA
MB
MC MD PA MF PB MA
FK F4
For specifc anti-corrosive catalogue numbers, see page 180
136
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers

D
D
3
8
2
6
9
6
NS100
P max
(kW)
I max
(A)
Circuit-breaker + Contactor + Thermal relay
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
IP31y40

IP31y50
IP41y40
IP54y40
IP41/45
IP54/45
direct AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
0,37 1 NS100MA2,5 LC1 D09
V LRD 06
0,55 1,5 NS100MA2,5 LC1 D09
V LRD 07
0,75 2 NS100MA2,5 LC1 D09
V LRD 07
1,1 2,5 NS100MA2,5 LC1 D40
V LRD 08 +LAD 7B
1,5 3,5 NS100MA6,3 LC1 D40
V LRD 08 +LAD 7B
2,2 5 NS100MA6,3 LC1 D40
V LRD 10 +LAD 7B
3 6,5 NS100MA12,5 LC1 D40
V LRD 12 +LAD 7B
4 8,4 NS100MA12,5 LC1 D40
V LRD 14 +LAD 7B
5,5 11 NS100MA12,5 LC1 D40
V LRD 16 +LAD 7B
7,5 14,8 NS100MA25 LC1 D40
V LRD 21 +LAD 7B
9 18,1 NS100MA25 LC1 D40
V LRD 22 +LAD 7B
9 18,1 NS100MA25 LC1 D40
V LRD 3322
11 21 NS100MA25 LC1 D40
V LRD 22 +LAD 7B
11 21 NS100MA25 LC1 D40
V LRD 3322
15 28,5 NS100MA50 LC1 D80
V LRD 3353
18,5 35 NS100MA50 LC1 D80
V LRD 3355
22 42 NS100MA50 LC1 D80
V LRD 3357
30 57 NS100MA100 LC1 D80
V LRD 3359
30 57 NS100MA100 LC1 D115
LRD 3359
37 69 NS100MA100 LC1 D80
LRD 3363
37 69 NS100MA100 LC1 D115
V LRD 3363
Selection of device combination
6M
12M
hexa
12M
Classic Drawers
Example (

) :
motor 2,2 kW
switchboard degree of protection IP41
ambient temperature around the
switchboard: 40C
Order:
1 NS100 + MA6,3 circuit-breaker
1 LC1 D40 contactor
1 LRD 10 thermal relay + LAD 7B socket
b
b
b
The table below can be used to select the circuit-breaker +contactor +thermal relay
combination as a function of:
the power rating of the motor
the switchboard degree of protection
the ambient temperature around the switchboard in C.
Depending on the chosen motor type diagram, youll be able to deduct the modularity of this
combination.
In the opposite tables, this modularity will be the input data to pick up the catalogue numbers
needed, for the fxed and the moving part.
And fnally, the last table (Drawings and possibilities) shows the possible installations in
Okken switchboards and provides you the drawing number of the most common confgurations.
b
b
b
137
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
NS100
Form 4 Fixed part
SC RC FP FP
complement
upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
aux. blocks FP
accessories
outgoing bushing
support
outgoing
bushings
SC RC
I
P
3
1

/

4
1

/

5
4

(
1
)
6M LC1D09/80 87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M LC1D115 87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M LC1D09/80 87544 87541 87376 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M Hexa LC1D09/80 2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 - 87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
Moving part Drawer front face
MP MP
compl.
MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connect.
(1)
mecha-
nism
locking incoming
device
mount.
plate
contactor
mounting
plate
Functionalised front
face
Plain front face front
face
acces-
sories
front face
hinge (2)
NP P NP P
I
P
3
1

/

4
1
6M LC1D09/80 87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87418 87418MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
12M LC1D115 87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87458 87418 87418MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
12M LC1D09/80 87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87490 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
12M Hexa
LC1D09/80
87482 - 87431 87453
87372 +
9u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87490 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
I
P
5
4
6M LC1D09/80 87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87757 87757MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
12M LC1D115 87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87458 87757 87757MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
12M LC1D09/80 87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87490 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Hexa
LC1D09/80
87482 - 87431 87453
87372 +
9u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87490 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
(1) 87372 = set of 3 units, 87640 = set of 6 units (2) 87410 = set of 5 units
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
6M NS100 +LC1 D09 4 691 526 4 691 594
NS100 +LC1 D40 +LAD 7B 4 691 531 4 691 599
NS100 +LC1 D40 +LRD 33 4 691 530 4 691 598
NS100 +LC1 D80 4 691 533 4 691 602
12M NS100 +LC1 D115 4 691 693 4 691 693 4 691 641
12M Hexa NS100 +LC1 D09/80 4 691 657 4 691 647 4 691 652
Drawings and possibilities
Classic Drawers
ZA FC FF FH FD FA
PA MB MC MD PA MF PB MA
F4
For specifc anti-corrosive catalogue numbers, see page 180
138
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
NS100-630
P
max
(kW)
I
max
(A)
Circuit-
breaker
+ Contactor + Thermal relay
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
IP31/35 IP31/40 IP31/45
IP41/35
IP54/35
IP31/50
IP41/40
IP54/40

IP41/45
IP54/45
on CT AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
0,37 1 NS100MA2,5 LC1 D40
V
LRD 05 +S 1.5
0,55 1,5 NS100MA2,5 LC1 D40
V
LRD 05 +S 2
0,75 2 NS100MA2,5 LC1 D40
V
LRD 05 +S 2.5
1,1 2,5 NS100MA6,3 LC1 D40
V
LRD 05 +S 3
1,5 3,5 NS100MA6,3 LC1 D40
V
LRD 05 +S 5
2,2 5 NS100MA6,3 LC1 D40
V
LRD 05 +S 6
3 6,5 NS100MA12,5 LC1 D80
V
LRD 05 +S 10
4 8,4 NS100MA12,5 LC1 D80
V
LRD 05 +S 12.5
5,5 11 NS100MA12,5 LC1 D80
V
LRD 05 +S 16
7,5 14,8 NS100MA25 LC1 D80
V
LRD 05 +S 20
9 18,1 NS100MA25 LC1 D80
V
LRD 05 +S 24
11 21 NS100MA25 LC1 D80
V
LRD 05 +S 30
15 28,5 NS100MA50 LC1 D80
V
LRD 05 +S 40
18,5 35 NS100MA50 LC1 D80
V
LRD 05 +S 50
22 42 NS100MA50 LC1 D80
V
LRD 05 +S 60
30 57 NS100MA100 LC1 D80
V
LRD 05 +S 75
30 57 NS100MA100 LC1 D115 LRD 05 +S 75
37 69 NS100MA100 LC1 D80
V
LRD 05 +S 100
37 69 NS100MA100 LC1 D115
V
LRD 05 +S 100
45 81 NS100MA100 LC1 D115
V
LRD 05 +S 100
45 81 NS100MA100 LC1 D150 LRD 05 +S 100
55 100 NS160MA150 LC1 D150
V
LRD 05 +S 125
75 135 NS160MA150 LC1 F150
V
LRD 05 +S 200
75 135 NS160MA150 LC1 F185
V
LRD 05 +S 200
75 135 NS160MA150 LC1 F225 LRD 05 +S 200
90 165 NS250MA220 LC1 F185
V
LRD 05 +S 240
90 165 NS250MA220 LC1 F225
V
LRD 05 +S 240
90 165 NS250MA220 LC1 F265 LRD 05 +S 240
110 200 NS250MA220 LC1 F225
V
LRD 05 +S 240
110 200 NS250MA220 LC1 F265
V
LRD 05 +S 240
110 200 NS250MA220 LC1 F330 LRD 05 +S 240
132 240 NS400MA320 LC1 F265
V
LRD 05 +S 320
132 240 NS400MA320 LC1 F330
V
LRD 05 +S 320
132 240 NS400MA320 LC1 F400 LRD 05 +S 320
160 285 NS400MA320 LC1 F330
V
LRD 05 +S 400
160 285 NS400MA320 LC1 F400
V
LRD 05 +S 400
160 285 NS400MA320 LC1 F500 LRD 05 +S 400
200 352 NS630MA500 LC1 F400
V
LRD 05 +S 500
200 352 NS630MA500 LC1 F500
V
LRD 05 +S 500
220 388 NS630MA500 LC1 F500
V
LRD 05 +S 500
250 437 NS630MA500 LC1 F500
V
LRD 05 +S 500
Selection of device combination
Form 4 Fixed part
SC RC FP FP
complement
upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
aux.
blocks
FP
acces-
sories
outgoing bushing
support
outgoing
bushings
complem.
cover
SC RC
I
P
3
1

/

4
1

/

5
4

(
1
)
6M 87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
12M 87544 87541 87376 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
12M Hexa 2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 - 87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372 -
18M NS250 87521 87537 87376 2x 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
18M NS630 87523 87539 87411 87424 87366 87370 87452 87430 87528 87534 2x 87265 -
18M Hexa 2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 87424 87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372 -
24M NS250 87521 87537 87376 3x 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87272 -
24M NS630 87523 87539 87411 2x 87424 87366 87370 87452 87430 87528 87534 2x 87265 -
24M Hexa NS250 2x 87521 2x 87537 87376 2x 87424 87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372 -
24M Hexa NS630 2x 87521 2x 87537 87411 2x 87424 87366 2x 87370 87452 87430 2x 87528 2x 87534 4x 87265 -
18+18M Hexa NS250 2x 87521 2x 87537 2x 87475 2x 87424 87364 4x 87368 87452 2x
87430
4x 87526 4x 87532 11x 87272 SC: 87479
RC: 87480
18+18M Hexa NS630 2x 87523 2x 87539 2x 87477 - 87366 4x 87370 87452 2x
87430
4x 87528 4x 87534 11x 87265 SC: 87479
RC: 87480
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
6M
12M
hexa
12M
18M
hexa
18M 24M
24M
hexa
18+
18M
hexa
Classic Drawers
ZA FC FF FH FD FA F4
139
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
NS100-630
Classic Drawers
Moving part Drawer front face
MP MP
compl.
MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connect.
(1)
mecha-
nism
locking incoming
device
mount.
plate
contactor
mounting
plate
Functionalised front
face
Plain front face front
face
acces-
sories
front face
hinge
(2)
NP P NP P
I
P
3
1

/

4
1
6M LC1D09/80 87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87418 87418MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
6M LC1
D115/150
87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87458 87418 87418MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
12M 87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87459 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
12M Hexa
LC1D09/80
87482 - 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87490 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
12M Hexa
LC1 D115/150
87482 - 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87492 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
18M NS250
LC1 F150/225
87380
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87459 87425 87425MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400
1u x
87410
18M NS250
LC1 F265/330
87380
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87460 87425 87425MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400
1u x
87410
18M NS630 87414 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87460 87426 87426MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400
1u x
87410
18M Hexa
LC1 D115/150
87482 87415 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387
87491 +
87492
87425 87425MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400
1u x
87410
18M Hexa
LC1 F150/225
87482 87415 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87490 87425 87425MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400
1u x
87410
24M NS250
87380
3x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87460 87439 87439MJ 87438 87438MJ 87400
1u x
87410
24M NS630
87414
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87495 87427 87427MJ 87438 87438MJ 87400
1u x
87410
24M Hexa NS250
87482
2x
87415
87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387
2x 87490
+ 87496
87439 87439MJ 87438 87438MJ 87400
1u x
87410
24M Hexa NS630
87414
2x
87415
87431 87453
87265 +
9u x 87641
87384 87789 87389
87495 +
87494
87427 87427MJ 87438 87438MJ 87400
1u x
87410
18+18M Hexa
NS250
2x
87482
2x
87415
2x
87431
87453
2x 87372 +
87640
2x
87384
87788 87387
2x 87490
+ 87496
87425 +
87437
87425MJ
+ 87437MJ
2x
87437
2x
87437MJ
2 x
87400
2u x
87410
18+18M Hexa
NS630
87484 +
87485
-
2x
87431
87453
3x 87265 +
9u x 87641
2x
87384
87789 87389
87495 +
87494
87426 +
87437
87426MJ
+ 87437MJ
2x
87437
2x
87437MJ
2 x
87400
2u x
87410
I
P
5
4
6M LC1 D09/80 87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87757 87757MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
6M
LC1 D115/150
87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87458 87757 87757MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
12M
LC1 F150/225
87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87459 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Hexa
LC1 D09/80
87482 - 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87490 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Hexa
LC1 D115/150
87482 - 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87492 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
18M NS250
LC1 F150/225
87380
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87459 87766 87766MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
18M NS250
LC1 F265/330
87380
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87460 87766 87766MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
18M NS630 87414 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87460 87767 87767MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
18M Hexa
LC1 D115/150
87482 87415 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387
87491 +
87492
87766 87766MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
18M Hexa
LC1 F150/225
87482 87415 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87490 87766 87766MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
24M NS250
87380
3x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87389 87460 87769 87769MJ 87771 87771MJ 87549
24M NS630
87414
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87460 87770 87770MJ 87771 87771MJ 87549
24M Hexa NS250
87482
2x
87415
87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387
2x 87490
+ 87496
87769 87769MJ 87771 87771MJ 87549
24M Hexa NS630
87414
2x
87415
87431 87453
87265 +
9u x 87641
87384 87789 87389
87495 +
87494
87770 87770MJ 87771 87771MJ 87549
18+18M Hexa
NS250
2x
87482
2x
87415
2x
87431
87453
2x 87372 +
87640
2x
87384
87788 87387
2x 87490
+ 87496
87766 +
87768
87766MJ
+ 87768MJ
2x
87768
2x
87768MJ
2x 87549
18+18M Hexa
NS630
87484 +
87485
-
2x
87431
87453
3x 87265 +
9u x 87641
2x
87384
87789 87389
87495 +
87494
87767 +
87768
87767MJ
+ 87768MJ
2x
87768
2x
87768MJ
2x 87549
(1) 87372 and 87265 = set of 3 units, 87640 and 87641 = set of 6 units (2) 87410 = set of 5 units
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
PA MB MC MD PA MF PB MA
For specifc anti-corrosive catalogue numbers, see page 180
140
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
Drawings and possibilities Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
6M NS100 +LC1 D40 4 691 531 4 691 599
NS100 +LC1 D80 4 691 534 4 691 601
NS100 +LC1 D115 4 691 536 4 691 536
NS160 +LC1 D150 4 691 536 4 691 536
12M NS100 +LC1 D40 4 691 641
NS100 +LC1 D80 4 691 641
NS100 +LC1 D115 4 691 642
NS160 +LC1 D150 4 691 642
NS160 +LC1 F150 4 691 688 4 691 688
NS250 +LC1 F185 4 691 538 4 691 538
NS250 +LC1 F225 4 691 540 4 691 540
12M Hexa NS100 +LC1 D40 4 691 657 4 691 647 4 691 709
NS100 +LC1 D80 4 691 657 4 691 647 4 691 709
NS100 +LC1 D115 4 691 648
NS160 +LC1 D150 4 691 648
18M NS160 +LC1 F150 4 691 643 4 691 643
NS250 +LC1 F185 4 691 643 4 691 643
NS250 +LC1 F225 4 691 643 4 691 643
NS250 +LC1 F265
NS400 +LC1 F265 4 691 542 4 691 542
NS400 +LC1 F330 4 691 544 4 691 544
NS630 +LC1 F400 4 691 546 4 691 546
NS630 +LC1 F500 4 691 548 4 691 548
18M Hexa NS100 +LC1 D115 4 691 658 4 691 710
NS160 +LC1 D150 4 691 658 4 691 710
NS160 +LC1 F150 4 691 649 4 691 649
NS250 +LC1 F185 4 691 649 4 691 649
NS250 +LC1 F225 4 691 649 4 691 649
24M NS250 +LC1 F265
NS400 +LC1 F265 4 691 644 4 691 644
NS400 +LC1 F330 4 691 644 4 691 644
NS630 +LC1 F400 4 691 644 4 691 644
NS630 +LC1 F500 4 691 644 4 691 644
24M Hexa NS160 +LC1 F150 4 691 659 4 691 659
NS250 +LC1 F185 4 691 659 4 691 659 4 691 711 4 691 711
NS250 +LC1 F225 4 691 659 4 691 659 4 691 711 4 691 711
NS250 +LC1 F265
NS400 +LC1 F265 4 691 650 4 691 650
NS400 +LC1 F330 4 691 650 4 691 650
NS630 +LC1 F400 4 691 650 4 691 650
NS630 +LC1 F500 4 691 650 4 691 650
18+18M
Hexa
NS250 +LC1 F265
NS400 +LC1 F265 4 691 660 4 691 660 4 691 712 4 691 712
NS400 +LC1 F330 4 691 660 4 691 660 4 691 712 4 691 712
NS630 +LC1 F400 4 691 660 4 691 660 4 691 712 4 691 712
NS630 +LC1 F500 4 691 660 4 691 660 4 691 712 4 691 712
NS100-630
Classic Drawers
141
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers

D
D
3
8
2
7
0
5
Example (

) :
motor 11 kW,
switchboard degree of protection: IP31
ambient temperature around the
switchboard: 45 C
Order:
1 GS1 F fuse-switch disconnector
1 LC1 D40 contactor
1 LRD22 thermal relay + LAD 7B.socket
b
b
b
P
max
(kW)
I max
(A)
Icw
max
(kA
rms/
1s)
Fuse-switch
disconnector
+ Contactor + Thermal
relay
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
fuse (Am) IP31y40
IP31/45
IP41/35
IP54/35
IP31/50
IP41/40
IP54/40

IP41/45
IP54/45
direct AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
0,37 1 100 GS1 F 14x51 / 2 LC1 D09
V
LRD 06
0,55 1,5 100 GS1 F 14x51 / 2 LC1 D09
V
LRD 07
0,75 2 100 GS1 F 14x51 / 4 LC1 D09
V
LRD 07
1,1 2,5 100 GS1 F 14x51 / 4 LC1 D09
V
LRD 08+LAD 7B
1,5 3,5 100 GS1 F 14x51 / 4 LC1 D09
V
LRD 08+LAD 7B
2,2 5 100 GS1 F 14x51 / 6 LC1 D09
V
LRD 10+LAD 7B
3 6,5 100 GS1 F 14x51 / 8 LC1 D09
V
LRD 12+LAD 7B
3 6,5 100 GS1 F 14x51 / 8 LC1 D18 LRD 12+LAD 7B
4 8,4 100 GS1 F 14x51 / 8 LC1 D18
V
LRD 14+LAD 7B
5,5 11 100 GS1 F 14x51 / 10 LC1 D25
V
LRD 16+LAD 7B
7,5 14,8 100 GS1 F 14x51 / 16 LC1 D25
V
LRD 21+LAD 7B
9 18,1 100 GS1 F 14x51 / 16 LC1 D40
V
LRD 22+LAD 7B
9 18,1 100 GS1 F 14x51 / 25 LC1 D40
V
LRD 3322
11 21 100 GS1 F 14x51 / 25 LC1 D40
V
LRD 22+LAD 7B
11 21 100 GS1 F 14x51 / 25 LC1 D40
V
LRD 3322
15 28,5 100 GS1 F 14x51 / 32 LC1 D40
V
LRD 3353
15 28,5 100 GS1 F 14x51 / 32 LC1 D50 LRD 3353
15 28,5 100 GS1 F 14x51 / 32 LC1 D40
V
LRD 32+LAD 7B
18,5 35 100 GS1 F 14x51 / 40 LC1 D50
V
LRD 3355
18,5 35 100 GS1 F 14x51 / 40 LC1 D65 LRD 3355
22 42 100 GS1 J 22x58 / 50 LC1 D50
V
LRD 3357
22 42 100 GS1 J 22x58 / 50 LC1 D65
V
LRD 3357
30 57 100 GS1 J 22x58 / 80 LC1 D65 LRD 3361
30 57 100 GS1 J 22x58 / 80 LC1 D80
V
LRD 3361
30 57 100 GS1 J 22x58 / 80 LC1 D115 LRD 3361
37 69 100 GS1 J 22x58 / 100 LC1 D80 LRD 3363
37 69 100 GS1 J 22x58 / 100 LC1 D115
V
LRD 3363
Selection of device combination
Form 4 Fixed part
SC RC FP FP
complement
upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
distribution
block
aux.
blocks
FP
acces-
sories
outgoing bushing
support
outgoing
bushings
complem.
cover
SC RC
I
P
3
1

/

4
1

/

5
4

(
1
)
6M -W - - 87440 - 87364 - 87445 87452 2x 87430 - - - -
6M 87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 - 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
12M 87544 87541 87376 87424 87364 87368 - 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
Moving part Drawer front face
MP MP
compl.
MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connect.
(1)
mecha-
nism
locking incoming
device
mounting
plate
contactor
mounting
plate
thermal
relay
mounting
plate
Functionalised
front face
Plain front face front
face
acces-
sories
front face
hinge (2)
NP P NP P
I
P
3
1

/

4
1
6M -W 87442 - 87504 87453 87512 87384 87782 87461 rail rail - - 87444 87444MJ 87500 -
6M 87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87785 87462 87457 87483 - - 87433 87433MJ 87400
-
12M 87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87785 87462 - - - 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
I
P
5
4
6M -W
6M 87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87785 87462 87457 87483 - - 87758 87758MJ 87548
12M 87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87785 87462 - - - 87765 87765MJ 87549
(1) 87372 = set of 3 units, 87640 = set of 6 units (2) 87410 = set of 5 units
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
6M
12M
GS1
Classic Drawers
ZA FC FF FH FD FA
PA
MB
MC MD PA MF PB MA
F4
For specifc anti-corrosive catalogue numbers, see page 180
FK
The table below can be used to select the fuse-switch +contactor +thermal relay combination
as a function of:
the power rating of the motor
the switchboard degree of protection
the ambient temperature around the switchboard in C.
Depending on the chosen motor type diagram, youll be able to deduct the modularity of this
combination.
In the opposite tables, this modularity will be the input data to pick up the catalogue numbers
needed, for the fxed and the moving part.
And fnally, the last table (Drawings and possibilities) shows the possible installations in
Okken switchboards and provides you the drawing number of the most common confgurations.
b
b
b
142
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
GS1
P
max
(kW)
I
max
(A)
Icw
max
(kA
rms/
1s)
Fuse-switch
disconnector
+ Contactor + Thermal relay
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
fuse
(Am)
IP31/35 IP31/40IP31/45
IP41/35
IP54/35
IP31/50
IP41/40
IP54/40

IP41/45
IP54/45
on CT AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
0,37 1 100 GS1 F 14x51/2 LC1 D09
V
LRD 05 +S 1.5
0,55 1,5 100 GS1 F 14x51/2 LC1 D09
V
LRD 05 +S 2
0,75 2 100 GS1 F 14x51/4 LC1 D09
V
LRD 05 +S 2.5
1,1 2,5 100 GS1 F 14x51/4 LC1 D09
V
LRD 05 +S 3
1,5 3,5 100 GS1 F 14x51/4 LC1 D09
V
LRD 05 +S 5
2,2 5 100 GS1 F 14x51/6 LC1 D09
V
LRD 05 +S 6
3 6,5 100 GS1 F 14x51/8 LC1 D09
V
LRD 05 +S 10
3 6,5 100 GS1 F 14x51/8 LC1 D18 LRD 05 +S 10
4 8,4 100 GS1 F 14x51/10 LC1 D18
V
LRD 05 +S 12.5
5,5 11 100 GS1 F 14x51/16 LC1 D25
V
LRD 05 +S 16
7,5 14,8 100 GS1 F 14x51/16 LC1 D25
V
LRD 05 +S 20
9 18,1 100 GS1 F 14x51/25 LC1 D40
V
LRD 05 +S 24
11 21 100 GS1 F 14x51/25 LC1 D40
V
LRD 05 +S 30
15 28,5 100 GS1 F 14x51/32 LC1 D80
V
LRD 05 +S 40
18,5 35 100 GS1 F 14x51/40 LC1 D80
V
LRD 05 +S 50
22 42 100 GS1 J 22x58/50 LC1 D80
V
LRD 05 +S 60
30 57 100 GS1 J 22x58/80 LC1 D80
V
LRD 05 +S 75
30 57 100 GS1 J 22x58/80 LC1 D115 LRD 05 +S 75
37 69 100 GS1 J 22x58/100 LC1 D80
V
LRD 05 +S 100
37 69 100 GS1 J 22x58/100 LC1 D115
V
LRD 05 +S 100
45 81 100 GS1 J 22x58/100 LC1 D115
V
LRD 05 +S 100
45 81 100 GS1 J 22x58/100 LC1 D150 LRD 05 +S 100
55 100 100 GS1 L T0/125 LC1 D150
V
LRD 05 +S 125
75 135 100 GS1 L T0/160 LC1 F150
V
LRD 05 +S 200
75 135 100 GS1 L T0/160 LC1 F185
V
LRD 05 +S 200
75 135 100 GS1 L T0/160 LC1 F225 LRD 05 +S 200
90 165 100 GS1 N T1/200 LC1 F185
V
LRD 05 +S 240
90 165 100 GS1 N T1/200 LC1 F265
V
LRD 05 +S 240
90 165 100 GS1 N T1/200 LC1 F265 LRD 05 +S 240
110 200 100 GS1 N T1/250 LC1 F225
V
LRD 05 +S 240
110 200 100 GS1 N T1/250 LC1 F265
V
LRD 05 +S 240
110 200 100 GS1 N T1/250 LC1 F330 LRD 05 +S 240
132 240 100 GS1 QQ T2/315 LC1 F265
V
LRD 05 +S 320
132 240 100 GS1 QQ T2/315 LC1 F330
V
LRD 05 +S 320
132 240 100 GS1 QQ T2/315 LC1 F400 LRD 05 +S 320
160 285 100 GS1 QQ T2/400 LC1 F330
V
LRD 05 +S 400
160 285 100 GS1 QQ T2/400 LC1 F400
V
LRD 05 +S 400
160 285 100 GS1 QQ T2/400 LC1 F500 LRD 05 +S 400
200 352 100 GS1 QQ T2/500 LC1 F400
V
LRD 05 +S 500
200 352 100 GS1 QQ T2/500 LC1 F500
V
LRD 05 +S 500
220 388 100 GS1 QQ T2/500 LC1 F500
V
LRD 05 +S 500
Selection of device combination
6M
12M
24M
Form 4 Fixed part
SC RC FP FP
complement
upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
aux.
blocks
FP acces-
sories
outgoing bushing
support
outgoing
bushings
complem.
cover
SC RC
I
P
3
1

/

4
1

/

5
4

(
1
)
6M GS1F LC1D09/80 87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
12M GS1J +LC1
D115/150
87521 87537 87376 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
12M GS1L +LC1 D150 87521 87537 87376 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
12M GS1L/N +LC1
F150/225
87544 87537 87376 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
24M GS1N +LC1
F265/330
87521 87537 87376 3x 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
24M GS1QQ +LC1
F265/500
87523 87539 87411 2x 87424 87366 87370 87452 87430 87528 87534 2x 87265 -
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
Classic Drawers
ZA FC FF FH FD FA F4
143
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
GS1
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
Moving part Drawer front face
MP MP
compl.
MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connect. (1)
mecha-
nism
locking incoming
device
mount.
plate
contactor
mounting
plate
Functionalised
front face
Plain front face front
face
acces-
sories
front face
hinge (2)
NP P NP P
I
P
3
1

/

4
1
6M GS1F
LC1D09/80
87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87785 87462 87476 - - 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
12M GS1J
+LC1 D115/150
87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87785 87462 - - 87436 87436MJ 87400 1u x 87410
12M GS1L
+LC1 D150
87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87786 87463 - - 87436 87436MJ 87400 1u x 87410
12M GS1L/N
+LC1 F150/225
87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87786 87463 87459 - - 87436 87436MJ 87400 1u x 87410
24M GS1N
+LC1 F265/330
87450
3x
87415
87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87786 87463 87460 - - 87438 87438MJ 87400 1u x 87410
24M GS1QQ
+LC1 F265/500
87451
2x
87415
87431 87453
2x 87265
+ 87641
87384 87786 87464 87460 - - 87438 87438MJ 87400 1u x 87410
I
P
5
4
6M GS1F
LC1D09/80
87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87785 87462 87476 - - 87758 87758MJ 87548
12M GS1J
+LC1 D115/150
87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87785 87462 - - 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M GS1L
+LC1 D150
87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87786 87463 - - 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M GS1L/N
+LC1 F150/225
87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87786 87463 87459 - - 87765 87765MJ 87549
24M GS1N
+LC1 F265/330
87450
3x
87415
87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87786 87463 87460 - - 87771 87771MJ 87549
24M GS1QQ
+LC1 F265/500
87451
2x
87415
87431 87453
2x 87265
+ 87641
87384 87786 87464 87460 - - 87771 87771MJ 87549
(1) 87372 et 87365 = set of 3 units, 87640 and 87641 = set of 6 units (2) 87410 = set of 5 units
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
6M GS1 F +LC1 D09/18 4 691 552 4 691 606
GS1 F +LC1 D25/32 4 691 553 4 691 607
GS1 F +LC1 D40/50 4 691 555 4 691 609
GS1 F +LC1 D80 4 691 563 4 691 664
GS1 J +LC1 D80 4 691 560 4 691 612
12M GS1 J +LC1 D115/150 4 691 665 4 691 665
GS1 L +LC1 D150 4 691 564 4 691 564
GS1 L +LC1 F150 4 691 667 4 691 667
GS1 L +LC1 F185 4 691 674 4 691 674
GS1 L +LC1 F225 4 691 678 4 691 678
GS1 N +LC1 F185 4 691 566 4 691 566
GS1 N +LC1 F225 4 691 568 4 691 568
24M GS1 N +LC1 F265 4 691 675 4 691 675
GS1 N +LC1 F330 4 691 679 4 691 679
GS1 QQ +LC1 F265 4 691 670 4 691 670
GS1 QQ +LC1 F330 4 691 572 4 691 572
GS1 QQ +LC1 F500 4 691 574 4 691 574
Classic Drawers
PA MB MC MD PA MF PB MA
For specifc anti-corrosive catalogue numbers, see page 180
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
6M -W GS1 F +LC1 D09/18 4 691 511 4 691 582
GS1 F +LC1 D25/32 4 691 512 4 691 583
6M GS1 F +LC1 D09/18 4 691 550 4 691 604
GS1 F +LC1 D25 4 691 551 4 691 605
GS1 F +LC1 D40/65 +LRD 33 4 691 554 4 691 608
GS1 F +LC1 D40 +LRD +LAD7B 4 691 555 4 691 609
GS1 J +LC1 D50/65 +LRD 33 4 691 557 4 691 614
GS1 J +LC1 D80 +LRD +LAD7B 4 691 576 4 691 611
12M GS1 J +LC1 D115 +LRD 33 4 691 673 4 691 673
Drawings and possibilities
144
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers

D
D
3
8
2
6
9
4
Advanced Drawers
TeSys U
P max
(kW)
I max
(A)
Icw max
(kA rms/1s)
Base + Contactor Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
without
limiter
with LUA LB
limiter
IP31/35

IP31y45

IP31/50
IP41y45
IP54y45
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
0,37 1 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB1X
V
0,55 1,5 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB05
V
0,75 2 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB05
V
1,1 2,5 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB05
V
1,5 3,5 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB05
V
2,2 5 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB12
V
3 6,5 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB12
V
4 8,4 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB12
V
5,5 11 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB12
V
7,5 14,8 50 130 LUB 32 LUCB18
V
9 18,1 50 130 LUB 32 LUCB32
V
11 21 50 130 LUB 32 LUCB32
V
15 28,5 50 130 LUB 32 LUCB32
Selection of device combination : wiring & evolutive
P max
(kW)
I max
(A)
Icw max
(kA rms/1s)
Base + Contactor Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
without
limiter
with LUA LB
limiter
IP31/35

IP31y45

IP31/50
IP41y45
IP54y45
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
0,37 1 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB1X
V
0,55 1,5 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB05
V
0,75 2 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB05
V
1,1 2,5 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB05
V
1,5 3,5 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB05
V
2,2 5 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB12
V
3 6,5 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB12
V
4 8,4 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB12
V
5,5 11 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB12
V
7,5 14,8 50 130 LUB 32 LUCB18
V
9 18,1 50 130 LUB 32 LUCB32
V
11 21 50 130 LUB 32 LUCB32
V
15 28,5 50 130 LUB 32
Selection of device combination : bus (LUL C module)
3M
3M
Example (

) :
motor 1,5 kW, switchboard Icw 60 kA rms/1s
switchboard degree of protection: IP31
ambient temperature around the switchboard: 45C
Order:
1 LUB 12 power base
1 LUCB05 contactor
b
b
b
The table below can be used to select the power base +control unit combination as a function
of:
the power rating of the motor
the switchboard degree of protection
the ambient temperature around the switchboard in C.
Depending on the chosen motor type diagram, youll be able to deduct the modularity of this
combination.
In the opposite tables, this modularity will be the input data to pick up the catalogue numbers
needed, for the fxed and the moving part.
And fnally, the last table (Drawings and possibilities) shows the possible installations in
Okken switchboards and provides you the drawing number of the most common confgurations.
b
b
b
145
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
Advanced Drawers
TeSys U
Fixed part
FP FP
complement
upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
distribution
block
aux. blocks FP acces-
sories
outgoing bushing support outgoing
bushings
SC RC
I
P
3
1

/

4
1

/

5
4

(
1
)
3M -W 87440 87441 87364 - 87445 87452 2x 87430 - - -
3M 87468 - - - - - - - - -
3M anti-corrosive 87878 - - - - - - - - -
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer
Moving part Drawer front face
MP MP
compl.
MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connect.
mecha-
nism
locking incoming
device
mount.
plate
contactor
mount.
plate
thermal
relay
mount.
plate
Functionalised
front face
Plain front face front
face
acces-
sories
front
face
hinge NP P NP P
I
P
3
1

/

4
1
3M -W 87443 - 87504 87453 87512 87384 - - - - 87448 87448MJ 87639 87639MJ 87502 -
3M 87469 - - - - - - - - - 87470 87470MJ 87472 87472MJ - -
3M anti-
corrosive
87879 - - - - - - - - - 87470 87470MJ 87472 87472MJ 87502 -
3M +LCDD 87469 - - - - - - - - - 87471 87471MJ 87472 87472MJ - -
I
P
5
4
3M -W 87443 - 87504 87453 87512 87384 - - - - 87775 87775MJ 87777 87777MJ 87545
3M 87469 - - - - - - - - - 87754 87754MJ 87755 87755MJ 87546
3M anti-
corrosive
87550 - - - - - - - - - 87754 87754MJ 87755 87755MJ 87546
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
3M -W
(without bus)
IP31/35 max 9 kW
GHQ80658 GHQ80658 GHQ80658 GHQ80658
IP31/45 max 7,5 kW
GHQ80658 GHQ80658 GHQ80658 GHQ80658
IP31/50 max 4 kW
GHQ80658 GHQ80658 GHQ80658 GHQ80658
3M
GHQ80527 GHQ80527 GHQ80527 GHQ80527
Drawings and possibilities
ZA FC FF FH FD FA
PA MB MC MD PA MF PB MA
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
FK
146
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers

D
D
3
8
2
6
9
6
GV2
P max
(kW)
I
max
(A)
Icw max
(kA rms/1s)
Circuit-
breaker
+ Contactor + TeSys U
controller
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
without
limiter
with
LA9LB920
limiter
IP31/35

IP31/40

IP31/45
IP41/35
IP54/35
IP31/50
IP41/40
IP54/40
on CT AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
1,5 3,5 130 GV2 L08 LC1 D09
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
2,2 5 130 GV2 L10 LC1 D09
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
3 6,5 130 GV2 L14 LC1 D09
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
4 8,4 130 GV2 L14 LC1 D18
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
5,5 11 130 GV2 L16 LC1 D25
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
7,5 14,8 50 130 GV2 L20 LC1 D25
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
9 18,1 50 130 GV2 L22 LC1 D32
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
P max
(kW)
I
max
(A)
Icw max
(kA rms/1s)
Circuit-
breaker
+ Contactor + TeSys U
controller
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
without
limiter
with
LA9LB920
limiter
IP31/35

IP31/40

IP31/45
IP41/35
IP54/35
IP31/50
IP41/40
IP54/40
on CT AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
1,5 3,5 130 GV2 L08
LC1 D09
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
2,2 5 130 GV2 L10
LC1 D09
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
3 6,5 130 GV2 L14
LC1 D09
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
4 8,4 130 GV2 L14
LC1 D18
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
5,5 11 130 GV2 L16
LC1 D25
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
7,5 14,8 50 130 GV2 L20
LC1 D25
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
9 18,1 50 130 GV2 L22
LC1 D32 LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
(*) LULC module
Example (

) :
motor 2,2 kW, switchboard Icw 80
kA eff/1 s
switchboard degree of protection IP41
ambient temperature around the
switchboard: 35C
Order:
1 GV2 L10 circuit-breaker
1 LC1 D09 contactor
1 TeSys U controller LUTM+LUCB +
LUTC0301 current transformer
b
b
b
Selection of device combination : wiring & evolutive
Selection of device combination : bus (*) or multifonction
3M 6M
12M
hexa
3M 6M
12M
hexa
Advanced Drawers
The table below can be used to select the circuit-breaker +contactor +thermal relay
combination as a function of:
the power rating of the motor
the switchboard degree of protection
the ambient temperature around the switchboard in C.
Depending on the chosen motor type diagram, youll be able to deduct the modularity of this
combination.
In the opposite tables, this modularity will be the input data to pick up the catalogue numbers
needed, for the fxed and the moving part.
And fnally, the last table (Drawings and possibilities) shows the possible installations in
Okken switchboards and provides you the drawing number of the most common confgurations.
b
b
b
147
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
Advanced Drawers
GV2
Form 4 Fixed part
SC RC FP FP
complement
upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
distribution
block
aux.
blocks
FP
acces-
sories
outgoing bushing
support
outgoing
bushings
SC RC
I
P
3
1

/

4
1

/

5
4

(
1
)
3M - - 87468 - - - - - - - - -
3M anti-corrosive - - 87878 - - - - - - - - -
6M 87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 - 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M Hexa 2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 - 87364 2x 87368 - 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer
Moving part Drawer front face
MP MP
compl.
MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connect.
(1)
mecha-
nism
locking incoming
device
mount.
plate
contactor
mounting
plate
Functionalised front
face
Plain front face front
face
acces-
sories
front face
hinge (2)
NP P NP P
I
P
3
1

/

4
1
3M 87469 - - - - - - - - - - 87472 87472MJ - -
3M anti-
corrosive
87879 - - - - - - - - 87470 87470MJ 87472 87472MJ 87502 -
6M 87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87787 87457 87417 87417MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
12M Hexa 87481 - 87431 87453
3x 87372 +
9u x 87640
87384 87787 87457 87490 - - 87436 87436MJ 87400 1u x 87410
I
P
5
4
3M 87550 - - - - - - - - - - 87755 87755MJ 87546
3M anti-
corrosive
87550 - - - - - - - - 87754 87754MJ 87755 87755MJ 87546
6M 87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87787 87457 87490 87759 87759MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
12M Hexa 87481 - 87431 87453
3x 87372 +
9u x 87640
87384 87787 87457 - - 87765 87765MJ 87549
(1) 87372 = set of 3 units, 87640 = set of 6 units (2) 87410 = set of 5 units
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
Drawings and possibilities Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
3M GV2L +LC1 D09/18
GHQ80627
GV2L +LC1 D25/32
6M
12M Hexa
ZA FC FF FH FD FA
PA MB MC MD PA MF PB MA
F4
For specifc anti-corrosive catalogue numbers, see page 180
148
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers

D
D
3
8
2
6
9
6
P
max
(kW)
I
max
(A)
Icw
max
(kA
rms/
1s)
Circuit-
breaker
+ Contactor + TeSys U
controller
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
IP31/35

IP31/40

IP31/45
IP41/35
IP54/35
IP31/50
IP41y45
IP54y45
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
1,5 3,5 70 NS80HMA6,3 LC1 D40
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
2,2 5 70 NS80HMA6,3 LC1 D40
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
3 6,5 70 NS80HMA12,5 LC1 D40
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
4 8,4 70 NS80HMA12,5 LC1 D40
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
5,5 11 70 NS80HMA12,5 LC1 D40
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
7,5 14,8 70 NS80HMA25 LC1 D40
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
9 18,1 70 NS80HMA25 LC1 D40
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
11 21 70 NS80HMA25 LC1 D40
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
15 28,5 70 NS80HMA50 LC1 D80
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
use NS100
combination
18,5 35 70 NS80HMA50 LC1 D80
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0501
22 42 70 NS80HMA50 LC1 D80
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0501
30 57 70 NS80HMA80 LC1 D80
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC1001
37 69 70 NS80HMA80 LC1 D80
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC1001
P
max
(kW)
I
max
(A)
Icw
max
(kA
rms/
1s)
Circuit-
breaker
+ Contactor + TeSys U
controller
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
IP31/35

IP31/40

IP31/45
IP41/35
IP54/35
IP31/50
IP41y45
IP54y45
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
1,5 3,5 70 NS80HMA6,3 LC1 D40
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
2,2 5 70 NS80HMA6,3 LC1 D40
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
3 6,5 70 NS80HMA12,5 LC1 D40
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
4 8,4 70 NS80HMA12,5 LC1 D40
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
5,5 11 70 NS80HMA12,5 LC1 D40
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
7,5 14,8 70 NS80HMA25 LC1 D40
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
9 18,1 70 NS80HMA25 LC1 D40
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
11 21 70 NS80HMA25 LC1 D40
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
15 28,5 70 NS80HMA50 LC1 D80
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
use NS100
combination
18,5 35 70 NS80HMA50 LC1 D80
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0501
22 42 70 NS80HMA50 LC1 D80
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0501
30 57 70 NS80HMA80 LC1 D80
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC1001
37 69 70 NS80HMA80 LC1 D80 LUTM+LUCB
LUTC1001
(*) LULC module
NS80
Selection of device combination : wiring & evolutive
Selection of device combination : bus (*) or multifonction
Example (

) :
motor 3 kW, switchboard Icw
60 kA eff/1 s
switchboard degree of protection IP41
ambient temperature around the
switchboard: 45C
Order:
1 NS80HMA12,5 circuit-breaker
1 LC1 D40 contactor
1 TeSys U controller LUTM+LUCB +
LUTC0301 current transformer
b
b
b
6M
12M
hexa
12M
6M
12M
hexa
12M
Advanced Drawers
The table below can be used to select the circuit-breaker +contactor +TeSys U controller
combination as a function of:
the power rating of the motor
the switchboard degree of protection
the ambient temperature around the switchboard in C.
Depending on the chosen motor type diagram, youll be able to deduct the modularity of this
combination.
In the opposite tables, this modularity will be the input data to pick up the catalogue numbers
needed, for the fxed and the moving part.
b
b
b
149
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
Form 4 Fixed part
SC RC FP
FP
complement
upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
aux. blocks
FP
accessories
outgoing bushing support outgoing
bushings
SC RC
I
P
3
1

/

4
1

/

5
4

(
1
)
6M LC1D80 87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
6M LC1D115 87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M 87544 87541 87376 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M Hexa LC1D32 2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 - 87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372
12M Hexa LC1D40 2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 - 87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer
NS80
Moving part Drawer front face
MP MP
compl.
MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connect.
(1)
mecha-
nism
locking incoming
device
mount.
plate
contactor
mounting
plate
Functionalised
front face
Plain front face front
face
acces-
sories
front
face
hinge
(2)
NP P NP P
I
P
3
1

/

4
1
6M
LC1D80
87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87788 87457 87418 87418MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
6M
LC1D115
87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87788 87457 87458 87418 87418MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
12M 87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87788 87457 87490 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
12M Hexa
LC1D32
87481 - 87431 87453
3x 87372 +
9u x 87640
87384 87788 87457 87457 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
12M Hexa
LC1D40
87481 - 87431 87453
3x 87372 +
9u x 87640
87384 87788 87457 87490 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
I
P
5
4
6M
LC1D80
87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87788 87457 87757 87757MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
6M
LC1D115
87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87788 87457 87458 87757 87757MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
12M 87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87788 87457 87490 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Hexa
LC1D32
87481 - 87431 87453
3x 87372 +
9u x 87640
87384 87788 87457 87457 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Hexa
LC1D40
87481 - 87431 87453
3x 87372 +
9u x 87640
87384 87788 87457 87490 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
(1) 87372 = set of 3 units, 87640 = set of 6 units (2) 87410 = set of 5 units
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
Advanced Drawers
ZA FC FF FH FD FA
PA MB MC MD PA MF PB MA
F4
For specifc anti-corrosive catalogue numbers, see page 180
150
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers

D
D
3
8
2
6
9
6
NS100-630
Example (

) :
motor 80 kW
switchboard degree of protection IP31
ambient temperature around the
switchboard: 40C
Order:
1 NS250+MA220 circuit-breaker
1 LC1 F185 contactor
1 LUTM TeSys U controller + LUCB +
LUTC2001 current transformer
b
b
b
P
max
(kW)
I
max
(A)
Circuit-breaker + Contactor TeSys U
controller
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
IP31/35

IP31/40

IP31/45
IP41/35
IP54/35
IP31/50
IP41/40
IP54/40
IP41/45
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
1,5 3,5 NS100MA6,3 LC1 D40
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
2,2 5 NS100MA6,3 LC1 D40
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
3 6,5 NS100MA12,5 LC1 D80
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
4 8,4 NS100MA12,5 LC1 D80
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
5,5 11 NS100MA12,5 LC1 D80
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
7,5 14,8 NS100MA25 LC1 D80
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
9 18,1 NS100MA25 LC1 D80
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
11 21 NS100MA25 LC1 D80
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
15 28,5 NS100MA50 LC1 D80
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
18,5 35 NS100MA50 LC1 D80
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0501
22 42 NS100MA50 LC1 D80
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0501
30 57 NS100MA100 LC1 D80
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC1001
37 69 NS100MA100 LC1 D80
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC1001
37 69 NS100MA100 LC1 D115
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC1001
45 81 NS100MA100 LC1 D115
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC1001
55 100 NS160MA150 LC1 D150
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC1001
75 135 NS160MA150 LC1 F150
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC2001
75 135 NS160MA150 LC1 F185
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC2001
90 165 NS250MA220 LC1 F185
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC2001
90 165 NS250MA220 LC1 F225
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC2001
110 200 NS250MA220 LC1 F225
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC2001
110 200 NS250MA220 LC1 F265
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC2001
132 240 NS400MA320 LC1 F265
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC4001
132 240 NS400MA320 LC1 F330
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC4001
160 285 NS400MA320 LC1 F330
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC4001
160 285 NS400MA320 LC1 F400
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC4001
200 352 NS630MA500 LC1 F400
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC4001
200 352 NS630MA500 LC1 F500
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC4001
220 388 NS630MA500 LC1 F500
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC4001
250 437 NS630MA500 LC1 F500
V
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC8001
Selection of device combination : wiring & evolutive
6M
12M
hexa
12M
18M
hexa
18M 24M
24M
hexa
18+
18M
hexa
Advanced Drawers
The table below can be used to select the circuit-breaker +contactor +TeSys U controller
combination as a function of:
the power rating of the motor
the switchboard degree of protection
the ambient temperature around the switchboard in C.
Depending on the chosen motor type diagram, youll be able to deduct the modularity of this
combination.
In the opposite tables, this modularity will be the input data to pick up the catalogue numbers
needed, for the fxed and the moving part.
b
b
b
151
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
NS100-630
Form 4 Fixed part
SC RC FP FP
complement
upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
aux.
blocks
FP
acces-
sories
outgoing bushing
support
outgoing
bushings
complem.
cover
SC RC
I
P
3
1

/

4
1

/

5
4

(
1
)
6M
87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
12M
87544 87541 87376 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
12M Hexa
2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 - 87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372 -
18M NS250
87544 87541 87376 2x 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
18M NS630
87544 87541 87411 87424 87366 87370 87452 87430 87528 87534 2x 87265 -
18M Hexa
2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 87424 87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372 -
24M NS250
87521 87537 87376 3x 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87272 -
24M NS630
87523 87539 87411 2x 87424 87366 87370 87452 87430 87528 87534 2x 87265 -
24M Hexa
2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 2x 87424 87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372 -
18+18M Hexa NS250
2x 87521 2x 87537 2x
87475
2x 87424 87364 4x 87368 87452 2x
87430
4x 87526 4x 87532 11x 87272 SC: 87479
RC: 87480
18+18M Hexa NS630
2x 87523 2x 87539 2x
87477
- 87366 4x 87370 87452 2x
87430
4x 87528 4x 87534 11x 87265 SC: 87479
RC: 87480
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
Moving part Drawer front face
MP MP
compl.
MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connect.
(1)
mecha-
nism
locking incoming
device
mount.
plate
contactor
mounting
plate
Functionalised front
face
Plain front face front
face
acces-
sories
front face
hinge
(2)
NP P NP P
I
P
3
1

/

4
1
6M LC1 D09/80 87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87418 87418MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
6M LC1 D115/150 87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87458 87418 87418MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
12M 87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87459 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400 1u x 87410
12M Hexa 87482 - 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87490 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400 1u x 87410
18M NS250
LC1 F150/225
87380
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87459 87425 87425MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400 1u x 87410
18M NS250
LC1 F265
87380
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87460 87425 87425MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400 1u x 87410
18M NS400 87414 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87460 87426 87426MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400 1u x 87410
18M Hexa 87482 87415 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387
87491 +
87492
87425 87425MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400 1u x 87410
24M NS250 87430
3x
87415
87431 87453 - 87387 87788 87387 87460 87439 87439MJ 87438 87438MJ 87400 1u x 87410
24M NS630 87414
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87460 87427 87427MJ 87438 87438MJ 87400 1u x 87410
24M Hexa 87482
2x
87415
87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387
2x 87490
+ 87496
87439 87439MJ 87438 87438MJ 87400 1u x 87410
18+18M Hexa
NS250
2x
87482
2x
87415
2x
87431
87453
2x 87372 +
87640
2x
87384
87788 87387
87495 +
87494
87425 +
87437
87425MJ
+ 87437MJ
2x
87437
2x
87437MJ
2u x
87400
2u x 87410
18+18M Hexa
NS630
87484 +
87485
-
2x
87431
87453
3x 87265 +
9u x 87641
2x
87384
87789 87389
87495 +
87494
87426 +
87437
87426MJ
+ 87437MJ
2x
87437
2x
87437MJ
2u x
87400
2u x 87410
I
P
5
4
6M LC1D09/80 87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87757 87757MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
6M LC1D115/150 87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87458 87757 87757MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
12M 87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87459 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Hexa
LC1D09/80
87482 - 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87490 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Hexa
LC1D115/150
87482 - 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87492 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
18M NS250
LC1F150/225
87380
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87459 87766 87766MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
18M NS250
LC1F265/500
87414 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87460 87766 87766MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
18M NS400 87414 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87460 87767 87767MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
18M Hexa 87482 87415 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387
87491 +
87492
87766 87766MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
24M NS250 87430
3x
87415
87431 87453 - 87387 87788 87387 87460 87769 87769MJ 87771 87771MJ 87549
24M NS630 87414
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87460 87770 87770MJ 87771 87771MJ 87549
24M Hexa 87482
2x
87415
87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387
2x 87490
+ 87496
87769 87769MJ 87771 87771MJ 87549
18+18M Hexa
NS250
2x
87482
2x
87415
2x
87431
87453
2x 87372 +
87640
2x
87384
87788 87387
87495 +
87494
87766 +
87768
87766MJ
+ 87768MJ
2x
87468
2x
87768MJ
2x 87549
18+18M Hexa
NS630
87484 +
87485
-
2x
87431
87453
3x 87265 +
9u x 87641
2x
87384
87789 87389
87495 +
87494
87767 +
87768
87767MJ
+ 87768MJ
2x
87468
2x
87768MJ
2x 87549
(1) 87372 and 87265 = set of 3 units, 87640 and 87641 = set of 6 units (2) 87410 = set of 5 units
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
Advanced Drawers
ZA FC FF FH FD FA
PA
MB
MC MD PA MF PB MA
F4
For specifc anti-corrosive catalogue numbers, see page 180
152
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
NS100-630
Selection of device combination : bus (*) or multifonction
P
max
(kW)
I
max
(A)
Circuit-breaker + Contactor TeSys U
controller
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
IP31/35

IP31/40

IP31/45
IP41/35
IP54/35
IP31/50
IP41/40
IP54/40
IP41/45
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
1,5 3,5 NS100MA6,3 LC1 D40
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
2,2 5 NS100MA6,3 LC1 D40
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
3 6,5 NS100MA12,5 LC1 D80
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
4 8,4 NS100MA12,5 LC1 D80
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
5,5 11 NS100MA12,5 LC1 D80
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
7,5 14,8 NS100MA25 LC1 D80
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
9 18,1 NS100MA25 LC1 D80
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
11 21 NS100MA25 LC1 D80
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
15 28,5 NS100MA50 LC1 D80
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0301
18,5 35 NS100MA50 LC1 D80
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0501
22 42 NS100MA50 LC1 D80
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC0501
30 57 NS100MA100 LC1 D80
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC1001
37 69 NS100MA100 LC1 D80
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC1001
37 69 NS100MA100 LC1 D115
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC1001
45 81 NS100MA100 LC1 D115
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC1001
55 100 NS160MA150 LC1 D150
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC1001
75 135 NS160MA150 LC1 F150
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC2001
75 135 NS160MA150 LC1 F185
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC2001
90 165 NS250MA220 LC1 F185
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC2001
90 165 NS250MA220 LC1 F225
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC2001
110 200 NS250MA220 LC1 F225
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC2001
110 200 NS250MA220 LC1 F265
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC2001
132 240 NS400MA320 LC1 F265
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC4001
132 240 NS400MA320 LC1 F330
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC4001
160 285 NS400MA320 LC1 F330
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC4001
160 285 NS400MA320 LC1 F400
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC4001
200 352 NS630MA500 LC1 F400
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC4001
200 352 NS630MA500 LC1 F500
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC4001
220 388 NS630MA500 LC1 F500
V
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC4001
250 437 NS630MA500 LC1 F500
- -
LUTM+LUCB
LUTC8001
(*) : LULC module
6M
12M
hexa
12M
18M
hexa
18M 24M
24M
hexa
18+
18M
hexa
Advanced Drawers
153
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
NS100-630
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
Advanced Drawers
For specifc anti-corrosive catalogue numbers, see page 180
Form 4 Fixed part
SC RC FP FP
complement
upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
aux.
blocks
FP
acces-
sories
outgoing bushing
support
outgoing
bushings
complem.
cover
SC RC
I
P
3
1

/

4
1

/

5
4

(
1
)
6M
87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
12M
87544 87541 87376 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
12M Hexa
2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 - 87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372 -
18M NS250
87544 87541 87376 2x 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
18M NS630
87544 87541 87411 87424 87366 87370 87452 87430 87528 87534 2x 87265 -
18M Hexa
2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 87424 87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372 -
24M NS250
87521 87537 87376 3x 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87272 -
24M NS630
87523 87539 87411 2x 87424 87366 87370 87452 87430 87528 87534 2x 87265 -
24M Hexa
2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 2x 87424 87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372 -
18+18M Hexa NS250
2x 87521 2x 87537 2x
87475
2x 87424 87364 4x 87368 87452 2x
87430
4x 87526 4x 87532 11x 87272 SC: 87479
RC: 87480
18+18M Hexa NS630
2x 87523 2x 87539 2x
87477
- 87366 4x 87370 87452 2x
87430
4x 87528 4x 87534 11x 87265 SC: 87479
RC: 87480
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer
ZA FC FF FH FD FA F4
Moving part Drawer front face
MP MP
compl.
MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connect.
(1)
mecha-
nism
locking incoming
device
mount.
plate
contactor
mounting
plate
Functionalised front
face
Plain front face front
face
acces-
sories
front face
hinge
(2)
NP P NP P
I
P
3
1

/

4
1
6M LC1 D09/80 87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87418 87418MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
6M LC1 D115/150 87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87458 87418 87418MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
12M 87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87459 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400 1u x 87410
12M Hexa 87482 - 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87490 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400 1u x 87410
18M NS250
LC1 F150/225
87380
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87459 87425 87425MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400 1u x 87410
18M NS250
LC1 F265
87380
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87460 87425 87425MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400 1u x 87410
18M NS400 87414 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87460 87426 87426MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400 1u x 87410
18M Hexa 87482 87415 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387
87491 +
87492
87425 87425MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400 1u x 87410
24M NS250 87430
3x
87415
87431 87453 - 87387 87788 87387 87460 87439 87439MJ 87438 87438MJ 87400 1u x 87410
24M NS630 87414
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87460 87427 87427MJ 87438 87438MJ 87400 1u x 87410
24M Hexa 87482
2x
87415
87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387
2x 87490
+ 87496
87439 87439MJ 87438 87438MJ 87400 1u x 87410
18+18M Hexa
NS250
2x
87482
2x
87415
2x
87431
87453
2x 87372 +
87640
2x
87384
87788 87387
87495 +
87494
87425 +
87437
87425MJ
+ 87437MJ
2x
87437
2x
87437MJ
2u x
87400
2u x 87410
18+18M Hexa
NS630
87484 +
87485
-
2x
87431
87453
3x 87265 +
9u x 87641
2x
87384
87789 87389
87495 +
87494
87426 +
87437
87426MJ
+ 87437MJ
2x
87437
2x
87437MJ
2u x
87400
2u x 87410
I
P
5
4
6M LC1D09/80 87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87757 87757MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
6M LC1D115/150 87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87458 87757 87757MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
12M 87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87459 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Hexa
LC1D09/80
87482 - 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87490 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Hexa
LC1D115/150
87482 - 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87492 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
18M NS250
LC1F150/225
87380
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87459 87766 87766MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
18M NS250
LC1F265/500
87414 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87460 87766 87766MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
18M NS400 87414 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87460 87767 87767MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
18M Hexa 87482 87415 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387
87491 +
87492
87766 87766MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
24M NS250 87430
3x
87415
87431 87453 - 87387 87788 87387 87460 87769 87769MJ 87771 87771MJ 87549
24M NS630 87414
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87460 87770 87770MJ 87771 87771MJ 87549
24M Hexa 87482
2x
87415
87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387
2x 87490
+ 87496
87769 87769MJ 87771 87771MJ 87549
18+18M Hexa
NS250
2x
87482
2x
87415
2x
87431
87453
2x 87372 +
87640
2x
87384
87788 87387
87495 +
87494
87766 +
87768
87766MJ
+ 87768MJ
2x
87468
2x
87768MJ
2x 87549
18+18M Hexa
NS630
87484 +
87485
-
2x
87431
87453
3x 87265 +
9u x 87641
2x
87384
87789 87389
87495 +
87494
87767 +
87768
87767MJ
+ 87768MJ
2x
87468
2x
87768MJ
2x 87549
(1) 87372 and 87265 = set of 3 units, 87640 and 87641 = set of 6 units (2) 87410 = set of 5 units
PA
MB
MC MD PA MF PB MA
154
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
155
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers

D
D
3
8
2
6
9
4
TeSys U
Multifunction drawers
P max
(kW)
I max
(A)
Icw max
(kA rms/1s)
Base + Contactor Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
without
limiter
with LUA LB
limiter
IP31/35

IP31y45

IP31/50
IP41y45
IP54y45
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
0,37 1 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB1X
V
0,55 1,5 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB05
V
0,75 2 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB05
V
1,1 2,5 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB05
V
1,5 3,5 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB05
V
2,2 5 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB12
V
3 6,5 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB12
V
4 8,4 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB12
V
5,5 11 50 130 LUB 12 LUCB12
V
7,5 14,8 50 130 LUB 32 LUCB18
V
9 18,1 50 130 LUB 32 LUCB32
V
11 21 50 130 LUB 32 LUCB32
V
Selection of device combination : with or without Bus (LUL C module)
3M
Fixed part
FP FP
complement
upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
distribution
block
aux. blocks FP acces-
sories
outgoing bushing support outgoing
bushings
SC RC
I
P
3
1

/

4
1

/

5
4

(
1
)
3M 87468 - - - - - - - - -
3M anti-corrosive 87878 - - - - - - - - -
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer
Moving part Drawer front face
MP MP
compl.
MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connect.
mecha-
nism
locking incoming
device
mount.
plate
contactor
mount.
plate
thermal
relay
mount.
plate
Functionalised
front face
Plain front face front
face
acces-
sories
front face
hinge
NP P NP P
I
P
3
1

/

4
1
3M 87469 - - - - - - - - - 87470 87470MJ 87472 87472MJ - -
3M +LCDD 87469 - - - - - - - - - 87471 87471MJ 87472 87472MJ - -
3M anti-
corrosive
87879 - - - - - - - - - 87471 87471MJ 87472 87472MJ
I
P
5
4
3M 87550 - - - - - - - - - 87774 87774MJ 87775 87775MJ 87546
3M anti-
corrosive
87550 - - - - - - - - - 87774 87774MJ 87775 87775MJ 87546
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
3M IP31 y 45
GHQ80527 GHQ80527 GHQ80527 GHQ80527
Drawings and possibilities
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
Example (

) :
motor 1,5 kW, switchboard
Icw 60 kA rms/1s
switchboard degree of
protection IP31
ambient temperature
around the switchboard:
45C
Order:
1 LUB 12 power base
1 LUCB05 contactor
b
b
b
ZA FC FF FH FD FA
PA
MB
MC MD PA MF PB MA
The table below can be used to select the power base +control unit combination as a function
of:
the power rating of the motor
the switchboard degree of protection
the ambient temperature around the switchboard in C.
Depending on the chosen motor type diagram, youll be able to deduct the modularity of this
combination.
In the table below, this modularity will be the input data to pick up the catalogue numbers
needed, for the fxed and the moving part.
And fnally, the last table (Drawings and possibilities) shows the possible installations in
Okken switchboards and provides you the drawing number of the most common confgurations.
b
b
b
156
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers

D
D
3
8
2
6
9
6
Multifunction drawers
GV2
The table below can be used to select the circuit-breaker +contactor +TeSys T controller
combination as a function of:
the power rating of the motor
the switchboard degree of protection
the ambient temperature around the switchboard in C.
Depending on the chosen motor type diagram, youll be able to deduct the modularity of this
combination.
In the opposite tables, this modularity will be the input data to pick up the catalogue numbers
needed, for the fxed and the moving part.
And fnally, the last table (Drawings and possibilities) shows the possible installations in
Okken switchboards and provides you the drawing number of the most common confgurations.
b
b
b
Example (

) :
motor 1,5 kW, switchboard Icw 100
kA eff/1 s
switchboard degree of protection IP41
ambient temperature around the
switchboard: 40C
Order:
1 GV2 L08 circuit-breaker
1 LC1 D09 contactor
1 TeSys T LTM R08 controller
b
b
b
Selection of device combination
P max
(kW)
I max
(A)
Icw max
(kA rms/1s)
Circuit-
breaker
+ Contactor
+
TeSys T
controller
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
IP31y50
IP41/35
IP54/35

IP41/40
IP54/40
IP41/45
IP54/45
direct AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
0,37 1,1 130 GV2 L05 LC1 D09 V LTM R08
0,55 1,5 130 GV2 L06 LC1 D09 V LTM R08
0,75 2 130 GV2 L07 LC1 D09 V LTM R08
1,1 2,5 130 GV2 L08 LC1 D09 V LTM R08
1,5 3,5 130 GV2 L08 LC1 D09 V LTM R08
2,2 5 130 GV2 L10 LC1 D09 V LTM R08
3 6,5 130 GV2 L14 LC1 D09 V LTM R08
3 6,5 130 GV2 L14 LC1 D18 LTM R08
4 8,2 130 GV2 L14 LC1 D18 V LTM R27
5,5 11 130 GV2 L16 LC1 D25 V LTM R27
7,5 14,8 50 GV2 L20 LC1 D25 V LTM R27
9 18,1 50 GV2 L22 LC1 D32 V LTM R27
3M 6M
12M
hexa
157
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
Multifunction drawers
GV2
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
3M GV2L +LC1D09/32 AAV26221 AAV26221
6M GV2L +LC1D09/18 AAV29879 AAV29882
GV2L +LC1D25/32 AAV29881 AAV29883
12M Hexa GV2L +LC1D09/32
Drawings and possibilities
Form 4 Fixed part
SC RC FP FP
complement
upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
aux. blocks FP acces-
sories
outgoing bushing support outgoing
bushings
SC RC
I
P
3
1

/

4
1

/

5
4

(
1
)
3M - - 87468 - - - - - - - -
6M 87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M Hexa 2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 - 87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer
Moving part Drawer front face
MP MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connect.
(1)
mecha-
nism
locking incoming
device
mount.
plate
contactor
mount.
plate
thermal
relay
mount.
plate
TeSys T
connector
Functionalised
front face
Plain front face front
face
acces-
sories
front face
hinge
(2) NP P NP P
I
P
3
1

/

4
1
3M
87467 - - - - - - - - 87288
- - 87472 87472MJ - -
6M 87450 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87787 87457 87483 - 87417 87417MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
12M Hexa 87481 87431 87453
3x 87372
+ 9u x
87640
87384 87787 87457 87490 - - - - 87436 87436MJ 87400 87410
I
P
5
4
3M
87543 - - - - - - 87476 - 87288
- - 87755 87755MJ 87546
6M 87450 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87787 87457 87483 - 87759 87759MJ 87758 87758MJ 87448
12M Hexa 87481 87431 87453
3x 87372
+ 9u x
87640
87384 87787 87457 87490 - - 87765 87765MJ 87549 87549MJ 87449
(1) 87372 = set of 3 units, 87640 = set of 6 units (2) 87410 = set of 5 units
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
ZA FC FF FH FD FA
PA MB MC MD PA MF PB MA
FB F4
For specifc anti-corrosive catalogue numbers, see page 180
158
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers

D
D
3
8
2
6
9
6
Multifunction drawers
NS80
Example (

) :
motor 37 kW, switchboard Icw
66 kA eff/1 s
switchboard degree of protection IP41
ambient temperature around the
switchboard: 35C
Order:
1 NS80HMA80 circuit-breaker
1 LC1 D80 contactor
1 TeSys T LTM R100 controller
b
b
b
The tables below can be used to select the circuit-breaker +contactor +TeSys T controller
combination as a function of:
the power rating of the motor
the switchboard degree of protection
the ambient temperature around the switchboard in C.
Depending on the chosen motor type diagram, youll be able to deduct the modularity of this
combination.
In the opposite tables, this modularity will be the input data to pick up the catalogue numbers
needed, for the fxed and the moving part.
And fnally, the last table (Drawings and possibilities) shows the possible installations in
Okken switchboards and provides you the drawing number of the most common confgurations
b
b
b
P
max
(kW)
I
max
(A)
Icw
max
(kA
rms/
1s)
Circuit-breaker + Contactor + TeSys T
controller
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
IP31y45
IP41/35
IP54/35
IP31/50
IP41y45
IP54y45
direct AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
0,37 1 70 NS80HMA2,5 LC1 D40 V LTM R08
0,55 1,5 70 NS80HMA2,5 LC1 D40 V LTM R08
0,75 2 70 NS80HMA2,5 LC1 D40 V LTM R08
1,1 2,5 70 NS80HMA6,3 LC1 D40 V LTM R08
1,5 3,5 70 NS80HMA6,3 LC1 D40 V LTM R08
2,2 5 70 NS80HMA6,3 LC1 D40 V LTM R08
3 6,5 70 NS80HMA12,5 LC1 D40 V LTM R08
4 8,4 70 NS80HMA12,5 LC1 D40 V LTM R27
5,5 11 70 NS80HMA12,5 LC1 D40 V LTM R27
7,5 14,8 70 NS80HMA25 LC1 D40 V LTM R27
9 18,1 70 NS80HMA25 LC1 D40 V LTM R27
11 21 70 NS80HMA25 LC1 D40 V LTM R27
15 28,5 70 NS80HMA50 LC1 D80 V LTM R100
18,5 35 70 NS80HMA50 LC1 D80 V LTM R100
22 42 70 NS80HMA50 LC1 D80 V LTM R100
30 57 70 NS80HMA80 LC1 D80 V LTM R100
37 69 70 NS80HMA80 LC1 D80 LTM R100
37 69 70 NS80HMA80 LC1 D115 V LTM R100
6M
12M
Selection of device combination
12M
Hexa
159
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
Moving part Drawer front face
MP MP
compl.
MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connect.
(1)
mecha-
nism
locking incoming
device
mount.
plate
contactor
mount.
plate
thermal
relay
mount.
plate
Functionalised
front face
Plain front face front
face
acces-
sories
front face
hinge
(2) NP P NP P
I
P
3
1

/

4
1
6M =>
LC1D80
87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372 +
87640
87384 87788 87457 87483 87418 87418MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
12M DOL
87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372 +
87640
87384 87788 87457 - 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
12M
Reversing
87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372 +
87640
87384 87788 87457 87490 - 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
12M Hexa
87481 - 87431 87453
3x 87372 +
9u x 87640
87387 87788 87457 87490 - 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
I
P
5
4
6M =>
LC1D80
87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372 +
87640
87384 87788 87457 87483 87757 87757MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
12M DOL
87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372 +
87640
87384 87788 87457 - 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M
Reversing
87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372 +
87640
87384 87788 87457 87490 - 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Hexa
87481 - 87431 87453
3x 87372 +
9u x 87640
87387 87788 87457 87490 - 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
(1) 87372 = set of 3 units, 87640 = set of 6 units (2) 87410 = set of 5 units
Form 4 Fixed part
SC RC FP FP
complement
upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
aux. blocks FP acces-
sories
outgoing bushing
support
outgoing
bushings
SC RC
I
P
3
1

/

4
1

/

5
4

(
1
)
6M =>
LC1D80
87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M DOL 87521 87537 87376 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M
Reversing
87521 87537 87376 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M Hexa 2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 - 87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer
Multifunction drawers
NS80
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
6M NS80 +LC1D40 AAV29827 AAV29849
NS80 +LC1D80 AAV29832 AAV29854
12M NS80 +LC1D40/80 AAV30127
NS80 +LC1D115 AAV30124 AAV30124
12M Hexa NS80 +LC1D40/80 AAV30130 AAV30128 AAV30129
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
Drawings and possibilities
FC FF FH FD FA
PA MB MC MD PA MF MA
F4
For specifc anti-corrosive catalogue numbers, see page 180
ZA
PB
160
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers

D
D
3
8
2
6
9
6
P max
(kW)
I max
(A)
Circuit-breaker + Contactor + TeSys T
controller
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
IP31y45
IP41/35
IP31/50
IP41/40
IP54/40
IP41/45
IP54/45
direct AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
0,37 1 NS100MA2,5 LC1 D40 V LTM R08
0,55 1,5 NS100MA2,5 LC1 D40 V LTM R08
0,75 2 NS100MA2,5 LC1 D40 V LTM R08
1,1 2,5 NS100MA6,3 LC1 D40 V LTM R08
1,5 3,5 NS100MA6,3 LC1 D40 V LTM R08
2,2 5 NS100MA6,3 LC1 D40 V LTM R08
3 6,5 NS100MA12,5 LC1 D80 V LTM R08
4 8,4 NS100MA12,5 LC1 D80 V LTM R27
5,5 11 NS100MA12,5 LC1 D80 V LTM R27
7,5 14,8 NS100MA25 LC1 D80 V LTM R27
9 18,1 NS100MA25 LC1 D80 V LTM R27
11 21 NS100MA25 LC1 D80 V LTM R27
15 28,5 NS100MA50 LC1 D80 V LTM R100
18,5 35 NS100MA50 LC1 D80 V LTM R100
22 42 NS100MA50 LC1 D80 V LTM R100
30 57 NS100MA100 LC1 D80 V LTM R100
37 69 NS100MA100 LC1 D80 LTM R100
37 69 NS100MA100 LC1 D115 V LTM R100
45 80 NS100MA100 LC1 D115 V LTM R100
Multifunction drawers
NS100-630
Example (

) :
motor 1,5 kW
switchboard degree of protection IP31
ambient temperature around the
switchboard: 45C
Order:
1 NS100+MA6,3 circuit-breaker
1 LC1 D40 contactor
1 TeSys T LTM R08 controller
b
b
b
Selection of device combination
6M
12M
hexa
12M
P max
(kW)
I max
(A)
Circuit-
breaker
+ Contactor TeSys T
controller
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
IP31y40

IP31/45
IP41/35
IP54/35
IP31/50
IP41/40
IP54/40
IP41/45
IP54/45
on CT AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
55 100 NS160MA150 LC1 D115 LTM R08 +S17-400
55 100 NS160MA150 LC1 D150 V LTM R08 +S17-400
75 135 NS160MA150 LC1 D150 LTM R08 +S17-400
75 135 NS160MA150 LC1 F150 LTM R08 +S17-400
75 135 NS160MA150 LC1 F185 V LTM R08 +S17-400
75 135 NS160MA150 LC1 F225 LTM R08 +S17-400
90 165 NS250MA220 LC1 F185 LTM R08 +S17-400
90 165 NS250MA220 LC1 F225 V LTM R08 +S17-400
90 165 NS250MA220 LC1 F265 LTM R08 +S17-400
110 200 NS250MA220 LC1 F225 LTM R08 +S17-400
110 200 NS250MA220 LC1 F265 V LTM R08 +S17-400
110 200 NS250MA220 LC1 F330 LTM R08 +S17-400
132 240 NS400MA320 LC1 F265 LTM R08 +S17-400
132 240 NS400MA320 LC1 F330 V LTM R08 +S17-400
160 285 NS400MA320 LC1 F330 V LTM R08 +S17-400
160 285 NS400MA320 LC1 F400 V LTM R08 +S17-400
200 352 NS630MA500 LC1 F400 LTM R08 +S17-400
200 352 NS630MA500 LC1 F500 V LTM R08 +S17-400
220 388 NS630MA500 LC1 F500 V LTM R08 +S17-400
250 437 NS630MA500 LC1 F500 V LTM R08 +S17-500
12M
hexa
12M
6M
24M
18M
hexa
18M
24M
hexa
18+
18M
hexa
Selection of device combination
The tables below can be used to select the circuit-breaker +contactor +TeSys T controller
combination as a function of:
the power rating of the motor
the switchboard degree of protection
the ambient temperature around the switchboard in C.
Depending on the chosen motor type diagram, youll be able to deduct the modularity of this
combination.
In the following tables, this modularity will be the input data to pick up the catalogue numbers
needed, for the fxed and the moving part.
And fnally, the last table (Drawings and possibilities) shows the possible installations in
Okken switchboards and provides you the drawing number of the most common confgurations
b
b
b
161
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
Multifunction drawers
NS100-630
Form 4 Fixed part
SC RC FP FP
complement
upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
aux. blocks FP acces-
sories
outgoing bushing
support
outgoing
bushings
SC RC
I
P
3
1

/

4
1

/

5
4

(
1
)
6M 87521 87537 87376
-
87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M DOL 87544 87541 87376 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M Reversing 87544 87541 87376 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M Hexa 2x 87521 2x 87537 87475
-
87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
FC FF FH FD FA F4
Form 4 Fixed part
SC RC FP FP
complement
upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
aux. blocks FP acces-
sories
outgoing bushing
support
outgoing
bushings
SC RC
I
P
3
1

/

4
1

/

5
4

(
1
)
6M 87521 87537 87376
-
87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M DOL 87521 87537 87376 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M Reversing 87521 87537 87376 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M Hexa 2x 87521 2x 87537 87475
-
87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372
18M NS250 87521 87537 87376 2x 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
18M NS630 87523 87539 87411 87424 87366 87370 87452 87430 87528 87534 2x 87265
18M Hexa 2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 87424 87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372
24M NS250 87521 87537 87376 3x 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
24M NS630 87523 87539 87411 2x 87424 87366 87370 87452 87430 87528 87534 2x 87265
24M Hexa NS250 2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 2x 87424 87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372
24M Hexa NS630 2x 87523 2x 87539 87478
-
87366 2x 87370 87452 87430 2x 87528 2x 87534 4x 87265
18+18M Hexa
NS250
2x 87521 +
87479
2x 87537 +
87480
2x 87475
2x 87475
87364 4x 87368 87452 2x 87430 4x 87526 4x 87532 11x 87272
18+18M Hexa
NS630
2x 87523 +
87479
2x 87539 +
87480
2x 87477
-
87366 4x 87370 87452 2x 87430 4x 87528 4x 87534 11x 87265
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
FC FF FH FD FA F4
162
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
Moving part Drawer front face
MP MP
compl.
MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connect.
(1)
mecha-
nism
locking incoming
device
mount.
plate
contactor
mount.
plate
thermal
relay
mount.
plate
Functionalised front
face
Plain front face front
face
acces-
sories
front face
hinge
(2) NP P NP P
I
P
3
1

/

4
1
6M
LC1D115/ 150
87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87458 87483 87418 87418MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
12M DOL
87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87459 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
12M Rev.
87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87493 - 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
12M Hexa
LCD115/150
87482 - 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87492 - 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
18M NS250
LC1D225
87380
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87459 - 87425 87425MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400
1u x
87410
18M NS250
LC1F265/330
87380
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87460 - 87425 87425MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400
1u x
87410
18M NS630 87414 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87460 - 87426 87426MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400
1u x
87410
18M Hexa
LC1D115/150
87482 87415 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387
87491 +
87492
- 87425 87425MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400
1u x
87410
18M Hexa
LC1F150/225
87482 87415 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87490 - 87425 87425MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400
1u x
87410
24M NS250
87380
3x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87460 - 87439 87439MJ 87438 87438MJ 87400
1u x
87410
24M NS630
87414
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87495 - 87427 87427MJ 87438 87438MJ 87400
1u x
87410
24M Hexa
NS250 87482
2x
87415
87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387
2x 87490
+
87496
- 87439 87439MJ 87438 87438MJ 87400
1u x
87410
24M Hexa
NS630
87486 - 87431 87453
87365 +
3u x 87641
87384 87789 87389 87495 - 87426 87426MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400
1u x
87410
18+18M Hexa
NS250
2x
87482
2x
87415
2x
87431
87453
2x 87372 +
87640
2x
87384
87788 87387
2x87490
+ 87496
-
87425 +
87437
87425MJ +
87437MJ
2x
87437
2x
87437MJ
2x
87400
2u x
87410
18+18M Hexa
NS630
87484 +
87485
-
2x
87431
87453
3x 87365 +
9u x 87641
2x
87384
87789 87358
87495 +
87494
-
87426 +
87437
87426MJ +
87437MJ
2x
87437
2x
87437MJ
2x
87400
2u x
87410
I
P
5
4
6M
LC1D115/ 150
87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87458 87483 87757 87757MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
12M DOL 87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87490 - 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Rev. 87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87493 - 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Hexa
LCD115/150
87482 - 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87492 - 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
18M NS250
LC1D225
87380
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87459 - 87766 87766MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
18M NS250
LC1F265/330
87380
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87460 - 87766 87766MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
18M NS630 87414 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87460 - 87767 87767MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
18M Hexa
LC1D115/150
87482 87415 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387
87491 +
87492
- 87766 87766MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
18M Hexa
LC1F150/225
87482 87415 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87490 - 87767 87767MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
24M NS250
87380
3x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87460 - 87769 87769MJ 87771 87771MJ 87549
24M NS630
87414
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87495 - 87770 87770MJ 87771 87771MJ 87549
24M Hexa
NS250 87482
2x
87415
87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387
2x 87490
+
87496
- 87769 87769MJ 87771 87771MJ 87549
24M Hexa
NS630
87486 - 87431 87453
87365 +
3u x 87641
87384 87789 87389 87495 - 87770 87770MJ 87771 87771MJ 87549
18+18M Hexa
NS250
2x
87482
2x
87415
2x
87431
87453
2x 87372 +
87640
2x
87384
87788 87387
2x87490
+ 87496
-
87766 +
87768
87766MJ +
87768MJ
2x
87768
2x
87768MJ
2x 87549
18+18M Hexa
NS630
87484 +
87485
-
2x
87431
87453
3x 87365 +
9u x 87641
2x
87384
87789 87358
87495 +
87494
-
87767 +
87768
87767MJ +
87768MJ
2x
87768
2x
87768MJ
2x 87549
(1) 87372 = set of 3 units, 87640 = set of 6 units (2) 87410 = set of 5 units
PA
MB
MC MD PA MF MA
Multifunction drawers
NS160-630
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
Moving part Drawer front face
MP MP
compl.
MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connect.
(1)
mecha-
nism
locking incoming
device
mount.
plate
contactor
mount.
plate
thermal
relay
mount.
plate
Functionalised front
face
Plain front face front
face
acces-
sories
front face
hinge
(2) NP P NP P
I
P
3
1

/

4
1
6M LC1D80 87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 - 87483 87418 87418MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
12M DOL
87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87458 - 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
12M Rev.
87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87490 - 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
12M Hexa
LC1D80
87482 - 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87490 - 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
I
P
5
4
6M LC1D80 87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 - 87483 87757 87757MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
12M DOL 87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87458 - 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Rev. 87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87459 - 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Hexa
LC1D80
87482 - 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87490 - 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
(1) 87372 = set of 3 units, 87640 = set of 6 units (2) 87410 = set of 5 units
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
PA MB MC MD PA MF MA PB
PB
163
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
Multifunction drawers
NS160-630
For specifc anti-corrosive catalogue numbers, see page 180
Drawings and possibilities
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
6M NS100 +LC1D40 AAV29116 AAV29121
NS100 +LC1D80 AAV29118 AAV29122
12M NS100 +LC1D40/80 AAV30098
NS100 +LC1D115 AAV30096 AAV30096
12M Hexa NS100 +LC1D40/80 AAV30111 AAV30100 AAV30105
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
6M NS160 +LC1 D115/150 AAV29119 AAV29119
12M NS160 +LC1 D115/150 AAV30099 AAV30099
NS160 +LC1 F150 AAV30093 AAV30093 AAV30099 AAV30099
NS160 +LC1 F185/225 AAV30093 AAV30093
NS250 +LC1 F185 AAV30093 AAV30093
NS250 +LC1 F225 AAV29587 AAV29587
12M Hexa NS160 +LC1 D115/150 AAV37410 AAV37410
18M NS160 +LC1 F185/225 AAV30225 AAV30225
NS250 +LC1 F185/225 AAV30225 AAV30225
NS250 +LC1 F265 AAV30220 AAV30220
NS250 +LC1 F330 AAV30222 AAV30222
NS400 +LC1 F265 AAV30212 AAV30212
NS400 +LC1 F330 AAV30214 AAV30214
NS400 +LC1 F400 AAV30216 AAV30216
NS630 +LC1 F400 AAV30216 AAV30216
NS630 +LC1 F500 AAV30218 AAV30218
18M Hexa NS160 +LC1 D115/150 AAV30235 AAV30235 AAV30102 AAV30102
NS160 +LC1 F150 AAV30102 AAV30102
NS160 +LC1 F185/225 AAV30230 AAV30230
NS250 +LC1 F185/225 AAV30230 AAV30230
24M NS250 +LC1 F265/330
NS400 +LC1 F265/400 AAV30237 AAV30237
NS630 +LC1 F400/500 AAV30237 AAV30237
24M Hexa NS160 +LC1 F185/225 AAV30244 AAV30244 AAV30242 AAV30242
NS250 +LC1 F185/225 AAV30244 AAV30244 AAV30242 AAV30242
NS250 +LC1 F265/330
NS400 +LC1 F265/400 AAV30239 AAV30239
NS630 +LC1 F400/500 AAV30239 AAV30239
18+18M
Hexa
NS250 +LC1 F265/330
NS400 +LC1 F265/400
NS630 +LC1 F400/500
Drawings and possibilities
164
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers

D
D
3
8
2
7
0
5
Multifunction drawers
GS1
P max
(kW)
I max
(A)
Icw
max
(kA
rms/
1s)
Fuse-switch
disconnector
+ Contactor + TeSys T
controller
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
fuse (Am) IP31y40
IP41/35
IP54/35
IP31/45
IP41/40
IP54/40
IP31/50
IP41/45
IP54/45
direct AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
0,37 1 100 GS1 F 14x51/2 LC1 D09 V LTM R08
0,55 1,5 100 GS1 F 14x51/2 LC1 D09 V LTM R08
0,75 2 100 GS1 F 14x51/4 LC1 D09 V LTM R08
1,1 2,5 100 GS1 F 14x51/4 LC1 D09 V LTM R08
1,5 3,5 100 GS1 F 14x51/4 LC1 D09 V LTM R08
2,2 5 100 GS1 F 14x51/6 LC1 D09 V LTM R08
3 6,5 100 GS1 F 14x51/8 LC1 D09 V LTM R08
4 8,4 100 GS1 F 14x51/10 LC1 D18 V LTM R27
5,5 11 100 GS1 F 14x51/16 LC1 D25 V LTM R27
7,5 14,8 100 GS1 F 14x51/16 LC1 D25 V LTM R27
9 18,1 100 GS1 F 14x51/25 LC1 D40 V LTM R27
11 21 100 GS1 F 14x51/25 LC1 D40 V LTM R27
15 28,5 100 GS1 F 14x51/32 LC1 D80 V LTM R100
18,5 35 100 GS1 F 14x51/40 LC1 D80 V LTM R100
22 42 100 GS1J 22x58/50 LC1 D80 V LTM R100
30 57 100 GS1J 22x58/80 LC1 D80 V LTM R100
37 69 100 GS1J 22x58/100 LC1 D80 V LTM R100
37 69 100 GS1J 22x58/100 LC1D115 LTM R100
45 81 100 GS1J 22x58/100 LC1 D115 V LTM R100
Selection of device combination
6M
12M
Example (

) :
motor 37 kW,
switchboard degree of
protection: IP31
ambient temperature
around the switchboard: 45C
Order:
1 GS1 J fuse-switch
disconnector
1 LC1 D80 contactot
1 TeSys T LTM R100 controller
b
b
b
P
max
(kW)
I
max
(A)
Icw
max
(kA
rms/
1s)
Fuse-switch
disconnector
+ Contactor + TeSys T
controller
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
fuse
(Am)
IP31y40

IP31/45
IP41/35
IP54/35
IP41/40
IP54/40
IP31/50
IP41/45
IP54/45
on CT AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
55 100 100 GS1 L T0/125 LC1 D150V LTM R08 +S17-400
75 135 100 GS1 L T0/160 LC1 F150 LTM R08 +S17-400
75 135 100 GS1 L T0/160 LC1 F185 V LTM R08 +S17-400
90 165 100 GS1 N T1/200 LC1 F185 LTM R08 +S17-400
90 165 100 GS1 N T1/200 LC1 F225 V LTM R08 +S17-400
110 200 100 GS1 N T1/250 LC1 F225 LTM R08 +S17-400
110 200 100 GS1 N T1/250 LC1 F265 V LTM R08 +S17-400
132 240 100 GS1 QQ T2/315 LC1 F265 LTM R08 +S17-400
132 240 100 GS1 QQ T2/315 LC1 F330 V LTM R08 +S17-400
160 285 100 GS1 QQ T2/400 LC1 F330V LTM R08 +S17-400
160 285 100 GS1 QQ T2/400 LC1 F400 V LTM R08 +S17-400
200 352 100 GS1 QQ T2/500 LC1 F400 LTM R08 +S17-400
200 352 100 GS1 QQ T2/500 LC1 F500 V LTM R08 +S17-400
220 388 100 GS1 QQ T2/500
12M
24M
Selection of device combination
The tables below can be used to select the fuse-switch disconnector +contactor +TeSys T
controller combination as a function of:
the power rating of the motor
the switchboard degree of protection
the ambient temperature around the switchboard in C.
Depending on the chosen motor type diagram, youll be able to deduct the modularity of this
combination.
In the opposite tables, this modularity will be the input data to pick up the catalogue numbers
needed, for the fxed and the moving part.
And fnally, the last table (Drawings and possibilities) shows the possible installations in
Okken switchboards and provides you the drawing number of the most common confgurations
b
b
b
165
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
Multifunction drawers
GS1
Moving part Drawer front face
MP MP
compl.
MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connect.
(1)
mecha-
nism
locking incoming
device
mount.
plate
contactor
mount.
plate
thermal
relay
mount.
plate
Functionalised
front face
Plain front face front
face
acces-
sories
front face
hinge
(2) NP P NP P
I
P
3
1

/

4
1
6M 87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87785 87462 87476 87483 - - 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
12M GS1J +
LC1D115/150
87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87785 87462 - - - 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
12M GS1L +
LC1D150
87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87786 87463 - - - 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
12M GS1L/N +
LC1F150/225
87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87786 87463 87459 - - - 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
24M
GS1N +LC1F265
87450
3x
87415
87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87786 87463 87460 - - - 87438 87438MJ 87400
1u x
87410
24M GS1QQ +
LC1F265/500
87451
2x
87415
87431 87453
2x 87265
+ 87641
87384 87786 87464 87460 - - - 87438 87438MJ 87400
1u x
87410
I
P
5
4
6M 87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87785 87462 87476 87483 - - 87758 87758MJ 87548
12M GS1J +
LC1D115/150
87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87785 87462 - - - 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M GS1L +
LC1D150
87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87786 87463 - - - 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M GS1L/N +
LC1F150/225
87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87786 87463 87459 - - - 87765 87765MJ 87549
24M
GS1N +LC1F265
87450
3x
87415
87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87786 87463 87460 - - - 87771 87771MJ 87549
24M GS1QQ +
LC1F265/500
87451
2x
87415
87431 87453
2x 87265
+ 87641
87384 87786 87464 87460 - - - 87771 87771MJ 87549
(1) 87372 = set of 3 units, 87640 = set of 6 units (2) 87410 = set of 5 units
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
GS1F +LC1D09/18 AAV29835 AAV29855
GS1F +LC1D25 AAV29838 AAV29856
GS1F +LC1D40 AAV29839 AAV29857
GS1F +LC1D80 AAV29874 AAV29875
GS1J +LC1D80 AAV29843 AAV29870
GS1J +LC1D115 AAV30121 AAV30121
Form 4 Fixed part
SC RC FP FP
complement
upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
aux.
blocks
FP acces-
sories
outgoing bushing
support
outgoing
bushings
SC RC
I
P
3
1
/
4
1
/
5
4

(
1
)
6M 87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M 87521 87537 87376 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
24M
GS1N +LC1F265
87521 87537 87376 3x 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
24M
GS1QQ +LC1F265/500
87523 87539 87411 2x 87424 87366 87370 87452 87430 87528 87534 2x 87265
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
Drawings and possibilities
ZA FC FF FH FD FA
PA MB MC MD PA MF PB MA
F4
For specifc anti-corrosive catalogue numbers, see page 180
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
GS1L +LC1D150 AAV30112 AAV30112
GS1L +LC1F150 AAV30119 AAV30119
GS1L +LC1F185 AAV30122 AAV30122
GS1N +LC1F185 AAV30114 AAV30114
GS1N +LC1F225 AAV30115 AAV30115
GS1N +LC1F265 AAV30246 AAV30246
GS1QQ +LC1F265 AAV30246 AAV30246
GS1QQ +LC1F330 AAV30249 AAV30249
GS1QQ +LC1F400 AAV30253 AAV30253
GS1QQ +LC1F500
166
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers

D
D
3
8
2
6
9
6
GV2
P max
(kW)
I
max
(A)
Icw max
(kA rms/1s)
Circuit-
breaker
+ Contactor + E@gle controller
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
without
limiter
with
LA9LB920
limiter
IP31y50
IP41y40
IP54y40
IP41/45
IP54/45
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
0,37 1 130 GV2 L05
LC1 D09
V MIU 21-16
0,55 1,5 130 GV2 L06
LC1 D09
V MIU 21-16
0,75 2 130 GV2 L07
LC1 D09
V MIU 21-16
1,1 2,5 130 GV2 L08
LC1 D09
V MIU 21-16
1,5 3,5 130 GV2 L08
LC1 D09
V MIU 21-16
2,2 5 130 GV2 L10
LC1 D09
V MIU 21-16
3 6,5 130 GV2 L14
LC1 D09
MIU 21-16
3 6,5 130 GV2 L14
LC1 D18
MIU 21-16
4 8,4 130 GV2 L14
LC1 D18
V MIU 21-16
5,5 11 130 GV2 L16
LC1 D25
V MIU 21-16
7,5 14,8 50 130 GV2 L20
LC1 D25
V MIU 21-16
9 18,1 50 130 GV2 L22
LC1 D32
V MIU 21-64
11 21 50 130 GV2 L22
LC1 D40
V MIU 21-64
15 28,5 50 130 GV2 L32
LC1 D40
MIU 21-64
15 28,5 50 130 GV2 L32
LC1 D50
MIU 21-64
Example (

) :
motor 5,5 kW, switchboard Icw 90 kA
eff/1 s
switchboard degree of protection IP54
ambient temperature around the
switchboard: 40C
Order:
1 GV2 L16 circuit-breaker
1 LC1 D25 contactor
1 MIU 21-16 E@gle controller
b
b
b
Selection of device combination
3M 6M
12M
hexa
12M
E@gle Drawers
The tables below can be used to select the circuit-breaker +contactor +E@gle controller
combination as a function of:
the power rating of the motor
the switchboard degree of protection
the ambient temperature around the switchboard in C.
Depending on the chosen motor type diagram, youll be able to deduct the modularity of this
combination.
In the opposite tables, this modularity will be the input data to pick up the catalogue numbers
needed, for the fxed and the moving part.
And fnally, the last table (Drawings and possibilities) shows the possible installations in
Okken switchboards and provides you the drawing number of the most common confgurations
b
b
b
167
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
E@gle Drawers
GV2
Moving part Drawer front face
MP MP
compl.
MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connect.
(1)
mechanism locking incoming
device
mount.
plate
contactor
mounting
plate
Functionalised
front face
Plain front face front
face
acces-
sories
front face
hinge
(2) NP P NP P
I
P
3
1

/

4
1
6M -W 87442 - 87504 87453 87512 87384 87782 rail rail 87449 87449MJ 87444 87444MJ 87500 -
3M 87469 - - - - - - - - - - 87472 87472MJ - -
3M anti-
corrosive
87879 - - - - - - - - 87470 87470MJ 87472 87472MJ 87502 -
6M 87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87787 87457 87417 87417MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
12M 87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87787 87457 - - 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
12M Hexa 87481 - 87431 87453
3x 87372 +
9u x 87640
87384 87787 87457 87490 - - 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
I
P
5
4
6M -W 87551 - 87504 87453 87512 87384 87782 rail rail 87773 87773MJ 87774 87774MJ 87547
3M 87550 - - - - - - - - - - 87755 87755MJ 87546
3M anti-
corrosive
87550 - - - - - - - - 87754 87754MJ 87755 87755MJ 87546
6M 87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87787 87457 87769 87769MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
12M 87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87787 87457 - - 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Hexa 87481 - 87431 87453
3x 87372 +
9u x 87640
87384 87787 87457 87490 - - 87765 87765MJ 87549
(1) 87372 = set of 3 units, 87640 = set of 6 units (2) 87410 = set of 5 units
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
6M -W GV2L +LC1 D09/18 4 691 504 4 691 578 4 691 538
GV2L +LC1 D25/32 4 691 506 4 691 579
GV2L +LC1 D40 4 691 510
3M GV2L +LC1 D09/18
GV2L +LC1 D25/32
6M GV2L +LC1 D09/18
GV2L +LC1 D25/32
GV2L +LC1 D40
GV2L +LC1 D50 4 691 520 4 691 588
12M GV2L +LC1 D40
GV2L +LC1 D50
12M Hexa GV2L +LC1 D09/18
GV2L +LC1 D25/32
GV2L +LC1 D40
GV2L +LC1 D50
Form 4 Fixed part
SC RC FP FP
complement
upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
distribution
block
aux.
blocks
FP acces-
sories
outgoing bushing
support
outgoing
bushings
SC RC
I
P
3
1

/

4
1

/

5
4

(
1
)
6M -W - - 87440 - 87364 - 87445 87452 2x 87430 - - -
3M - - 87468 - - - - - - - - -
3M anti-corrosive
- -
87878 - - - - - -
- - -
6M 87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 - 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M 87544 87541 87376 87424 87364 87368 - 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M Hexa 2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 - 87364 2x 87368 - 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
Drawings and possibilities
ZA FC FF FH FD FA
PA
MB
MC MD PA MF PB MA
F4
For specifc anti-corrosive catalogue numbers, see page 180
168
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers

D
D
3
8
2
6
9
6
P
max
(kW)
I
max
(A)
Icw
max
(kA
rms/
1s)
Circuit-
breaker
+ Contactor + E@gle
controller
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
IP31y40

IP31/45

IP31/50
IP41y40
IP54y40
IP41/45
IP54/45
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
0,37 1 70 NS80HMA2,5 LC1 D40
V MIU 21-16
0,55 1,5 70 NS80HMA2,5 LC1 D40
V MIU 21-16
0,75 2 70 NS80HMA2,5 LC1 D40
V MIU 21-16
1,1 2,5 70 NS80HMA6,3 LC1 D40
V MIU 21-16
1,5 3,5 70 NS80HMA6,3 LC1 D40
V MIU 21-16
2,2 5 70 NS80HMA6,3 LC1 D40
V MIU 21-16
3 6,5 70 NS80HMA12,5 LC1 D40
V MIU 21-16
4 8,4 70 NS80HMA12,5 LC1 D40
V MIU 21-16
5,5 11 70 NS80HMA12,5 LC1 D40
V MIU 21-16
7,5 14,8 70 NS80HMA25 LC1 D40
V MIU 21-16
9 18,1 70 NS80HMA25 LC1 D40
V MIU 21-64
11 21 70 NS80HMA25 LC1 D40
V MIU 21-64
15 28,5 70 NS80HMA50 LC1 D80
V MIU 21-64
use NS100 combination
18,5 35 70 NS80HMA50 LC1 D80
V MIU 21-64
22 42 70 NS80HMA50 LC1 D80
V MIU 21-64
30 57 70 NS80HMA80 LC1 D80
V MIU 21-64
30 57 70 NS80HMA80 LC1 D115
MIU 21-64
37 69 70 NS80HMA80 LC1 D80
MIU 21-16/S100
37 69 70 NS80HMA80 LC1 D115
V MIU 21-16/S100
NS80
Selection of device combination
Example (

) :
motor 2,2 kW, switchboard Icw
60 kA eff/1 s
switchboard degree of protection IP31
ambient temperature around the
switchboard: 35C
Order:
1 NS80HMA6,3 circuit-breaker
1 LC1 D40 contactor
1 MIU 21-16 E@gle controller
b
b
b
6M
12M
hexa
12M
E@gle Drawers
The table below can be used to select the circuit-breaker +contactor +E@gle controller
combination as a function of:
the power rating of the motor
the switchboard degree of protection
the ambient temperature around the switchboard in C.
Depending on the chosen motor type diagram, youll be able to deduct the modularity of this
combination.
In the opposite tables, this modularity will be the input data to pick up the catalogue numbers
needed, for the fxed and the moving part.
And fnally, the last table (Drawings and possibilities) shows the possible installations in
Okken switchboards and provides you the drawing number of the most common confgurations
b
b
b
169
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
NS80
Form 4 Fixed part
SC RC FP FP
complement
upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
distribution
block
aux.
blocks
FP
accessories
outgoing bushing
support
outgoing
bushings
SC RC
I
P
3
1

/

4
1

/

5
4

(
1
)
6M -W - - 87440 - 87364 87445 87452 2x 87430 - - -
6M LC1D80 87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 - 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
6M LC1D115 87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 - 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M 87544 87541 87376 87424 87364 87368 - 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372
12M Hexa LC1D32 2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 - 87364 2x 87368 - 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372
12M Hexa LC1D40 2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 - 87364 2x 87368 - 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
Moving part Drawer front face
MP MP
compl.
MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connect.
(1)
mecha-
nism
locking incoming
device
mount.
plate
contactor
mount.
plate
thermal
relay
mount.
plate
Functionalised
front face
Plain front face front
face
acces-
sories
front
face
hinge
(2)
NP P NP P
I
P
3
1

/

4
1
6M -W 87442 - 87504 87453 87512 87384 87784 rail rail 87455 87455MJ 87444 87444MJ 87500 -
6M
LC1D80
87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87788 87457 87565 87418 87418MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
6M LC1D115 87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87788 87457 87458 87565 87418 87418MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
12M 87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87788 87457 87490 87565 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
12M Hexa
LC1D32
87481 - 87431 87453
3x 87372 +
9u x 87640
87384 87788 87457 87457 87565 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
12M Hexa
LC1D40
87481 - 87431 87453
3x 87372 +
9u x 87640
87384 87788 87457 87490 87565 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
I
P
5
4
6M -W 87442 - 87504 87453 87512 87384 87784 rail rail 87772 87772MJ 87774 87774MJ 87547
6M
LC1D80
87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87788 87457 87565 87757 87757MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
6M LC1D115 87450 - 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87788 87457 87458 87565 87757 87757MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
12M 87450 87415 87431 87453
2x 87372
+ 87640
87384 87788 87457 87490 87565 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Hexa
LC1D32
87481 - 87431 87453
3x 87372 +
9u x 87640
87384 87788 87457 87457 87565 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Hexa
LC1D40
87481 - 87431 87453
3x 87372 +
9u x 87640
87384 87788 87457 87490 87565 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
(1) 87372 = set of 3 units, 87640 = set of 6 units (2) 87410 = set of 5 units
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
6M -W NS80 +LC1 D40 4 691 508
6M NS80 +LC1 D40 4 691 520 4 691 588
NS80 +LC1 D80 4 691 523 4 691 591
NS80 +LC1 D115
12M NS80 +LC1 D40
12M Hexa NS80 +LC1 D40 4 691 708 4 691 708
Drawings and possibilities
E@gle Drawers
ZA FC FF FH FD FA
PA MB MC MD PA MF PB MA
F4
For specifc anti-corrosive catalogue numbers, see page 180
170
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers

D
D
3
8
2
6
9
6
NS100-630
P
max
(kW)
I
max
(A)
Circuit-
breaker
+ Contactor + E@gle
controller
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
IP31/35 IP31/40 IP31/45
IP41/35
IP54/35
IP31/50
IP41/40
IP54/40

IP41/45
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
0,37 1 NS100MA2,5 LC1 D40
V
MIU 21-16
0,55 1,5 NS100MA2,5 LC1 D40
V
MIU 21-16
0,75 2 NS100MA2,5 LC1 D40
V
MIU 21-16
1,1 2,5 NS100MA6,3 LC1 D40
V
MIU 21-16
1,5 3,5 NS100MA6,3 LC1 D40
V
MIU 21-16
2,2 5 NS100MA6,3 LC1 D40
V
MIU 21-16
3 6,5 NS100MA12,5 LC1 D80
V
MIU 21-16
4 8,4 NS100MA12,5 LC1 D80
V
MIU 21-16
5,5 11 NS100MA12,5 LC1 D80
V
MIU 21-16
7,5 14,8 NS100MA25 LC1 D80
V
MIU 21-16
9 18,1 NS100MA25 LC1 D80
V
MIU 21-64
11 21 NS100MA25 LC1 D80
V
MIU 21-64
15 28,5 NS100MA50 LC1 D80
V
MIU 21-64
18,5 35 NS100MA50 LC1 D80
V
MIU 21-64
22 42 NS100MA50 LC1 D80
V
MIU 21-64
30 57 NS100MA100 LC1 D80
V
MIU 21-64
30 57 NS100MA100 LC1 D115 MIU 21-64
37 69 NS100MA100 LC1 D80
V
MIU 21-16/S100
37 69 NS100MA100 LC1 D115
V
MIU 21-16/S100
45 81 NS100MA100 LC1 D115
V
MIU 21-16/S100
45 81 NS100MA100 LC1 D150 MIU 21-16/S100
55 100 NS160MA150 LC1 D150
V
MIU 21-16/S125
75 135 NS160MA150 LC1 F150
V
MIU 21-16/S200
75 135 NS160MA150 LC1 F185
V
MIU 21-16/S200
75 135 NS160MA150 LC1 F225 MIU 21-16/S200
90 165 NS250MA220 LC1 F185
V
MIU 21-16/S240
90 165 NS250MA220 LC1 F225
V
MIU 21-16/S240
90 165 NS250MA220 LC1 F265 MIU 21-16/S240
110 200 NS250MA220 LC1 F225
V
MIU 21-16/S240
110 200 NS250MA220 LC1 F265
V
MIU 21-16/S240
110 200 NS250MA220 LC1 F330 MIU 21-16/S240
132 240 NS400MA320 LC1 F265
V
MIU 21-16/S320
132 240 NS400MA320 LC1 F330
V
MIU 21-16/S320
132 240 NS400MA320 LC1 F400 MIU 21-16/S320
160 285 NS400MA320 LC1 F330
V
MIU 21-16/S400
160 285 NS400MA320 LC1 F400
V
MIU 21-16/S400
160 285 NS400MA320 LC1 F500 MIU 21-16/S400
200 352 NS630MA500 LC1 F400
V
MIU 21-16/S500
200 352 NS630MA500 LC1 F500
V
MIU 21-16/S500
220 388 NS630MA500 LC1 F500
V
MIU 21-16/S500
250 437 NS630MA500 LC1 F500
V
MIU 21-16/S500
Selection of device combination
Example (

) :
motor 70 kW
switchboard degree of protection IP41
ambient temperature around the
switchboard: 45C
Order:
1 NS160+MA150 circuit-breaker
1 LC1 F225 contactor
1 MIU 21-16 E@gle controller + S200
b
b
b
6M
12M
hexa
12M
18M
hexa
18M 24M
24M
hexa
18+
18M
hexa
E@gle Drawers
The table below can be used to select the circuit-breaker +contactor +E@gle controller
combination as a function of:
the power rating of the motor
the switchboard degree of protection
the ambient temperature around the switchboard in C.
Depending on the chosen motor type diagram, youll be able to deduct the modularity of this
combination.
In the opposite tables, this modularity will be the input data to pick up the catalogue numbers
needed, for the fxed and the moving part.
And fnally, the last table (Drawings and possibilities) shows the possible installations in
Okken switchboards and provides you the drawing number of the most common confgurations
b
b
b
171
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
Form 4 Fixed part
SC RC FP FP
complement
upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
aux.
blocks
FP
acces-
sories
outgoing bushing
support
outgoing
bushings
complem.
cover
SC RC
I
P
3
1

/

4
1

/

5
4

(
1
)
6M LC1D40/80 87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
6M LC1D115/150 87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
12M LC1F150/225 87544 87541 87376 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
12M Hexa LC1D40/150 2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 - 87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372 -
18M LC1F150/225 87544 87541 87376 2x 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
18M LC1F265/500 87544 87541 87411 87424 87366 87370 87452 87430 87528 87534 2x 87265 -
18M Hexa D115/150 2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 87424 87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372 -
18M Hexa F150/225 2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 87424 87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372 -
24M 87523 87539 87411 2x 87424 87366 87370 87452 87430 87528 87534 2x 87265 -
24M Hexa LC1F150/225 2x 87521 2x 87537 87475 2x 87424 87364 2x 87368 87452 87430 2x 87526 2x 87532 4x 87372 -
24M Hexa LC1F265/500 2x 87521 2x 87537 87411 2x 87424 87366 87370 87452 87430 2x 87528 2x 87534 4x 87265 -
18+18M Hexa 2x 87423 2x 87539 2x 87477 - 87366 4x 87370 87452 2x
87430
4x 87528 4x 87534 11x 87265 SC: 87479
RC: 87480
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer For specifc anti-corrosive catalogue numbers, see page 180
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
NS100-630
E@gle Drawers
ZA FC FF FH FD FA F4
Moving part Drawer front face
MP MP
compl.
MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connect.
(1)
mecha-
nism
locking incoming
device
mount.
plate
contact.
mount.
plate
therm.
relay
mount.
plate
Functionalised
front face
Plain front face front
face
acces-
sories
front
face
hinge
(2)
NP P NP P
I
P
3
1
/
4
1
6M LC1D40/80 87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87418 87418MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
6M LC1D115/150 87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87458 87418 87418MJ 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
12M LC1F150/225 87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87459 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
12M Hexa
LC1D40/80
87482 - 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87490 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
12M Hexa
LC1D115/150
87482 - 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87492 87419 87419MJ 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
18M LC1F150/225 87380
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87459 87425 87425MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400
1u x
87410
18M LC1F265/500 87414 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87460 87426 87426MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400
1u x
87410
18M Hexa
D115/150
87482 87415 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87491 + 87492 87425 87425MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400
1u x
87410
18M Hexa
F150/225
87482 87415 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87789 87387 87490 87496 87425 87425MJ 87437 87437MJ 87400
1u x
87410
24M 87414
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87460 - - 87438 87438MJ 87400
1u x
87410
24M Hexa
LC1F150/225
87482
2x
87415
87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387
2x 87490 +
87496
- - 87439 87439MJ 87400
1u x
87410
24M Hexa
LC1F265/500
87414
2x
87415
87431 87453
87265 +
3u x 87641
87384 87789 87389 87495 - - 87438 87438MJ 87400
1u x
87410
18+18M Hexa
87484
+
87485
-
2x
87431
87414
3x 87265 +
9u x 87641
2x
87384
87789 87389 87495 + 87494
87426
+
87437
87426MJ
+
87437MJ
2x
87437
2x
87437MJ
2u x
87400
2u x
87410
I
P
5
4
6M LC1D40/80
87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87757 87757MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
6M LC1D115/150
87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87458 87757 87757MJ 87758 87758MJ 87548
12M LC1F150/225
87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87459 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Hexa
LC1D40/80
87482 - 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87490 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M Hexa
LC1D115/150
87482 - 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87492 87762 87762MJ 87765 87765MJ 87549
18M LC1F150/225
87380
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87387 87459 87766 87766MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
18M LC1F265/500
87414 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87460 87767 87767MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
18M Hexa
D115/150
87482 87415 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387 87491 + 87492 87766 87766MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
18M Hexa
F150/225
87482 87415 87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87789 87387 87490 87496 87767 87767MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
24M
87414
2x
87415
87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87389 87460 87767 87767MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
24M Hexa
LC1F150/225
87482
2x
87415
87431 87453
87372 +
3u x 87640
87384 87788 87387
2x 87490 +
87496
87766 87766MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
24M Hexa
LC1F265/500
87414
2x
87415
87431 87453
87265 +
3u x 87641
87384 87789 87389 87495 87767 87767MJ 87768 87768MJ 87549
18+18M Hexa
87484
+
87485
-
2x
87431
87414
3x 87265 +
9u x 87641
2x
87384
87789 87389 87495 + 87494 87767 87767MJ 87768 87768MJ 2x 87549
(1) 87372 and 87265 = set of 3 units, 87640 and 87641 = set of 6 units (2) 87410 = set of 5 units For specifc anti-corrosive catalogue numbers, see page 180
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
PA MB MC MD PA MF PB MA
172
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
NS100-630
Drawings and possibilities
E@gle Drawers
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
6M NS100 +LC1 D40 4 691 531 4 691 599
NS100 +LC1 D80 4 691 534 4 691 601
NS100 +LC1 D115 4 691 536 4 691 536
NS160 +LC1 D150 4 691 536 4 691 536
12M NS100 +LC1 D40 4 691 641
NS100 +LC1 D80 4 691 641
NS100 +LC1 D115 4 691 642
NS160 +LC1 D150 4 691 642
NS160 +LC1 F150 4 691 688 4 691 688
NS250 +LC1 F185 4 691 538 4 691 538
NS250 +LC1 F225 4 691 540 4 691 540
12M Hexa NS100 +LC1 D40 4 691 657 4 691 647 4 691 709
NS100 +LC1 D80 4 691 657 4 691 647 4 691 709
NS100 +LC1 D115 4 691 648
NS160 +LC1 D150 4 691 648
18M NS160 +LC1 F150 4 691 643 4 691 643
NS250 +LC1 F185 4 691 643 4 691 643
NS250 +LC1 F225 4 691 643 4 691 643
NS250 +LC1 F265
NS400 +LC1 F265 4 691 542 4 691 542
NS400 +LC1 F330 4 691 544 4 691 544
NS630 +LC1 F400 4 691 546 4 691 546
NS630 +LC1 F500 4 691 548 4 691 548
18M Hexa NS100 +LC1 D115 4 691 658 4 691 710
NS160 +LC1 D150 4 691 658 4 691 710
NS160 +LC1 F150 4 691 649 4 691 649
NS250 +LC1 F185 4 691 649 4 691 649
NS250 +LC1 F225 4 691 649 4 691 649
24M NS250 +LC1 F265
NS400 +LC1 F265 4 691 644 4 691 644
NS400 +LC1 F330 4 691 644 4 691 644
NS630 +LC1 F400 4 691 644 4 691 644
NS630 +LC1 F500 4 691 644 4 691 644
24M Hexa NS160 +LC1 F150 4 691 659 4 691 659
NS250 +LC1 F185 4 691 659 4 691 659 4 691 711 4 691 711
NS250 +LC1 F225 4 691 659 4 691 659 4 691 711 4 691 711
NS250 +LC1 F265
NS400 +LC1 F265 4 691 650 4 691 650
NS400 +LC1 F330 4 691 650 4 691 650
NS630 +LC1 F400 4 691 650 4 691 650
NS630 +LC1 F500 4 691 650 4 691 650
18+18M
Hexa
NS250 +LC1 F265
NS400 +LC1 F265 4 691 660 4 691 660 4 691 712 4 691 712
NS400 +LC1 F330 4 691 660 4 691 660 4 691 712 4 691 712
NS630 +LC1 F400 4 691 660 4 691 660 4 691 712 4 691 712
NS630 +LC1 F500 4 691 660 4 691 660 4 691 712 4 691 712
173
Schneider Electric
Notes
U
F

M
C
C

y
6
3
0
A
174
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers

D
D
3
8
2
7
0
5
GS1
P
max
(kW)
I max
(A)
Icw
max
(kA
rms/
1s)
Fuse-switch
disconnector
+ Contactor + E@gle
controller
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
fuse
(Am)
IP31/35 IP31/40IP31/45
IP41/35
IP54/35
IP31/50
IP41/40
IP54/40

IP41/45
IP54/45
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
0,37 1 100 GS1 F 14x51/2 LC1 D09
V
MIU 21-16
0,55 1,5 100 GS1 F 14x51/2 LC1 D09
V
MIU 21-16
0,75 2 100 GS1 F 14x51/4 LC1 D09
V
MIU 21-16
1,1 2,5 100 GS1 F 14x51/4 LC1 D09
V
MIU 21-16
1,5 3,5 100 GS1 F 14x51/4 LC1 D09
V
MIU 21-16
2,2 5 100 GS1 F 14x51/6 LC1 D09
V
MIU 21-16
3 6,5 100 GS1 F 14x51/8 LC1 D09
V
MIU 21-16
3 6,5 100 GS1 F 14x51/8 LC1 D18 MIU 21-16
4 8,4 100 GS1 F 14x51/10 LC1 D18
V
MIU 21-16
5,5 11 100 GS1 F 14x51/16 LC1 D25
V
MIU 21-16
7,5 14,8 100 GS1 F 14x51/16 LC1 D25
V
MIU 21-16
9 18,1 100 GS1 F 14x51/25 LC1 D40
V
MIU 21-64
11 21 100 GS1 F 14x51/25 LC1 D40
V
MIU 21-64
15 28,5 100 GS1 F 14x51/32 LC1 D80
V
MIU 21-64
18,5 35 100 GS1 F 14x51/40 LC1 D80
V
MIU 21-64
22 42 100 GS1 J 22x58/50 LC1 D80
V
MIU 21-64
30 57 100 GS1 J 22x58/80 LC1 D80
V
MIU 21-64
30 57 100 GS1 J 22x58/80 LC1 D115 MIU 21-64
37 69 100 GS1 J 22x58/100 LC1 D80
V
MIU 21-16 S100
37 69 100 GS1 J 22x58/100 LC1 D115
V
MIU 21-16 S100
45 81 100 GS1 J 22x58/100 LC1 D115
V
MIU 21-16 S100
45 81 100 GS1 J 22x58/100 LC1 D150 MIU 21-16 S100
55 100 100 GS1 L T0/125 LC1 D150
V
MIU 21-16 S125
75 135 100 GS1 L T0/160 LC1 F150
V
MIU 21-16 S200
75 135 100 GS1 L T0/160 LC1 F185
V
MIU 21-16 S200
75 135 100 GS1 L T0/160 LC1 F225 MIU 21-16 S200
90 165 100 GS1 N T1/200 LC1 F185
V
MIU 21-16 S240
90 165 100 GS1 N T1/200 LC1 F265
V
MIU 21-16 S240
90 165 100 GS1 N T1/200 LC1 F265 MIU 21-16 S240
110 200 100 GS1 N T1/250 LC1 F225
V
MIU 21-16 S240
110 200 100 GS1 N T1/250 LC1 F265
V
MIU 21-16 S240
110 200 100 GS1 N T1/250 LC1 F330 MIU 21-16 S240
132 240 100 GS1 QQ T2/315 LC1 F265
V
MIU 21-16 S320
132 240 100 GS1 QQ T2/315 LC1 F330
V
MIU 21-16 S320
132 240 100 GS1 QQ T2/315 LC1 F400 MIU 21-16 S320
160 285 100 GS1 QQ T2/400 LC1 F330
V
MIU 21-16 S400
160 285 100 GS1 QQ T2/400 LC1 F400
V
MIU 21-16 S400
160 285 100 GS1 QQ T2/400 LC1 F500 MIU 21-16 S400
200 352 100 GS1 QQ T2/500 LC1 F400
V
MIU 21-16 S500
200 352 100 GS1 QQ T2/500 LC1 F500
V
MIU 21-16 S500
220 388 100 GS1 QQ T2/500 LC1 F500
V
MIU 21-16 S500
6M
12M
24M
Example (

) :
motor 30 kW,
switchboard degree of
protection: IP41
ambient temperature
around the switchboard: 45C
Order:
1 GS1 fuse-switch
disconnector
1 LC1 D115 contactor
1 MIU 21-64 E@gle controller
b
b
b
Selection of device combination
E@gle Drawers
The table below can be used to select the fuse-switch disconnector +contactor +E@gle
controller combination as a function of:
the power rating of the motor
the switchboard degree of protection
the ambient temperature around the switchboard in C.
Depending on the chosen motor type diagram, youll be able to deduct the modularity of this
combination.
In the opposite tables, this modularity will be the input data to pick up the catalogue numbers
needed, for the fxed and the moving part.
And fnally, the last table (Drawings and possibilities) shows the possible installations in
Okken switchboards and provides you the drawing number of the most common confgurations
b
b
b
175
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
GS1
Catalogue numbers for drawer fxed part
Form 4 Fixed part
SC RC FP FP
complement
upstream
clamps
downstream
clamps
aux.
blocks
FP
acces-
sories
outgoing bushing
support
outgoing
bushings
complem.
cover
SC RC
I
P
3
1

/

4
1

/

5
4

(
1
)
6M LC1D09/80 87521 87537 87376 - 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
12M GS1J +LC1 D115/150 87544 87541 87376 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
12M GS1L +LC1 D150 87544 87541 87376 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
12M GS1L/N +LC1
F150/225
87544 87541 87376 87424 87364 87368 87452 87430 87526 87532 2x 87372 -
24M GS1N +LC1 F265/330 87523 87539 87411 2x 87424 87366 87370 87452 87430 87528 87534 2x 87265 -
24M GS1QQ +LC1
F330/500
87523 87539 87411 2x 87424 87366 87370 87452 87430 87528 87534 2x 87265 -
(1) IP 54: order 0.7 m of 87120 joint per drawer
Catalogue numbers for drawer moving part
Moving part Drawer front face
MP MP
compl.
MP
acces-
sories
aux.
blocks
power
connect.
mecha-
nism
locking incoming
device
mount.
plate
contactor
mounting
plate
Functionalised
front face
Plain front face front
face
acces-
sories
front face
hinge (1)
NP P NP P
I
P
3
1

/

4
1
6M LC1D09/80 87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87785 87462 87457 - - 87433 87433MJ 87400 -
12M GS1J +LC1
D115/150
87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87462 - - 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
12M GS1L +LC1
D150
87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87463 - - 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
12M GS1L/N +
LC1 F150/225
87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87463 87459 - - 87436 87436MJ 87400
1u x
87410
24M GS1N +LC1
F265/330
87414 2x 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87463 87460 - - 87438 87438MJ 87400
1u x
87410
24M GS1QQ +
LC1 F330/500
87414 2x 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87461 87460 - - 87438 87438MJ 87400
1u x
87410
I
P
5
4
6M LC1D09/80 87380 - 87431 87453 - 87384 87785 87462 87457 - - 87758 87758MJ 87548
12M GS1J +LC1
D115/150
87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87462 - - 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M GS1L +LC1
D150
87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87463 - - 87765 87765MJ 87549
12M GS1L/N +
LC1 F150/225
87380 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87788 87463 87459 - - 87765 87765MJ 87549
24M GS1N +LC1
F265/330
87414 2x 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87463 87460 - - 87771 87771MJ 87549
24M GS1QQ +
LC1 F330/500
87414 2x 87415 87431 87453 - 87384 87789 87461 87460 - - 87771 87771MJ 87549
(1) 87410 = set of 5 units
Motor type
DOL Reversing Star Delta 2-speed Dalhander
AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC AC DC
6M GS1 F +LC1 D09/18 4 691 552 4 691 606
GS1 F +LC1 D25/32 4 691 553 4 691 607
GS1 F +LC1 D40/50 4 691 555 4 691 609
GS1 F +LC1 D80 4 691 563 4 691 664
GS1 J +LC1 D80 4 691 560 4 691 612
12M GS1 J +LC1 D115/150 4 691 665 4 691 665
GS1 L +LC1 D150 4 691 564 4 691 564
GS1 L +LC1 F150 4 691 667 4 691 667
GS1 L +LC1 D185 4 691 674 4 691 674
GS1 L +LC1 F225 4 691 678 4 691 678
GS1 N +LC1 F185 4 691 566 4 691 566
GS1 N +LC1 F225 4 691 568 4 691 568
24M GS1 N +LC1 F265 4 691 675 4 691 675
GS1 N +LC1 F330 4 691 679 4 691 679
GS1 QQ +LC1 F265 4 691 670 4 691 670
GS1 QQ +LC1 F330 4 691 572 4 691 572
GS1 QQ +LC1 F400 4 691 574 4 691 574
Drawings and possibilities
E@gle Drawers
ZA FC FF FH FD FA
PA MB MC MD PA MF PB MA
F4
For specifc anti-corrosive catalogue numbers, see page 180
176
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
87401
87405
D
D
4
0
5
2
9
3
D
D
4
0
5
2
9
6
D
D
4
0
5
4
1
9
D
D
4
0
5
4
1
8
D
D
4
0
5
4
4
4
D
D
4
0
5
4
3
4
E@gle Drawers
Accessories
Relays
Designation Cat.no.
Frame and cable duct support 87742
order 1 cat.no. per cubicle, made of 2 frame supports for the relay vertical rack +3 cable
duct supports
b
E@gle stand-alone module
Measurement interface unit (MIU)
Reserve equipements
In order to line up the FUs with the relays (with a pitch of 6M), the Polyfast NS250
drawer FUs (8M) have to be expanded by 4M by addition of reserve equipments
above the drawer:
2 x2M additional front plates (cat.no.87405)
1 FU horizontal partition (cat.no.87401)
b
b
installation in a drawer, in place of the LRD thermal relay on its mounting plate.
if 2 MIU are installed in the drawer: the frst one is mounted in the thermal relays
place, the second screwed on the drawer horizontal bottom plate
-width drawer: MIU screwed onto the drawers horizontal bottom plate.
b
b
b
In case of alone devices (NW, NT, NS), the stand-alone module (UM E@gle)
replaces the relay vertical rack. It is installed in the incoming cubicles, on a DIN rail.
The relays are installed into sliding supports, located in the W650 lateral
compartment (W450 possible, according to power cables), at the right of the
switchgear cubicle.
2 supports per compartment when the relays are associated to -width drawers.
H2350 column: possible installation of 12 or 2x12 relays
H2200 column: possible installation of 11 or 2x11 relays
Lateral fxing for the relay vertical racks and the cable ducts (auxiliary wiring
coming from outside the cubicle).
b
b
177
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
87413 87412
87466
D
D
4
0
5
3
3
5
D
D
4
0
5
3
3
6
D
D
4
0
5
3
3
7
D
D
4
0
5
4
4
2
D
D
4
0
5
3
9
3
Drawer accessories
4 auxiliary blocks 8 auxiliary blocks
FP MP FP MP
12M 3 outgoers 250A 87376 +
87424
87380 +
87415
87797 87793
630A 87411 87414 - -
6 outgoers
(Hexa)
250A - - 87475 87482
630A - - - -
18M 3 outgoers 250A 87376 +
2x 87424
87380 +
2x 87415
- -
630A 87411 +
87424
87414 +
87415
87798 87794 +
87415
6 outgoers
(Hexa)
250A - - 87475 +
87424
87482 +
87415
630A - 87485 87477 87484
24M 3 outgoers 250A - - - -
630A 87411 +
2x 87424
87414 +
2x 87415
87798 +
87424
87794 +
87415
6 outgoers
(Hexa)
250A - - 87475 +
2x 87424
87482 +
2x 87415
630A 87411 +
2x 87424
87414 +
2x 87415
87478 87486
Optional equipments for drawer fxed part
Alternative catalogue numbers for drawers with 8 auxiliary blocks
The standard drawer fxed and moving parts catalogue numbers in the previous tables are
those for drawers equipped with 4 auxiliary blocks.
Should it be necessary to install 8 auxiliary blocks per drawer, these standard catalogue
numbers for MP (+possible MP complement) and FP (+possible FP complement) would be
replaced by the following catalogue numbers :
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 50 drawer mismatching accessories, to prevent risks of drawer
inversion (6 per drawer: 3 on FP, 3 on MP)
for drawers 6M to 24M b
87413
for 3M drawers b
87412
for 3 and 6M -width drawers b
87412
Set of 3 micro-switches drawer position signal (any kind of drawer)
87466
optional : 0 to 3 per drawer
to indicate the positions draw-in / test / withdrawn
b
b
Fixed part for 4 auxiliary blocks fxed
Fixed part for 8 auxiliary blocks
178
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
87454
87510
87511
07081
87375
87402
87401
D
D
4
0
5
4
4
1
D
D
3
8
1
2
0
6
3
D
D
4
0
5
3
3
8
D
D
4
0
5
3
3
9
D
D
4
0
5
2
9
3
D
D
4
0
5
2
9
4
D
D
4
0
5
2
9
5
Optional equipments for drawer moving part
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 10 micro-switches for drawer operating signal 87454
1 or 2 per drawer, activated by the front face reset push-button b
Drawer accessories
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 10 supports for MSI 72x72 87510
1 support includes :
5 x 16 mm pre-drillings
1 x 22 mm pre-drilling
5 marking locations
b
v
v
v
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 10 blanking plates for MSI 72x72 87511
1 blanking plate includes:
1 x 48x48 mm centered pre-drilling
1 x 48x48 mm decentered pre-drilling + 1 x16 mm pre-drilling
the 72x72 marking units are directly ftted on the drawer front face
b
v
v
b
Designation Cat.no.
6 mm earth braid 07081
Install on each door or front face receiving electrical devices b
Case and space cover
Designation Cat.no.
FU horizontal partition 87401
used to partition the FU from the space area in the cubicle b
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 10 6M space covers 87375
Designation Cat.no.
Space front plates NP P
2M 87405 87405MJ
3M 87473 87473MJ
6M 87402 87402MJ
6M -width 87501 87501MJ
8M 87403 87403MJ
plain front plates, supplied with its supports
see IP54 complements in the chapter Enclosures, page 209
b
b
Designation Cat.no.
TeSys T support bracket 87483
compulsory for the LTME extension module b
179
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
87515
A=1x 87519
B=n x 87518
C=1x 87173
D
D
4
0
5
3
6
1
D
D
4
0
5
3
6
0
D
D
4
0
5
3
3
1
Drawer accessories
Designation Cat.no.
SC (A) rear plate H2350/2200 mm W250 mm 87519
(B) set of 10 horizontal partitions 87518
(C) set of 4 SC compartment supports W650 mm 87175
W450 mm 87174
W350 mm 87173
(A) and (C): order 1 cat.no. per column
(B): required quantity =number of FUs +1
b
b
Designation Cat.no.
RC side plate H2350/2200 mm 87530
(B) set of 10 horizontal partitions 87517
(B): required quantity =number of FUs +1 b
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 12 insulating sleeves for Cu/Al cable 250A - 120 mm cable 87515
630A - 240 mm cable 87516
F4 complements by sleeves
Other F4 boxes
Designation Cat.no.
SC RC
for connection 12M 87544 87541
14M 87479 87580
One can make the CTs and common connections more comfortable by using a bigger size F4
box:
a 6M box can be replaced by a 12M (87544 SC or 87541 RC)
a 7, 8, or 9M box can be replaced by a 14M box (87479 SC or 87480 RC)
If the F4 boxs modularity is superior to the one of the basic feeders installation, this modularity
defnes the number of modules taken up in the cubicle.
b
b
horizontal partition (87518)
F4 box
(ex: 87544)
Compulsory F4 column complements
180
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
FC FD 87851 87855
MP
FK
MK
87881
87841
87876
D
D
4
0
5
3
6
2
D
D
4
0
5
3
6
3
D
D
4
0
5
4
3
3
D
D
4
0
5
3
6
4
D
D
4
0
5
3
6
5
D
D
4
0
5
4
4
0
Corrosives atmospheres
Designation Cat.no.
Anti-corrosive downstream clamps 3P 4P
250A 87854 87855
630A 87856 87857
Designation Cat.no.
Anti-corrosive Polyfast 3P 4P
NS100-250 87874 87876
NS400-630 87875 87877
Designation Cat.no.
Anti-corrosive upstream clamps 3P 4P
250A 87850 87851
630A 87852 87853
Designation Cat.no.
Anti-corrosive distribution block for -width drawer 3P 4P
87880 87881
Designation Cat.no.
32A anti-corrosive connector for drawer MP 3P 4P
87840 87841
Drawer accessories
These specifc catalogue numbers replace their standard matching catalogue
numbers.
181
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
87743
87743
87177
D
D
4
0
5
4
0
8
D
D
4
0
5
4
0
9
D
D
4
0
5
0
9
3
Logic controller
Designation Cat.no.
Horizontal partition for column without V-BB 87743
Power supply and logic controller
Logic controller repeater
Installation in a specifc column, compartment-type W650xD600 mm, on 32M
(H800 mm) or 2x32M if redundant.
Standard equipment (see chapter Enclosures, page 196) :
horizontal busbar F2b plate (cat.no.87022)
bottom plate (cat.no.87162)
Devices and cable trunkings are fxed transversally on SC compartment
supports, or laterally on cable tie bars:
W650 mm (cat.no.87175, set of 4 supports)
D600 mm (cat.no.87177, set of 4 cable tie bars)
Quantity of supports and cable tie bars:
32M-installation: 6 supports +8 cable tie bars
2x32M-installation: 2x6 supports +14 cable tie bars
In order to protect the operators and the switchgear, an horizontal partition is
necessary. It is made up of 2 horizontal separators with fxing devices.
b
b
v
v
b
v
v
b
v
v
b
If the whole length of the communication bus is signifcant (refer to the E@gle
technical documentation), it becomes necessary to install a logic controller relay
also called logic controller repeater.
The installation is as follows:
in 115 V-BB cubicle:
H2350 : in the 19M room at the bottom of the cubicle
H2200 : in the 19M room in the center of the cubicle
in 70 V-BB cubicle:
H2350 et H2200 : in the 18M room at the bottom of the cubicle
The logic controller is fxed crosswise on the reserve cover device:
in 115 V-BB cubicle: 19M reserve cover (cat.no.87310) including the horizontal
partition
in 70 V-BB cubicle: 3 x6M complements (cat.no.87424) +1 partition (cat.
no.87401) in the upper part.
The partition is useless if a plate in installed in the upper part (example: drawer)
b
v
v
b
v
b
b
Front panelling:
H2200 : 66M (door 66M or 32M +34M)
H2350 : 72M (door 72M or 32M +40M)


b
v
v
182
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
LCDD
LOCAL
0
REMOTE
OFF
RESET
LCDD
LOCAL
0
REMOTE
OFF
RESET
LCDD
LOCAL
0
REMOTE
OFF
RESET
LCDD
LOCAL
0
REMOTE
OFF
RESET
D
D
3
8
2
7
2
4
D
D
3
8
2
7
2
5
D
D
3
8
2
7
2
9
LCDD unit
LCDD for non-reversing motor
LCDD for reversing motor
Mechanical characteristics
Connection
Connection to spring terminals on a plug-in terminal block:
11 connection points for 0.25 to 1.5 mm cables for the LED circuit
8 connection points for 0.25 to 2.5 mm cables for the pushbutton circuit.
b
b
Cat.no. selection
There are 2 models:
for non-reversing feeders
for reversing feeders or 2-speed feeders.
Designation Cat.no.
LCDD for non-reversing motors 88400
LCDD for reversing feeders 88401
Note: The switch and the pushbuttons are part of the Telemecanique Harmonie series.
b
b
degree of protection:
Installation IP (front) IP (rear)
For door 0,8 to 1 mm thick IP30 IP30
For door 1 to 1,3 mm thick IP41 IP30
For door 1,4 to 2 mm thick IP55 IP30
impact strength: IK7
operating temperature: 0 to 60 C
class 2 (front).
Electrical characteristics
rated insulation level: Ui =250 V
impulse withstand voltage: Uimp =4 kV
LED operational voltage: 24 V DC 15 %
consumption at 24 V DC: 10 mA per LED +10 mA for the KA1 relay
Pushbutton rated operational characteristics:
AC contactor control:
3 A up to 120 V AC
1.5 A up to 240 V AC
DC contactor control:
1 A up to 30 V DC
The LCDD unit can control:
the LC1D and F contactors, all sizes at 230 V AC
contactors up to LC1D80/95 at 24 V DC.
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
v
-
-
v
-
b
b
183
Schneider Electric
MCC functional units
y 630A Ue=415 V
M
C
C

F
U
s

y
6
3
0
A
Catalogue numbers
D
D
3
8
2
7
3
0
D
D
3
8
2
7
3
1
D
D
3
8
2
7
3
2
D
D
3
8
2
7
3
3
Wiring diagram
LCDD for non-reversing motors (88400)
LCDD for reversing motors (88401)
Dimensions
Door cut-out diagram
LCDD unit
184
Schneider Electric
185
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Enclosures
Enveloppes
General presentation 52
Associating cubicles and compartments 55
Panelling 57
Frameworks 59
Frames 59
Cubicle equipment 60
Compartment equipment 62
Panelling 65
IP summary 65
Common parts 66
IP31 72
IP41 73
IP54 75
Dimensions 77
Frameworks 77
186
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Presentation
D
D
4
0
5
0
4
1
a
General presentation
Okken cubicles are available in 2 standard
heights, 5 widths and 2 depths, in order to
ft in any environment and allow an optimal
installation modularity.
They are made of a particularly resistent
galvanised steel, and the panelling
elements are painted RAL 1000, and
can also be delivered unpainted to be
customized by the panelbuilder.
Specifc frameworks equipments complete
the standard range of products, to adapt
Okken cubicles to special environmental
constraints: sismic areas, corrosive
atmospheres, Marine environment...
187
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Presentation
6
5
0
6
0
0
11
5
0
6
0
0
6
5
0
6
0
0
/
4
0
0
2
5
0
6
0
0
/
4
0
0

2200/
2350
6
5
0
4
5
0
3
5
0
6
0
0
/
4
0
0
6
0
0
/
4
0
0
6
0
0
/
4
0
0

2200/
2350

2200/
2350

2200/
2350

2200/
2350
D
D
4
0
5
0
2
0
D
D
4
0
5
0
2
1
D
D
4
0
5
0
2
2
D
D
4
0
5
0
2
0
D
D
4
0
5
0
2
0
D
D
4
0
5
0
2
3
D
D
4
0
5
0
2
4
Dimensions and functions
Device cubicle : an unique depth, 600 mm
Width 650 mm :
devices up to 4000A
designed for installation with a 70, 115 or 185 vertical busbar
b
v
v
Side cable compartment (SC):
3 possible widths: 350, 450 or 650 mm b
Auxiliary compartment: width 250 mm
usually installed to the left of the device cubicle
used when many measure and control devices are needed
b
b
Rear cable compartment (RC):
2 possible depths: 400 or 600 mm b
Width 1150 mm :
dedicated to Masterpact NW40b up to NW63
designed for installation with a 230 vertical busbar.
b
v
v
General presentation
188
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Presentation
87181
1800 m
m
= 72M

1650 m
m
= 66M
D
D
4
0
5
0
6
5
D
D
4
0
5
0
4
2
D
D
4
0
5
0
8
0
D
D
4
0
5
0
6
9
E
8
8
1
3
8
Framework
Okken cubicles are made of vertical frames, assembled prior to delivery,
horizontal cross-members, and a transportation plinth, forming a rigid unit,
indeformable and shock-resistant.
Cross-members can be dismounted, even when the column is installed, in order
to ease the fshplating operations and the cable connections (patented system).
In order to facilitate fshplating operations, it is possible to order frames with
removable cross-members.
b
b
b
Device installation zone :
in H2350 mm, this area represents a height of 72 modules of 25 mm, i.e.
1800 mm,
in H2200 mm, this area is reduced to 66 modules of 25 mm, i.e. 1650 mm.
b
b
General presentation
Frames are pre-drilled with a pitch of 25 mm, allowing fxation with cage nuts
(87181, see page 234 and class 8.8 screws.
b
Device cubicles architecture
Particular case of the 115-70 device cubicle :
a conversion area of 8 modules of 25 mm, i.e. 200 mm, is dedicated to the
change of DBA of the vertical busbar,
the 115 device area is located at the top of the cubicle, and takes 9+19 modules
of 25 mm (i.e. 700 mm),
the 70-2 device area is located at the bottom of the cubicle, and takes
36 modules of 25 mm in H2350 mm (i.e. 900 mm) and 30 modules of 25 mm in
H2200 mm (i.e. 750 mm).
b
b
b
The plinth: for columns handling and switchboards ventilation
This area, always of the same height, includes a space for handling from the
bottom, using a fork lift or a pallet-truck.
Anti-intrusion grids enable cool air to enter the column by natural convection in
order to keep it at a normal operating temperature.
The plinth is also used to secure the switchboard to the foor.
cross-piece
cross-member
frame
horizontal
busbar
vertical
busbar
device
installation
zone
115-device zone
700 m
m
= 9+19M

70-2 device zone
900 m
m
= 36M
(H
2350 m
m
)
750 m
m
= 30M
(H
2200 m
m
)
V-B
B
conversion area
200 m
m
= 8M
189
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Presentation
switchboard =association of columns column =association of cubicles and
compartments
A
B
C
D
D
4
0
5
0
2
6
D
D
4
0
5
0
2
5
D
D
4
0
5
0
2
7
D
D
4
0
5
0
3
0
D
D
4
0
5
0
3
1
D
D
4
0
5
0
3
2
D
D
4
0
5
0
3
3
D
D
4
0
5
0
3
4
Okken switchboards are constituted of
several associated columns.
Each column is made by the association
of a device cubicle and a cable
compartment and/or an auxiliaries
compartment.
The resulting switchboard must remain of
constant height and depth.
Associating cubicles and
compartments
For rear connection (RC), a single compartment (depth 400 or 600 mm) is added at
the rear of the device cubicle, or else 2 compartments (depth 400 mm only) can be
necessary, depending on the size and quantity of cables to be connected.
Columns for rear connection (RC)
device cubicle
cable compartment
control device compartment
RC columns panorama
switchboard depth
1000 mm
switchboard depth
1200 mm
switchboard depth
1400 mm
option column option column option column
device
cubicle
width
650 mm
device
cubicle
width
1150 mm
General presentation
190
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Presentation
complementary rear compartments
device cubicle
cable compartment
control device compartmnent
C
B
A
device cubicle
cable compartment
B
A
D
D
4
0
5
0
2
8
D
D
4
0
5
0
2
9
D
D
4
0
5
0
3
5
D
D
4
0
5
0
3
7
D
D
4
0
5
0
3
6
D
D
4
0
5
0
3
8
D
D
4
0
5
0
7
1
D
D
4
0
5
0
7
2
D
D
4
0
5
0
7
0
In case of a front-connected switchboard, the depth is unique allthrough its
length: 600 mm.
To the right of the device cubicle, compartments (width 350, 450 or 650 mm) are
added in order to give way for the cables and device connections, according to the
size and the quantity of cables to be connected.
Due to the position of the horizontal busbar, device connection can be made
indifferently from the top or from the bottom of the switchboard.
If the switchboard is made up of both RC and SC columns, the latter must be
complemented by rear compartments, in order to preserve the same depth
allthrough the switchboards length.
Columns for front connection (FC)
Particular case: RC column +SC column
Particular case: 115-70 SC cubicles
In case of a 115-70 cubicle, the type of connection of the 115 and 70-2 FUs can
require specifc dimensions for the lateral cable compartment if the FUs are both
top- or bottom-connected:
in that case, the compartment must be 650 mm wide. b
SC columns panorama (switchboard depth: 600 mm)
column width 1000 mm column width 1100 mm column width 1300 mm
option column option column option column
Example of rear + lateral connection
switchboard depth
1000 mm
Associating cubicles and
compartments
General presentation
191
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Presentation
column cap and
blanking plates
IP31 ventilation grid
rear panel
side panel
plain or transparent
doors
corner end section
IP31 ventilation grid
roof and lifting lugs
column cap
and blanking
plates
corner end section
IP31/IP41 drawer
front faces
IP54 drawer front
faces
Catalogue numbers indicated
in chapters dealing with device
equipment
D
D
4
0
5
1
4
6
Panelling
Panelling elements for Okken switchboards: roof, rear and side panels, bottom plate, column
caps, IP31 grids or IP41 front plates, plain or glassed doors, drawers front faces ...
Panelling synthesis
General presentation
192
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Presentation
RAL 1000
RAL 7016
galvanised
steel
D
D
4
0
5
0
3
9
D
D
3
8
1
9
2
3
2
Colour RAL 7016 half-dull for framework panelling:
plinths,
ventilations grids or IPxx front plates,
corner end sections,
column caps.
Galvanised steel for:
the frames,
the rear panels,
the roofs,
the inside equipment (device installations, plates, partitioning, uprights, forms,
door brackets,...).
Okken panelling elements can be ordered painted RAL1000 (P), or unpainted
electro-galvanized steel (NP), to let you customize the colour of your equipment
and proceed to the drillings and cutouts before painting.

Concerned panelling elements:
side panels,
doors, front plates and front faces.
b
v
v
v
v
b
v
v
v
v
b
v
v
Colours and
protection
coating
Cubicles degree of protection
Okken cubicles provide basically IP31.
With additional parts, they reach IP41 or IP54.
The Marine version of Okken switchboards provide IP22.
Standard of reference: IEC60529.
Panelling
General presentation
D
D
2
1
0
5
3
3
1st characteristic numeral: corresponds to protection of equipment against penetration of
solid objects and protection of persons against direct contact with live parts.
2nd characteristic numeral: corresponds to protection
of equipment against penetration of water with harmful
effects.
Protection of equipment Protection of persons Protection of equipment
Non-protected Non-protected
0
Non-protected
0
Protected against the penetration
of solid objects having a diameter
greater than or equal to 50 mm
Protected against direct contact with
the back of the hand (accidental
contact)
1
Protected against vertical dripping
water (condensation)
1
Protected against the penetration
of solid objects having a diameter
greater than or equal to 12,5 mm
Protected against direct fnger contact
2
Protected against dripping water at a
maximum angle of 15
2
Protected against the penetration
of solid objects having a diameter
greater than or equal to 2,5 mm
Protected against direct contact with
a 2,5 mm diameter tool
3
Protected against rain at a maximum
angle of 60
3
Protected against the penetration
of solid objects having a diameter
greater than or equal to 1 mm
Protected against direct contact with
a 1 mm diameter wire
4
Protected against splashing water in
all directions
4
Dust protected (no harmful deposits) Protected against direct contact with
a 1 mm diameter wire
5
Protected against water jets in all
directions
5
IK Weight (kg) Height (cm) Energy (J)
00 Non-protected
01 0.20 7.50 0.15
02 10 0.20
03 17.50 0.35
04 25 0.50
05 35 0.70
06 0.50 20 1
07 40 2
08 1.70 30 5
09 5 20 10
10 40 20
D
D
2
1
0
0
1
4
D
D
2
1
0
0
1
5
D
D
2
1
0
0
1
6
D
D
2
1
0
0
1
7
D
D
2
1
0
0
1
8
D
D
2
1
0
0
0
6
D
D
2
1
0
0
0
7
D
D
2
1
0
0
0
8
D
D
2
1
0
0
0
9
D
D
2
1
0
0
1
0
Whatever IP, the IK index of Okken cubicles is IK10, except if transparent doors are
installed, in which case it becomes IK07.
Standard of reference: IEC62262.
193
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Catalogue numbers
87004
87000
87007
D
D
4
0
5
0
4
3
D
D
4
0
5
0
4
4
D
D
4
0
5
0
4
5
Frameworks
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 2 frames H2350 mm D600 mm 87000
D400 mm 87001
D400 mm with removable cross-
members
87200
H2200 mm D600 mm 87002
D400 mm 87003
D400 mm with removable cross-
members
87201
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 2 standard plinths D600 mm 87004
D400 mm 87005
Frames
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 4 cross-members W250 mm 87010
W350 mm 87009
W450 mm 87008
W650 mm 87007
W1150 mm 87202
Frames
Cross-members
Plinths
194
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Catalogue numbers
87020
87300
87279
87021 87273
01215
87287
D
D
4
0
5
0
5
0
D
D
4
0
5
0
4
6
D
D
4
0
5
0
4
8
D
D
4
0
5
0
4
7
D
D
4
0
5
0
4
9
D
D
4
0
5
0
5
1
D
D
4
0
5
0
5
2
Cubicle equipment
Frameworks
115 V-BB device cubicles
Designation Cat.no.
Plates + F2 horizontal busbar
87020
Set of 2 lateral fanges
busbar y3200A
115-1
H2350 mm 87279
H2200 mm 87280
busbar 4000A
115-2/115-3
H2350 mm 87406
H2200 mm 87407
Set of 2 switchgear zone partitions
H2350/2200 mm 87300
Trunkings
for SC auxiliary wiring 87286
for RC auxiliary wiring (set of 5) 87287
Rectangular grommets
set of 5 01215
Designation Cat.no.
Plates + F2 horizontal busbar
87021
Set of 2 lateral fanges
H2350 mm 87273
H2200 mm 87274
Intermediate upright
70-2 cubicle
Disconnectable and
withdrawable FUs
H2350 mm SC (1) 87013
RC 87012
H2200 mm SC (1) 87161
RC 87160
(1) The intermediate upright is useless in case of a SC cubicle fully equipped with
disconnectable mounting plates
70 V-BB device cubicles
The cubicles equipment below is used to customize the cubicle according to the
type of busbar they are to receive.
Refer to chapter Busbars (page 215) for further informations.
195
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Catalogue numbers
87559 87560 87562
87254 87256
87205 87227
87287
D
D
4
0
5
0
4
9
D
D
4
0
5
0
5
5
D
D
4
0
5
0
5
6
D
D
4
0
5
0
5
7
D
D
4
0
5
0
5
8
D
D
4
0
5
0
5
9
D
D
4
0
5
0
8
1
D
D
4
0
5
0
8
2
115-70 V-BB device cubicles
185 V-BB device cubicles
Designation Cat.no.
Plates + F2 horizontal busbar
87559
Intermediate upright for Jean Mller fuse-switch cubicle
H2200 mm 87560
Front face for Jean Mller fuse-switch cubicle
H2200 mm NP 87562
P 87562MJ
Designation Cat.no.
Plates + F2 horizontal busbar
87020
115-70 conversion kit H2350 mm H2200 mm
RC 87254 87255
SC 87256 87257
230 V-BB device cubicles
Designation Cat.no.
Plates + F2 horizontal busbar - W1150 mm
for front H-BB - D600 mm 87205
for rear H-BB - D400mm 87206
Set of 2 lateral fanges
7300A busbar -
230 cubicle
H2350 mm 87227
H2200 mm 87228
Trunkings
for auxiliary RC wiring (set of 5) 87287
Cubicle equipment
Frameworks
196
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Catalogue numbers
87025
87519
87200
87209 87207
device
cubicle
cable
compartment
H-BB nr.1
H-BB nr.2
A B
D
D
4
0
5
0
8
3
D
D
4
0
5
0
8
4
D
D
4
0
5
0
8
5
D
D
4
0
5
1
2
4
D
D
4
0
5
1
2
5
Compartment equipment
Designation Cat.no.
Plate + horizontal busbar F2 for compartment (1)
W250 mm 87025
W350 mm 87024
W450 mm 87023
W650 mm 87022
Rear plate (2)
W250 mm 87519
(1) : for each compartment at the front of the switchboard, D600 mm
(2) : installed between 2 W250 mm front and rear compartments, in order to partition the
control from the rear zone (optional). Same cat.no. in H2350 mm and H2200 mm.
Frameworks
Complementary equipment for V-BB115/70/185 cubicles with 2 H-BB
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 2 frames for rear H-BB compartment, D400 mm
H2350 mm 87200
H2200 mm 87201
Compartment equipment
Designation Cat.no.
Equipment for double H-BB rear compartment
A
Plate + horiz. busbar nr.2 F2 for D400 mm rear compartment
V-BB115 / V-BB185 cubicle 87207
V-BB70 cubicle 87208
B
Plate + horiz. busbar nr.2 F2 for D400 mm rear compartment (1)
W250 mm 87025
W350 mm 87024
W450 mm 87023
W650 mm 87022
Lateral compartment plates D400 mm cross-members
set of 10 87209
(1) : order 1 D400 mm cross-member (87209) for each cat.no.
Device cubicles and SC cable compartments receive the same equipment as for
cubicles receiving a single busbar.
Nevertheless, RC compartments receiving the rear H-BB have to be made up with
specifc frames. Their cross-members are removable, in order to make rear H-BB
fshplating operations easier.
197
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Catalogue numbers
87169
87170 87171
M6x40
87171
87170
M10x25
87162
D
D
4
0
5
0
6
0
D
D
4
0
5
0
6
1
D
D
4
0
5
0
8
8
D
D
4
0
5
0
8
9
D
D
4
0
5
0
8
7
D
D
4
0
5
0
8
6
Designation Cat.no.
Bottom plate D400 mm D600 mm
W250 mm 87169 87168
W350 mm 87167 87166
W450 mm 87165 87164
W650 mm 87163 87162
W1150 mm 87226 87225
used as a steel gland plate and contributes to provide IP2 b
Designation Cat.no.
Framework lateral assembly plates
set of 20 87170
Framework assembly screws
set of 20 87171
Cubicles, compartments and columns association
framework lateral assembly:
4 assembly screws (87171) between
2 frameworks in their upper part
2 assembly plates (87170) between
2 frameworks in their medium part
2 M10x25 bolts for plinth assembly.

b
v
v
v
framework depthwise assembly:
top and bottom cross-members
secured by M6x40 bolts (6 for
cubicles W650/450 mm, 4 for
W350/250 mm).
b
v
Compartment equipment
Bottom plate for cubicles and compartments
Frameworks
198
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Catalogue numbers
87015+87016 87027
2x 87026
2x 87016
2x 87015
87026
87016
87015
87147
87177
87178
D
D
4
0
5
0
6
2
D
D
4
0
5
0
6
3
D
D
4
0
5
0
6
4
D
D
4
0
5
0
9
0
D
D
4
0
5
0
9
1
D
D
4
0
5
0
9
3
D
D
4
0
5
0
9
2
Inter-column partition
Designation Cat.no.
Inter-column partition D400 mm D600 mm
H2350 mm 87016 87015
H2200 mm 87018 87017
Inter-column partition complement D400 mm D600 mm
87026 87027
Systematically install partitions and complements at each end of the switchboard
A column added to an existing switchboard must receive an inter-column partition at its left:
it gives way to the horizontal busbar
it can be installed between any compartment or cubicle in order to partition specifc areas
in the switchboard
location for the fxing of the label holder (87147) : FU marking possible throughout the
columns full height
b
b
v
v
v
Designation Cat.no.
Label holder for 30 x 37,5 mm labels
set of 50 87147
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 4 cable tie bars
D600 mm 87177
D400 mm 87176
to fx cables laterally
to fx the power rails and auxiliary circuits
b
b
Designation Cat.no.
Auxiliary wiring trunking (1815 mm)
for cubicle H2350 mm / H2200 mm 87178
Application examples:
Cubicle in the middle of a column:
block up the left side, except from
the horizontal busbar area, simple
or double
b
v
Particular case:
70 V-BB device cubicle with
auxiliary compartment W250 mm
b
v
Accessories
Compartment equipment
Frameworks
199
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Presentation
1
3
11
7
8
2
4
10
13
15
14
13
17
21
18
20
17
19
19
17
22
16
5
6
6
16
12
12
18
9
18
1
11
D
D
4
0
5
0
6
6
D
D
4
0
5
0
6
7
D
D
4
0
5
0
6
8
D
D
4
0
5
1
6
5
IP parts summary Common IP31 IP41 IP54
1
plain door
2
transparent door
3
door and front plate stoppers
(replace with joint 87199 for Sismic columns)
- - -
4
door bottom stoppers - - -
5
door bottom brackets
6
IP31 ventilation grids (top and bottom) - - -
7
column cap and blanking plates
8
roof (made up of 1 or several parts)
9
roof joint
10
roof intermediate joint
11
side panel
12
door or rear panel -
12
rear door only - -
13
corner end section
14
handle, operating insert or markable handle
15
lifting lugs
16
IP41 front plates (top and bottom) - -
17
joint for vertical uprights (87199) - -
18
joint for doors/panels(87119) - -
19
fat joint (87120) - -
20
door gasket holder - -
21
cross-member blanking plates - -
22
drawer front faces with optimised drillings and specifc
operating devices
See chapters dealing with device equipment for further details on
specifc IP54 front faces.
- - -
IP summary
Panelling
IP31 complements
IP41 complements
IP54 complements
Common parts
200
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Catalogue numbers
87081
87083
1
1
D
D
4
0
5
0
9
5
D
D
4
0
5
0
9
6
Common parts
Panelling
W650 mm device cubicle doors
Designation Cat.no.
Plain door, W650 mm, lock on the right NP P
height 72M 87083 87083MJ
66M 87084 87084MJ
60M 87085 87085MJ
54M 87086 87086MJ
48M 87087 87087MJ
46M 87123 87123MJ
44M 87076 87076MJ
42M 87088 87088MJ
40M 87124 87124MJ
38M 87077 87077MJ
36M 87089 87089MJ
34M 87125 87125MJ
32M 87126 87126MJ
30M 87090 87090MJ
28M 87078 87078MJ
26M 87127 87127MJ
24M 87091 87091MJ
22M 87128 87128MJ
20M 87129 87129MJ
19M 87079 87079MJ
18M 87092 87092MJ
16M 87130 87130MJ
14M 87131 87131MJ
13M 87080 87080MJ
12M 87093 87093MJ
10M 87132 87132MJ
9M 87081 87081MJ
8M 87133 87133MJ
7M 87922 87922MJ
6M 87094 87094MJ
non-reversible doors, supplied with their moving hinges ftted to the left b
Designation Cat.no.
Panelling complement for device cubicles NP P
9M door 87081 87081MJ
for each 115 and 70 V-BB device cubicle b
201
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Catalogue numbers
87095 87101
87634
87142
87221
87219
2
1
1
D
D
4
0
5
0
9
9
D
D
4
0
5
1
1
0
D
D
4
0
5
1
1
2
D
D
4
0
5
0
9
8
D
D
4
0
5
0
9
7
D
D
4
0
5
1
1
1
W1150 mm device cubicle doors
Designation Cat.no.
Door for transparent plate, W650 mm,
lock on the right
NP P transparent
plate
height 72M 87095 87095MJ 87101
66M 87096 87096MJ 87102
60M 87923 87923MJ 87924
54M 87097 87097MJ 87103
48M 87098 87098MJ 87104
42M 87099 87099MJ 87105
36M 87100 87100MJ 87106
32M 87716 87716MJ 87717
non-reversible doors, supplied with their moving hinges ftted to the left b
Designation Cat.no.
tape for transparent plate (33 m roll) 87634
Designation Cat.no.
set of 50 fxed hinges 87142
used to fasten doors on the framework (supplied with axis and circlips) :
2 hinges for doors from 6 to 48 modules
3 hinges for doors from 54 to 72 modules
4 hinges for the front doors of cubicles 230
b
v
v
v
Designation Cat.no.
Plain door, W1150 mm, lock on the right NP P
height 40M 87221 87221MJ
34M 87222 87222MJ
order 1 door per 230 V-BB cubicle: 40 or 34 modules depending on the cubicles height
(2350 or 2200 mm)
door installed at the bottom of the cubicle
standard door closing: 2 supports +barrel (or operating insert) per door. Use different
barrels or operating inserts from those of the rest of the switchboard, for a security matter
b
b
b
Designation Cat.no.
Panelling complement for device cubicles NP P
9M front plate 87219 87219MJ
for 230 device cubicles, this front plate replaces the 9M door (supports supplied) b
W650 mm device cubicle doors
Door hinges
Common parts
Panelling
202
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Catalogue numbers
87244
87223 x 2
87142
1
12
D
D
4
0
5
1
1
2
D
D
4
0
5
1
1
4
D
D
4
0
5
1
1
3
Compartment front doors
Designation Cat.no.
Plain doors lock on the left lock on the right
H2350 mm NP P NP P
W250 mm 87114 87114MJ 87245 87245MJ
W350 mm 87113 87113MJ 87244 87244MJ
W450 mm 87112 87112MJ 87243 87243MJ
W650 mm 87111 87111MJ 87242 87242MJ
H2200 mm NP P NP P
W250 mm 87118 87118MJ 87249 87249MJ
W350 mm 87117 87117MJ 87248 87248MJ
W450 mm 87116 87116MJ 87247 87247MJ
W650 mm 87115 87115MJ 87246 87246MJ
install a door at the front of every lateral compartment b
Designation Cat.no.
set of 50 fxed hinges 87142
used to fasten doors on the framework (supplied with axis and circlips) :
2 hinges for doors from 6 to 48 modules
3 hinges for doors from 54 to 72 modules
4 hinges for the front doors of cubicles 230
b
v
v
v
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 2 rear uprights for W575 mm doors H2350 mm 87203
H2200 mm 87204
installed at the middle of the rear W1150 mm compartment and receiving the locks and
hinges for W575 mm doors
order 1 set of uprights per rear compartment
b
b
Designation Cat.no.
Plain doors for 230 V-BB
compartments
lock on the left lock on the right
H2350 mm NP P NP P
W575 mm 87223 87223MJ 87250 87250MJ
H2200 mm NP P NP P
W575 mm 87224 87224MJ 87251 87251MJ
order 2 doors per compartment b
Door hinges
Compartment rear doors, column W1150 mm
Common parts
Panelling
203
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Catalogue numbers
87660 87665 87666
87145 (A) +87151 (B)
87190
87146
A
B
87138
07081
14
14
14
5
D
D
4
0
5
1
1
6
D
D
4
0
5
1
4
5
D
D
4
0
5
1
1
9
D
D
4
0
5
1
1
7
D
D
4
0
5
1
1
8
D
D
3
8
1
2
0
6
3
D
D
4
0
5
1
2
2
Designation Cat.no.
Handles with latch bolt with 405 barrel 87660
with 455 barrel 87661
with 421 barrel 87662
with 2131 barrel 87664
with 2132 barrel 87665
without barrel 87666
each door closing point receives a handle with a barrel or/and an operating insert
number of closing points to equip:
1 for doors from 6 to 24 modules,
2 for doors from 26 to 48 modules,
3 for doors from 54 to 72 modules,
3 for compartment and rear doors.
b
b
v
v
v
v
Handles and locks
Designation Cat.no.
Markable handles for 30 x 37,5 mm labels
set of 20 87146
Markable handles are optionally added to the inserts supports and have 2 functions:
simplify the door opening when there is no door handle,
receive a label (not supplied) to identify a column or a FU through individual door.
b
v
v
Designation Cat.no.
Inserts supports (A)
set of 20 inserts supports with latch bolt 87145
Operating inserts (B)
set of 10 operating inserts male square 8 87151
(supplied without key) male square 7 87152
male triangle 9 87153
male triangle 8 87154
male triangle 7 87155
double bar 5 87156
Key for operating insert
male square 8 87190
male square 7 87191
male triangle 9 87192
male triangle 8 87193
male triangle 7 87194
double bar 5 87195
Doors and front plates complements
Designation Cat.no.
Door and rear panel bottom brackets W250
mm
W350
mm
W450
mm
W650
mm
Set of 10 (1) 87135 87136 87137 87138
6 mm earth braid (2)
07081
(1): Fix 1 bracket (87138) on the framework, at the bottom of each door and front plate (except
facing a device mounting plate or a case separator)
(2): Install on each door or front face receiving electrical devices
Common parts
Panelling
204
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Catalogue numbers
2 x87070
87143
87033
87653
87718
11
8
D
D
4
0
5
1
2
7
D
D
4
0
5
1
2
8
D
D
4
0
5
1
2
9
D
D
4
0
5
1
2
3
D
D
4
0
5
4
0
7
Designation Cat.no.
Side panels NP P
H2350 mm D600 mm 87070 87070MJ
D400 mm 87071 87071MJ
H2200 mm D600 mm 87072 87072MJ
D400 mm 87073 87073MJ
Order 2 panels per depth in order to close the switchboard at both ends
Each side panel is made up of 2 elements
b
b
Side panels
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 200 supports
87143
8 supports are needed per side panel b
Side panel supports
Designation Cat.no.
Roof W250 mm W350
mm
W450
mm
W650
mm
W1150 mm
D600 mm 87045 87041 87037 87033 -
D1000 mm 87044 87040 87036 87032 87215
D1200 mm 87043 87039 87035 87031 -
D1400 mm 87042 87038 87034 87030 87214
required quantity of screws for the securing of the roof, according to cubicle dimensions:
widths from 250 to 650 mm width 1150 mm
depth
screw
87182
screw M12x25 +washer
87653 +contact washer
screw
87182
screw M12x25 +washer
87653 +contact washer
600 mm 4 4 -
1000 mm 4 8 - 6
1200 mm 4 8 -
1400 mm 4 12 - 8
b
Roofs and column caps
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 100 waterproof washers 87653
1 washer is needed for each roof fxing point b
Designation Cat.no.
Column cap lighting
50/60 Hz universal neon light 87718
fxed on the column cap
allow a drilling for the standard IP3x grommet
b
b
Common parts
Panelling
205
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Catalogue numbers
87063
87067
87011
87029 87046
87046
87029
87140
9
10
7
7
15
13
D
D
4
0
5
1
3
2
D
D
4
0
5
1
3
1
D
D
4
0
5
1
1
5
D
D
4
0
5
1
3
0
D
D
4
0
5
1
4
4
D
D
4
0
5
1
4
3
D
D
4
0
5
1
3
6
Designation Cat.no.
roof joint (50 m) 87046
roof intermediate joint (50 m) 87029
required length of 87046 joint per switchboard =
(number of columns +1) * switchboards depth
required length of 87029 joint per cubicle =
1 cubicle width in D600 mm, 2 widths in P1000 and P1200 mm, 3 widths in P1400 mm
b
b
Designation Cat.no.
RAL 7016 column cap
W250 mm 87066
W350 mm 87065
W450 mm 87064
W650 mm 87063
W1150 mm 87218
order 1 column cap for each cubicle and compartment b
Designation Cat.no.
RAL7016 column cap blanking plate
set of 2 87067
order 1 set of blanking plates per switchboard b
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 4 lifting lugs 87011
order 1 set of lugs per column
maximum lifting capcity for 4 lugs:
1200 kg maxi with direct lifting with slings
2000 kg maxi if a lifting beam is used (better load distribution)
b
b
v
v
Roofs and columns caps
Marking and fnishing
Designation Cat.no.
Column marking (set of 60 stickers)
fgure 0 705507
fgure 1 705508
fgure 2 705509
fgure 3 705510
fgure 4 705511
fgure 5 705512
fgure 6/9 705513
fgure 7 705514
fgure 8 705515
Designation Cat.no.
End sections for 2 corners
H2350 mm 87140
H2200 mm 87141
order 2 catalogue numbers to equip the switchboards 4 angles b
Common parts
Panelling
206
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Catalogue numbers
87150 87157
87047
87055
87144 87143
3 4
12
12
6
D
D
4
0
5
1
2
6
D
D
4
0
5
1
2
0
D
D
4
0
5
1
2
1
D
D
4
0
5
1
3
3
D
D
4
0
5
1
3
4
a
D
D
4
0
5
1
3
5
Doors and front plates complements
Designation Cat.no.
Door and front plates stoppers
Set of 200 intermediate stoppers (1) 87150
Set of 200 bottom stoppers (2) 87157
(1) : Stick 1 intermediate stopper (87150) at the junction point between 2 doors or
front plates
(2) : Stick 1 bottom stopper (87157) at the bottom of each compartment and
device cubicle having a door in its lower part
IP31
Designation Cat.no.
Rear panel (for SC compartment) H2350 mm H2200 mm
W250 mm 87050 87054
W350 mm 87049 87053
W450 mm 87048 87052
W650 mm 87047 87051
Compartments rear panelling
Supports for front plates and grids
Designation Cat.no.
IP31 ventilation grids
W250 mm (set of 4) 87058
W350 mm (set of 4) 87057
W450 mm (set of 4) 87056
W650 mm (set of 4) 87055
W1150 mm (set of 5) 87216
order 1 set per column b
Ventilation grids
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 200 supports
top 87143
bottom 87144
4 top supports + 4 bottom supports are necessary to fx 4 grids
2 extra supports are necessary to fx the 5 grids of the W1150 mm column
6 top supports are necessary to fx each rear panel
b
b
b
Standard drawer front faces
Designation Cat.no.
Rear door (for RC compartment) lock on the left lock on the right
H2350 mm NP P NP P
W650 mm 87111 87111MJ 87242 87242MJ
H2200 mm NP P NP P
W650 mm 87115 87115MJ 87246 87246MJ
Refer to the chapters dealing with device equipment (PCC FUs y 630A, and MCC FUs
y 630A Ue=415V)
Panelling
207
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Catalogue numbers
87119 87120
87059
87199
87047
87144 87143
18 19 17
12
12
16
D
D
4
0
5
1
3
7
D
D
4
0
5
1
3
8
D
D
4
0
5
1
3
9
D
D
4
0
5
1
4
2
D
D
4
0
5
1
2
6
D
D
4
0
5
1
3
5
D
D
4
0
5
1
3
4
IP41
Front plates
Designation Cat.no.
J oints
for vertical uprights (12 x 2150 mm) 87199
for doors/panels (50 m) 87119
fat joint 10 x 4mm (50 m) 87120
for information only, 4 m of joint 87199 are necessary for a W650 mm x H2350 mm column,
except for the front side.
joint 87120 : approximatively 5 m per cubicle
joint 87119 : approximatively 1 length of 2150 mm per cubicle
b
b
b
Designation Cat.no.
IP41/IP54 front plates
W250 mm (set of 4) 87062
W350 mm (set of 4) 87061
W450 mm (set of 4) 87060
W650 mm (set of 4) 87059
W1150 mm (set of 5) 87217
order 1 set per column b
Compartment rear panelling
J oints
Supports for front plates and grids
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 200 supports
top 87143
bottom 87144
4 top supports + 4 bottom supports are necessary to fx 4 grids
2 extra supports are necessary to fx the 5 grids of the W1150 mm column
6 top supports are necessary to fx each rear panel
b
b
b
Designation Cat.no.
Rear panel (for SC compartment) H2350 mm H2200 mm
W250 mm 87050 87054
W350 mm 87049 87053
W450 mm 87048 87052
W650 mm 87047 87051
Designation Cat.no.
Rear doors (for RC compartment) lock on the left lock on the right
H2350 mm NP P NP P
W650 mm 87111 87111MJ 87242 87242MJ
H2200 mm NP P NP P
W650 mm 87115 87115MJ 87246 87246MJ
Panelling
208
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Catalogue numbers
87654 87028
IP41
21 20
22
D
D
4
0
5
1
4
1
D
D
4
0
5
1
4
0
D
D
4
0
5
1
6
4
D
D
4
0
5
0
9
4
D
D
4
0
5
0
4
0
IP41
Designation Cat.no.
Corss-member grommets (1)
set of 100 87654
Door gasket holders (2)
set of 5 87028
(1) : 2 grommets per cross-member, at the front and the rear of the switchboard
(2) : 81M vertical section, mounted vertically on the hinge side inside the door, to
be recut to match door height. Used as support for the 87119 joint
IP41 complements
Standard drawers front faces
Devices catalogue number can be different according to the IP level.
Switchgear
Refer to the chapters dealing with device equipment (PCC FUs y 630A, and MCC FUs
y 630A Ue=415V)
sticking the IP41/IP54 joint for drawer front faces
Panelling
209
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Catalogue numbers
87059
87144 87143
87244
12
87119 87120 87199
18 19 17
16
D
D
4
0
5
1
3
7
D
D
4
0
5
1
3
5
D
D
4
0
5
1
3
4
D
D
4
0
5
1
1
3
D
D
4
0
5
1
3
8
D
D
4
0
5
1
3
9
D
D
4
0
5
1
4
2
IP54
Column caps
Designation Cat.no.
J oints
for vertical uprights (12 x 2150 mm) 87199
for doors/panels (50 m) 87119
fat joint 10 x 4mm (50 m) 87120
for information only, 4 m of joint 87199 are necessary for a W650 mm x H2350 mm column,
except for the front side.
joint 87120 : approximatively 5 m per cubicle
joint 87119 : approximatively 1 length of 2150 mm per cubicle
b
b
b
Designation Cat.no.
IP41/IP54 column caps
W250 mm (set of4) 87062
W350 mm (set of4) 87061
W450 mm (set of4) 87060
W650 mm (set of4) 87059
W1150 mm (set of5) 87217
order 1 set per column b
Rear doors
J oints
Front plates and grids supports
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 200 supports
top 87143
bottom 87144
4 top supports + 4 bottom supports are necessary to fx 4 grids
2 extra supports are necessary to fx the 5 grids of the W1150 mm column
6 top supports are necessary to fx each rear panel
b
b
b
painted doors are compulsory at the rear of IP54 columns
Designation Cat.no.
Plain doors lock on the left lock on the
right
H2350 mm P P
W250 mm 87114MJ 87245MJ
W350 mm 87113MJ 87244MJ
W450 mm 87112MJ 87243MJ
W650 mm 87111MJ 87242MJ
H2200 mm P P
W250 mm 87118MJ 87249MJ
W350 mm 87117MJ 87248MJ
W450 mm 87116MJ 87247MJ
W650 mm 87115MJ 87246MJ
b
Panelling
210
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Catalogue numbers
IP54
87654 87028
21 20
22
D
D
4
0
5
1
6
4
D
D
4
0
5
1
4
1
D
D
4
0
5
1
4
0
P
B
1
0
0
7
7
6
-
4
2
D
D
4
0
5
4
5
0
D
D
4
0
5
4
5
1
IP54
Designation Cat.no.
Cross-member grommets (1)
set of 100 87654
Door gasket holders (2)
set of 5 87028
(1) : 2 grommets per cross-member, at the front and the rear of the switchboard
(2) : 81M vertical section, mounted vertically on the hinge side inside the door, to
be recut to match door height. Used as support for the 87119 joint
IP54 complements
Specifc IP54 drawer front faces
Switchgear
Devices catalogue number can be different according to the IP level.
For example: Masterpact transparent cover
Masterpact transparent cover
sticking the IP41/IP54 joint for drawer front faces
Panelling
Refer to the chapters dealing with device equipment (PCC FUs y 630A, and MCC FUs
y 630A Ue=415V)
211
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Presentation
565
650
400
325
37.5
37
F
25mm
G
C

A
E

D

B
D
D
4
0
5
1
4
7
D
D
4
0
5
1
7
0
D
D
4
0
5
1
7
4
D
D
4
0
5
1
8
4
Dimensions
Frameworks
Plinth
For the exact measures of the ground fastening points, refer to chapter Technical
Informations (page 259).
A =2350 mm, F =400 mm
B C D E G
250 50 2162,5 175 325
350 50 2162,5 275 325
450 50 2162,5 375 325
650 50 2162,5 575 325
1150 50 2162,5 1075 325
A =2200 mm, F =400 mm
B C D E G
250 50 2012,5 175 325
350 50 2012,5 275 325
450 50 2012,5 375 325
650 50 2012,5 575 325
1150 50 2012,5 1075 325
A =2350 mm, F =600 mm
B C D E G
250 50 2162,5 175 525
350 50 2162,5 275 525
450 50 2162,5 375 525
650 50 2162,5 575 525
1150 50 2162,5 1075 525
A =2200 mm, F =600 mm
B C D E G
250 50 2012,5 175 525
350 50 2012,5 275 525
450 50 2012,5 375 525
650 50 2012,5 575 525
1150 50 2012,5 1075 525
212
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
Presentation
L
L +57
662
600
18
400
600
1075
18
18
2351.5/
2201.5
143.5
12
D
D
4
0
5
1
4
8
D
D
4
0
5
1
7
6
D
D
4
0
5
1
7
7
D
D
4
0
5
1
8
3
Frameworks with panelling elements
Height Width
Dimensions
Frameworks
Depth
Front door and rear panel Front and rear door
213
Schneider Electric
Enclosures
E
n
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
s
214 Schneider Electric
215
Schneider Electric
Busbars
B
u
s
b
a
r
s
Busbars
General presentation 216
Busbar types 217
Architecture and principle 218
Main busbar y 4000A 219
Double main busbar 4000A < In y 7300A 220
Link between rear H-BB/V-BB 115/70/185 221
115 distribution busbar 222
70 distribution busbar 224
115-70 distribution busbar 226
185 distribution busbar 228
Protection bars and auxiliary busducts 229
Internal arc withstand accessories 230
J dB NW/NT et NS1600
216 Schneider Electric
Busbars
B
u
s
b
a
r
s
Presentation
J
D
B
H
1
r
0
0
5
8
0
2
7
H
D
r
P
D
4
0
5
0
6
6
P
D
4
0
5
0
6
5
General presentation
Placed horizontally in a partitioned compartment at the top of the
switchboard, it consists of copper bars with a single cross-section
(40 x 10 mm), whose number varies according to rated current,
ambient temperature and degree of protection of the enclosure.
The connections to the distribution busbars and fshplates are
made without drilling, thus simplifying site extensions.

The original square-type layout of the bars offers 3 advantages:
the best layout in terms of limitation of electromagnetic radiation.
it frees the surface necessary for cable penetration from the top in front
connection, while at the same time preserving a favourable thermal exchange at
busbar level.
it increases electrodynamic withstand of the busbar.

Note : Beyond 4000 A, the busbar is double and requires a minimum depth of
1000 mm.
b
b
b
Main busbar
Auxiliary busducts
Auxiliary busducts ensure distribution of auxiliary supplies
and reference voltages of monitoring circuits, as well as some
communication buses.
They are installed in the connection compartments throughout the useful height of
the cubicle.
Busbar surface processing and coating
Okken busbars can receive a particular surface processing, anticorrosive type, or
an insulating epoxy coating (refer to chapter Technical Information, page 259, for
further details).
Distribution busbar
Installed in a partitioned compartment to the rear of the switchgear
zone, it consists of 10 mm thick bars whose cross-section and/or
number depend on the current to be distributed in the cubicle.
Functional units up to 630 A are connected without drilling, by means of clamp
connections.
Access to the busbar is protected at the front by IP2 insulating grids.
Power circuit-breaker connections are screwed on.
The slots for the Masterpact NW are standardised and bars are punched in the
workshop, thus allowing addition on the site.
Protection conductor
The protective conductor ensures equipotential bonding of frames.
It is made up in each cubicle of a horizontal conductor connecting column frames
to one another and of a vertical conductor accomodating the power cables
protective conductors and the earthing connections when devices so require.
Cross-section :
40 x 5 for Icw y 50 kA,
40 x 10 for 50kA <Icw y 100 kA,
80 x 10 for Icw >100 kA.
b
b
b
217
Schneider Electric
Busbars
B
u
s
b
a
r
s
Presentation
1
1
5
m
m
1
1
5
m
m
1
1
5
m
m
7
0

m
m
7
0

m
m
7
0

m
m
1
8
5
m
m
1
8
5
m
m
D
D
4
0
5
0
7
3D
D
4
0
5
0
7
5
D
D
4
0
5
0
7
6
D
D
4
0
5
0
7
7
D
D
4
0
5
0
7
8
D
D
4
0
5
0
7
9
D
D
4
0
5
1
0
0
D
D
4
0
5
1
0
1
D
D
4
0
5
1
0
4
D
D
4
0
5
1
0
3
D
D
4
0
5
1
0
2
General presentation
Horizontal busbar =main busbar
simple busbar
up to 4000A
double busbar
up to 7300A
Vertical busbar =distribution busbar
Vertical 115 busbar
mainly designed for high power columns
allows the installation of NW08-40, NT/NS08-16 as incomers or feeders
installed at the rear of the switchgear cubicle, throughout all its height (see page
222)
b
b
b
Vertical 70 busbar
allows the installation of NT/NS08-16 and all
the distribution feeders and motor
control feeders
installed at the rear of the switchgear
cubicle, throughout all its height
(see page 224)
b
b
Vertical 185 busbar
dedicated to J ean Mller fuse-switches installation
installed at the rear of a H2200 mm switchgear cubicle, throughout all its height
(see page 228)
b
b
Busbar for 230 cubicle
the 230 cubicle is dedicated to the
installation of a NW40b-63
the link between the device and the
horizontal busbar replaces the vertical busbar
(see chapter NW/NT and NS1600 devices,
page 60)
b
b
Vertical 115-70 busbar
enables mixing, in a single Okken column, a NW08-32 incomer and functional
units up to 630 A (see page 226)
b
Busbar types
218 Schneider Electric
Busbars
B
u
s
b
a
r
s
Presentation
87270
87271
87270
87271
40x10
40x10
40x10
D
D
4
0
5
1
0
6
D
D
4
0
5
1
0
7
D
D
4
0
5
1
0
5
D
D
4
0
5
1
5
5
General presentation
Architecture and principle
cubicle (top view)
lateral fanges
red IP grid
busbar
support
The vertical 70 busbar is made of bars of 40, 50, 80 or 100 x10 mm cross-section.
The 40x10 and 50x10 bars use the same busbar support, while the 80x10 and 100x10 bars
use another one.
Different cross-sections of the bars leads to different fxing positions for the supports on the
lateSC fanges.
bars
Note : The principle is the same fas or the 115 busbar, with bars of 80x10 and 120x10 cross-
section, and different catalogue numbers for the supports.
invariable
reference
point
Horizontal/Vertical busbar association principle
Vertical busbar principle
Connections to the distribution busbars and fshplating are made without drilling.
Sliding fshplates ensures the link between 2 horizontal busbars.
Angle brackets (or tees) secure the connection between the horizontal and the vertical busbar.
The tightening screw devices used to secure the connection go through the gap between the
horizontal bars.
fshplate
H-BB/V-BB link
vertical
115
busbar
horizontal
busbar
vertical
70 busbar
219
Schneider Electric
Busbars
B
u
s
b
a
r
s
Catalogue numbers
87014
87262
87261
D
D
4
0
5
1
8
8
D
D
4
0
5
1
8
5
D
D
4
0
5
1
8
7
D
D
4
0
5
1
8
6
Main busbar y 4000A
unique and horizontal position at the top of the cubicle
constant bar cross-section : 40x10, never drilled, to be manufactured according
to supplied drawings (see page 276 and Panelbuilder tools DVD)
Operating in corrosive atmospheres :
horizontal busbars must be tin-plated complying with specifcation
GHQ8019722 (see chapter Technical Informations, page 272)
same derating as for standard solution.
b
b
b
v
v
Busbar calculation
Nb of bars /
phase
Icw max (kA) Rated current In (A)
IP31 IP41/54
35 40 45 50 35 40 45 50
2 x 40x10 50 1900 1790 1680 1570 1680 1570 1450 1320
3 x 40x10 80 2520 2380 2230 2080 2230 2080 1920 1750
4 x 40x10 100 3200 3020 2840 2650 2840 2650 2440 2230
6 x 40x10 100 4050 3820 3590 3340 3590 3340 3090 2820
Number and type of busbar supports
Icw y 50kA 50 kA < Icw y 100kA
87260 87261
device cubicle W650 mm D600 mm 3 3
cable
compartment
W250 mm D600 mm 1 1
W350 mm D600 mm 1 1
W450 mm D600 mm 2 2
W650 mm D600 mm 2 2
Designation Cat. no.
Horizontal busbar support Icw y 50 kA rms/1sec 87260
50 <Icw y 100 kA rms/1sec 87261
Designation Cat. no.
Set of 2 busbar end covers 87014
Order 1 cat. no. per switchboard
In case of of a coupling, an additional end cover is needed in order to separate 2 H-BBs of
different circuits
b
b
Designation Cat. no.
standard corrosive
atmosphere
1-pole sliding fshplate 2 bars / phase 87267 87694
3 bars / phase 87268 87695
4 bars / phase 87262 87692
6 bars / phase 87263 87693
Sliding fshplate, no need to drill the bars (supplied with screws)
For working in corrosive atmospheres, the fshplates manufactured by the panelbuilder
(according to supplied drawings) must be tin-plated complying with specifcation GHQ8019722
b
b
Catalogue numbers
The bars are secured by insulating supports, attached to the framework.
The tables below indicate:
the permissible current (In) in the busbar, depending on the number and cross-
section of the bars
the number of busbar supports required for each framework type, depending on:
the rated short-time withstand current (Icw).
b
b
v
220 Schneider Electric
Busbars
B
u
s
b
a
r
s
Catalogue numbers
400 m
m
600 m
m
400 m
m
87014
87262
87261
D
D
4
0
5
1
8
9
D
D
4
0
5
1
8
8
D
D
4
0
5
1
8
7
D
D
4
0
5
1
8
6
Double main busbar
4000A < In y 7300A
The 7300A H-BB is made up by 2 parallel busbars:
a front H-BB at the top of device cubicles and D600 mm compartments,
a rear H-BB at the top of D400 compartments
Operating in corrosive atmospheres :
horizontal busbars must be tin-plated complying with specifcation
GHQ8019722 (see chapter Technical Informations, page 272)
same derating as for standard solution.
b
v
v
b
v
v
Nb of bars /
phase
Icw max (kA) Rated current In (A)
IP31 IP41/54
35 40 45 50 35 40 45 50
2 x 3 x 40x10 100 4530 4350 4160 3970 3970 3770 3560 3350
2 x 4 x 40x10 100 5810 5580 5330 5090 5090 4830 4570 4300
2 x 6 x 40x10 150 7320 7060 6750 6450 6450 6120 5780 5430
Number and type of busbar supports
87261
device cubicle +
rear compartment
W650 mm D600 +D400 mm 3 +3
W1150 mm D600 +D400 mm 5 +5
front +rear SC
compartment
W250 mm D600 +D400 mm 1 +1
W350 mm D600 +D400 mm 1 +1
W450 mm D600 +D400 mm 2 +2
W650 mm D600 +D400 mm 2 +2
Busbar calculation
Catalogue numbers
Designation Cat. no.
Horizontal busbar support 50 <Icw y 100 kA rms/1sec 87261
Designation Cat. no.
Set of 2 busbar end covers 87014
Order 1 cat.no. per switchboard
In case of of a coupling, an additional end cover is needed in order to separate 2 H-BBs of
different circuits
b
b
The bars are secured by insulating supports, attached to the framework.
The tables below indicate:
the permissible current (In) in the busbar, depending on the number and cross-
section of the bars
the number of busbar supports required for each framework type, depending on:
the cubicles dimension
b
b
v
Designation Cat. no.
standard corrosive
atmosphere
1-pole sliding fshplate 3 bars / phase 87268 87695
4 bars / phase 87262 87692
6 bars / phase 87263 87693
Sliding fshplate, no need to drill the bars (supplied with screws)
For operating in corrosive atmospheres, the fshplates manufactured by the panelbuilder
(according to supplied drawings) must be tin-plated complying with specifcation GHQ8019722
b
b
221
Schneider Electric
Busbars
B
u
s
b
a
r
s
Catalogue numbers
87234
87235
185 link: no additional
catalogue number is needed
87277
87325
87270
87344
87396
D
D
4
0
5
1
9
0
D
D
4
0
5
1
9
4
D
D
4
0
5
1
9
7
D
D
4
0
5
1
9
5
D
D
4
0
5
1
9
6
D
D
4
0
5
1
9
1
a
D
D
4
0
5
1
9
2
D
D
4
0
5
1
9
3
D
D
4
0
5
1
9
9
Catalogue numbers for V-BB 115
Designation Cat. no.
Double support for busbar 115 bare bars 87277
epoxy-coated bars 87727
Cover for 115 link (*) 87234
Screws for 5 double supports for 120x10 bars 87396
Order 1 cover +2 supports per rear H-BB/V-BB115 link
(*) : the catalogue number includes the cover and 1 cross-member for the busbar support
The catalogue number for the screws comprises also threaded rods, notched nuts and
insulating spacers
b
b
A rear/front H-BB link is installed at the top of each 115/70/185 device cubicle.
This link may have an impact on the connection mode for the NW40 or NT/NS08-
16 devices, as on the installation capacity of the 70 device cubicles (see chapter
NW/NT and NS1600 devices, page 39)
Operating in corrosive atmospheres :
horizontal busbars must be tin-plated complying with specifcation
GHQ8019722 (see chapter Technical Informations, page 272)
same derating as for standard solution.
b
v
v
Link between rear H-BB/V-BB
115/70/185
Designation Cat. no.
Double support for busbar 70 bare bars 87325
epoxy-coated bars 87728
Cover for 70 link 87235
Set of 7 busbar supports
40/50x10 mm
bare bars 87270
epoxy-coated bars 87725
Screws for 5 double supports for 50x10 bars 87344
Order 1 double support +1 cover per rear H-BB/V-BB 70 link
1 busbar support is used per rear H-BB/V-BB 70 link
The catalogue number for the screws comprises also threaded rods, notched nuts and
insulating spacers
b
b
b
Catalogue numbers for V-BB 70
Catalogue numbers for V-BB 185
Double main busbar
4000A < In y 7300A
222 Schneider Electric
Busbars
B
u
s
b
a
r
s
Presentation
D
D
4
0
5
1
9
8
Mainly designed for the incoming column
Allows installation of NW08-40, NT/NS08-16 as incomers or feeders
Installed at the rear of the switchgear cubicle, throughout all its height
Operating in corrosive atmospheres :
horizontal busbars must be tin-plated complying with specifcation
GHQ8019722 (see chapter Technical Informations, page 272)
same derating as for standard solution.
b
b
b
b
v
v
115-1 : 3200A maximum busbar, for 1 to 3 NW08-32, NT/NS08-16 devices in TDC, BDC, RC
or SC
115-2 : 4000A busbar, for 1 to 3 NW08-32, NT/NS08-16 devices in TDC, BDC or RC
115-3 : 4000A busbar, for 1 NW40 device in TDC or RC
Nb of bars /
phase
Icw max (kA) Rated current In (A)
IP31 IP41/54
35 40 45 50 35 40 45 50
1 x 80x10 50 1750 1640 1530 1420 1530 1420 1290 1160
2 x 80x10 100 2780 2620 2450 2260 2450 2260 2060 1860
3 x 80x10 100 3200 3010 2810 2590 2810 2590 2370 2130
3 x 120x10 100 4090 3840 3580 3310 3580 3310 3030 2720
Number and type of busbar supports and cross-members
Bar supports 115-1/115-2
cross-
members
115-3
cross-
members
V-BB
type
device and
connection type
Icw (kA) number of bars/phase and
cross-section
87277 87269 87278
115-1 NW08-32 TDC, BDC, SC, RC 50 1-2-3 x 80x10 4 3
100 2-3 x 80x10 7 6
115-2 NW08/32 BDC, SC, RC 100 3 x 120x10 7 6
NW08/32 TDC 100 3 x 120x10 6 6
115-3 NW40 TDC 100 3 x 120x10 5 2
NW40 RC 100 3 x 120x10 5 3
NW40 +coupling 100 3 x 120x10 4 3
115 distribution busbar
Busbar calculation
The bars are secured by insulating supports.
The tables below indicate:
the permissible current (In) in the busbar, depending on the number and cross-
section of the bars
the number of busbar supports required, depending on:
the busbar type and dimension
the permissible short-time current (Icw).
b
b
v
v
223
Schneider Electric
Busbars
B
u
s
b
a
r
s
Catalogue numbers
87398
87408
87277
87269
x 87277
87188 87189
D
D
4
0
5
1
9
1
D
D
4
0
5
2
0
0
D
D
4
0
5
2
0
1
D
D
4
0
5
2
0
2
D
D
4
0
5
2
0
3
D
D
4
0
5
2
0
4
D
D
4
0
5
1
9
3Designation Cat. no.
Screws for 5 115 V-BB supports 80x10 87398
120x10 87396
The catalogue number for the screws comprises also threaded rods, notched nuts and
insulating spacers
b
Designation Cat. no.
standard corrosive
atmosphere
1 pole 800/4000A 115 V-BB/H-BB link (1) 87408 87696
Set of 100 anti-rotation plates for H/V-BB link (2) 87188
Set of 100 11x38 washers (3) 87189
(1) the spacers have to be manufactured for each link (see drawings numbers in chapter
Technical Informations, page 272).
For operating in corrosive atmospheres links and spacers must be tin-plated complying with
specifcation GHQ8019722 (see chapter Technical Informations, page 272)
(2) essential to prevent the nut (inaccessible with a key) from rotating during tightening
(3) essential for a correct tightening on the horizontal bars
115 distribution busbar
Catalogue numbers
Designation Cat. no.
Double support for 115 V-BB bare bars 87277
epoxy-coated bars 87727
Order an additional double support to use a half as a bottom wedge b
Designation Cat. no.
Set of 3 cross-members for 115
V-BB support
115-1/115-2 87269
115-3 87278
quantity per phase
number of H-BB bars/phase 2 or 4 3 or 6
anti-rotation plates (87188) 2 4
washers (87189) 2 4
224 Schneider Electric
Busbars
B
u
s
b
a
r
s
Presentation
D
D
4
0
5
2
0
5
Allows installation of NT/NS08-16 devices, and any distribution feeder (PCC)
and motor control feeder (MCC)
Installed at the rear of the switchgear cubicle, throughout all its height
Operating in corrosive atmospheres:
70-distribution busbars must receive a Nickel protection treatment, complying
with specifcation GHQ8019721 (see chapter Technical Informations, page
272)
derating of 70-distribution busbars: 10% compared to the standard Okken
solution.
b
b
b
v
v
Number and type of busbar supports
Icw (kA) bar number and cross-section 87270 87271
50 1 x 40x10 7
1 x 50x10 7
1 x 80x10 6
1 x 100x10 6
80 1 x 80x10 8
1 x 100x10 8
100 1 x 100x10 10 (*)
(*) : 9 supports for H2200 mm
Nb of bars /
phase
Icw max (kA) Rated current In (A)
IP31 IP41/54
35 40 45 50 35 40 45 50
1 x 40x10 50 1010 950 880 820 880 820 740 670
1 x 50x10 50 1200 1130 1050 970 1050 970 890 800
1 x 80x10 80 1750 1640 1530 1420 1530 1420 1290 1160
1 x 100x10 100 2100 1970 1840 1700 1840 1700 1550 1400
70-2 : distribution or motor control feeders, disconnectable or plug-in on Polyfast, withdrawable
in versatile or Polyfast drawer, disconnectable on mounting plate
70 distribution busbar
Busbar calculation
The bars are secured by insulating supports.
The tables below indicate:
the permissible current (In) in the busbar, depending on the number and cross-
section of the bars
the number of busbar supports required, depending on:
the busbar type and dimension
the permissible short-time current (Icw).
b
b
v
v
225
Schneider Electric
Busbars
B
u
s
b
a
r
s
Catalogue numbers
87276 87275
87720
87289
87188 87189
87272
D
D
4
0
5
2
0
6
D
D
4
0
5
2
0
7
D
D
4
0
5
2
0
8
D
D
4
0
5
2
0
3
D
D
4
0
5
2
0
4
D
D
4
0
5
2
0
9
D
D
4
0
5
2
1
0
Designation Cat. no.
Set of 4 bottom wedges for 70 V-BB 87272
essential: 1 bottom wedge for each 70 V-BB b
Designation Cat. no.
Rear cover for 70 V-BB 87276
Designation Cat. no.
Set of 12 6M IP20 grids for 70 V-BB 87275
essential in front of the 70 V-BB, throughout all its height, except behind a NT16 or NS1600
for H2350 mm cubicle: maximum 12 grids, H2200 mm : maximum 11 grids
b
b
70 distribution busbar
Catalogue numbers
Designation Cat. no.
Busbar support for 70 V-BB
40/50x10 bars bare bars 87270
(Set of 7 supports) epoxy-coated bars 87725
80/100x10 bars bare bars 87271
(Set of 6 supports) epoxy-coated bars 87726
Designation Cat. no.
1 pole 800/4000A 70 V-BB/H-BB link (1) to be
manufactured
(1)
Set of 100 anti-rotation plates for H/V-BB link (2) 87188
Set of 100 11x38 washers (3) 87189
(1) see chapter Technical Informations, page 259
(2) optional with 70 V-BB
(3) essential for correct tightening on the horizontal bars
Designation Cat. no.
Set of 16 bar insulators, for 40x10 or 50x10 bars 87289
essential for each V-BB with 40x10 or 50x10 bars b
quantity per phase
number of H-BB bars/phase 2 or 4 3 or 6
anti-rotation plates (87188) 1 2
washers (87189) 1 2
Designation Cat. no.
Screws for 3 70 V-BB supports 50x10 87344
80x10 87343
100x10 87342
The catalogue number for the screws comprises also threaded rods, notched nuts and
insulating spacers
b
226 Schneider Electric
Busbars
B
u
s
b
a
r
s
Presentation
D
D
4
0
5
2
1
1
Allows mixing, in a single Okken column, a NW08-32 incomer and distribution
feeder functional units or motor control feeder units up to 630 A
In the center of the cubicle, 8M are dedicated to a conversion area, necessary
for changing the DBA of the V-BB
Only compatible with Okken Seismic 2G
Operating in corrosive atmospheres:
115-70 distribution busbars must receive a Nickel protection treatment,
complying with specifcation GHQ8019721 (see chapter Technical
Informations, page 272)
derating of 115-70 distribution busbars: 10% compared to the standard Okken
solution.
b
b
b
b
v
v
115-70 distribution busbar
Nb of bars /
phase
Icw max (kA) Rated current In (A)
IP31 IP41/54
35 40 45 50 35 40 45 50
115-1 area
1 x 80x10 50 1750 1640 1530 1420 1530 1420 1290 1160
2 x 80x10 80 2780 2620 2450 2260 2450 2260 2060 1860
3 x 80x10 80 3200 3010 2810 2590 2810 2590 2370 2130
70-2 area
1 x 80x10 80 1750 1640 1530 1420 1530 1420 1290 1160
Number and type of busbar supports and cross-members
Icw (kA) bar number and cross-section Supports Cross-
members
115-1 area 87277 87269
50 1-2-3 x 80x10 2 1
80 2-3 x 80x10 3 2
70-2 area 87271 -
50 1 x 80x10 4 -
80 1 x 80x10 5 -
Busbar calculation
The bars are secured by insulating supports.
The tables below indicate:
the permissible current (In) in the busbar, depending on the number and cross-
section of the bars
the number of busbar supports required, depending on:
the busbar type and dimension
the permissible short-time current (Icw).
b
b
v
v
227
Schneider Electric
Busbars
B
u
s
b
a
r
s
Catalogue numbers
87720
87277
87269
87398
87408
87188 87189
D
D
4
0
5
2
1
2
D
D
4
0
5
1
9
1
a
D
D
4
0
5
2
0
1
D
D
4
0
5
1
9
3
D
D
4
0
5
2
0
2
D
D
4
0
5
2
0
3
D
D
4
0
5
2
0
4
115-70 distribution busbar
Catalogue numbers
Designation Cat. no.
Double support for 115 V-BB bare bars 87277
epoxy-coated bars 87727
Designation Cat. no.
Set of 3 cross-members for 115 V-BB 115-1/115-2 87269
Designation Cat. no.
Busbar supports for 70 V-BB
for 80/100x10 bars bare bars 87721
epoxy-coated bars 87726
Designation Cat. no.
Screws for 5 115 V-BB supports 80x10 87398
The catalogue number for the screws comprises also threaded rods, notched nuts and
insulating spacers
b
quantity per phase
number of H-BB bars/phase 2 or 4 3 or 6
anti-rotation plates (87188) 2 4
washers (87189) 2 4
Designation Cat. no.
standard corrosive
atmosphere
1 pole 800/4000A 115 V-BB/H-BB link (1) 87408 87696
Set of 100 anti-rotation plates for H/V-BB link (2) 87188
Set of 100 11x38 washers (3) 87189
(1) see chapter Technical Informations, page 272
For operating in corrosive atmospheres links and spacers must be tin-plated complying with
specifcation GHQ8019722 (see chapter Technical Informations, page 272)
(2) essential to prevent the nut (inaccessible with a key) from rotating during tightening
(3) essential for correct tightening on the horizontal bars
228 Schneider Electric
Busbars
B
u
s
b
a
r
s
Catalogue numbers
87561
D
D
4
0
5
2
1
3
D
D
4
0
5
2
1
4
185 distribution busbar
Dedicated to the installation of J ean Mller fuse-switches.
Installed at the rear of the H2200 mm switchgear cubicle, throughout all its
height.
b
b
Nb of bars /
phase
Icw max (kA) Rated current In (A)
IP31 IP41/54
35 40 45 50 35 40 45 50
1 x 40x10 80 630 580 530 470 530 470 410 350
1 x 50x10 80 800 740 670 600 670 600 530 450
1 x 80x10 80 1250 1150 1050 940 1050 940 830 700
1 x 100x10 80 1500 1380 1260 1140 1260 1140 1000 840
Number and type of busbar supports Supports
Icw (kA) bar number and cross-section Number Cat. no.
50 1 x 40/50/80/100x10 4 see J ean
Mller
catalogue
80 1 x 40/50/80/100x10 6
Catalogue numbers
Designation Cat. no.
Bottom wedge for 185 V-BB 87561
Busbar calculation
The bars are secured by insulating supports.
The tables below indicate:
the permissible current (In) in the busbar, depending on the number and cross-
section of the bars
the number of busbar supports required, depending on:
the busbar type and dimension
the permissible short-time current (Icw).
b
b
v
v
Drawings for manufacturing the H-BB/V-BB links, see chapter Technical Informations,
page 272.
229
Schneider Electric
Busbars
B
u
s
b
a
r
s
Catalogue numbers
87187-87849
D
D
4
0
5
2
1
6
D
D
4
0
5
2
1
5
Protection bars and auxiliary
busducts
Bars cross-section according to Icw
Icw PE cross-section
50 kA 1 x 40x5
100 kA 1 x 40x10
150 kA 1 x 80x10
Designation Cat. no.
Set of 5 auxiliary busducts 250V - 4 x 32A 87187
Set of 5 auxiliary busducts 250V - 4 x 32A for corrosive atmospheres 87849
installed in the SC or RC compartment
receive female W3,6 mm plugs
b
b
Protection bars
Auxiliary busducts
For operating in corrosive atmosphere, the protection bars must be tin-plated complying with
specifcation GHQ8019722 (see chapter Technical Informations, page 272)
230 Schneider Electric
Busbars
B
u
s
b
a
r
s
Presentation
87722
87723
D
D
4
0
5
2
2
6
D
D
4
0
5
2
1
7
D
D
4
0
5
2
1
8
Internal arc withstand accessories
The Okken power switchboards have an internal arc withstand capacity with 3
levels of confnement :
at functional unit level (AS 3439-1) :
the Polyfast, with its partitioned pads, guarantees electrical insulation of
connections by creating a shield between the upstream connections of the
circuit-breaker and the double-contact clamps on the main busbar.
at column level (IEC61641) :
by installing shields on the horizontal busbar, propagation of the arc is
forbidden in adjacent columns.
at switchboard level:
protection is guaranteed by the breaking systems of the main circuit-breaker
and - optionally - by an internal arc protection system.
b
v
b
v
b
v
Designation Cat. no.
Set of 2 screens for crossing H-BB 87722
order 1 set per column b
Catalogue numbers
Designation Cat. no.
Additional covers for top and bottom of column 87723
order 1 set per column b
Standard confnement type installation
complement
IEC61641 arc confnement in the switchboard 415V 50Hz 100 kA 0,3s presumed -
arc confnement in the column (*) 415V 50Hz 100 kA 0,3s presumed on BB (87722+87723)
AS 3439-1 arc confnement in the FU 415V 50Hz, 100 kA 0,3s presumed on PCC device (plug-in,
disconnectable and Polyfast drawer), MCC device (Polyfast and
versatile drawer), PCC and MCC on mounting plate
-
arc confnement in the FU 415V 50 Hz 100 kA 0,3s presumed on PCC device, fxed or plug-in
on base
-

(*) : arc confnement in the column:
is possible in IP31, IP41 or IP22 (Marine)
is not compatible with BDC
b
b
231
Schneider Electric
Busbars
B
u
s
b
a
r
s
Notes
232
Schneider Electric
233
Schneider Electric
S
p
a
r
e

p
a
r
t
s
Mass consumption and
spare parts
Mass consumption parts 100
Spare parts for cubicles with 70-1 V-BB 103
PGC
234
Schneider Electric
S
p
a
r
e

p
a
r
t
s
Catalogue numbers
Mass consumption
parts
87653
87634 87638
87147 87146
D
D
4
0
5
1
1
1
D
D
4
0
5
1
2
3
D
D
3
8
1
9
2
3
2
D
D
3
8
1
3
2
7
2
D
D
3
8
0
7
3
7
D
D
4
0
5
0
9
2
D
D
4
0
5
1
1
9
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 200 M6 round captive nuts 87181
for all the parts fxed inside the frames, and for fxing the Compact
NT16/NS1600
b
Set of 1000 M6 x 13 thread-forming screws 87182
for all screws assemblies plate on plate, and for M6 nuts b
Set of 500 M4 x 8 thread-forming screws 87196
for drawer fxed part accessories and for half-width drawers handles b
Set of 500 self-tapping screws for busbar supports 87183
for all fxing on parts made of insulating material b
Set of 200 M10 square cage nuts 87185
for fxing the Masterpact NW on the mounting plates b
Set of 1000 M6 square cage nuts, plate thickness 1,5 mm 87655
for fxing fxed or plug-in Compact NS, in 70-1 V-BB cubicles b
Screws
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 100 moving hinges for doors 87186
Set of 100 waterproof washers for roofs 87653
Set of 200 door intermediate stoppers 87150
Set of 200 door bottom stoppers 87157
Tape for transparent plate (33 m roll) 87634
RAL7016 paint spray can 09049
RAL1000 paint spray can 87638
Panelling
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 50 Schneider Electric stickers 87644
Set of 50 Merlin Gerin stickers 87657
Self-adhesive drawing holder (215 x 215 x 20 mm) 06617
Set of 60 self-adhesive column marks
fgure 0
705507
fgure 1
705508
fgure 2
705509
fgure 3
705510
fgure 4
705511
fgure 5
705512
fgure 6/9
705513
fgure 7
705514
fgure 8
705515
Set of 20 insert supports with latch bolt 87145
Set of 20 markable handles for 30 x 37,5 mm labels 87146
Set of 50 label holders for labels 30 x 37,5 mm 87147
Marking and labelling
Miscellaneous parts
235
Schneider Electric
S
p
a
r
e

p
a
r
t
s
Catalogue numbers
Mass consumption
parts
01215 87648
ex: 87635
ex: 87259
87188
D
D
4
0
5
0
5
0
D
D
3
8
0
7
3
7
D
D
3
8
2
6
9
3
D
D
3
8
2
7
1
9
D
D
4
0
5
2
0
3
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 200 M12 screws for plinths 87184
Set of grids and front plates supports 200 top support 87143
50 bottom supports 87144
Roof joint (50 m) 87046
Intermediate roof joint (50 m) 87029
Set of 50 fxed hinges 87142
Set of 10 door and rear panel bottom
brackets
W650 mm 87138
W450 mm 87137
W350 mm 87136
W250 mm 87135
Set of 100 IP41 cross-member grommets 87654
6 mm earth braid 07081
Set of 20 framework assembly plates 87170
Set of 20 framework assembly screws 87171
Framework accessories
Wiring
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 50 22 grommets 87648
Set of 5 rectangular grommets 01215
Miscellaneous parts
Busbar and connection accessories
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 50 angle brackets PE supports 87348
horizontal PE: 2 brackets needed per device cubicle +1 bracket per
rear or lateral compartment
vertical PE SC- 115 : 4 brackets needed
b
b
Adhesive tape for busbar insulator (55 m roll) 87633
Sheet insulator for busbars (0,6 x 5 m) 87315
1 kg grease for electrical contacts 87635
1 kg grease for mechanical parts 87636
10 tie supports for fexible copper strip NS250 3P 87646
4P 87647
Set of 20 insulators H26 M8 87642
H35 M10 87643
Set of 100 anti-rotation plates 87188
Set of 100 11 x 38 mm washers 87189
Set of 12 bolts for 2 and 3 bars/phase fshplates 87259
Set of 12 bolts for 4 and 6 bars/phase fshplates 87264
Special tightening wrench bit for BBT conversion 87808
236
Schneider Electric
S
p
a
r
e

p
a
r
t
s
Catalogue numbers
Mass consumption
parts
87374 +87474
D
D
4
0
5
3
9
2
Non-referenced parts to store
Rivets :
aluminium 5x10 mm rivets, for fxing outgoing bushings
steel or aluminium 5x10 mm rivets, for assemblies (except panelling)
steel 6x13 mm rivets, for panelling and fxed hinges.
Screws :
TH 12x25 +contact washers, for the roofs
TH 10x25, for fxing the plinths between cubicles
TH 8x20, for fxing cross-members on the frames
TH 6x40, for cubicles dephtwise assembly by the cross-members
Bolts for electrical and mechanical tightenings: non-oiled, corrosion-resistant steel, or
galvanised bichromated (Zn8c) steel, 8-8 class
Insulating rail for drawers, 5x30 mm cross-section.
b
v
v
v
b
v
v
v
v
b
b
Corrosive atmosphere accessories
Designation Cat.no.
3P 4P
Ni20 upstream clamps +connection pads 250A 87858 87859
630A 87860 87861
Miscellaneous parts
Designation Cat.no.
6 points auxiliary blocks fxed part (set of 8) 87374
6 points auxiliary blocks mobile part (set of 8) 87474
237
Schneider Electric
S
p
a
r
e

p
a
r
t
s
Catalogue numbers
Spare parts
87569
07340
D
D
4
0
5
0
5
4
D
D
4
0
5
0
5
3
Designation Cat.no.
Intermediate uprights for fxed or plug-in on mounting plate feeders, H2200/2350 mm
SC 87569
RC 87591
order 1 catalogue number per switchgear cubicle
SC and RC feeders cannot be combined in the same cubicle
RC intermediate uprights (87591) are also used as trunking for auxiliary wiring
is a cubicle is fully equipped with disconnectable mounting plates, the SC intermediate
upright (87569) is useless
b
b
b
b
Designation Cat.no.
Trunking blanking plate (1 m) 07340
to be installed on the RC intermediate upright (87591) when used as a trunking b
Designation Cat.no.
Cable protection sleeves (SC), Set of 12
250 A - cable 120 mm max Cu/Al 87515
630 A - cable 240 mm max Cu/Al 87516
Designation Cat.no.
F4 SC/RC box
6M 87593
8M 87594
10M 87595
Parts for cubicles with vertical
70-1 busbar
Designation Cat.no.
3P 4P
Upstream clamps 250A 87598 87599
630A 87600 87601
Designation Cat.no.
3P 4P
Outgoing bushings 250A 87372 87373
630A 87265 87266
238
Schneider Electric
S
p
a
r
e

p
a
r
t
s
Catalogue numbers
Spare parts
Designation Cat.no.
NT16/NS1600 installation complement
SC 87651
TDC, BDC, RC 87567
order 1 catalogue number per device b
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 10 6M covers 87568
in 70 V-BB cubicle, covers must be installed in all the device-free zones. These covers are
dividable from 1 to 6M.
b
Designation Cat.no.
FUs horizontal partition 87575
in 70 V-BB, NT/NS installations must be closed at their top:
either by another NT/NS installation,
or by a plate +F2 at the top of the cubicle,
or by a FUs horizontal partition (catalogue number above)
b
v
v
v
Designation Cat.no.
Set of 50 screws for NS250-630 screen 87645
Set of 10 earthing straps and clips, to earth the covers for 1 or 2 fxed
NS
87656
Designation Cat.no.
Installation 1 NS250/630 support fxed plate plug-in plate
NS250 3P - 6M 87570 87576 87580
4P - 8M 87571 87577 87581
NS630 3P - 8M 87571 87578 87583
4P - 10M 87572 87579 87584
with or without vigi
plate support + mounting plate for fxed NS or plug-in NS on mounting plate
SC or RC
b
b
b
Designation Cat.no.
Installation 2 NS250/630 support fxed plate plug-in plate
2 NS250 3P - 6M 87570 87586 87588
2 NS250 4P - 8M 87571 87587 87589
without vigi
plate support + mounting plate for fxed NS or plug-in NS on mounting plate
RC
b
b
b
Parts for cubicles with vertical
70-1 busbar
239
Schneider Electric
S
p
a
r
e

p
a
r
t
s
Catalogue numbers
Spare parts
Designation Cat.no.
Toggle handle door, 1 NS without vigi,
fxed or plug-in on mounting plate
NP P
NS250 3P - 6M 87606 87606MJ
4P - 8M 87607 87607MJ
NS630 3P - 8M 87608 87608MJ
4P - 10M 87609 87609MJ
Designation Cat.no.
Toggle handle door, 1 NS with vigi,
fxed or plug-in on mounting plate
NP P
NS250 3P - 6M 87615 87615MJ
4P - 8M 87616 87616MJ
NS630 3P - 8M 87617 87617MJ
4P - 10M 87618 87618MJ
Designation Cat.no.
Direct rotary handle door, 1 NS without vigi,
fxed or plug-in on mounting plate, motor mec. door
NP P
NS250 3P - 6M 87619 87619MJ
4P - 8M 87620 87620MJ
NS630 3P - 8M 87621 87621MJ
4P - 10M 87622 87622MJ
Designation Cat.no.
Toggle handle door, 2 NS without vigi,
fxed or plug-in on mounting plate
NP P
NS250 3P - 6M 87610 87610MJ
4P - 8M 87611 87611MJ
Designation Cat.no.
Direct rotary handle door, 2 NS without vigi,
fxed or plug-in on mounting plate, motor mec. door
NP P
NS250 3P - 6M 87623 87623MJ
4P - 8M 87624 87624MJ
Functionalized doors
Parts for cubicles with vertical
70-1 busbar
240
Schneider Electric
241
Schneider Electric
Okken Seismic
2G & 5G
S
e
i
s
m
i
c
Main characteristics 108
Principle 110
Okken seismic 2G 111
Okken seismic 5G 112
Okken Seismic 2G & 5G
242
Schneider Electric
Okken Seismic
2G & 5G
S
e
i
s
m
i
c
Presentation
D
D
4
0
5
1
6
2
D
D
4
0
5
0
2
8
zone 4
zone 3
zone 2
zone 1
zone 0
Seismic zones around the world
Schneider Electric solutions
CEI 68-3-3 Seismic zone
Okken 2G
AG2
0
1
AG3
2
3
AG5 4
Table excerpted from IEC 721-2-6
Okken 5G
Nuclear
HN20E53 *
A safety factor of 2 or 3
times the highest tremor
level recorded (Chile : 9.6
on the Richter scale in
1960) is applied
* EDF (French Electriciy Board) technical specifcation
Solution for high safety switchboards dedicated to nuclear
applications
Solution for Okken switchboards in seismic zone
Connections and IP
Okken 2G Okken 5G
cable entry : top or bottom
p p
column type :
RC
SC
b
b
p
p
p
p
device connection :
RC
SC
TDC
BDC
by BBT
b
b
b
b
b
p
p
p
-
-
p
p
-
-
-
IP31/IP41/IP54
p p
Main characteristics
243
Schneider Electric
Okken Seismic
2G & 5G
S
e
i
s
m
i
c
Presentation
D
D
4
0
5
0
7
4
D
D
4
0
5
0
7
3
D
D
4
0
5
1
6
1
D
D
4
0
5
1
6
0
D
D
4
0
5
4
6
1
D
D
4
0
5
4
5
9
D
D
4
0
5
4
5
8
Main characteristics
Dimensions
Okken 2G Okken 5G
height 2200/2350 mm
p p
width (mm) :
b 650
b 650+250
b 650+350
b 650+450
b 1150
b 650+650
p
p
p
p
-
p
p
p
p
p
-
p
depth (mm) :
b 600
b 600+400
b 600+600
b 600+400+400
p
p
p
-
p
p
p
-
Busbars
Okken 2G Okken 5G
3/4P horizontal busbar rating 3200A max 3200A max
3/4P vertical busbar types :
b 70-2
b 115-70
b 115-1
b 115-2
b 115-3
b 185
b 230
p
p
p
-
-
-
-
p
-
p
-
-
-
-
Compatibility
Okken 2G Okken 5G
Okken anti-corrosive
p p
Okken Marine - -
Okken internal arc withstand
p p
Epoxy
p p
E@gle - -
Okken 2G Okken 5G
in a 115 V-BB
cubicle
b
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW


NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW

RC SC
NW
NW NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW

SC & RC
in a 70 V-BB
cubicle
b
D
D
4
0
5
0
6
5
72M
en H2350 mm
66M
en H2200 mm
D
D
4
0
5
1
5
9
66M
en H2350 mm
60M
en H2200 mm
Device installation limits
244
Schneider Electric
Okken Seismic
2G & 5G
S
e
i
s
m
i
c
Presentation
C
D
A
B
A
B
P
D
4
0
5
0
3
1
P
D
4
0
5
0
3
2
D
D
4
0
5
3
7
8
D
D
4
0
5
3
7
9
D
D
4
0
5
4
0
0
D
D
4
0
5
4
0
5
D
D
4
0
5
4
0
6
P
D
4
0
5
0
3
3
P
D
4
0
5
0
2
9
Principle
Okken 2G principle
Okken 2G seismic cubicles are standard, except from reinforced frames and
plinths. The rest of the cubicle is standard.
Special kits have been created, containing the frames, specifc plinths and plinth
reinforcement brackets.
RC column (front view) SC column (front view)
reinforced frames and plinths (A)
plinth reinforcement brackets (B)
b
b
Okken 5G principle
Seismic columns ground fastening
For the specifc characteristics of the Okken seismic columns ground fastening,
see chapter Technical Informations, page 311
+ reinforcements
top and bottom reinforcements (C)
bottom additional front face plate (D)
b
b
Rear compartment 115 V-BB device
cubicle
70 V-BB70 device cubicle/
W650 mm compartment
5G = 2G
245
Schneider Electric
Okken Seismic
2G & 5G
S
e
i
s
m
i
c
Catalogue numbers
2x M10x25
M10x45
4x 87171
2x 87171
87890
87199
D
D
4
0
5
1
6
3
D
D
4
0
5
0
6
1
D
D
4
0
5
3
5
0
D
D
4
0
5
3
7
6
D
D
4
0
5
3
7
7
Okken seismic 2G
Okken Seismic frameworks
Designation Cat. no.
Set of 2 frames
H2350 mm D600 mm 87890
D400 mm 87891
H2200 mm D600 mm 87892
D400 mm 87893
in D600 mm, the frame is delivered with 2 plinths and 4 reinforcement brackets
in D400 mm, the frame is delivered with 2 plinths
b
b
Designation Cat. no.
Set of 150 screws THF M6x16 +pin washers 87894
order 1 set per column b
Designation Cat. no.
Self-taping gasket (12 lengths of 2150 mm) 87199
replace the standard door stop (cat.no.87150) with a 20mm piece of self-taping gasket b
Framework coupling
Designation Cat. no.
Cross-members coupling kit
Set of 20 87171
Panelling
Use the standard panelling elements (device cubicle and compartment doors, roofs and front
plates, rear and side panels, etc ...)
See chapter Enclosures for the catalogue numbers of panelling elements.
framework lateral coupling:
4 cross-members coupling kits
(87171) between 2 frameworks at
the top +2 halfways up
2 M10x25 bolts for securing the
plinths together
b
v
v
framework depthwise coupling:
top and bottom cross-members
secured with M10x45 bolts (6 for
frameworks W650/450 mm, 4 for
W350/250 mm).
b
v
This association principle applies in the shop as well as on the site.
246
Schneider Electric
Okken Seismic
2G & 5G
S
e
i
s
m
i
c
Catalogue numbers
87885 87886 87887
D
D
4
0
5
1
6
3
D
D
4
0
5
0
6
1
D
D
4
0
5
3
7
2
D
D
4
0
5
3
7
3
D
D
4
0
5
3
7
4
D
D
4
0
5
3
7
5
Okken seismic 5G
Designation Cat. no.
70 V-BB device cubicle and W650 mm SC compartment
5M bottom reinforcement +6M top reinforcement +6M front
reinforcement +2 front support
87885
6M front plate 87402
115 V-BB device cubicle
3M bottom reinforcement +6M top reinforcement +13M front
reinforcement +2 front supports +bottom plate +6M reinforcement
complement
87886
13M front plate (H2200/2350 mm) 87889
6M front plate (for H2350 mm only) 87402
RC D400 or 600 mm rear compartment
5M bottom reinforcement +6M top reinforcement +6M front
reinforcement +2 front supports +2 brackets
87887
6M front plate 87402
for SC compartments <W650 mm, no reinforcement kit is needed b
Reinforcement kits for Okken Seismic 5G
Panelling
Front panelling Type and constraints
W650 mm device cubicle (1) plain door
height y 34M
W650 mm SC compartment (1) plain door
height y 34M
W250, 350 and 450 mm compartments
(1)
standard compartment doors
Rear panelling Type and constraints
RC W650 mm device cubicle 3 doors:
upper part: plain door 9M
middle part: plain door 32M
lower part: plain door 28M (H2200 mm) or
34M (H2350 mm)
b
b
b
SC W650 mm device cubicle and lateral
compartment
standard rear panels
(1) : order 1 door bottom angle bracket (cat.no.87138) per door
See chapter Enclosures for the catalogue numbers of panelling elements. b
Framework coupling
Lateral and depthwise association similar to these made in Okken Seismic 2G.
247
Schneider Electric
Notes
S

i
s
m
e
248
Schneider Electric
249
Schneider Electric
Okken Marine
M
a
r
i
n
e
Main characteristics 116
Cubicle equipment 117
Okken Marine
250
Schneider Electric
Okken Marine
M
a
r
i
n
e
Presentation
32M
device area
32M
device area
2M
area for
hand rail
D
D
4
0
5
3
5
1
0
5
2
6
9
Main characteristics
Okken Marine switchboard characteristics
Height 2200 mm
IP IP22
Device installation 2x 32M device installation areas
Vertical busbar 115 any FUs
70 any FUs
230 any FUs
115-70 any FUs
185 -
The switchboard areas that do not receive devices are equipped with
compulsory reserve covers.
When the partition supplied with the reserve cover is in the same location as the
hand rail partition, use the latter (cat.no. 87715)
b
b
The Okken Marine switchboard is certifed Det Norske Veritas (DNV), under
nr.E6770.
Okken Marine switchboard specifcities
Each device cubicle must be equipped with:
a hand rail, fxed to the front face (or to the door in case of a W1150 mm
cubicle)
a lighting, fxed on the column cap (see chapter Enclosures, page 204),
Each door is equipped with a door stop,
Each roof must be ftted with a rear roof complement (device cubicle and
compartment if necessary).
b
v
v
b
b
Okken Marine cubicle architecture
Obtaining IP22
The IP22 is obtained by adding IP41 front plates to an IP31 column (see chapter
Enclosures, page 207).
b
251
Schneider Electric
Okken Marine
M
a
r
i
n
e
Catalogue numbers
87715 +87713 +87714
87720
87700
87719
D
D
4
0
5
4
0
1
D
D
4
0
5
4
0
2
D
D
4
0
5
4
0
3
D
D
4
0
5
4
0
4
Designation Cat. no.
(A) Hand rail partition W650 mm 87715
order 1 cat.no. per 115V-BB or 70V-BB cubicle
installed halfway up the device zone
b
b
Designation Cat. no.
(C) Hand rail 2M 87714
order 1 cat.no. per 2M front plate and per 34M W1150 mm hand rail door
installed at the front of the cubicle
b
b
Designation Cat. no.
NP P
(B) 2M hand rail front plate 87713 87713MJ
order 1 cat.no. per 115V-BB or 70V-BB cubicle
installed at the front of the cubicle
b
b
Designation Cat. no.
NP P
34M W1150 mm hand rail door 87719 87719MJ
W1150 mm cut-out door, for 230V-BB cubicle b
Designation Cat.no.
Door stop for right-side lock 87720
for left-side lock 87721
order 1 cat.no. per door
ensures door jamming at opening and closing (opening angle =about 105)
b
b
Designation Cat.no.
Rear roof complement W1150 mm 87700
W650 mm 87701
W450 mm 87702
W350 mm 87703
W250 mm 87704
order 1 cat.no. per roof b
Cubicle equipment
Designation Cat.no.
Plinth D600 mm 87708
D400 mm 87709
252
Schneider Electric
253
Schneider Electric
Handling & Packing
H
a
n
d
l
i
n
g

&

P
a
c
k
i
n
g
Handling & Packing
Packing the columns 254
Handling 256
254
Schneider Electric
Handling & Packing
H
a
n
d
l
i
n
g

&

P
a
c
k
i
n
g
Presentation
Packing the columns
Identifying the columns
Fixing the bottom boards (drawing 04672624)
(with end panels)
position a plastic wrap
over the cubicle

b
Each column is generally identifed by a digit at the top of the column. It
corresponds to the serial number assigned to each column on the switchboards
front face drawing.
Some devices are too heavy to be dispatched in their column. They will be sent
separately and are identifed by:
the number of the column in which they will be installed
the reference of their position in this column.
b
b
Fixing the bottom boards
(drawing 04672624)
(with end panels)
Fixing the bottom boards (drawing04672624)
(without end panels)

secure the 40mm boards over the plastic wrap, using
8 x 60 hex-head screws +wide washers +nuts on the
plinth
b
Fitting the labels :
ft the adhesive handling instruction labels (center of gravity, handling arrows,
protection requirements) on all 4 sides of the plastic wrap.
take into consideration that the center of gravity might shift.
Each parcel is identifed by a marking giving:
the project number
the weight
the parcelling (parcel number and number of parcels)
the position of the center of gravity
the storage and handling instructions.
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
Parcelling
Packing a column
remove the bottom fxing
screws
b secure the 40mm boards
over the plastic wrap, using
6 x 60 hex-head screws +
wide washers
the boards drilling is
not symetrical: the longest
part is turned towards the
switchboards front
b
b
255
Schneider Electric
Handling & Packing
H
a
n
d
l
i
n
g

&

P
a
c
k
i
n
g
Presentation
p
a
r
c
e
l
n
r
.

6x 04672623
2x 04672624
E
8
8
1
3
6
E
8
8
1
3
7
D
D
4
0
5
4
5
7
Fixing the bottom boards (drawing04672624)
(without end panels)
Packing a column
Packaging elements to be manufactured
(see Panelbuilder tools DVD for drawings)
Standard packing
Packing the columns
Mounting the front and rear frames
(H2350, drawing 04672621 or 622 -
H2200, drawing 04672627 or 628)
Mounting the lateral reinforce-
ments (drawing 04672623)
Fitting the protection
chocks
Maritime packing
To be manufactured following the Schneider Electric specifcations.
standard packing
maritime packing
position the front and rear frames up
against the bottom boards and secure
them with nails (at least 3 nails at each
fxing point)
b nail the top, middle and bottom
lateral reinforcements on the
frames (at least 3 nails at each
fxing point)
b ft the adhesive rigid sponge
chocks between the cover and the
wooden packaging, facing the frame
+lateral reinforcements
b
Height Width Drawing
2350 mm 650 mm 2x 04672621
>650 mm 2x 04672622
2200 mm 650 mm 2x 04672627
>650 mm 2x 04672628
256
Schneider Electric
Handling & Packing
H
a
n
d
l
i
n
g

&

P
a
c
k
i
n
g
Presentation
L
20
E
8
8
1
3
8
E
8
8
1
3
9
E
8
8
1
4
0
D
D
4
0
5
1
3
2
D
D
4
0
5
1
0
8
D
D
4
0
5
1
5
6
D
D
4
0
5
1
5
7
D
D
4
0
5
1
5
8
Handling
The columns are designed with a built-in plinth and can be moved by the front or
the rear using a pallet truck or a adaped fork-lift truck.
In this case, the columns must be lifted with care and held in place during
transport, either manually or by strapping them onto the handling machine, if
movement is over large distances or bumpy.
Handling by the bottom
if cranes or travelling cranes are used, you must use slings that are suffciently
resistant and in good condition
latching must be on the 4 column lifting lugs
adjust sling length according to switchboard dimensions so that their orientation
is in the prolongation of that of the lifting rings. The angle compared to the vertical
is of 20 5 (see sketch)
do not slope the column during the handling
take care to equally distribute the load on the 4 rings
b
b
b
b
b
Implementation of the lifting lugs and slings length L(mm):
Handling by the top
In the special case of an assembly with more than 2 columns, you must :
bring the switchboard as close as possible to its installation site in its original
packing
use a lifting beam with slings supporting the switchboard by the bottom
b
b
slings : 1500 y Ly 2300
or lifting beam: L= 650 with
slings 700 y Ly 1000
slings : 800 y Ly 1100 slings : 700 y Ly 1000
slings : 1500 y Ly 2300
or lifting beam: L= 650 with
slings 700 y Ly 1000
257
Schneider Electric
Handling & Packing
H
a
n
d
l
i
n
g

&

P
a
c
k
i
n
g
Presentation
D
D
4
0
5
2
2
6
D
D
4
0
5
4
6
0
Implementation of the lifting lugs and slings length L(mm):
Handling by the top of 230 columns (4000-7000A)
2 double-strand slings (minimum strength per
sling=1200 kg) : 1300 y Ly 1900
+ compulsory lifting beam, installed across the colu-
mns depth: 600 y Ly 1000
2 double-strand slings (minimum strength per sling=1200 kg): 1300 y Ly 1900
+ compulsory lifting beam, installed across the columns depth:
1000 y Ly 1000
NB : this way of lifting is also appropriate for the 6300A coupling compartments-
W650 - D1400
A : lifting strength=1500/3000 kg
C : lifting strength=1200 kg for 2 slings
The 4 slings must have an equal length
D1000 (mm) D1400 (mm)
B 600/1000 1000/1500
C 1300/1900 1300/1900
Handling
Okken is intended for use indoors. The equipment must therefore be stored
upright in a dry and ventilated location, protected from rain, extreme temperatures,
streaming, dust and chemical agents.
never store Okken outside, even under a tarpaulin
the columns must preferably remain packed until they are installed. Should
work be in progress nearby or on the premises, cover the columns with a cover
protecting them effciently against dust, gravel, paint and cement
acceptable storage temperature is -10C to +40C
to ensure easy and risk-free handling, the columns, in view of their great weight,
must be stored on a stable, rigid foor.
b
b
b
b
Precautions to be taken for Okken storage
258
Schneider Electric
259
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Technical Informations
Forms of switchboards 260
Auxiliary blocks: position 261
Type and installation of CTs 262
Connection capacity 263
Cable cross-section for devices in drawers and
on mounting plate 265
Cable entry 266
Connections in compartments and installation
on door 267
Connection by BBT 268
Copper type and cables 270
Epoxy bars protection 271
Busbars special coatings 272
PE-PEN bars conception and installation 273
Busbar drawings 275
Derating tables 283
MotorSys diagrams 305
Greasing 306
Screw types and characteristics 307
Specific tools 308
Painting 309
Minimum distances around the switchboard 310
Ground fastening 311
Informations Techniques
260
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
D
D
3
8
1
6
7
9
D
D
3
8
1
6
7
8
D
D
3
8
1
6
8
1
D
D
3
8
1
6
8
0
D
D
3
8
2
3
7
0
D
D
3
8
2
3
6
9
Form 4a
Form 2b Form 2a
Form 3a Form 3b
Form 4b
Forms of switchboards
Form 1
No partitioning.
Form 2a
Functional units separated from the busbars.
Terminals for external conductors do not need to be separated from the busbars.
Form 2b
Functional units separated from the busbars.
Terminals for external conductors are separated from the busbars.
Form 3a
Functional units separated from each other and from the busbars.
Terminals for external conductors do not need to be separated from the busbars.
Form 3b
Functional units separated from each other and from the busbars.
Terminals for external conductors are separated from the functional units, but not
from each other.
Form 4a
Functional units separated from the busbars, and from each other, including the
terminal for external conductors which are part of the functional unit.
Form 4b
Functional units separated from the busbars and from each other, including the
terminal for external conductors.
Functional units separated from the terminals for external conductors.
Partitions inside a switchboard are described in the 7.7 chapter of the standard
IEC 60439-1.
They are a the subject of an agreement between the manufacturer and the user,
and are defned as 4 different forms, in oder to ensure protection against direct
contacts:
261
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
B
A
A
C
B
D
A
B
C
A
C
B
D
D
C
A
D
G
H
B
E
F
J
A
B
D
D
4
0
5
3
9
2
D
F
1
0
0
4
1
6
D
D
4
0
5
3
9
5
D
D
4
0
5
3
9
3
D
D
4
0
5
4
3
0
D
D
4
0
5
4
3
1
D
D
4
0
5
4
3
2
Auxiliary blocks: position
Standardisation of the auxiliary blocks position
auxiliary blocks must be installed following the A, B, C and D order, according to
the needs
b
Marking
The auxiliary blocks receive individual markings, type Telemecanique AB1-G,
with a pitch of 5 mm.
b
Polyfast plug-in and disconnectable DF
6 to 24M DF/MCF drawer
6 and 3M -width DF/MCF drawer
3M MCF drawer
AB1-G markings
Location of auxiliary blocks on the FP
(blue: pre-cutted / pink: to be cut out)
Left fange
or vertical
partition
Right fange
Polyfast plug-in and disconnectable DF A
B
6 to 24M DF/MCF drawer B A
D C
6 and 3M -width DF/MCF drawer B A B A
D C D C
3M MCF -width drawer B A B A
12 to 24M MCF drawer, 8 auxiliary blocks F E
H G
B A
D C
3M MCF drawer J B A
12 to 24M MCF drawer, 8 auxiliary blocks
262
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation

!
P
D
4
0
5
0
4
1
Type and installation of CTs
Types CTs
Installing the CTs
Distribution FUs y 630A :
NS100/630 plug-in on Polyfast: on the fxed parts client connection pads
NS100/630 disconnectable on Polyfast: in the lateSC compartment (*)
NS100/630 Polyfast drawer: on the fxed parts client connection pads
-width drawer: in the connection compartment (*).
MCC FUs:
drawers 6 to 24M: on the fxed parts client connection pads or in the moving
part if space available,
-width drawer and 3M full width: in the connection compartment (*),
disconnectable mounting plate: in the lateSC compartment (*)
(*) non-functionalised installation
b
v
v
v
v
b
v
v
v
Incomers Recomended CTs are of Schneider brand
Outgoers y 630A Recomended CTs are of RS-Isolsec brand or equivalent
Classes and power
Schneider Electric recomend class 1 CTs for measurement, rated output 5 VA.
Mentioned CTs in the motor control feeeder tables are recomended because
they contribute to the optimization of the drawers modularity.
b
263
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
Connection capacity
Plug-in and drawer distribution feeders
Common SC connections
NS100/250 NS400/630
3P - 5M 3P - 6M 4P - 7M 3P - 8M 4P - 9M
0 TC 1x 240 Cu
2x 95 Cu
1x 240 Al

1x 300 Cu
2x 95 Cu
1x 240 Al

1x 300 Cu
2x 95 Cu
1x 240 Al

1x 300 Cu
2x 95 Cu
1x 240 Al

1x 300 Cu
2x 95 Cu
1x 240 Al

1 TC - 2P (1) 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al


1 TC - 2G (1) 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al
3 TC - 2P (1) 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al
1 TC - 2G
+2 TC - 2P
(1) (1) (1) 1x 240 Cu 1x 240 Al 1x 240 Cu 1x 240 Al
(1): connection impossible
: 2 cables impossible
Modularity without F4 box nor CT, SC and RC b
Bulky SC connections
NS100/250 NS400/630
3P - 12M 4P - 14M 3P - 14M 4P - 14M
3 TC - 2G 1x 300 Cu
2x 185 Cu
1x 300 Al

1x 300 Cu
2x 185 Cu
1x 300 Al

1x 300 Cu
2x 185 Cu
1x 300 Al

1x 300 Cu
2x 185 Cu
1x 300 Al

: 2 cables impossible
The modularity of bulky connections with F4 box is greater than that of the devices installation. The number of taken modules in the cubicle is the one in the
table above.
Common RC connections
NS100/250 NS400/630
3P - 5M 3P - 6M 4P - 7M 3P - 8M 4P - 9M
0 TC 1x 240 Cu
2x 150 Cu
1x 240 Al
2x 95 Al
1x 300 Cu
2x 150 Cu
1x 240 Al
2x 95 Al
1x 300 Cu
2x 150 Cu
1x 240 Al
2x 95 Al
1x 300 Cu
2x 240 Cu
1x 240 Al

1x 300 Cu
2x 240 Cu
1x 240 Al

1 TC - 2P
(1)
1x 300 Cu
2x 150 Cu
1x 240 Al
2x 95 Al
1x 300 Cu
2x 150 Cu
1x 240 Al
2x 95 Al
1x 300 Cu
2x 240 Cu
1x 240 Al
2x 240 Al
1x 300 Cu
2x 240 Cu
1x 240 Al
2x 240 Al
1 TC - 2G
(1)
1x 300 Cu
2x 150 Cu
1x 240 Al
2x 95 Al
1x 300 Cu
2x 150 Cu
1x 240 Al
2x 95 Al
1x 300 Cu
2x 240 Cu
1x 240 Al
2x 240 Al
1x 300 Cu
2x 240 Cu
1x 240 Al
2x 240 Al
3 TC - 2P (1) 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al
3 TC - 2G
(1)
1x 300 Cu
2x 150 Cu
1x 240 Al
2x 95 Al
1x 300 Cu
2x 150 Cu
1x 240 Al
2x 95 Al
1x 300 Cu
2x 150 Cu
1x 240 Al
2x 95 Al
1x 300 Cu
2x 150 Cu
1x 240 Al
2x 95 Al
2 TC - 2G +
1 TC - 2P
(1) 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al
2 TC - 2P
+1 TC - 2G
(1) 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al 1x 300 Cu 1x 240 Al
1x 300 Cu
2x 150 Cu
1x 240 Al
2x 95 Al
1x 300 Cu
2x 150 Cu
1x 240 Al
2x 95 Al
(1): connection impossible
: 2 cables impossible
Bulky RC connections
NS100/250 NS400/630
3P - 12M 4P - 14M 3P - 14M 4P - 14M
3 TC - 2G 1x 300 Cu
2x 185 Cu
1x 300 Al

1x 300 Cu
2x 185 Cu
1x 300 Al

1x 300 Cu
2x 185 Cu
1x 300 Al

1x 300 Cu
2x 185 Cu
1x 300 Al

: 2 cables impossible
The modularity of bulky connections with F4 box is greater than that of the devices installation. The number of taken modules in the cubicle is the one in the
table above.
Modularity with F4 box and CT b
3P 4P
NS250 5 or 6M 7M
NS630 8M 9M
264
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
Connection capacity
Type of
connec-
tion
Dimension of
cubicle
Pad length
(RC)
Device type Number
of poles
Cables Cu
max
Cables Al max BBT Type of V-BB
RC
D600+400 mm 250 mm NT/NS08-16 3/4P 2 x 300 mm 2 x 300 mm - 70
NT/NS08-16 3/4P 4 x 300 mm 4 x 300 mm - 115-1/115-2
NW08-16 3/4P 4 x 300 mm 4 x 300 mm - 115-1/115-2
400 mm NT/NS08-16 3/4P 4 x 300 mm 4 x 300 mm
p
70
NT/NS08-16 3/4P 4 x 300 mm 4 x 300 mm (*)
p
115-1/115-2
NW08-16 3/4P 4 x 300 mm 4 x 300 mm
p
115-1/115-2
NW20-25 3/4P 10 x 300 mm 5 x 300 mm (*)
p
115-1/115-2
NW32 3/4P 10 x 300 mm -
p
115-1/115-2
D1000 mm with single H-BB NW40b-63 3/4P 9 x 630 mm (*) - - 230
D600+600 mm 250 mm NT/NS08-16 3/4P 2 x 300 mm 2 x 300 mm - 70
NT/NS08-16 3/4P 4 x 300 mm 4 x 300 mm - 115-1/115-2
NW08-16 3/4P 4 x 300 mm 4 x 300 mm - 115-1/115-2
600 mm NT/NS08-16 3/4P 7 x 300 mm 7 x 300 mm - 70
NT/NS08-16 3/4P 12 x 300 mm 6 x 300 mm (*) - 115-1/115-2
NW08-16 3/4P 12 x 300 mm 6 x 300 mm - 115-1/115-2
NW20-25 3/4P 12 x 300 mm 6 x 300 mm (*) - 115-1/115-2
NW32 3/4P 12 x 300 mm - - 115-1/115-2
NW40 3/4P 12 x 300 mm -
p
115-3
D600+400+400 mm 250 mm NT/NS08-16 3/4P 2 x 300 mm 2 x 300 mm - 70
NT/NS08-16 3/4P 4 x 300 mm 4 x 300 mm - 115-1/115-2
NW08-16 3/4P 4 x 300 mm 4 x 300 mm - 115-1/115-2
400 mm NT/NS08-16 3/4P 4 x 300 mm 4 x 300 mm
p
70
NT/NS08-16 3/4P 4 x 300 mm 4 x 300 mm (*)
p
115-1/115-2
NW08-16 3/4P 4 x 300 mm 4 x 300 mm
p
115-1/115-2
NW20-25 3/4P 10 x 300 mm 5 x 300 mm (*)
p
115-1/115-2
NW32 3/4P 10 x 300 mm -
p
115-1/115-2
800 mm NT/NS08-16 3/4P 10 x 300 mm 10 x 300 mm - 70
NW08-16 3/4P 20 x 300 mm 10 x 300 mm
p
115-1/115-2
NW20-25 3/4P 20 x 300 mm 10 x 300 mm (*)
p
115-1/115-2
NW32 3/4P 20 x 300 mm -
p
115-1/115-2
D1400 mm with double H-BB NW40b-63 3/4P 12 x 630 mm (*) - - 230
TDC
NT/NS08-16 3/4P 5 x 300 mm 5 x 300 mm - 70
NT/NS08-16 3/4P 6 x 300 mm 3 x 300 mm (*)
p
115-1/115-2
NW08-20 3/4P 6 x 300 mm 3 x 300 mm (*)
p
115-1/115-2
NW25-32 3/4P - -
p
115-1/115-2
NW40 3/4P - -
p
115-3
BDC
NT/NS08-16 3/4P 5 x 300 mm 5 x 300 mm - 70
NT/NS08-16 3/4P 8 x 300 mm 4 x 300 mm (*) - 115-1/115-2
NW08-25 3/4P 8 x 300 mm 4 x 300 mm (*) - 115-1/115-2
NW32 3/4P 8 x 300 mm - - 115-1/115-2
D1000 mm with single or double H-BB NW40b-63 3/4P 9 x 630 mm (*) - - 230
SC
W650+350 mm NT/NS08-16 3P 4 x 300 mm 4 x 300 mm - 115-1
NW08-16 3P 4 x 300 mm 4 x 300 mm - 115-1
W650+450 mm NT/NS08-10 3/4P 3 x 240 mm 3 x 240 mm - 70
NT/NS08-16 3/4P 4 x 300 mm 4 x 300 mm - 115-1
NW08-16 3/4P 4 x 300 mm 4 x 300 mm - 115-1
NW20-25 3P 10 x 300 mm 5 x 300 mm (*) - 115-1
NW32 3P 10 x 300 mm - - 115-1
W650+650 mm NT/NS08-10 3/4P 3 x 300 mm 3 x 300 mm - 70
NT/NS08-16 3/4P 4 x 300 mm 4 x 300 mm - 115-1
NW08-16 3/4P 4 x 300 mm 4 x 300 mm - 115-1
NW20-25 3/4P 10 x 300 mm 5 x 300 mm (*) - 115-1
NW32 3/4P 10 x 300 mm - - 115-1
(*): double the number of cables if the lugs are insulated with sleeves or screens p : possible
- : impossible
265
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
Cable cross-section for devices in
drawers and on mounting plate
Contactor cable cross-section (Cu)
LC1 D09 2,5 mm
LC1 D18 4 mm
LC1 D25 4 mm
LC1 D32 6 mm
LC1 D40 2 x 6 mm or 1 x 10mm
LC1 D50 16 mm
LC1 D65 16 mm
LC1 D80 25 mm
LC1 D115 35 mm
LC1 D150 50 mm
LC1 F150 50 mm
LC1 F185 1b 20 x 5
LC1 F225 1b 20 x 5
LC1 F265 1b 25 x 5
LC1 F330 1b 25 x 5
LC1 F400 1b 32 x 5
LC1 F500 2b 32 x 5
(1) in AC1, connection cross-sections have to be adapted
Motor control feeders
TeSys U feeder controller
IP 31 35C to 50C
IP 41 35C to 45C
IP 54 35C to 45C
Fuses +contactor +thermal protection or circuit-breaker +contactor +thermal
protection in AC3 (1)
P(kW) TeSys U base protection module cable cross-section
(Cu)
0,37 LUB 12 LUC*1X 2,5 mm
0,55 LUB 12 LUC*05 2,5 mm
0,75 LUB 12 LUC*05 2,5 mm
1,1 LUB 12 LUC*05 4 mm
1,5 LUB 12 LUC*05 4 mm
2,2 LUB 12 LUC*12 4 mm
3 LUB 12 LUC*12 4 mm
4 LUB 12 LUC*12 4 mm
5,5 LUB 12 LUC*12 4 mm
7,5 LUB 32 LUC*18 6 mm
9 LUB 32 LUC*32 6 mm
11 LUB 32 LUC*32 6 mm
15 LUB 32 LUC*32 6 mm
266
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
D
D
4
0
5
3
9
9
D
D
4
0
5
0
7
5
D
D
4
0
5
0
7
5
Cable entry
A B C D E F G H
V-BB 115 cubicle 650 600 450 170 140 60 355 75
V-BB 70 cubicle 650 600 530 240 60 60 340 20
Compartment 650 600 530 560 60 60 20 20
650 400 530 360 60 60 20 20
450 600 330 560 60 60 20 20
450 400 330 360 60 60 20 20
350 600 230 560 60 60 20 20
350 400 230 360 60 60 20 20
250 600 130 560 60 60 20 20
250 400 130 360 60 60 20 20
Column without
horizontal busbar
A B C D E F G H
RC compartment
650 600 570 560 40 40 20 20
650 400 570 360 40 40 20 20
450 600 370 560 40 40 20 20
450 400 370 360 40 40 20 20
350 600 270 560 40 40 20 20
350 400 270 360 40 40 20 20
250 600 170 560 40 40 20 20
250 400 170 360 40 40 20 20
Column with
horizontal busbar
A B C D E F G H
V-BB 115 cubicle 650 600 460 210 120 70 335 55
V-BB 70 cubicle 650 600 290 200 110 250 360 40
SC compartment 650 600 570 260 40 40 320 20
450 600 370 260 40 40 320 20
350 600 270 260 40 40 320 20
250 600 170 260 40 40 320 20
Cable entry from the bottom (mm)
Cable entry from the top (mm)
Installation rules
Cable entry from the bottom:
do not interfere with the ventilation areas in order not to
impede the natuSC convection
b
Cable entry from the top:
a cut-out has to be made in the roof, taking into
consideration the switchboards IP.
b
267
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
A
B
D
D
4
0
5
4
2
0
D
D
4
0
5
4
2
7
Connections in compartments
and installation on door
lateSC compartment width
A
B
350 mm 84 mm
450 mm 184 mm
650 mm 384 mm
A: distance between the cable tie bar and the F4 box steel gland plate
compartments W450 mm minimum are recomended in order to make the cable entry in F4
boxes easier
b
b
SC compartment (70-2)
Maximum weight of gear installed on door:
door y 24M: 5 kg
door u 26M: 10 kg
b
b
Device installation on door
268
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
D
D
4
0
5
4
2
1
D
D
4
0
5
4
2
2
D
D
4
0
5
4
2
3
D
D
4
0
5
4
2
4
Connection by BBT
RC - D1000 - BBT interface y 3200A
device in T position b
RC - D1000 - BBT interface y 3200A
device in M position b
RC - D1400 - BBT interface 3200A
device in B position b
For a BBT connection, the space above the switchboard must allow the handling
of the BBT junction.
The following drawing show:
the devices position depthwise (D600/1000/1200 or 1400 mm)
the devices vertical position (Top, Middle or Bottom)
the BBT junctions axis from the roof
the drilling template axis, from the front of the roof.
top drawing:
dimensions: distance between the top of the roof and the axis of the BBT
junction
bottom drawing:
arrow: indicates the front of the roof (and not the front of the column)
dimensions: the drilling templates axis from the front of the roof.
b
b
v
v
v
v
b
v
b
v
v
TDC - D600 - BBT interface y 4000A
device in T position b
269
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
D
D
2
1
0
7
7
6
D
D
4
0
5
4
2
5
D
D
4
0
5
4
2
6
RC - D1200 - BBT interface 4000A
device in T position b
RC - D1200 - BBT interface 4000A
device in M position b
Unique cut-out drawing from 800 to 4000A
junction axis
Connection by BBT
270
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
D
D
3
8
1
6
5
9
Cables and fexible insulated bars specifcations
Cables :
cable 600/1000V 105C
105C is amandatory feature
Flexible insulated bars, according to the following specifcation:
raw insulated material designation: PVC
Mechanical properties
Hardness Rm mini
Test method NF ISO 868 NF EN ISO
527-1V5
SI units Mpa
Value 85 A 19
Electrical properties
Test method Insulation Dilectric strength
CEI 60243
SI units V KV/mm
Value 1000 >20
Physical characteristics
Test method
utilisation
SI units C
Value -40 / +105
Flammability properties
Test method Glow wire
resistance
Oven test Ball pressure
test
Fire behaviour
SI units CEI 685-2-1 CEI 439-3 CEI 439-3 UL94
Value 960C / 30 s 70C
time: 168 h
125C FV 0
Copper strip designation:
Standard Designation
Raw material designation
EN 1652 Cu ETP R200 mini
Equivalent international standard
ISO 1634 Cu ETP O mini
b
v
v
b
v
v
Copper type to use
Use exclusively Cu-ETP complying with the following specifcation:
Standard Designation
Raw material designation
EN 1652 Cu ETP R240
Equivalent international standard
ISO 1634 Cu ETP HB
b
Copper type and cables
271
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
A
D
D
4
0
5
1
5
0
D
D
4
0
5
1
5
1
D
D
4
0
5
1
5
2
D
D
4
0
5
1
5
3
D
D
4
0
5
1
5
4
D
D
4
0
5
4
3
5
D
D
4
0
5
4
3
6
Epoxy material and application
material: thermohardening epoxy powder on copper CuETP
thickness: 150 +/- 50 m
maximal operating temperature: 150C
environment withstand consistent with classes defned in the IEC 60721-3-3
standard:
3K6 / 3Z2 / 3Z5 / 3Z8
3C2
3S3
pain adherence: complying with standard ISO 4628-1 to 6
spared zones cleaned in order to guarantee a proper electrical contact
Acceptance criteria:
dielectric withstand 2500 V/1 mn
coating free from any defect, complying with standard ISO 4628-1 to 6
clean and undamaged part
complying with the following reservation principles.
b
b
b
b
v
v
v
b
b
b
b
b
b
Busbars epoxy coating
Epoxy bars protection
Epoxy protection on H-BB/115 V-BB links:
Preserve a 116 mm area on the H-BB 40x10 bars for the connection with the
V-BB
The reservation areas position changes in accordance with the phases:
b
b
Epoxy protection on H-BB/70 V-BB links :
Preserve a 100 mm area on the H-BB 40x10 bars for the connection with the
V-BB
The reservation areas position changes in accordance with the phases :
b
b
Dimensional specifcations for the bar/bar link and device on chassis
non epoxy-protected area around electrical contacts: 10 mm (zone A on the
opposite drawing)
b
Application of the epoxy coating
Fishplate link on the H-BB
Preserve a 68 mm area on the H-BB 40x10 bars for the fshplating b
70 V-BB with clamps contact
Preserve a 20 mm area in order to avoid any contact between the clamps and
the epoxy-coating
Tolerance: 2 mm on the reservation dimensions
b
b
272
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
D
D
4
0
5
4
3
3
D
D
4
0
5
4
3
3
D
D
4
0
5
4
3
3
Busbars special coatings
Live parts connected by permanents contacts (rivet, bolt) must be protected in a
different way from those connected by withdrawable contacts (drawer clamps).
Permanent bolted contacts:
Example: H-BB and 115 V-BB
silver plating of 5 m mini - 30 m maximum
Withdrawable contacts:
Example: 70 V-BB
silver plating of 5 m mini - 20 m maximum
Important:
The use of silver plating is prohibited in atmospheres with a high sulphur content
(H
2
S et SO
2
).
b
b
Nickel-plating the busbars
for corrosive atmospheres
Coating designation
Standard ISO 4521
Designation Cu/Ag (99,9)5
Minimal coating thickness
SI units m
Value 5
Type of coating
Silver electroplating on copper
Silver plating the busbars
used for 70 V-BB with plug-in, disconnectable, and drawer feeders (clamps)
Coating designation
Standard ISO 1458
Designation Ni20/Cu
Minimal coating thickness
SI units m
Value 20
Type of coating
Nickel electroplating on copper
b
used for 70 and 115 V-BB with bolted connections and devices
Coating designation
Standard ISO 2093
Designation Cu/Sn30
Minimal coating thickness
SI units m
Value 30
Type of coating
Tin electroplating on copper
b
Tin-plating the busbars
for corrosive atmospheres
incompatible with corrosive atmospheres
273
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
D
D
4
0
5
3
8
2
D
D
4
0
5
3
8
3
D
D
4
0
5
3
8
4
D
D
4
0
5
3
8
5
PE-PEN bars conception and
installation
TT / IT / TN-S Distributed neutral
Switchgear 4P
Connection 5 wires
V-BB 115, 115-70 and 70
TT / IT / TN-S Non-distributed neutral
Switchgear 3P
Connection 4 wires
V-BB 115, 115-70 and 70
TN-S Ditributed neutral not switched off
Switchgear 3P
Connection 5 wires
V-BB 115
N laid out through V-BB and FUs (link in FU)
IEC 60364
b
b
TN-S Ditributed neutral not switched off
Switchgear 3P
Connection 5 wires
V-BB 70
N distributed in the connection compartment (W350 to 650 mm): N bar mounted on
insulators
IEC 60364
b
b
274
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
D
D
4
0
5
3
8
6
D
D
4
0
5
3
8
7
D
D
4
0
5
3
8
8
PE-PEN bars conception and
installation
TN-C / TN-S
TN-C/TN-S mixing possible in the switchboard, not in the column
the horizontal PEN replaces Neutral (H-BB in TN-C)
PE runs horizontally for earthing of the columns and vertical PE connection
(TN-S)
PEN/PE link on each incomer (TN-C)
b
b
b
b
TN-C Neutral replaced by horizontal PEN
Switchgear 3P
Connection 4 wires
V-BB 115
horizontal PEN replaces Neutral
PE laid out through the V-BB and FUs (link in FU)
(1): single PEN/PE link for the whole switchboard, on the incomer
b
b
TN-C Neutral replaced by horizontal PEN
Switchgear 3P
Connection 4 wires
V-BB 70
horizontal PEN replaces Neutral
PE runs horizontally for earthing of the columns (no vertical PE)
PEN is distributed in the connection compartment (W350 to 650 mm): uninsulated bar
(1): single PEN/PE link for the whole switchboard, on the incomer
b
b
b
275
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
Busbar drawings
Horizontal busbar 276
Fishplates 276
Vertical busbar / horizontal busbar link 276
Vertical busbar / rear horizontal busbar link (double H-BB) 276
115-1 vertical busbar (without coupling) 277
115-1 vertical busbar (for coupling) 277
115-2 vertical busbar 277
115-3 vertical busbar (without coupling) 278
115-1 vertical busbar (for coupling) 278
115-70 vertical busbar 278
70 vertical busbar 278
185 vertical busbar 278
Vertical PEN/N busbar without disconnection 279
PE bars 280
PE bars for busbar trunking link 281
PE-PEN link 281
276
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
V-BB / H- BB link
type of cubicle designation polarity number of bars/phase
2 3 4 6
115 Complement 3P - - GHQ10947 GHQ10951
4P/3P+PEN - - GHQ10948 GHQ10946
4P/3P+PEN - N/PENr - - GHQ10950 GHQ10949
70 - 185 Link 3P/ 3P+PEN/PENr GHQ10945 GHQ10944 GHQ10943 GHQ10942
4P GHQ10937 GHQ10936 GHQ10935 GHQ10934
4P/ Nr GHQ10941 GHQ10940 GHQ10939 GHQ10938
polarity: N/PENr =neutral/reduced PEN, Nr =reduced neutral b
V-BB / rear H-BB link (double BB)
type of cubicle polarity number of bars/phase drawing nr.
70 3P/3P+PEN 1 x 40x10 GHQ10960
1 x 50x10 GHQ10961
1 x 80x10 GHQ10962
1 x 100x10 GHQ10963
4P 1 x 40x10 GHQ10964
1 x 50x10 GHQ10965
1 x 80x10 GHQ10966
1 x 100x10 GHQ10967
115-1 3P 1 x 80x10 GHQ10952
2/3 x 80x10 GHQ10953
4P/3P+PEN 1 x 80x10 GHQ10954
2/3 x 80x10 GHQ10955
115-2 3P 3 x 120x10 GHQ10956
4P/3P+PEN 3 x 120x10 GHQ10957
115-3 3P 3 x 120x10 GHQ10958
4P/3P+PEN 3 x 120x10 GHQ10959
185 see 185 vertical busbar
polarity: N/PENr =neutral/reduced PEN b
Busbar drawings
Fishplates
Horizontal busbars
number of
bars/phase
polarity cubicle width (mm)
650 605+250 650+350 650+450 650+650 650
+350+250
650
+450+250
650
+650+250
1150
2 3P GHQ10840 GHQ10888 GHQ10864 GHQ10852 GHQ10876 GHQ10900 GHQ10912 GHQ10924 -
4P/3P+PEN GHQ10832 GHQ10880 GHQ10856 GHQ10844 GHQ10868 GHQ10892 GHQ10904 GHQ10916 -
4P/3P+PEN/ N/PENr GHQ10836 GHQ10884 GHQ10860 GHQ10848 GHQ10872 GHQ10896 GHQ10908 GHQ10920 -
3 3P GHQ10839 GHQ10887 GHQ10863 GHQ10851 GHQ10875 GHQ10899 GHQ10911 GHQ10923 GHQ10930
4P/3P+PEN GHQ10831 GHQ10879 GHQ10855 GHQ10843 GHQ10867 GHQ10891 GHQ10903 GHQ10915 GHQ10927
4P/3P+PEN/ N/PENr GHQ10835 GHQ10883 GHQ10859 GHQ10847 GHQ10871 GHQ10895 GHQ10907 GHQ10919 GHQ10933
4 3P GHQ10838 GHQ10886 GHQ10862 GHQ10850 GHQ10874 GHQ10898 GHQ10910 GHQ10922 GHQ10929
4P/3P+PEN GHQ10830 GHQ10878 GHQ10854 GHQ10842 GHQ10866 GHQ10890 GHQ10902 GHQ10914 GHQ10926
4P/3P+PEN/ N/PENr GHQ10834 GHQ10882 GHQ10858 GHQ10846 GHQ10870 GHQ10894 GHQ10906 GHQ10918 GHQ10932
6 3P GHQ10837 GHQ10885 GHQ10861 GHQ10849 GHQ10873 GHQ10897 GHQ10909 GHQ10921 GHQ10928
4P/3P+PEN GHQ10829 GHQ10877 GHQ10853 GHQ10841 GHQ10865 GHQ10889 GHQ10901 GHQ10913 GHQ10925
4P/3P+PEN/ N/PENr GHQ10833 GHQ10881 GHQ10857 GHQ10845 GHQ10869 GHQ10893 GHQ10905 GHQ10917 GHQ10931
number of bars/phase polarity drawing nr.
2 3P GHQ10789
4P/3P+PEN GHQ10781
4P/3P+PEN/ N/PENr GHQ10785
3 3P GHQ10788
4P/3P+PEN GHQ10780
4P/3P+PEN/ N/PENr GHQ10784
4 3P GHQ10787
4P/3P+PEN GHQ10779
4P/3P+PEN/ N/PENr GHQ10783
6 3P GHQ10786
4P/3P+PEN GHQ10778
4P/3P+PEN/ N/PENr GHQ10782
277
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
D
D
4
0
5
0
7
7
Busbar drawings
number of bars/phase polarity Cubicle height
H2350 mm H2200mm
drawing nr. drawing nr.
1 x80x10 3P GHQ11046 GHQ11060
3P +PEN GHQ11049 GHQ11065
3P +PEN/PENr GHQ11052 GHQ11066
4P GHQ11040 GHQ11056
4P Nr GHQ11043 GHQ11057
2 x 80x10 3P GHQ11045 GHQ11059
3P +PEN GHQ11048 GHQ11063
3P +PEN/PENr GHQ11051 GHQ11064
4P GHQ11039 GHQ11054
4P Nr GHQ11042 GHQ11055
3 x 80x10 3P GHQ11044 GHQ11058
3P +PEN GHQ11047 GHQ11061
3P +PEN/PENr GHQ11050 GHQ11062
4P GHQ11038 GHQ11053
4P Nr GHQ11041 GHQ11067
115-1
vertical busbar without coupling
115-1 vertical busbar for coupling
number of bars/phase polarity Cubicle height
H2350 mm H2200mm
drawing nr. drawing nr.
1 x80x10 3P GHQ11076 GHQ11091
3P +PEN GHQ11079 GHQ11096
3P +PEN/PENr GHQ11082 GHQ11097
4P GHQ11070 GHQ11087
4P Nr GHQ11073 GHQ11088
2 x 80x10 3P GHQ11075 GHQ11090
3P +PEN GHQ11078 GHQ11094
3P +PEN/PENr GHQ11081 GHQ11095
4P GHQ11069 GHQ11085
4P Nr GHQ11072 GHQ11086
3 x 80x10 3P GHQ11074 GHQ11089
3P +PEN GHQ11077 GHQ11092
3P +PEN/PENr GHQ11080 GHQ11093
4P GHQ11068 GHQ11083
4P Nr GHQ11071 GHQ11084
polarity Cubicle height
H2350 mm H2200mm
drawing nr. drawing nr.
3P GHQ11099 GHQ11105
3P +PEN GHQ11100 GHQ11106
3P +PEN/PENr GHQ11102 GHQ11107
4P GHQ11098 GHQ11103
4P Nr GHQ11101 GHQ11104
115-2 vertical busbar
115-3 vertical busbar without coupling
polarity Cubicle height
H2350 mm H2200mm
drawing nr. drawing nr.
3P GHQ11110 GHQ11115
3P +PEN GHQ11111 GHQ11116
3P +PEN/PENr GHQ11112 GHQ11117
4P GHQ11108 GHQ11113
4P Nr GHQ11109 GHQ11114
278
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
D
D
4
0
5
1
0
1
D
D
4
0
5
0
7
8
D
D
4
0
5
0
7
9
115-3 vertical busbar for coupling
Cubicle height
H2350 mm H2200mm
polarity drawing nr. drawing nr.
3P GHQ11120 GHQ11125
3P +PEN GHQ11121 GHQ11126
3P +PEN/PENr GHQ11122 GHQ11127
4P GHQ11118 GHQ11123
4P Nr GHQ11119 GHQ11124
number of bars/
phase
polarity Cubicle height
H2350 mm H2200mm
drawing nr. drawing nr.
1 x80x10 3P AAV12636 AAV12679
3P +PEN AAV12641 AAV12682
3P +N AAV12644 AAV12685
2 x 80x10 3P AAV12639 AAV12680
3P +PEN AAV12642 AAV12683
3P +N AAV12645 AAV12686
3 x 80x10 3P AAV12640 AAV12681
3P +PEN AAV12643 AAV12684
3P +N AAV12646 AAV12687
115/70 vertical busbar
number of bars/
phase
polarity Cubicle height
H2350 mm H2200mm
drawing nr. drawing nr.
1 x 40x10 3P GHQ11143 GHQ11176
4P GHQ11139 GHQ11172
1 x 50x10 3P GHQ11142 GHQ11175
4P GHQ11138 GHQ11171
1 x 80x10 3P GHQ11141 GHQ11174
4P GHQ11139 GHQ11170
1 x 100x10 3P GHQ11140 GHQ11173
4P GHQ11136 GHQ11169
70 vertical busbar
185 vertical busbar
number of bars/phase Type de horizontal busbar
simple double
drawing nr. drawing nr.
1 x 40x10 GHQ11131 GHQ11135
1 x 50x10 GHQ11130 GHQ11134
1 x 80x10 GHQ11129 GHQ11133
1 x 100x10 GHQ11128 GHQ11132
Busbar drawings
279
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
Vertical PEN/N busbar without disconnection
Cubicle type 70
cubicle H2350 mm cubicle H2200mm
horizontal busbar
Connection
N/PEN number of bars/phase drawing nr. drawing nr.
simple SC N without disconnection 1 x 40x10 GHQ11149 GHQ11181
1 x 50x10 GHQ11150 GHQ11182
1 x 80x10 GHQ11151 GHQ11183
1 x 100x10 GHQ11152 GHQ11184
PEN 1 x 40x10 GHQ11144 GHQ11177
1 x 50x10 GHQ11145 GHQ11178
1 x 80x10 GHQ11147 GHQ11179
1 x 100x10 GHQ11148 GHQ11180
double SC N without disconnection 1 x 40x10 GHQ11205 GHQ11221
1 x 50x10 GHQ11206 GHQ11222
1 x 80x10 GHQ11207 GHQ11223
1 x 100x10 GHQ11208 GHQ11224
PEN 1 x 40x10 GHQ11201 GHQ11217
1 x 50x10 GHQ11202 GHQ11218
1 x 80x10 GHQ11203 GHQ11219
1 x 100x10 GHQ11204 GHQ11220
RC N without disconnection 1 x 40x10 GHQ11213 GHQ11229
1 x 50x10 GHQ11214 GHQ11230
1 x 80x10 GHQ11215 GHQ11231
1 x 100x10 GHQ11216 GHQ11146
PEN 1 x 40x10 GHQ11209 GHQ11225
1 x 50x10 GHQ11210 GHQ11226
1 x 80x10 GHQ11211 GHQ11227
1 x 100x10 GHQ11212 GHQ11228
Cubicle type 70-1
cubicle H2350 mm cubicle H2200mm
horizontal busbar
Connection
N/PEN number of bars/phase drawing nr. drawing nr.
simple RC N without disconnection 1 x 40x10 GHQ11165 GHQ11197
1 x 50x10 GHQ11166 GHQ11198
1 x 80x10 GHQ11167 GHQ11199
1 x 100x10 GHQ11168 GHQ11200
PEN 1 x 40x10 GHQ11161 GHQ11193
1 x 50x10 GHQ11162 GHQ11194
1 x 80x10 GHQ11163 GHQ11195
1 x 100x10 GHQ11164 GHQ11196
Cubicle type 70-2
cubicle H2350 mm cubicle H2200mm
horizontal busbar
Connection
N/PEN number of bars/phase drawing nr. drawing nr.
simple RC N without disconnection 1 x 40x10 GHQ11157 GHQ11189
1 x 50x10 GHQ11158 GHQ11190
1 x 80x10 GHQ11159 GHQ11191
1 x 100x10 GHQ11160 GHQ11192
PEN 1 x 40x10 GHQ11153 GHQ11185
1 x 50x10 GHQ11154 GHQ11186
1 x 80x10 GHQ11155 GHQ11187
1 x 100x10 GHQ11156 GHQ11188
Cubicle type 115-70
cubicle H2350 mm cubicle H2200mm
horizontal busbar
Connection
N/PEN number of bars/phase drawing nr. drawing nr.
simple RC N without disconnection 1 x 100x10 AAV12709 AAV12710
PEN 1 x 100x10 AAV12755 AAV12756
SC N without disconnection 1 x 100x10 AAV12753 AAV12754
PEN 1 x 100x10 AAV12757 AAV12758
TDC N without disconnection 1 x 100x10 GHQ11152 GHQ11184
PEN 1 x 100x10 GHQ11148 GHQ11180
Busbar drawings
280
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
Horizontal confguration
Connection Cubicle Bars cross-section drawing nr.
RC DP coupling (1150+650) 40 x 10 complement GHQ11005
W650 mm 40 x 5 GHQ10981
W450mm 40 x 5 GHQ10991
W350 mm 40 x 5 GHQ11001
W250 mm 40 x 5 GHQ11011
W650 mm 40 x 10 GHQ11021
W450mm 40 x 10 GHQ11022
W350 mm 40 x 10 GHQ11023
W250 mm 40 x 10 GHQ11024
W1150 mm 40 x 10 GHQ11004
V-70-1 confguration
Connection Cubicle Bars cross-section drawing nr.
RC H2200 mm 40 x 5 GHQ10987
40 x 10 GHQ10988
H2350mm 40 x 5 GHQ10985
40 x 10 GHQ10986
V-70-2 confguration
Connection Cubicle Bars cross-section drawing nr.
SC/RC H2200 mm 40 x 5 GHQ10983
40 x 10 GHQ10984
H2350mm 40 x 5 GHQ11025
40 x 10 GHQ10982
V-115 confguration
Connection Cubicle Bars cross-
section
drawing nr.
SC / TDC or BDC+SC H2350 mm 40 x 5 GHQ10989
40 x 10 GHQ10993
BDC or TDC+BDC rear compart./ TDC
or BDC+RC
H2200 mm 40 x 5 GHQ10997
40 x 10 GHQ10999
40 x 10 GHQ11007
H2350 mm 40 x 5 GHQ10990
40 x 10 GHQ10994
BDC front compart./ without lateral
compart./ TDC+BDC front compart./
without lateral compart.
H2350 mm
H2200 mm
40 x 5 GHQ10992
40 x 10 GHQ10995
BDC top position without compartment H2200 mm 40 x 5 GHQ11006
40 x 10 GHQ11007
V-115-70 confguration
Connection Cubicle Bars cross-
section
drawing nr.
SC W650 mm H2350 mm 40 x 10 AAV12692
H2200 mm 40 x 10 AAV12700
W450mm H2350 mm 40 x 10 AAV12701
H2200 mm 40 x 10 AAV12702
BDC or TDC+BDC rear compart./ TDC or
BDC+RC
H2350 mm 40 x 5 GHQ10990
40 x 10 GHQ10994
H2200 mm 40 x 5 GHQ10997
40 x 10 GHQ10999
V-230 confguration
Connection Cubicle Bars cross-section drawing nr.
RC H2350 mm 40 x 10 GHQ11000
H2200 mm 40 x 10 GHQ11002
Front connection H2350-2200 mm 40 x 10 GHQ11003
PE bars
Busbar drawings
281
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
PE bars for BBT link
H / V70-115-230 confguration
Connection Cubicle Bars cross-
section
drawing nr.
TDC by KT BBT y 4000A D600 mm 40 x 5 GHQ11008
40 x 10 GHQ11009
D1000/1400 mm 40 x 5 GHQ11010
40 x 10 GHQ11012
RC by KT BBT y 3200A D1000 mm 40 x 5 GHQ11013
40 x 10 GHQ11014
D1400 mm 40 x 5 GHQ11015
40 x 10 GHQ11016
by KT BBT 4000A top 40 x 5 GHQ11017
40 x 10 GHQ11018
by KT BBT 4000A middle 40 x 5 GHQ11019
40 x 10 GHQ11020
PEN/PE links
Cubicle Connection Cubicle Bars cross-
section
drawing nr.
115-1 RC D>600 mm GHQ10968
115-1/115-2 BDC, TDC/SC with BDC D600 mm PE 40 x 5 GHQ10975
PE 40 x 10 GHQ10976
TDC/SC without BDC D600 mm PE 40 x 5 GHQ10971
PE 40 x 10 GHQ10973
115-2 RC D>600 mm GHQ10969
115-3 RC D>600 mm GHQ10970
TDC/SC D600 mm PE 40 x 10 GHQ10974
PE 40 x 5 GHQ10972
230 NW230 front connection D1000 mm PE 40 x 10 GHQ10977
D1400 mm PE 40 x 10 GHQ10978
115-70 RC D600 mm PE 40 x 10 AAV12713
TDC/SC D600 mm PE 40 x 10 AAV12707
Busbar drawings
282
Schneider Electric
Notes
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
283
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
Derating tables
Motor control association deratings: rules 284
IP31/41/54 deratings: tables 286
Busbars 286
1 incoming device 286
2 incomers in parallel 286
1 NW incomer +1 NW feeder 287
3 NW incomers in parallel 289
1 NW incomer +2 NW feeders 289
1 NW incomer +1 NT feeder 290
1 NW incomer +2 NT feeders 294
1 NT/NS incomer +2 NT/NS feeders 295
1 NT/NS incomer +NS100-630 296
NS100-630 on Polyfast 297
NS100-630 on mounting plate 297
Marine deratings: tables 298
Busbars 298
1 incoming device 298
2 incomers in parallel 298
1 NW incomer +1 NT feeder 299
1 NT/NS incomer +2 NT/NS feeders 299
1 NT/NS incomer +NS100-630 300
NS100-630 on Polyfast 300
NS100-630 on mounting plate 300
Corrosive atmospheres deratings: tables
1 incoming device 301
2 incomers in parallel 301
1 NW incomer +1 NW feeder 301
3 NW incomers in parallel 303
1 NW incomer +2 NW feeders 303
NS100-630 on Polyfast 304
NS100-630 on mounting plate 304
284
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
Rules
Derating ratio
The derating ratio depends on the ambient temperature and the switchboards IP.
The ambient temperature is the one that is measured around the switchboard.
ambient t IP31 IP41/54
35C 1 0,85
40C 0,93 0,78
45C 0,85 0,7
50C 0,78 -
This derating limits the current in the devices, in order to:
reduce their thermal dissipation, and thus maintain inside the devices a
temperature compatible with the operational limits of most of them,
maintain the temperature on the hottest points beneath the values defned by the
devices standard.
Should there be an incompatibility between derating and motor protection, the
latter prevails.
Derating the contactors:
derating with regard to the nominal rating in AC3 category,
contactors of a larger size increase the pole withstand,
coordination with the associated circuit-breaker is maintained.
Derating the thermal relays:
on these devices, no derating is applied, in order to maintain the motor
protection against overload.
Derating the GV7 RS and NS STR circuit-breakers:
derating with regard to the maximum trip-unit rating,
replacing the circuit-breaker with a device ftted with a higher trip-unit,
if necessary, the contactor must be modifed in order to maintain the
coordination,
if the higher trip-unit does not ensure the motor a suffcient thermal protection,
increase the rating of the contactor only.
Derating the NS MA, GV2L, GV2 P circuit-breakers and the fuse-switches:
no derating is applied to these devices in order to maintain the type-2
coordination.
Derating the circuit-breakers with motor trip-units STR22ME or STR43ME:
NS100/160: no derating up to 70C
NS250/400/630: derating
when a derating is applied, the thermal protection setting must remain
possible
Irm: Magnetic setting
This value must appear on the switchboards documents, as to make sure that
the setting will be correctly made.
Derating with Tesys U range:
Com and/or Multifunction means starter-controller or controller with
communication module and/or Multifunction control unit.
wiring or evolutive means other Tesys U solutions
Derating the star/delta and 2-speed starters:
derating tables identical to those of direct starting.
The increase of the power dissipation, due to the second contactor, is
compensated by the increased drawer capacity; the drawers internal temperature
do not therefore rise.
Derating in E@gle associations with circuit-breaker + contactor + MIU:
derating tables identical to those of associations with circuit-breaker +
contactor + thermal relay on CT.
b
b
b
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
The connection wires for the FUs devices have a section depending on the
installed contactors rating
Functional Units wiring
Motor control association
deratings
285
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
Derating in IP22 Marine switchboards
derating tables identical to those of IP31 switchboards
Motors with a rated current (In) different from the one given in the tables:
choose an association in which the thermal protection can be setted at the In
value,
adapt the CTs rating to the In value.
For TeSys T:
use CTs of RS-ISOLSEC brand, type S17
Motors with long-starting:
replace the CL 10 A thermal relay with a CL 20 A one.
Voltage different from 415V (440V, 500V,...) :
on-request study, please consult us
Corrosive atmospheres:
a derating ratio of 10 % compared with the standard Okken solution, except
for the 3M drawers, on which no derating is applied on account of corrosive
atmospheres.
Cubicle with 115-70 busbar:
there are no specifc deratings for drawers in 115-70 busbar confgurations.
Use standard deratings.
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
Motor control association
deratings
Rules
Iq breaking performance for NS100 to NS630 Ue=400/415 V
N H L
NS100-MA 25 KA 70 KA 130 KA
NS160/250MA 35 KA 70 KA 130 KA
NS400/630MA 70 KA 130 KA
286
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation

NW

NW

NW

NW

NW

NW
1
1
5
7
0
Busbars
1 incoming device
Withdrawable NW40b-63
IP31 IP41/54
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
1 H-BB 2x 40x10 1900 1790 1680 1570 1680 1570 1450 1320
3x 40x10 2520 2380 2230 2080 2230 2080 1920 1750
4x 40x10 3200 3020 2840 2650 2840 2650 2440 2230
6x 40x10 4050 3820 3590 3340 3590 3340 3090 2820
2 H-BB 2x 3x 40x10 4530 4350 4160 3970 3970 3770 3560 3350
4x 4x 40x10 5810 5580 5330 5090 5090 4830 4570 4300
2x 6x 40x10 7320 7060 6750 6450 6450 6120 5780 5430
V-BB 115 1x 80x10 1750 1640 1530 1420 1530 1420 1290 1160
2x 80x10 2780 2620 2450 2260 2450 2260 2060 1860
3x 80x10 3200 3010 2810 2590 2810 2590 2370 2130
3x 120x10 4090 3840 3580 3310 3580 3310 3030 2720
V-BB 70 1x 40x10 1010 950 880 820 880 820 740 670
1x 50x10 1200 1130 1050 970 1050 970 890 800
1x 80x10 1750 1640 1530 1420 1530 1420 1290 1160
1x 100x10 2100 1970 1840 1700 1840 1700 1550 1400
V-BB
115-70
1x 80x10 1750 1640 1530 1420 1530 1420 1290 1160
2x 80x10 2780 2620 2450 2260 2450 2260 2060 1880
3x 80x10 3200 3010 2810 2590 2810 2590 2370 2130
1x 80x10 1750 1640 1530 1420 1530 1420 1290 1160
V-BB 185 1x 40x10 630 580 530 470 530 470 410 350
1x 50x10 800 740 670 600 670 600 530 450
1x 80x10 1250 1150 1050 940 1050 940 830 700
1x 100x10 1500 1380 1260 1140 1260 1140 1000 840
IP31 IP41/54
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C
NW08 N/H/L 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
NW10 N/H/L 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
NW12 N1 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
NW16 N1 1600 1600 1550 1510 1550 1510 1470
NW20 H 2000 2000 2000 1970 2000 1970 1910
NW25 H 2450 2380 2320 2260 2320 2260 2200(*)
NW32 H 3000 2930 2850 2820 2850 2820 2700(*)
NW40 H 3520 3440(*) 3350(*) 3270(*) 3350(*) 3270(*) 3180(*)
1 H-BB 2 H-BB
IP31 IP41/54 IP31 IP41/54
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C
NW40b H1/H2 4000 4000 4000 3800 3800 3600 3400 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 3850 3700
NW50b H1/H2 4650 4450 4250 4050 4050 3800 3600 5000 5000 5000 4750 4750 4500 4200
NW63b H1/H2 5200 5000 4750 4500 4500 4250 4000 5850 5550 5300 5000 5000 4750 4500
IP31/41/54 deratings
Tables
(*): consult us for needs beyond indicated values
2 incomers in parallel
IP31 IP41/54
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C
NW08 N/H/L T position
M position
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
NW10 N/H/L T position
M position
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
NW12 N1 T position
M position
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1180
1240
NW16 N1 T position
M position
1510
1600
1470
1550
1430
1510
1380(*)
1460
1430
1510
1380(*)
1460
1340(*)
1410
NW20 H T position
M position
2000
2000
1920
2000
1860
1970
1800
1910
1860
1970
1800
1910
1760
1850
Withdrawable NW08-40
Withdrawable NW08-40
T


M
T


M
287
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
NW
1
2
NW
NW
NW
1
2
NW
1
NW
2
IP31
IP41/54
(*): consult us for needs beyond indicated values
T position
NW08 N/H/L NW10 N/H/L NW12 N1
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L
- - - -
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
800
NW10 N/H/L 800
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1000
- - - -
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
NW12 N1 800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
- - - -
NW16 N1 800
1500
800
1580
800
1540
800
1510
1000
1600
1000
1580
1000
1540
1000
1500
1250
1600
1250
1570
1250
1530
1240
1490
NW20 H 800
2000
800
2000
800
2000
800
1960
1000
2000
1000
2000
1000
2000
1000
1960
1250
2000
1250
2000
1250
2000
1250
1950
NW25 H 800
2450
800
2380
800
2320
800
2260
1000
2450
1000
2380
1000
2320
1000
2260
1250
2440
1250
2380
1230
2320
1210
2260
NW32 H 800
3000
800
2930
800
2850
800
2820
1000
3000
1000
2930
1000
2850
1000
2820
1250
3000
1250
2930
1230
2850
1190
2820
T position
NW16 N1 NW20 H NW25 H NW32 H
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L 1600
800
1600
800
1550
800
1510
800
2000
800
2000
800
2000
800
1960
800
2450
800
2380
800
2320
800
2260
800
3000
800
2930
800
2850
800
2820
800
NW10 N/H/L 1600
1000
1590
1000
1550
1000
1510
1000
2000
1000
2000
1000
2000
1000
1960
1000
2450
1000
2380
1000
2320
1000
2260
1000
3000
1000
2930
1000
2850
1000
2820
1000
NW12 N1 1600
1250
1560
1250
1520
1250
1480
1250
2000
1250
2000
1250
2000
1250
1940
1250
2440
1250
2380
1250
2320
1250
2260
1250
3000
1250
2930
1250
2850
1250
2820
1250
NW16 N1
- - - -
2000
1600
2000
1580
1960
1530
1900
1490
2400
1600
2340
1570
2290
1520
2260
1480
2990
1600
2910
1560
2840
1520
2760(*)
1480
NW20 H 1580
2000
1530
2000
1480
1980
1440
1940
- - - -
2400
2000
2340
2000
2290
1970
2210(*)
1930
2990
2000
2920
2000
2920
2000
2760(*)
1920
NW25 H 1530
2430
1490
2360
1450
2310
1410
2260
2000
2430
1950
2360
1900
2310
1850
2260
- - - -
2940
2410
2870
2350
2870
2350
2730(*)
2230
NW32 H 1500
3000
1460
2930
1420
2850
1390
2820
1960
3000
1910
2930
1870
2850
1820
2820
2310
3000
2250
2920
2190
2950
2130
2820
- - - -
1 NW incomer +1 NW feeder
IP31/41/54 deratings
Tables
T position
NW08 N/H/L NW10 N/H/L NW12 N1
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L
- - -
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
800
NW10 N/H/L 800
1000
800
1000
800
1000
- - -
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
NW12 N1 800
1250
800
1250
800
1260
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
- - -
NW16 N1 800
1540
800
1510
800
1470
1000
1540
1000
1500
1000
1460
1250
1530
1240
1490
1210
1450
NW20 H 800
2000
800
1960
800
1910
1000
2000
1000
1960
1000
1900
1250
2000
1250
1950
1210
1890
NW25 H 800
2320
800
2260
800
2200(*)
1000
2320
1000
2260
1000
2200(*)
1230
2320
1210
2260
1180
2200(*)
NW32 H 800
2850
800
2820
800
2700(*)
1000
2950
1000
2820
1000
2700(*)
1230
2850
1190
2820
1160
2700(*)
T position
NW16 N1 NW20 H NW25 H NW32 H
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L 1550
800
1510
800
1470
800
2000
800
1960
800
1910
800
2320
800
2260
800
2200(*)
800
2850
800
2820
800
2700(*)
800
NW10 N/H/L 1550
1000
1510
1000
1470
1000
2000
1000
1960
1000
1900
1000
2320
1000
2260
1000
2200(*)
1000
2850
1000
2820
1000
2700(*)
1000
NW12 N1 1520
1250
1480
1250
1430
1240
2000
1250
1940
1250
1880
1250
2320
1250
2260
1250
2190(*)
1230
2850
1250
2820
1250
2700(*)
1230
NW16 N1
- - -
1960
1530
1900
1490
1850
1440
2290
1520
2260
1480
2170(*)
1440
2840
1520
2760(*)
1480
2690(*)
1440
NW20 H 1480
1980
1440
1940
1400
1880
- - -
2290
1970
2210(*)
1930
2150(*)
1860
2840
1980
2760(*)
1920
2680(*)
1870
NW25 H 1450
2310
1410
2260
1370
2190(*)
1900
2310
1850
2260
1800
2190(*)
- - -
2820
2300
2760(*)
2230
2650(*)
2170
NW32 H 1420
2850
1390
2820
1350
2700(*)
1870
2950
1820
2820
1760
2700(*)
2190
2850
2130
2820
2070
2700(*)
- - -
T


M
288
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
NW
1
NW
2
NW
NW
1
2
NW
1
2
NW
IP41/54
(*): consult us for needs beyond indicated values
1 NW incomer +1 NW feeder
T position
NW08 N/H/L NW10 N/H/L NW12 N1
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L
- - - -
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
800
NW10 N/H/L 800
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1000
- - - -
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
NW12 N1 800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
- - - -
NW16 N1 800
1600
800
1580
800
1530
800
1490
1000
1600
1000
1570
1000
1520
1000
1480
1250
1600
1250
1550
1250
1510
1250
1470
NW20 H 800
2000
800
2000
800
2000
800
1950
1000
2000
1000
2000
1000
2000
1000
1930
1250
2000
1250
2000
1250
1980
1230
1920
NW25 H 800
2440
800
2370
800
2310
800
2260
1000
2430
1000
2370
1000
2310
1000
2260
1250
2410
1250
2350
1230
2290
1210
2260
NW32 H 800
2990
800
2920
800
2840
800
2820
1000
2980
1000
2910
1000
2830
1000
2750(*)
1250
2970
1220
2900
1210
2820
1180
2730(*)
T position
NW16 N1 NW20 H NW25 H NW32 H
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L 1600
800
1600
800
1550
800
1510
800
2000
800
2000
800
2000
800
1960
800
2450
800
2380
800
2320
800
2260
800
3000
800
2930
800
2850
800
2820
800
NW10 N/H/L 1600
1000
1580
1000
1540
1000
1510
1000
2000
1000
2000
1000
2000
1000
1960
1000
2450
1000
2380
1000
2320
1000
2260
1000
3000
1000
2930
1000
2850
1000
2820
1000
NW12 N1 1600
1250
1560
1250
1520
1250
1470
1250
2000
1250
2000
1250
2000
1250
1930
1250
2440
1250
2370
1250
2310
1250
2260
1250
3000
1250
2930
1250
2850
1250
2820
1250
NW16 N1
- - - -
2000
1600
2000
1560
1950
1520
1890
1470
2930
1600
2330
1560
2270
1510
2210(*)
1470
2960
1590
2890
1550
2820
1510
2750(*)
1470
NW20 H 1560
2000
1510
2000
1470
1970
1430
1910
- - - -
2390
2000
2330
2000
2330
2000
2210(*)
1900
2980
2000
2900
2000
2900
2000
2740(*)
1910
NW25 H 1520
2400
1480
2340
1440
2280
1400
2260
1980
2400
1940
2350
1890
2290
1830
2260
- - - -
2920
2400
2850
2330
2850
2330
2710(*)
2210
NW32 H 1480
2960
1450
2880
1410
2820
1370
2730(*)
1950
2960
1890
2890
1850
2820
1800
2740(*)
2280
2950
2230
2970
2170
2820
2110
2720(*)
- - - -
T position
NW08 N/H/L NW10 N/H/L NW12 N1
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L
- - -
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
800
NW10 N/H/L 800
1000
800
1000
800
1000
- - -
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
NW12 N1 800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
- - -
NW16 N1 800
1530
800
1490
800
1450
1000
1520
1000
1480
1000
1440
1250
1510
1240
1470
1190
1430
NW20 H 800
2000
800
1950
800
1890
1000
2000
1000
1930
1000
1880
1250
1980
1230
1920
1210
1870
NW25 H 800
2310
800
2260
800
2190(*)
1000
2310
1000
2260
1000
2180(*)
1230
2290
1210
2260
1170
2170(*)
NW32 H 800
2840
800
2820
800
2690(*)
1000
2830
1000
2750(*)
1000
2660(*)
1210
2820
1180
2730(*)
1150
2650(*)
T position
NW16 N1 NW20 H NW25 H NW32 H
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L 1550
800
1510
800
1470
800
2000
800
1960
800
1910
800
2320
800
2260
800
2200(*)
800
2850
800
2820
800
2700(*)
800
NW10 N/H/L 1540
1000
1510
1000
1450
1000
2000
1000
1960
1000
1900
1000
2320
1000
2260
1000
2200(*)
1000
2850
1000
2820
1000
2700(*)
1000
NW12 N1 1520
1250
1470
1250
1420
1230
2000
1250
1930
1250
1880
1250
2310
1250
2260
1250
2180(*)
1240
2850
1250
2820
1250
2690(*)
1240
NW16 N1
- - -
1950
1520
1890
1470
1840
1430
2270
1510
2210(*)
1470
2150(*)
1420
2820
1510
2750(*)
1470
2670(*)
1420
NW20 H 1470
1970
1430
1910
1390
1860
- - -
2270
1960
2210(*)
1900
2150(*)
1850
2830
1950
2740(*)
1910
2660(*)
1850
NW25 H 1440
2280
1400
2260
1360
2160(*)
1890
2290
1830
2260
1780
2170(*)
- - -
2820
2270
2710(*)
2210
2630(*)
2130
NW32 H 1410
2820
1370
2730(*)
1330
2650(*)
1850
2280
1800
2740(*)
1740
2660(*)
2170
2820
2110
2720(*)
2050
2640(*)
- - -
IP31
IP31/41/54 deratings
Tables
T


M


BDC
289
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
2
NW
1
NW
NW
NW
2
1
NW
NW
2
NW
1
NW
NW
2
1
2
2
NW
2
NW
1
NW
NW
NW
2
1
NW
NW
2
NW
1
NW
NW
2
1
2
2
IP41/54
(*): consult us for needs beyond indicated values
3 NW incomers in parallel
IP31 IP41/54
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C
NW08 N/H/L T position 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
M position 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
B position 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
NW10 N/H/L T position 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
M position 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
B position 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
NW12 N1 T position 1250 1250 1200 1160 1200 1160 1130
M position 1250 1250 1240 1200 1240 1200 1160
B position 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1230 1200
IP31/41/54 deratings
Tables
1 NW incomer +2 NW feeders
T position
NW20 H NW25 H NW32 H
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

/

B

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L
NW08 N/H/L
2000
800
800
2000
800
800
2000
800
800
1940
800
800
2450
800
800
2380
800
800
2320
800
800
2260
800
800
3000
800
800
2930
800
800
2950
800
800
2820
800
800
NW10 N/H/L
NW10 N/H/L - - - -
2400
1000
1000
2340
1000
1000
2260
1000
1000
2200(*)
1000
1000
2990
1000
1000
2920
1000
1000
2840
1000
1000
2740(*)
1000
1000
NW12 N1
NW12 N1 - - - - - - - -
2900
1250
1250
2820
1250
1250
2730(*)
1210
1210
2650(*)
1180
1220
IP31
T position
NW08 N/H/L / NW08 N/H/L NW10 N/H/L / NW10 N/H/L NW12 N1 / NW12 N1
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

/

B

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW20 H 800
800
2000
800
800
2000
800
800
1960
1000
1000
1910
- - - - - - - -
NW25 H 800
800
2390
800
800
2340
800
800
2270
800
800
2210(*)
1000
1000
2380
1000
1000
2310
1000
1000
2260
1000
1000
2180(*)
- - - -
NW32 H 800
800
2970
800
800
2880
800
800
2820
800
800
2730(*)
1000
1000
2930
1000
1000
2850
1000
1000
2820
1000
1000
2700
1250
1250
2900
1220
1220
2830
1220
1180
2750(*)
1190
1150
2680(*)
T position
NW20 H NW25 H NW32 H
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

/

B

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L
NW08 N/H/L
2000
800
800
1940
800
800
1890
800
800
2320
800
800
2260
800
800
2200(*)
800
800
2850
800
800
2820
800
800
2700(*)
800
800
NW10 N/H/L
NW10 N/H/L - - -
2260
1000
1000
2200(*)
1000
1000
2130(*)
1000
1000
2840
1000
1000
2740(*)
1000
1000
2650(*)
1000
1000
NW12 N1
NW12 N1 - - - - - -
2730(*)
1210
1250
2650(*)
1180
1220
2580(*)
1140
1190
T position
NW08 N/H/L / NW08 N/H/L NW10 N/H/L / NW10 N/H/L NW12 N1 / NW12 N1
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

/

B

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW20 H 800
800
1960
800
800
1910
800
800
1850
- - - - - -
NW25 H 800
800
2270
800
800
2210(*)
800
800
2150(*)
1000
1000
2260
1000
1000
2180(*)
1000
1000
2120(*)
- - -
NW32 H 800
800
2820
800
800
2730(*)
800
800
2650(*)
1000
1000
2820
1000
1000
2700(*)
1000
1000
2620(*)
1220
1180
2750(*)
1190
1150
2680(*)
1160
1120
2600(*)
T


M


B
T


M


B
T


M


B
T


M


B
T


M


B
290
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
NT
NW
2
NW
1
2
NT
1
IP31
NT
NW
2
NW
1
2
NT
1
(*): consult us for needs beyond indicated values
1 NW incomer +1 NT feeder
T position
NW08 N/H/L NW10 N/H/L NW12 N1
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NT06 H1/L1 800
630
800
630
800
630
800
630
1000
630
1000
630
1000
630
1000
630
1250
630
1250
630
1250
630
1250
630
NT08 H1/L1
- - - -
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
800
NT10 H1
- - - - - - - -
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
NT10 L1
- - - - - - - -
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
990
1250
960
NT12 H1
- - - - - - - - - - - -
NT16H1
- - - - - - - - - - - -
T position
NW16 N1 NW20 H NW25 H NW32 H
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NT06 H1/L1 1600
630
1600
630
1550
630
1510
630
2000
630
2000
630
2000
630
1960
630
2450
630
2380
630
2320
630
2260
630
3000
630
2930
630
2850
630
2820
630
NT08 H1/L1 1600
800
1600
800
1550
800
1550
800
2000
800
2000
8000
2000
800
1960
800
2450
800
2380
800
2320
800
2260
800
3000
800
2930
800
2850
800
2820
800
NT10 H1 1600
1000
1580
1000
1550
1000
1510
1000
2000
1000
2000
1000
2000
1000
1960
1000
2450
1000
2380
1000
2320
1000
2260
1000
3000
1000
2930
1000
2850
1000
2820
1000
NT10 L1 1600
1000
1580
1000
1540
980
1500
960
2000
1000
2000
1000
2000
990
1950
960
2450
1000
2380
1000
2320
980
2260
950
3000
1000
2930
1000
2850
970
2820
940
NT12 H1 1600
1250
1560
1250
1520
1250
1480
1250
2000
1250
2000
1250
2000
1250
1940
1250
2440
1250
2380
1250
2320
1250
2260
1250
3000
1250
2930
1250
2850
1250
2820
1250
NT16H1
- - - -
2000
1560
2000
1510
1950
1470
1900
1430
2390
1550
2330
1510
2380
1470
2260
1430
2970
1550
2900
1510
2830
1470
2750(*)
1430
T position
NT06 H1/L1 NT08 H1/L1 NT10 H1
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L 630
800
630
800
630
800
630
800
- - - - - - - -
NW10 N/H/L 630
1000
630
1000
630
1000
630
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1000
- - - -
NW12 N1 630
1250
630
1250
630
1250
630
1250
800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
NW16 N1 630
1600
630
1580
630
1540
630
1510
800
1600
800
1580
800
1540
800
1510
1000
1600
1000
1580
1000
1540
1000
1500
NW20 H 630
2000
630
2000
630
2000
630
1960
800
2000
800
2000
800
2000
800
1960
1000
2000
1000
2000
1000
2000
1000
1960
NW25 H 630
2450
630
2380
630
2320
630
2260
800
2450
800
2380
800
2320
800
2260
1000
2450
1000
2380
1000
2320
1000
2260
NW32 H 630
3000
630
2930
630
2850
630
2820
800
3000
800
2930
800
2850
800
2820
1000
3000
1000
2930
1000
2850
1000
2820
T position
NT10 L1 NT12 H1 NT16 H1
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L
- - - - - - - - - - - -
NW10 N/H/L
- - - - - - - - - - - -
NW12 N1 1000
1250
1000
1250
970
1250
930
1250
- - - - - - - -
NW16 N1 990
1600
960
1580
940
1540
910
1500
1250
1600
1250
1580
1250
1530
1230
1490
- - - -
NW20 H 1000
2000
970
2000
930
2000
910
1950
1250
2000
1250
2000
1250
2000
1240
1950
1510
2000
1460
2000
1420
1980
1380
1940
NW25 H 960
2440
930
2380
910
2320
880
2260
1250
2440
1250
2380
1230
2320
1200
2260
1460
2430
1430
2360
1390
2310
1350
2260
NW32 H 940
3000
920
2930
900
2850
870
2820
1250
3000
1230
2930
1220
2850
1180
2820
1450
3000
1410
2930
1370
2850
1340
2820
IP31/41/54 deratings
Tables
T


M
T


M
291
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
IP41/54
NT
NW
2
NW
1
2
NT
1
NT
NW
2
NW
1
2
NT
1
(*): consult us for needs beyond indicated values
T position
NW08 N/H/L NW10 N/H/L NW12 N1
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NT06 H1/L1 800
630
800
630
800
630
1000
630
1000
630
1000
630
1250
630
1250
630
1250
630
NT08 H1/L1
- - -
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
800
NT10 H1
- - - - - -
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
NT10 L1
- - - - - -
1250
990
1250
960
1250
930
NT12 H1
- - - - - - - - -
NT16H1
- - - - - - - - -
T position
NW16 N1 NW20 H NW25 H NW32 H
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NT06 H1/L1 1550
630
1510
630
1470
630
2000
630
1960
630
1910
630
2320
630
2260
630
2200(*)
630
2850
630
2820
630
2700(*)
630
NT08 H1/L1 1550
800
1510
800
1470
800
2000
800
1960
800
1910
800
2320
800
2260
800
2200(*)
800
2850
800
2820
800
2700(*)
800
NT10 H1 1550
1000
1510
1000
1470
1000
2000
1000
1960
1000
1910
1000
2320
1000
2260
1000
2200(*)
1000
2850
1000
2820
1000
2700(*)
1000
NT10 L1 1540
980
1500
950
1460
920
2000
990
1950
960
1900
920
2320
980
2260
950
2200(*)
920
2850
970
2820
940
2700(*)
920
NT12 H1 1520
1250
1480
1250
1430
1230
2000
1250
1940
1250
1890
1250
2320
1250
2260
1250
2200(*)
1230
2850
1250
2820
1250
2700(*)
1240
NT16H1 - - - 1960
1470
1900
1430
1850
1380
2290
1470
2260
1430
2160(*)
1380
2830
1470
2750(*)
1430
2680(*)
1380
IP31/41/54 deratings
Tables
T position
NT06 H1/L1 NT08 H1/L1 NT10 H1
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L 630
800
630
800
630
800
- - - - - -
NW10 N/H/L 630
1000
630
1000
630
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1000
- - -
NW12 N1 630
1250
630
1250
630
1250
800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
NW16 N1 630
1540
630
1510
630
1470
800
1540
800
1510
800
1470
1000
1540
1000
1500
1000
1460
NW20 H 630
2000
630
1960
630
1910
800
2000
800
1960
800
1910
1000
2000
1000
1960
1000
1900
NW25 H 630
2320
630
2360
630
2200(*)
800
2320
800
2260
800
2220(*)
1000
2320
1000
2260
1000
2200(*)
NW32 H 630
2850
630
2820
630
2700(*)
800
2850
800
2820
800
2700(*)
1000
2850
1000
2820
1000
2700(*)
1 NW incomer +1 NT feeder
T


M
T


M
T position
NT10 L1 NT12 H1 NT16 H1
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L
- - - - - - - - -
NW10 N/H/L
- - - - - - - - -
NW12 N1 970
1250
930
1250
900
1250
- - - - - -
NW16 N1 940
1540
910
1500
880
1460
1250
1530
1230
1490
1200
1450
- - -
NW20 H 930
2000
910
1950
860
2200(*)
1250
2000
1240
1950
1200
1890
1420
1980
1380
1940
1340
1870
NW25 H 910
2320
880
2260
850
2200(*)
1230
2320
1200
2260
1170
2200(*)
1390
2310
1350
2260
1310
2180(*)
NW32 H 900
2850
870
2820
850
2700(*)
1220
2850
1180
2820
1150
2700(*)
1370
2850
1340
2820
1300
2700(*)
292
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
IP31
NT
NW
2
NW
1
2
1
NT
NT
NW
2
NW
1
2
1
NT
(*): consult us for needs beyond indicated values
1 NW incomer +1 NT feeder
T position
NW08 N/H/L NW10 N/H/L NW12 N1
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NT06 H1/L1 800
630
800
630
800
630
800
630
1000
630
1000
630
1000
630
1000
630
1250
630
1250
630
1250
630
1250
630
NT08 H1/L1
- - - -
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
800
NT10 H1
- - - - - - - -
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
NT10 L1
- - - - - - - -
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
990
1250
950
NT12 H1
- - - - - - - - - - - -
NT16H1
- - - - - - - - - - - -
T position
NW16 N1 NW20 H NW25 H NW32 H
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NT06 H1/L1 1600
630
1590
630
1550
630
1510
630
2000
630
2000
630
2000
630
1960
630
2450
630
2380
630
2320
630
2260
630
3000
630
2930
630
2850
630
2820
630
NT08 H1/L1 1600
800
1590
800
1550
800
1550
800
2000
800
2000
8000
2000
800
1960
800
2450
800
2380
800
2320
800
2260
800
3000
800
2930
800
2850
800
2820
800
NT10 H1 1600
1000
1580
1000
1540
1000
1510
1000
2000
1000
2000
1000
2000
1000
1960
1000
2450
1000
2380
1000
2320
1000
2260
1000
3000
1000
2930
1000
2850
1000
2820
1000
NT10 L1 1600
1000
1580
1000
1530
970
1490
940
2000
1000
2000
1000
2000
970
1950
940
2440
1000
2380
1000
2320
970
2260
940
3000
1000
2930
1000
2850
970
2820
940
NT12 H1 1600
1250
1560
1250
1520
1250
1470
1250
2000
1250
2000
1250
2000
1250
1930
1250
2440
1250
2370
1250
2310
1250
2260
1250
3000
1250
2930
1250
2850
1250
2820
1250
NT16H1
- - - -
2000
1550
1980
1500
1940
1450
1890
1410
2380
1540
2320
1510
2270
1450
2210(*)
1410
2950
1530
2880
1490
2820
1450
2740(*)
1410
T position
NT06 H1/L1 NT08 H1/L1 NT10 H1
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L 630
800
630
800
630
800
630
800
- - - - - - - -
NW10 N/H/L 630
1000
630
1000
630
1000
630
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1000
- - - -
NW12 N1 630
1250
630
1250
630
1250
630
1250
800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
NW16 N1 630
1600
630
1580
630
1530
630
1490
800
1600
800
1580
800
1530
800
1490
1000
1600
1000
1570
1000
1530
1000
1490
NW20 H 630
2000
630
2000
630
2000
630
1950
800
2000
800
2000
800
2000
800
1950
1000
2000
1000
2000
1000
2000
1000
1950
NW25 H 630
2440
630
2370
630
2310
630
2260
800
2440
800
2370
800
2310
800
2260
1000
2430
1000
2370
1000
2310
1000
2260
NW32 H 630
3000
630
2920
630
2840
630
2820
800
3000
800
2910
800
2840
800
2820
1000
2990
1000
2910
1000
2840
1000
2760(*)
T position
NT10 L1 NT12 H1 NT16 H1
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L
- - - - - - - - - - - -
NW10 N/H/L
- - - - - - - - - - - -
NW12 N1 1000
1250
1000
1250
960
1250
930
1250
- - - - - - - -
NW16 N1 990
1600
960
1570
930
1520
900
1480
1250
1600
1250
1560
1250
1520
1230
1480
- - - -
NW20 H 1000
2000
960
2000
930
1980
900
1930
1250
2000
1250
2000
1250
1980
1230
1930
1500
2000
1450
2000
1410
1960
1370
1910
NW25 H 950
2430
930
2360
910
2300
800
2260
1250
2430
1250
2360
1230
2300
1200
2260
1450
2400
1420
2340
1380
2280
1340
2260
NW32 H 930
2980
910
2910
880
2830
860
2760(*)
1250
2980
1230
2900
1200
2830
1170
2750(*)
1430
2960
1390
2880
1360
2820
1320
2730(*)
IP31/41/54 deratings
Tables
T


M


BDC
T


M


BDC
293
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
NT
NW
2
NW
1
2
1
NT
IP41/54
2
1
2
1
NT
NW
NW
NT
1 NW incomer +1 NT feeder
(*): consult us for needs beyond indicated values
T position
NT06 H1/L1 NT08 H1/L1 NT10 H1
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08
N/H/L
630
800
630
800
630
800
- - - - - -
NW10
N/H/L
630
1000
630
1000
630
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1000
- - -
NW12 N1 630
1250
630
1250
630
1250
800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
NW16 N1 630
1530
630
1490
630
1450
800
1530
800
1490
800
1450
1000
1530
1000
1490
1000
1450
NW20 H 630
2000
630
1950
630
1890
800
2000
800
1950
800
1890
1000
2000
1000
1950
1000
1890
NW25 H 630
2310
630
2260
630
2190(*)
800
2310
800
2260
800
2190(*)
1000
2310
1000
2260
1000
2190(*)
NW32 H 630
2840
630
2820
630
2690(*)
800
2840
800
2820
800
2690(*)
1000
2840
1000
2760(*)
1000
2660(*)
T position
NW08 N/H/L NW10 N/H/L NW12 N1
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NT06 H1/L1 800
630
800
630
800
630
1000
630
1000
630
1000
630
1250
630
1250
630
1250
630
NT08 H1/L1
- - -
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
800
NT10 H1
- - - - - -
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
NT10 L1
- - - - - -
1250
980
1250
950
1250
920
NT12 H1
- - - - - - - - -
NT16H1
- - - - - - - - -
T position
NW16 N1 NW20 H NW25 H NW32 H
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NT06 H1/L1 1550
630
1510
630
1470
630
2000
630
1960
630
1910
630
2320
630
2260
630
2200(*)
630
2850
630
2820
630
2700(*)
630
NT08 H1/L1 1550
800
1510
800
1470
800
2000
800
1960
800
1910
800
2320
800
2260
800
2200(*)
800
2850
800
2820
800
2700(*)
800
NT10 H1 1540
1000
1500
1000
1470
1000
2000
1000
1960
1000
1900
1000
2320
1000
2260
1000
2200(*)
1000
2850
1000
2820
1000
2700(*)
1000
NT10 L1 1530
970
1490
940
1450
910
2000
970
1950
940
1890
920
2320
970
2260
940
2200(*)
910
2850
970
2820
940
2700(*)
910
NT12 H1 1520
1250
1470
1250
1430
1220
2000
1250
1930
1250
1880
1230
2310
1250
2260
1250
2180(*)
1220
2850
1250
2820
1250
2690(*)
1220
NT16H1 - - - 1940
1470
1890
1410
1830
1370
2270
1450
2210(*)
1410
2150(*)
1360
2820
1450
2740(*)
1410
2660(*)
1360
T position
NT10 L1 NT12 H1 NT16 H1
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08
N/H/L
- - - - - - - - -
NW10
N/H/L
- - - - - - - - -
NW12 N1 960
1250
930
1250
890
1250
- - - - - -
NW16 N1 930
1520
900
1480
880
1440
1250
1520
1230
1480
1190
1430
- - -
NW20 H 930
1980
900
1930
880
1880
1250
1980
1230
1930
1190
1870
1410
1960
1370
1910
1330
1860
NW25 H 910
2300
880
2260
840
2180(*)
1230
2300
1200
2260
1160
2180(*)
1380
2280
1340
2260
1300
2160(*)
NW32 H 880
2830
860
2760(*)
840
2680(*)
1200
2830
1170
2750(*)
1130
2650(*)
1360
2820
1320
2730(*)
1280
2650(*)
IP31/41/54 deratings
Tables
T


M


BDC
T


M


BDC
294
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
IP31
NW
NT
2
NT
1
NW
NT
2
1
2
NT
2
NW
1
NW
NT
NT
2
1
2
1 NW incomer +2 NT feeders
T position
NW16 N1 NW20 H
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

/

B

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NT06 H1/L1
NT06 H1/L1
1600
630
630
1580
630
630
1540
630
630
1500
630
630
2000
630
630
2000
630
630
2000
630
630
1960
630
630
NT08 H1/L1
NT08 H1/L1 - - - -
2000
800
800
2000
800
800
2000
800
800
1940
800
800
NT10 H1
NT10 H1 - - - - - - - -
NT10 L1
NT10 L1 - - - - - - - -
NT12 H1
NT12 H1 - - - - - - - -
T / M position
NT06 H1/L1 / NT06 H1/L1 NT08 H1/L1 / NT08 H1/L1
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
B

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW16 N1 630
630
1580
630
630
1550
630
630
1510
630
630
1470
- - - -
NW20 H 630
630
2000
630
630
2000
630
630
1960
630
630
1920
800
800
2000
800
800
2000
800
800
1960
800
800
1900
NW25 H 630
630
2390
630
630
2340
630
630
2270
630
630
2210(*)
800
800
2390
800
800
2330
800
800
2270
800
800
2210(*)
NW32 H 630
630
2970
630
630
2890
630
630
2880
630
630
2730(*)
800
800
2950
800
800
2880
800
800
2820
800
800
2730(*)
T / M position
NT10 H1 / NT10 H1 NT10 L1 / NT10 L1 NT12 H1 / NT12 H1
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
B

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW16 N1
- - - - - - - - - - - -
NW20 H
- - - - - - - - - - - -
NW25 H 1000
1000
2380
1000
1000
2310
1000
1000
2260
1000
1000
2190(*)
960
930
2370
940
910
2300
910
880
2260
890
860
2180(*)
- - - -
NW32 H 1000
1000
2940
1000
1000
2860
1000
1000
2820
1000
1000
2700(*)
950
920
2920
920
890
2850
900
870
2820
870
840
2700(*)
1250
1230
2910
1220
1210
2830
1210
1180
2760(*)
1180
1140
2680(*)
(*): consult us for needs beyond indicated values
T position
NW25 H NW32 H
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

/

B

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NT06 H1/L1
NT06 H1/L1
2450
630
630
2380
630
630
2320
630
630
2260
630
630
3000
630
630
2930
630
630
2850
630
630
2820
630
630
NT08 H1/L1
NT08 H1/L1
2450
800
800
2380
800
800
2320
800
800
2260
800
800
3000
800
800
2930
800
800
2850
800
800
2820
800
800
NT10 H1
NT10 H1
2410
1000
1000
2340
1000
1000
2270
1000
1000
2000(*)
1000
1000
3000
1000
1000
2920
1000
1000
2850
1000
1000
2750(*)
1000
1000
NT10 L1
NT10 L1
2370
970
1000
2320
940
970
2260
920
920
2000(*)
890
920
2960
970
1000
2890
940
970
2820
920
940
2750(*)
890
920
NT12 H1
NT12 H1
- - - - 2920
1250
1250
2820
1250
1250
2740(*)
1210
1250
2670(*)
1170
1210
IP31/41/54 deratings
Tables
T


M


B
T


M


B
295
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
NT
2
NW
1
NW
NT
NT
2
1
2
IP41/54
NW
NT
2
NT
1
NW
NT
2
1
2

NS1600

NS630b

NS630b

NS1600

NS630b

NS630b

NS630b

NS630b

NS1600
IP31 IP41/54
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
NT16 H1 1550 1510 1480 1460 1480 1460 1430 (*) NS1600 N/H
NT06 H1/L1 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 (*) NS630b N/H/L
NT06 H1/L1 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 (*) NS630b N/H/L
NT06 H1/L1 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 (*) NS630b N/H/L
NT06 H1/L1 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 (*) NS630b N/H/L
NT16 H1 1530 1500 1480 1440 1480 1440 1410 (*) NS1600 N/H
IP31 IP41/54
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
NT16 H1 1440 1410 1380 1360 1380 1360 1340 (*) NS1600 N/H
NT06 H1/L1 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 (*) NS630b N/H/L
NT06 H1/L1 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 (*) NS630b N/H/L

NT16

NT06

NT06
NT
NT

NT16

NT06

NT06
NT
NT

NT06

NT06

NT16
NT
NT
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
T position
NW16 N1 NW20 H NW25 H NW32 H
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

/

B

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NT06 H1/L1
NT06 H1/L1
1540
630
630
1500
630
630
1440
630
630
2000
630
630
1960
630
630
1900
630
630
2320
630
630
2260
630
630
2000(*)
630
630
2850
630
630
2820
630
630
2700(*)
630
630
NT08 H1/L1
NT08 H1/L1 - - -
2000
800
800
1940
800
800
1880
800
800
2320
800
800
2260
800
800
2190(*)
800
800
2850
800
800
2820
800
800
2700(*)
800
800
NT10 H1
NT10 H1 - - - - - -
2270
1000
1000
2200(*)
1000
1000
2130(*)
1000
1000
2850
1000
1000
2750(*)
1000
1000
2660(*)
1000
1000
NT10 L1
NT10 L1 - - - - - -
2260
920
940
2200(*)
890
920
2140(*)
860
880
2820
920
940
2750(*)
890
920
2670(*)
860
890
NT12 H1
NT12 H1 - - - - - -
- - - 2740(*)
1210
1250
2670(*)
1170
1210
2600(*)
1140
1180
1 NW incomer +2 NT feeders
(*): consult us for needs beyond indicated values
T / M position
NT06 H1/L1 / NT06 H1/L1 NT08 H1/L1 / NT08 H1/L1 NT10 H1 / NT10 H1 NT10 L1 / NT10 L1 NT12 H1 / NT12 H1
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
B

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW16 N1 630
630
1510
630
630
1470
630
630
1430
- - - - - - - - - - - -
NW20 H 630
630
1960
630
630
1920
630
630
1860
800
800
1960
800
800
1900
800
800
1850
- - - - - - - - -
NW25 H 630
630
2270
630
630
2210(*)
630
630
2150(*)
800
800
2270
800
800
2210(*)
800
800
2140(*)
1000
1000
2260
1000
1000
2190(*)
1000
1000
2130(*)
1000
1000
2260
890
860
2180(*)
860
840
2120(*)
- - -
NW32 H 630
630
2820
630
630
2730(*)
630
630
2660(*)
800
800
2820
800
800
2730(*)
800
800
2650(*)
1000
1000
2820
1000
1000
2700(*)
1000
970
2630(*)
1000
1000
2820
870
840
2700(*)
850
820
2620(*)
1210
1180
2760(*)
1180
1140
2680(*)
1150
1110
2610(*)
1 NT/NS incomer +2 NT/NS feeders
Associations given as examples: for other associations, consult us
NT or NS incomer in RC + 2 NT or NS feeders in RC, withdrawable, V-BB70
NT or NS incomer in TDC/BDC + 2 NT or NS feeders in RC, withdrawable, V-BB70
IP31/41/54 deratings
Tables
T


M


B
T


M


B
296
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation

NT

NT

NS

NS

NT

NS

NT

NT

NT

NS

NS

NS
IP31 IP41/54
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
NT06 H1/L1 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 (*) NS630b N/H/L
NT08 H1/L1 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 (*) NS800 N/H/L
NT10 H1 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 (*) NS1000 N/H
NT10 L1 1000 1000 990 970 990 970 950 (*) NS1000 L
NT12 H1 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 (*) NS1250 N/H
NT16 H1 1550 1520 1490 1460 1490 1460 1430 (*) NS1600 N/H
NT06 H1/L1 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 (*) NS630b N/H/L
NT08 H1/L1 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 (*) NS800 N/H/L
NT10 H1 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 (*) NS1600 N/H
NT10 L1 1000 1000 1000 980 1000 980 960 (*) NS1000 L
NT12 H1 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 (*) NS1250 N/H
NT16 H1 1530 1510 1480 1450 1480 1450 1430 (*) NS1600 /H
IP31 IP41/54
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
NT06 H1/L1 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 (*) NS630b N/H/L
NT08 H1/L1 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 (*) NS800 N/H/L
NT10 H1 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 (*) NS1000 N/H
NT10 L1 980 960 940 920 940 920 900 (*) NS1000 L
NT12 H1 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1230 1210 (*) NS1250 N/H
NT16 H1 1440 1410 1390 1360 1390 1360 1340 (*) NS1600 N/H
NT06 H1/L1 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 (*) NS630b N/H/L
NT08 H1/L1 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 (*) NS800 N/H/L
NT10 H1 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 (*) NS1600 N/H
NT10 L1 970 950 930 910 930 910 890 (*) NS1000 L
NT12 H1 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1220 1200 (*) NS1250 N/H
NT16 H1 1420 1400 1370 1350 1370 1350 1330 (*) NS1600 /H
(*): consult us for needs beyond indicated values
1 NT/NS incomer +NS100-630
NT/NS in RC, withdrawable, V-BB70
NT/NS in TDC/BDC, withdrawable, V-BB70
The deratings above are also applied to devices installed in cubicles with 115-70 busbars, with a device
installed only in top position
The deratings above are also applied to devices installed in cubicles with 115-70 busbars, with a device
installed only in top position
IP31/41/54 deratings
Tables
297
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation

NT

NT

NT
(*): consult us for needs beyond indicated values
NS100-630 on mounting plate
cables
fexible
insulated
bars bars
Fixed device Plug-in device on mounting plate
IP31 IP41/54 IP31 IP41/54
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
NS100 35 mm 90 85 85 80 85 80 80 (*) 90 85 85 80 85 80 80 (*)
2 NS100 35 mm 85 80 75 75 75 75 70 (*) 85 80 75 75 75 75 70 (*)
NS160 20 x 4 145 140 135 130 135 130 125 (*) 145 140 135 130 135 130 125 (*)
2 NS160 20 x 4 140 135 130 130 130 125 120 (*) 135 130 125 125 125 120 115 (*)
NS250 20 x 5 225 220 215 210 215 205 195 (*) 215 210 205 200 205 200 195 (*)
2 NS250 20 x 5 215 210 205 200 205 195 185 (*) 205 200 195 190 195 190 185 (*)
NS400 32 x 5 380 370 360 350 360 350 340 (*) 360 350 340 330 340 330 320 (*)
NS630 2 x 32x5 570 550 540 530 540 525 510 (*) 505 490 475 460 475 460 445 (*)
NS100-630 on Polyfast
plug-in/disconnectable Polyfast withdrawable Polyfast
IP31 IP41/54 IP31 IP41/54
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
NS100 100 95 95 90 95 90 90 (*) 100 95 95 90 95 90 90 (*)
NS160 160 155 150 145 150 145 140 (*) 160 155 150 145 150 145 140 (*)
NS250 230 220 215 210 215 210 205 (*) 225 215 210 205 210 205 200 (*)
NS400 370 360 350 340 350 340 330 (*) 400 380 370 360 370 360 350 (*)
NS630 top 490 480 470 460 470 460 450 (*) 505 490 480 470 480 470 460 (*)
NS630
bottom
520 505 490 480 490 480 470 (*) 520 505 490 480 490 480 470 (*)
NS100 100 95 95 90 95 90 90 (*) 100 95 95 90 95 90 90 (*)
NS160 160 155 150 145 150 145 140 (*) 160 155 150 145 150 145 140 (*)
NS250 225 215 210 205 210 205 200 (*) 225 215 210 205 210 205 200 (*)
NS400 360 350 340 330 340 330 320 (*) 390 380 370 360 370 360 350 (*)
NS630 top 480 470 460 450 460 450 440 (*) 490 480 470 460 470 460 450 (*)
NS630
bottom
505 490 480 470 480 470 460 (*) 505 490 480 470 480 470 460 (*)
The deratings above are also applied to devices installed in cubicles with 115-70 busbars, with a device installed only in top
position
IP31/41/54 deratings
Tables
298
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
NW
NT
NS
NW
NT
NS

NW
NT/NS

NW
NT/NS
IP22
IP22
IP22

NW
Busbars 35C 40C 45C
1 H-BB 2x 40x10 1900 1790 1680
3x 40x10 2520 2380 2230
4x 40x10 3200 3020 2840
6x 40x10 4050 3820 3590
2 H-BB 2x 3x 40x10 4530 4350 4160
4x 4x 40x10 5810 5580 5330
2x 6x 40x10 7320 7060 6750
V-BB 115 1x 80x10 1750 1640 1530
2x 80x10 2780 2620 2450
3x 80x10 3200 3010 2810
3x 120x10 4090 3840 3580
V-BB 70 1x 40x10 1010 950 880
1x 50x10 1200 1130 1050
1x 80x10 1750 1640 1530
1x 100x10 2100 1970 1840
Marine deratings
Tables
1 incoming device Withdrawable NW08-40/NT16/NS1600
TDC by cables BDC by cables TDC by BBT, RC by
cables or BBT, SC by
cables (1)
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
NW08 N/H/L
NT08 N/L
NS800 N/H/L
780 750 730 800 770 750 800 800 800
NW10 N/H/L
NT10 H/L
NS1000 N/H/L
980 940 910 1000 965 935 1000 1000 1000
NW12 N1
NT12 H
NS1250 N/H
1220 1180 1140 1250 1210 1170 1250 1250 1250
NW16 N1
NT16 H
NS1600 N/H
1560 1510 1460 1600 1550 1500 1600 1600 1550
NW20 H
1950 1890 1830 2000 1730 1680 2000 2000 2000
NW25 H
- - - 2330 2250 2180 2450 2380 2320
NW32 H
- - - 2800 2705 2620 3000 2930 2850
NW40 H
- - - - - - 3520 3440 3350
2 incomers in parallel
TDC by cables + RC/SC by cables (or BBT
RC)
TDC by BBT + RC/SC by cables (or BBT
RC)
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
NW08 N/H/L or
NT08 N/L or
NS800 N/H/L

T position
M position
780
800
750
800
730
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
NW10 N/H/L or
NT10 H/L or
NS1000 N/H/L

T position
M position
980
1000
940
1000
910
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
NW12 N1 or
NT12 H or
NS1250 N/H

T position
M position
1220
1250
1180
1250
1140
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
NW16 N1 or
NT16 H or
NS1600 N/H

T position
M position
1560
1600
1510
1550
1460
1510
1510
1600
1470
1550
1430
1510
NW20 H
T position
M position
1950
2000
1890
2000

1830
1970
2000
2000
1920
2000
1860
1970
Withdrawable NW08-40/NT16/NS1600
1 H-BB 2 H-BB
IP22 IP22
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
NW40b H1/H2 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
NW50b H1/H2 4650 4450 4250 5000 5000 5000
NW63b H1/H2 5200 5000 4750 5850 5550 5300
Withdrawable NW40b-63
T


M
299
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation

NW
NT
NS

NW
NT
NS

NW
NT
NS

NW
NT
NS
IP22

NT16

NT06

NT06

NS1600

NS630b

NS630b
35C 40C 45C
NT16 H1 1440 1410 1380 NS1600 N/H
NT06 H1/L1 630 630 630 NS630b N/H/L
NT06 H1/L1 630 630 630 NS630b N/H/L

NT16

NT06

NT06

NS1600

NS630b

NS630b

NT06

NT06

NT16

NS630b

NS630b

NS1600
35C 40C 45C
NT16 H1 1550 1510 1480 NS1600 N/H
NT06 H1/L1 630 630 630 NS630b N/H/L
NT06 H1/L1 630 630 630 NS630b N/H/L
NT06 H1/L1 630 630 630 NS630b N/H/L
NT06 H1/L1 630 630 630 NS630b N/H/L
NT16 H1 1530 1500 1480 NS1600 N/H
IP22
Marine deratings
Tables
1 NW incomer +1 NT feeder
T position
NW08 N/H/L
NT08 N/L
NS800 N/H/L
NW10 N/H/L
NT10 H/L
NS1000 N/H/L
NW12 N1
NT12 H
NS1250 N/H
NW16 N1
NT16 H
NS1600 N/H
NW20 H
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NT06 N/L
NS630b N/H/L
780
630
750
630
730
630
980
630
940
630
910
630
1220
630
1180
630
1140
630
1560
630
1510
630
1460
630
1950
630
1890
630
1830
630
NW08 N/H/L
NT08 N/L
NS800 N/H/L
- - -
980
800
940
800
910
800
1220
800
1180
800
1140
800
1560
800
1510
800
1460
800
1950
800
1890
800
1830
800
NW10 N/H/L
NT10 H/L
NS1000 N/H/L
- - - - - -
1220
1000
1180
1000
1140
990
1560
1000
1510
1000
1460
980
1950
1000
1890
1000
1830
980
NW12 N1
NT12 H
NS1250 N/H
- - - - - - - - -
1560
1250
1510
1250
1460
1250
1950
1250
1890
1250
1830
1250
NW16 N1
NT16 H
NS1600 N/H
- - - - - - - - - - - -
1950
1560
1890
1510
1830
1470
Withdrawable NW08-40/NT16/NS1600 - TDC by cables + RC/SC by cables (or BBT RC)
Withdrawable NW08-40/NT16/NS1600 - TDC by BBT + RC/SC by cables (or BBT RC)
T position
NW08 N/H/L
NT08 N/L
NS800 N/H/L
NW10 N/H/L
NT10 H/L
NS1000 N/H/L
NW12 N1
NT12 H
NS1250 N/H
NW16 N1
NT16 H
NS1600 N/H
NW20 H
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NT06 N/L
NS630b N/H/L
800
630
800
630
800
630
1000
630
1000
630
1000
630
1250
630
1250
630
1250
630
1600
630
1600
630
1550
630
2000
630
2000
630
2000
630
NW08 N/H/L
NT08 N/L
NS800 N/H/L
- - -
1000
800
1000
800
1000
800
1250
800
1250
800
1250
800
1600
800
1600
800
1550
800
2000
800
2000
800
2000
800
NW10 N/H/L
NT10 H/L
NS1000 N/H/L
- - - - - -
1250
1000
1250
1000
1250
1000
1600
1000
1600
1000
1540
1000
2000
1000
2000
1000
2000
1000
NW12 N1
NT12 H
NS1250 N/H
- - - - - - - - -
1600
1250
1600
1250
1520
1250
2000
1250
2000
1250
2000
1250
NW16 N1
NT16 H
NS1600 N/H
- - - - - - - - - - - -
2000
1560
2000
1510
1950
1510
NW20 H
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
NW25 H
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 NT/NS incomer +2 NT/NS feeders
Associations given as an example: for other associations, consult us
NT or NS incomer in RC + 2 NT or NS feeders in RC, withdrawable, V-BB70
NT or NS incomer in TDC/BDC + 2 NT or NS feeders in RC, withdrawable, V-BB70
T
M
B
T
M
B
T
M
B
T
M
B
T
M
B
T
M
B
T
M
300
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
35C 40C 45C
NT06 H1/L1 630 630 630 NS630b N/H/L
NT08 H1/L1 800 800 800 NS800 N/H/L
NT10 H1 1000 1000 1000 NS1000 N/H
NT10 L1 1000 1000 990 NS1000 L
NT12 H1 1250 1250 1250 NS1250 N/H
NT16 H1 1550 1520 1490 NS1600 N/H
NT06 H1/L1 630 630 630 NS630b N/H/L
NT08 H1/L1 800 800 800 NS800 N/H/L
NT10 H1 1000 1000 1000 NS1600 N/H
NT10 L1 1000 1000 1000 NS1000 L
NT12 H1 1250 1250 1250 NS1250 N/H
NT16 H1 1530 1510 1480 NS1600 /H
35C 40C 45C
NT06 H1/L1 630 630 630 NS630b N/H/L
NT08 H1/L1 800 800 800 NS800 N/H/L
NT10 H1 1000 1000 1000 NS1000 N/H
NT10 L1 980 960 940 NS1000 L
NT12 H1 1250 1250 1250 NS1250 N/H
NT16 H1 1440 1410 1390 NS1600 N/H
NT06 H1/L1 630 630 630 NS630b N/H/L
NT08 H1/L1 800 800 800 NS800 N/H/L
NT10 H1 1000 1000 1000 NS1600 N/H
NT10 L1 970 950 930 NS1000 L
NT12 H1 1250 1250 1250 NS1250 N/H
NT16 H1 1420 1400 1370 NS1600 /H

NT

NT

NS

NS

NT

NS

NS

NS

NT

NT

NS

NS

NS
IP22
IP22
IP22
Marine deratings
Tables
1 NT/NS incomer +NS100-630
NT/NS in RC, withdrawable, V-BB70
NT/NS in TDC/BDC, withdrawable, V-BB70
NS100-630 on Polyfast
plug-in/disconnectable Polyfast withdrawable Polyfast
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
NS100 100 95 95 100 95 95
NS160 160 155 150 160 155 150
NS250 230 220 215 225 215 210
NS400 370 360 350 400 380 370
NS630 top 490 480 470 505 490 480
NS630 bottom 520 505 490 520 505 490
NS100 100 95 95 100 95 95
NS160 160 155 150 160 155 150
NS250 225 215 210 225 215 210
NS400 360 350 340 390 380 370
NS630 top 480 470 460 490 480 470
NS630 bottom 505 490 480 505 490 480
NS100-630 on mounting plate
cables
fexible
insulated
bars bars
Fixed device
35C 40C 45C
NS100 35 mm 90 85 85
2 NS100 35 mm 85 80 75
NS160 20 x 4 145 140 135
2 NS160 20 x 4 135 130 125
NS250 20 x 5 215 210 205
2 NS250 20 x 5 205 200 195
NS400 32 x 5 360 350 340
NS630 2 x 32x5 505 490 475
301
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation

NW
IP31 IP41/54
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C
NW08 N/H/L 760 760 760 760 760 760 760
NW10 N/H/L 950 950 950 950 950 950 950
NW12 N1 1180 1180 1180 1180 1180 1180 1180
NW16 N1 1520 1520 1470 1430 1470 1430 1390
NW20 H 1900 1900 1900 1870 1900 1870 1810
NW25 H 2320 2260 2200 2140 2200 2140 2090
NW32 H 2850 2780 2700 2670 2700 2670 2560
NW40 H 3340 3260 3180 3100 3180 3100 3020

NW

NW

NW

NW
IP31
NW
1
2
NW
NW
1
NW
2
NW
NW
1
2
IP31 IP41/54 Icw
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
4000A 3800 3800 3800 3800 3800 3650 3510 3370 100 kA/1s
5000A 4750 4750 4750 4510 4510 4270 3990 3700 100 kA/1s
6300A 5550 5270 5030 4750 4750 4510 4270 3990 100 kA/1s (*)
(*): non-certifed
1 NW40b-63 withdrawable device
Corrosive atmospheres deratings
Tables
1 incoming device Withdrawable NW08-40
2 incomers in parallel
Withdrawable NW08-40
IP31 IP41/54
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C
NW08 N/H/L T position
M position
760
760
760
760
760
760
760
760
760
760
760
760
760
760
NW10 N/H/L T position
M position
950
950
950
950
950
950
950
950
950
950
950
950
950
950
NW12 N1 T position
M position
1180
1180
1180
1180
1180
1180
1150
1180
1180
1180
1150
1180
1120
1170
NW16 N1 T position
M position
1430
1520
1390
1470
1350
1430
1310
1380
1350
1430
1310
1380
1270
1330
NW20 H T position
M position
1900
19000
1820
1900
1760
1870
1710
1810
1760
1870
1710
1810
1670
1750
T position
NW08 N/H/L NW10 N/H/L NW12 N1
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L
- - - -
950
760
950
760
9500
760
950
760
1180
760
1180
760
1180
760
1180
760
NW10 N/H/L 760
950
760
950
760
950
760
950
- - - -
1180
950
1180
950
1180
950
1180
950
NW12 N1 760
1180
760
1180
760
1180
760
1180
950
1180
950
1180
950
1180
950
1180
- - - -
NW16 N1 760
1520
760
1500
760
1460
760
1430
950
1520
950
1500
950
1460
950
1420
1180
1520
1180
1490
1180
1450
1170
1410
NW20 H 760
1900
760
1900
760
1900
760
1860
950
1900
950
1900
950
1900
950
1860
1180
1900
1180
1900
1180
1900
1180
1850
NW25 H 760
2320
760
2260
760
2200
760
2140
950
2320
950
2260
950
2200
950
2140
1180
2310
1180
2260
1160
2200
1140
2140
NW32 H 760
2850
760
2780
760
2700
760
2670
950
2850
950
2780
950
2700
950
2670
1180
2850
1160
2780
1160
2700
1130
2670
1 NW incomer +1 NW feeder
T position
NW16 N1 NW20 H NW25 H NW32 H
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L 1520
760
1520
760
1470
760
1430
760
1900
760
1900
760
1900
760
1860
760
2320
760
2260
760
2200
760
2140
760
2850
760
2780
760
2700
760
2670
760
NW10 N/H/L 1520
950
1510
950
1470
950
1430
950
1900
950
1900
950
1900
950
1860
950
2320
950
2260
950
2200
950
2140
950
2850
950
2780
950
2700
950
2670
950
NW12 N1 1520
1180
1480
1180
1440
1180
1400
1180
1900
1180
1900
1180
1900
1180
1840
1180
2310
1180
2260
1180
2200
1180
2140
1180
2850
1180
2780
1180
2700
1180
2670
1180
NW16 N1
- - - -
1900
1520
1900
1500
1860
1450
1800
1410
2280
1520
2220
1490
2170
1440
2140
1400
2830
1520
2760
1480
2690
1440
2620
1400
NW20 H 1500
1900
1450
1900
1400
1880
1360
1840
- - - -
2280
1900
2220
1900
2160
1870
2090
1830
2840
1900
2770
1900
2690
1880
2620
1820
NW25 H 1450
2300
1410
22240
1370
2190
1330
2140
1900
2300
1850
2240
1800
2190
1750
2140
- - - -
2790
2280
2720
2230
2670
2180
2590
2110
NW32 H 1420
2850
1380
2780
1340
2700
1320
2670
1860
2850
1810
2780
1770
2700
1720
2670
2190
2850
2130
2770
2080
2700
2020
2670
- - - -
T
M
T
M
BDC
302
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
IP31
IP41/54
NW
1
2
NW
NW
1
NW
2
NW
NW
1
2
NW
1
2
NW
NW
1
NW
2
NW
NW
1
2
T position
NW08 N/H/L NW10 N/H/L NW12 N1
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L
- - -
950
760
950
760
950
760
1180
760
1180
760
1180
760
NW10 N/H/L 760
950
760
950
760
950
- - -
1180
950
1180
950
1180
950
NW12 N1 760
1180
760
1180
760
1180
950
1180
950
1180
950
1180
- - -
NW16 N1 760
1460
760
1430
760
1390
950
1460
950
1420
950
1380
1180
1450
1170
1410
1140
1370
NW20 H 760
1900
760
1860
760
1810
950
1900
950
1860
950
1800
1180
1900
1180
1850
1140
1790
NW25 H 760
2200
760
2160
760
2090
950
2200
950
2140
950
2090
1160
2200
1140
2140
1120
2090
NW32 H 760
2700
760
2670
760
2560
950
2700
950
2670
950
2560
1160
2700
1130
2670
1160
2560
T position
NW16 N1 NW20 H NW25 H NW32 H
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L 1470
760
1430
760
1390
760
1900
760
1860
760
1810
760
2200
760
2140
760
2090
760
2700
760
2670
760
2560
760
NW10 N/H/L 1470
950
1430
950
1390
950
1900
950
1860
950
1800
950
2200
950
2140
950
2090
950
2700
950
2670
950
2560
950
NW12 N1 1440
1180
1400
1180
1350
1170
1900
1180
1840
1180
1780
1180
2200
1180
2140
1180
2080
1160
2700
1180
2670
1180
2560
1160
NW16 N1
- - -
1860
1450
1800
1410
1750
1360
2170
1440
2140
1400
2060
1360
2690
1440
2620
1400
2550
1360
NW20 H 1400
1880
1360
1840
1330
1780
- - -
2160
1870
2090
1830
2040
1760
2690
1880
2620
1820
2540
1770
NW25 H 1370
2190
1330
2140
1300
2080
1800
2190
1750
2140
1710
2080
- - -
2670
2180
2590
2110
2510
2050
NW32 H 1340
2700
1320
2670
1280
2560
1770
2700
1720
2670
1670
2560
2080
2700
2020
2670
1960
2560
- - -
T position
NW08 N/H/L NW10 N/H/L NW12 N1
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L
- - - -
950
760
950
760
950
760
950
760
1180
760
1180
760
1180
760
1180
760
NW10 N/H/L 760
950
760
950
760
950
760
950
- - - -
1180
950
1180
950
1180
950
1180
950
NW12 N1 760
1180
760
1180
760
1180
760
1180
950
1180
950
1180
950
1180
950
1180
- - - -
NW16 N1 760
1520
760
1500
760
1450
760
1410
950
1520
950
1490
950
1440
950
1400
1180
1520
1180
1470
1180
1430
1170
1390
NW20 H 760
1900
760
1900
760
1900
760
1850
950
1900
950
1900
950
1900
950
1830
1180
1900
1180
1900
1180
1880
1160
1820
NW25 H 760
2310
760
2250
760
2190
760
2140
950
2300
950
2250
950
2190
950
2140
1180
2280
1180
2230
1160
2170
1140
2140
NW32 H 760
2840
760
2770
760
2690
760
2670
950
2830
950
2760
950
2680
950
2610
1180
2820
1150
2750
1140
2670
1120
2590
T position
NW16 N1 NW20 H NW25 H NW32 H
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L 1520
760
1520
760
1470
760
1430
760
1900
760
1900
760
1900
760
1860
760
2320
760
2260
760
2200
760
2140
760
2850
760
2780
760
2700
760
2670
760
NW10 N/H/L 1520
950
1500
950
1460
950
1420
950
1900
950
1900
950
1900
950
1860
950
2320
950
2260
950
2200
950
2140
950
2850
950
2780
950
2700
950
2670
950
NW12 N1 1520
1180
1480
1180
1440
1180
1390
1180
1900
1180
1900
1180
1900
1180
1830
1180
2310
1180
2250
1180
2190
1180
2140
1180
2850
1180
2780
1180
2700
1180
2670
1180
NW16 N1
- - - -
1900
1520
1900
1480
1850
1440
1790
1390
2270
1520
2210
1480
2150
1430
2090
1390
2810
1510
2740
1470
2670
1430
2610
1390
NW20 H 1480
1900
1430
1900
1390
1870
1350
1810
- - - -
2290
1900
2210
1900
2150
1860
2090
1800
2830
1900
2750
1900
2680
1850
2600
1810
NW25 H 1440
2280
1400
2220
1360
2160
1330
2140
1880
2280
1840
2230
1790
2170
1730
2140
- - - -
2770
2280
2700
2210
2670
2150
2570
2090
NW32 H 1400
2810
1370
2730
1330
2670
1300
2590
1850
2810
1790
2740
1750
2670
1710
2600
2160
2800
2110
2720
2060
2670
2000
2580
- - - -
1 NW incomer +1 NW feeder
T
M
BDC
T
M
Corrosive atmospheres deratings
Tables
303
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
IP41/54
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
2
NW
1
NW
NW
NW
2
1
NW
NW
2
NW
1
NW
NW
2
1
2
2
IP31
NW
1
2
NW
NW
1
NW
2
NW
NW
1
2
1 NW incomer +1 NW feeder
T position
NW08 N/H/L NW10 N/H/L NW12 N1
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L
- - -
950
760
950
760
950
760
1180
760
1180
760
1180
760
NW10 N/H/L 760
950
760
950
760
950
- - -
1180
950
1180
950
1180
950
NW12 N1 760
1180
760
1180
760
1180
950
1180
950
1180
950
1180
- - -
NW16 N1 760
1450
760
1450
760
1450
950
1440
950
1440
950
1440
1180
1430
1180
1430
1180
1430
NW20 H 760
1900
760
1900
760
1900
950
1900
950
1900
950
1900
1180
1880
1180
1880
1180
1880
NW25 H 760
2190
760
2190
760
2190
950
2190
950
2190
950
2190
1160
2170
1160
2170
1160
2170
NW32 H 760
2690
760
2690
760
2690
950
2680
950
2680
950
2680
1140
2670
1140
2670
1140
2670
T position
NW16 N1 NW20 H NW25 H NW32 H
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L 1470
760
1470
760
1470
760
1900
760
1900
760
1900
760
2200
760
2200
760
2200
760
2700
760
2700
760
2700
760
NW10 N/H/L 1460
950
1460
950
1460
950
1900
950
1900
950
1900
950
2200
950
2200
950
2200
950
2700
950
2700
950
2700
950
NW12 N1 1440
1180
1440
1180
1440
1180
1900
1180
1900
1180
1900
1180
2190
1180
2190
1180
2190
1180
2700
1180
2700
1180
2700
1180
NW16 N1
- - -
1850
1440
1850
1440
1850
1440
2150
1430
2150
1430
2150
1430
2670
1430
2670
1430
2670
1430
NW20 H 1390
1870
1390
1870
1390
1870
- - -
2150
1860
2150
1860
2150
1860
2680
1850
2680
1850
2680
1850
NW25 H 1360
2160
1360
2160
1360
2160
1790
2170
1790
2170
1790
2170
- - -
2670
2150
2670
2150
2670
2150
NW32 H 1330
2670
1330
2670
1330
2670
1750
2670
1750
2670
1750
2670
2060
2670
2060
2670
2050
2670
- - -
3 NW incomers in parallel
IP31 IP41/54
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C
NW08 N/H/L T position 760 760 760 760 760 760 760
M position 760 760 760 760 760 760 760
B position 760 760 760 760 760 760 760
NW10 N/H/L T position 950 950 950 950 950 950 950
M position 950 950 950 950 950 950 950
B position 950 950 950 950 950 950 950
NW12 N1 T position 1180 1180 1140 1100 1140 1100 1070
M position 1180 1180 1170 1140 1170 1140 1100
B position 1180 1180 1180 1160 1180 1160 1140
1 NW incomer +2 NW feeders
T position
NW20 H NW25 H NW32 H
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

/

B

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L
NW08 N/H/L
1900
760
760
1900
760
760
1900
760
760
1840
760
760
2320
760
760
2260
760
760
2200
760
760
2140
760
760
2850
760
760
2780
760
760
2700
760
760
2670
760
760
NW10 N/H/L
NW10 N/H/L - - - -
2280
950
950
2220
950
950
2140
950
950
2090
950
950
2840
950
950
2770
950
950
2690
950
950
2600
950
950
NW12 N1
NW12 N1 - - - - - - - -
2750
1180
1180
2670
1180
1180
2590
1140
1180
2510
1120
1150
T position
NW08 N/H/L / NW08 N/H/L NW10 N/H/L / NW10 N/H/L NW12 N1 / NW12 N1
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
M

/

B

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW20 H 760
760
1900
760
760
1900
760
760
1860
760
760
1810
- - - - - - - -
NW25 H 760
760
2270
760
760
2220
760
760
2150
760
760
2090
950
950
2260
950
950
2190
950
950
2140
950
950
2070
- - - -
NW32 H 760
760
2820
760
760
2730
760
760
2670
760
760
2590
950
950
2780
950
950
2700
950
950
2670
950
950
2560
1180
1150
2750
1150
1150
2680
1150
1120
2610
1130
1090
2540
T
M
BDC
T
M
B
T
M
B
T
M
B
Corrosive atmospheres deratings
Tables
304
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
NW
2
NW
1
NW
NW
NW
2
1
NW
NW
2
NW
1
NW
NW
2
1
2
2
IP41/54
T position
NW20 H NW25 H NW32 H
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

/

B

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW08 N/H/L
NW08 N/H/L
1900
760
760
1840
760
760
1790
760
760
2200
760
760
2140
760
760
2090
760
760
2700
760
760
2670
760
760
2560
760
760
NW10 N/H/L
NW10 N/H/L - - -
2140
950
950
2090
950
950
2020
950
950
2690
950
950
2600
950
950
2510
950
950
NW12 N1
NW12 N1 - - - - - -
2590
1140
1180
2510
1120
1150
2450
1080
1130
T position
NW08 N/H/L / NW08 N/H/L NW10 N/H/L / NW10 N/H/L NW12 N1 / NW12 N1
35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C 35C 40C 45C
M

/

B

p
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
NW20 H 760
760
1860
760
760
1860
760
760
1750
- - - - - -
NW25 H 760
760
2150
760
760
2160
760
760
2040
950
950
2140
950
950
2140
950
950
2010
- - -
NW32 H 760
760
2670
760
760
2670
760
760
2510
950
950
2670
950
950
2670
950
950
2480
1150
1120
2610
1150
1120
2610
1100
1060
2470
cables
fexible
insulated
bars bars
Fixed device Plug-in on mounting plate device
IP31 IP41/54 IP31 IP41/54
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
NS100 35 mm 80 75 75 70 75 70 70 (*)
2 NS100 35 mm 75 70 65 65 65 65 60 (*)
NS160 20 x 4 130 125 120 115 120 115 110 (*)
2 NS160 20 x 4 125 120 115 115 115 110 105 (*)
NS250 20 x 5 200 195 190 185 190 180 175 (*)
2 NS250 20 x 5 190 185 180 175 180 175 165 (*)
NS400 32 x 5 340 330 320 315 320 315 305 (*)
NS630 2 x 32x5 510 495 485 475 485 470 465 (*)

FORBIDDEN
NS100-630 on Polyfast
Withdrawable Polyfast
IP31 IP41/54
35C 40C 45C 50C 35C 40C 45C 50C
NS100 90 85 85 80 85 80 80 (*)
NS160 145 140 135 130 135 130 125 (*)
NS250 200 190 185 180 185 180 175 (*)
NS400 360 340 330 320 330 320 315 (*)
NS630 top 455 440 430 420 430 420 410 (*)
NS630 bottom 465 455 440 430 440 430 420 (*)
The deratings above are also applied to devices installed in cubicles with 115-70 busbars, with
a device installed only in top position
1 NW incomer +2 NW feeders
NS100-630 on mounting plate
T
M
B
T
M
B
(*): consult us for needs beyond indicated values
Corrosive atmospheres deratings
Tables
305
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
MotorSys diagrams
The following table refers to a list of typical diagrams covering the majority of needs.
These diagrams can be found, with their associated bill of materials, on the Okken Panelbuilder Tool DVD.
The selected devices should be added to this list.
Devices Type of diagram Type of communication architecture Diagram n
LCDD No LCDD
Motor power rating: 0,09 y P y 15 kW
TeSys U circuit breaker-contactor-thermal relay
Point-to-point 311 310
TeSys U controller +bus 111 110
Point-to-point 313 312
TeSys U controller +bus 113 112
Motor power rating: 0,37 y P y 32 kW
GV2/GV3 magnetic circuit-breaker
+contactor
+thermal protection
Point-to-point 321
I/O module +bus 221
TeSys U controller +bus 121
TeSys T controller +bus - in progress -
Point-to-point 323
I/O module +bus 223
TeSys U controller +bus 123
TeSys T controller +bus - in progress -
Point-to-point 325
I/O module +bus 225
TeSys T controller +bus - in progress -
Point-to-point 327
I/O module +bus 227
TeSys U controller +bus 127
TeSys T controller +bus - in progress -
Dahlander
Point-to-point 329
I/O module +bus 229
TeSys T controller +bus - in progress -
Motor power rating: 0,37 y P y 250 kW
NS80 to NS630 magnetic circuit-breaker
+contactor
+thermal protection
Point-to-point 371
I/O module +bus 271
TeSys U controller +bus 171
TeSys T controller +bus - in progress -
Point-to-point 373
I/O module +bus 273
TeSys U controller +bus 173
TeSys T controller +bus - in progress -
Point-to-point 375
I/O module +bus 275
TeSys T controller +bus - in progress -
Point-to-point 377
I/O module +bus 277
TeSys U controller +bus 177
TeSys T controller +bus - in progress -
Dahlander
Point-to-point 379
I/O module +bus 279
TeSys T controller +bus - in progress -
Motor power rating: 0,37 y P y 220 kW
GS1 switch-disconnector
+contactor
+thermal protection
Point-to-point 351
I/O module +bus 251
TeSys U controller +bus 151
TeSys T controller +bus - in progress -
Point-to-point 353
I/O module +bus 253
TeSys U controller +bus 153
TeSys T controller +bus - in progress -
Point-to-point 355
I/O module +bus 255
TeSys T controller +bus - in progress -
Point-to-point 357
I/O module +bus 257
TeSys U controller +bus 157
TeSys T controller +bus - in progress -
Dahlander
Point-to-point 359
I/O module +bus 259
TeSys T controller +bus - in progress -
306
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
D
D
3
8
2
6
9
3
D
D
4
0
5
4
4
3
Greasing
Greasing the drawer mechanism
Remove dust and excess of grease with a brush or a duster: do not use solvent
nor hydrocarbon
Proceed with a moderate greasing
Grease to use: cat.no.87636 (see chapter Mass consumption and spare parts,
page 233)
Parts that have to be greased:
positioning mechanisms: lightly grease areas as shown in the opposite
drawing
Parts not to be greased:
bearings and slides (see opposite drawing).
b
b
b
b
v
b
v
Greasing the clamps
use exclusively grease for electrical contacts: cat.no.87635
(see chapter Mass consumption and spare parts, page 233)
b
Type of grease to use
Parts that have to be greased
disconnectable mounting plates and plug-in and disconnectable Polyfast:
contact fngers on the busbar and outgoing bushings side, moving parts silver
plated bars on the FU side,
drawers:
contact fngers on the busbar and outgoing bushings side, drawers incoming
bushings.
The greasing is made on the plant before delivering the switchboard.
A greasing on the feld have to be performed as part of the maintenance operations
(see Okken instructions manual).
b
v
b
v
307
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
Nm
D
D
3
8
0
7
3
7
D
D
3
8
1
9
2
2
Screw types and characteristics
Material
8-8 quality steel, according to ISO 898-1 standard b
Recomended tightening torque for mechanical and electrical links with 8.8-class
screws (with nut + contact washer)
diameter of screw tightening torque (N.m)
M3 1.5
M4 3.5
M5 7
M6 13
M8 28
M10 50
M12 75
M14 120
M16 185
M18 260
M20 370
Tightening torque for electrcial links on the devices
refer to the devices handbook.

Marking varnish
After tightening each electrical connection to the appropriate torque, apply some varnish
between the nut and the screw (or else, between the screws head and the copper bar or the
device for tightening on a threaded part)
The varnish isnt supposed to block the screw:
it allows operator inspection, to check that the nut has been tightened,
it facilitates the identifcation of any loose nuts during the switchboards lifetime.
Varnish features:
coloured acrylic varnish, indelible and able to resist a 150C temperature
Schneider Electric recommends a red varnish as a standard to identify the panelbuilders
work
Other colours can be used by the contractor or any operators entitled to work on the
switchboard after its commissioning.
b
b
b
v
v
b
b
b
Tightening torque in the insulating material
concerned catalogue numbers use type of screws
(mm)
tightening torque
(N.m)
87183: Multiple-purpose screws (set of 500)
70 V-BB supports
70 V-BB bottom wedges
H-BB supports
fxing on Polyfast (handles, switchgear...)
full-width drawer handles
b
b
b
b
b
ST 4,8 x 19 4
87512: 3P connector screw screws supplied with the connectors ST 4,2 x 13 1.5
87513: 4P connector screw screws supplied with the connectors ST 4,2 x 13 1.5
Thread-forming screw fxing the PVC column cap TF 5 x 15 1
Tightening torque for NS100/630 on Polyfast
use tightening torque (N.m)
NS100/250 NS400/630
Device mechanical fxing in the inserts 7 7
Device electrical connection on Polyfast (threaded colonnettes) 5 12
Specifc torques
308
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
r
iv
e
t
e
u
s
e
d
y
n
a
m
o
Specific tools
General
Some assemblies require specifc tools:
riveting door fxed hinges,
tightening on the horizontal busbar,
tightening the BBT junction blocks conversion modules.
b
b
b
Riveting press for door fxed hinges
riveting press features:
strength: for steel rivets 6 mm, with steel rods,
end shape: it must plaster itself on the far end of the hinge when riveting.
Grinding the end of the riveting press might therefore be necessary (see the
opposite drawing).
riveting press:
A type of riveting press (AVDEL brand) have the mechanical features needed
to provide proper rivetings.
Order 3 catalogue numbers:
71220-99900: Genesis G3-type tool
71210-15000: all-purpose assembly equipment
7612-2001: installation nose
NB: the riveting press nose has to be modifed according to the opposite drawing.
b
v
v
b
v
v
-
-
-
Torque wrench
torque wrench features:
tightening torque: 75 N.m.
reduced thickness for some tightenings on the busbars.
Torque wrench:
A type of torque wrench (FACOM brand) have the mechanical features
needed for not very accessible tightenings (fshplates)
Tools catalogue numbers:
SP3723: wrenchs shaft, essential
SP3721: extra-thin pawl adapter, indipensable
SP3722: pawl for ordinary sockets, optional (to be ftted on the SP3723 shaft)
Extra-thin sockets for SP3721 pawl + SP3723 shaft:
SP2709: 13 mm extra-thin low socket
SP2709A: 13 mm extra-thin high socket
SP4369: 16 mm extra-thin low socket
SP4370: 16 mm extra-thin high socket
SP2710: 17 mm extra-thin low socket
SP4371: 19 mm extra-thin high socket
SP4372: 19 mm extra-thin low socket
BBT conversion modules special tip:
cat.no.87808: indispensable extended tip for tightening the conversion
modules on the BBTs junction blocks (see page 235)
It fts on an ordinary torque wrench.
b
v
v
b
v
v
-
-
-
v
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
b
v
v
309
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
D
D
4
0
5
1
1
5
Powder coating treatment
Electrozinc support (standard case): ex: door
pre-degreasing
degreasing
iron phosphating
2 differents rinsings with pure water.
PVC parts : ex: roof cap
contact your regular paint suppliers for more information.
b
v
v
v
v
b
v
Painting
Tests to perform on samples of painted parts
Possible suppliers for quality tests tools
BYK-GARDNER Gmbh
Lausitzer Strasse 8
D - 82538 Geretsried
Germany
Tl: (49) 8171 3493 0
Fax: (49) 8171 3493 40
Internet: http://www.bykgardner.com
b
Mechanical characteristics
Thickness
minimum: 30 average: 45
Grip
Measured by cross-cut tests according to NF EN ISO 2409 :1994 standard with a multiple
pin cutting tool with a 1 mm pitch, and additional test of stripping with an adhesive tape
(gripping 2,5 N/cm )
Required result: class 0 according to above standard
Shock withstand
Measured by dropping of a 1 kg mass according to NF EN ISO 6272, 1994 standard
Required result: 40 cm minimum without cracking of the flm in reverse shock
Folding
Test performed on a conic form ISO 6860: 1984
Required result: no removal or cracking of the flm at more than 15 mm from the diameter
3,2 mm of the cone
Scratch withstand
Test performed with a pen
Required result: the flm must not be stripped by a 3H hard pen
Corrosion withstand
Estimated by salt mist withstand test according to ISO 7253 :1995 standard.
Two sets of test plates are tested in parallel:
- test plates without mark for full sheet metal observation,
- test plates with a shape mark with protected slides, for observation along the mark.
The evaluation of the corrosion is done after 400 hours of exposure according to the
ISO 4628:1982 standard
Required result:
- blistering: degree 0 full sheet metal, and rust, Ri 0 full sheet metal
- spreading of corrosion on the marks: 3 mm maximum at the stripe axis after 250 hours.
ERICHSEN
4 passage St Antoine
92508 RUEIL MALMAISON
France
Tl: (33) 1 47 08 13 26
Fax: (33) 1 47 08 91 38
Internet: http://www.erichsen.fr
b
Visual characteristics
Colour
Visual control according to ISO 3668 :1976 standard under day light in house
Required result : no visual difference with the standard RAL plate
Brightness
Measured with a special device 60 according to ISO 2813 :1978 standard
Required result: 30% 5
Aspect
The flm must look tight without marbling or orange peel.
310
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
D
D
4
0
5
3
8
9
D
D
4
0
5
3
9
1
D
D
4
0
5
3
9
4
D
D
4
0
5
3
9
6
Minimum distances around the
switchboard
Provide a minimum space of 500 mm above the switchboard for connection by
cables or for fshplating the horizontal busbar.
A horizontal busbar 3200A maximum (4 bars/phase) can be chosen in order
to proceed to the fshplating and connection operations from the front of the
switchboard if the rooms ceiling isnt high enough for other solutions.
b
b
Rear connection
Front connection
311
Schneider Electric
Technical Informations
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
s
Presentation
optional fxing point
D
D
4
0
5
3
5
7
D
D
4
0
5
3
5
9
D
D
4
0
5
3
5
8
D
D
4
0
5
3
8
0
D
D
4
0
5
3
9
8
Okken standard
Ground fastening
Okken seismic
compulsory fxing point
Front connection (example: device cubicle + compartment W250 to 450 mm) b
Rear connection D1000/1200 mm (example: device cubicle + compartment D400 mm) b
Rear connection D1400 mm (example: device cubicle + 2 compartments D400 mm) b
Particular case (example: incoming cubicle 3200A + coupl) b
8.8-class screws: screw M10 TH +washers
(external 25 mm, thickness 3 mm) +CS
contact washers 10 mm
b
3
2
1
fxing identical in 2G and 5G seismic
fxing points DBA: see tables below
fxing on rail
tightening torque: 50 N.m
b
b
b
b
Device cubicle (mm)
A B C E F G
650 600 594 525 28 37,5
Lateral compartment (mm)
A B C E F G
250 600 194 525 28 37,5
350 600 294 525 28 37,5
450 600 394 525 28 37,5
650 600 594 525 28 37,5
Rear compartment (mm)
A B C E F G
650 400 594 325 28 37,5
650 600 594 525 28 37,5
compulsory fxing point
optional fxing point
of drilling: 14 mm
312
Schneider Electric
313
Schneider Electric
G
l
o
s
s
a
r
y
Glossary
Lexique et abrviations
cubicle association of a framework and its panelling, intended to receive the switchgear
BBT busbar trunking
column association of cubicles and compartments
compartment structure to the right of the device cubicle, intended to host the auxiliaries and
the bulky connections, in SC or in RC
MSI man/switchboard interface
115 V-BB vertical busbar with a distance between axis of 115 mm
70 V-BB vertical busbar with a distance between axis of 70 mm
185 V-BB vertical busbar with a distance between axis of 185 mm
MCC motor control center
MJ RAL 1000 colour
module vertical 25mm space defning the height taken up by a functional unit
fxed part drawer element connected to the busbar and housing the moving part
moving part drawer element supporting the switchgear and able to be completely removed
from the switchboard
PCC power control center = distribution feeder
rear connection top or bottom connection of cables or prefabricated BBT by the rear of the
switchboard
front connection top or bottom connection of cables by the top, the bottom or the side of the
cubicle
top direct connection connection above the device in the switchgear cubicle
bottom direct connection connection below the device in the switchgear cubicle
side connection top or bottom connection in the compartment to the right of the switchgear
cubicle
P / NP painted / not painted
RC rear connection
SC side connection
TDC top direct connection
BDC bottom direct connection
CT current transformer
TE Telemecanique
u number of required units when sold by batch
functional unit mechanical and electrical assembly for one or more devices grouped on the
same support
ST screw self-tapping screw
TF screw thread-forming screw
vis TH hex-head screw
DF Distribution Feeder
Vocabulary and abbreviations

You might also like